Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Steel / Mesoblast / FY2019 Annual Report

Mesoblast
Annual Report 2019

MSB · ASX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker MSB
Exchange ASX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Steel
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Mesoblast
Loading PDF…
M

E

S

O

B

L

A

S

T

L

I

M

I

T

E

D

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

2

0

1

9

ANNUAL  
REPORT 
2019

COMMERCIALIZING ALLOGENEIC 
CELLULAR MEDICINES FOR  
INFLAMMATORY DISEASES

 
 
 
 
CONTENTS

MESSAGE FROM THE CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE 
FORM 20-F 

1
3
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION  222
CORPORATE DIRECTORY  224

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Mesoblast Limited and its Board of Directors are committed to implementing and achieving an effective corporate 
governance framework to ensure that the Company is managed effectively and in an honest and ethical way. 

The Company’s Corporate Governance statement for the financial year ending 30 June 2019 has been approved by 
the Board and is available on our website at http://www.mesoblast.com/company/corporate-governance

 
 
 
  
 
MESSAGE FROM THE CHAIRMAN  
AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE

Dr Silviu Itescu

Chief Executive

Joseph R. Swedish

Chairman

Dear shareholders, 

We are pleased to share our achievements over the past year 
and update you on our strategic goals and objectives for this 
current fiscal year.

During the past year, Mesoblast initiated a rolling submission 
to the United States Food and Drug Administration (US FDA) 
for a Biologics License Application for remestemcel-L, our 
proprietary allogeneic mesenchymal lineage cell therapy for the 
treatment of steroid-refractory acute Graft Versus Host Disease 
(SR-aGVHD) in children. The BLA filing is expected to be 
completed by the end of 2019, paving the way for a potential 
first FDA approval and US market launch in 2020.

We have been very encouraged by the market success and 
adoption of the closely related allogeneic mesenchymal cell 
therapy TEMCELL HS Inj.®1 commercialized in Japan by our 
licensee JCR Pharmaceuticals. The insight gained from the 
commercial success of TEMCELL in the treatment of children 
and adults in Japan with SR-aGVHD has informed our efforts 
and strategies for the US market. Based on population size 
and pharmacoeconomic benefits, we believe the US represents 
approximately an eight-fold larger commercial opportunity  
than Japan.

Key to commercial success of our potential first US product 
launch will be establishment of a targeted sales force and 
manufacture of sufficient product inventory. We are building 
a targeted commercial organization to ensure appropriate 
promotional activities and reimbursement arrangements are 
in place. In addition, we have just entered into a commercial 
manufacturing agreement with Lonza to facilitate inventory build 
ahead of the planned US market launch of remestemcel-L, 
as well as commercial supply to meet our long-term market 
projections.

Beyond our first generation mesenchymal stem cell therapy 
candidate remestemcel-L, we are completing Phase 3 trials of 
our second generation mesenchymal precursor cell therapy 
product candidates for chronic low back pain and advanced 
heart failure. Unlike the orphan indication SR-aGVHD, for which  
we are bringing remestemcel-L directly to market, these are 
high-volume indications for multi-billion dollar markets and,  
if successful, will require leveraging existing commercial 
channels from partner organizations. 

This strategy was recently validated by a significant commercial 
agreement with Grünenthal GmbH, a global leader in pain 
management, for development and commercialization of 
our Phase 3 chronic low back pain allogeneic mesenchymal 
lineage cell therapy product candidate MPC-06-ID for Europe 
and Latin America. Under this strategic partnership, Mesoblast 
is eligible to potentially receive upfront and milestone payments 
exceeding US 1 billion and tiered double-digit royalties on sales 
within the covered territories, while retaining rights for the rest  
of the world, including the United States and Japan. 

In 2018, we entered into a similar regional partnership with 
leading China cardiovascular company Tasly Pharmaceutical 
Group for the development, manufacture and commercialization 
of our Phase 3 cardiovascular product candidate Revascor 
for advanced heart failure in China. The strategic partnership 
also included an upfront payment, success-based milestone 
payments, and double-digit royalties on net product sales.

These partnerships are based on a significantly maturing 
clinical pipeline and a world-leading intellectual property 
portfolio of nearly 1,000 patents and patent applications 
across all major jurisdictions covering composition of matter, 
manufacturing, and therapeutic applications of mesenchymal 

1 TEMCELL HS Inj. is a registered trademark of JCR Pharmaceuticals Co. Ltd.

MESOBLAST LIMITED 2019 ANNUAL REPORT 1

 
We truly believe in the ability of our technology to establish 
cellular medicines that could transform the therapeutic 
landscape and improve the care and outcomes of patients  
who today have few or no treatment options.

Thank you for your support and investment in Mesoblast.

Sincerely,

Dr Silviu Itescu

Chief Executive

Joseph R. Swedish

Chairman

lineage cells. Partnerships such as those with Grünenthal 
and Tasly for our own second generation products, or with 
Takeda Pharmaceuticals for a cell therapy product to treat 
Crohn’s related fistulae, provide significant value accretion 
to Mesoblast and our shareholders while positioning us 
for long-term success and sustainability. A major strategic 
corporate objective will be to continue to enter into additional 
partnerships, either regional or global, for these and our  
other advanced product candidates.

Collectively, our portfolio of cellular medicines targeting major 
diseases where the therapeutic need is greatest and where 
standard of care fails to improve patient quality of life or 
longevity, provides multiple opportunities for value creation 
through 2020. We look forward to the planned read-outs of 
our Phase 3 trials of our potential blockbuster cell therapies 
for advanced heart failure and chronic low back pain, and to 
the FDA review of our BLA submission for our first cell therapy 
slated for potential US market launch, remestemcel-L for 
SR-aGVHD.

Establishing our leading allogeneic cell therapy product 
portfolio has been possible through the passion of our clinical 
investigators, the trust of the patients who participate in our 
trials, and the foresight and dedication of our executive team 
and staff. In addition, we are deeply grateful for the support of 
our shareholders and our major institutional investors whose 
continued confidence has provided us with sufficient patient 
capital to enable successful execution of our commercial 
strategies.

Mesoblast Board of Directors
Left to right: William Burns, Donal O’Dwyer, Michael Spooner,  
Shawn Cline Tomasello, Silviu Itescu, Eric Rose and Joseph Swedish.

2  MESOBLAST LIMITED 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 

FORM 20-F 

 

 

 

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

OR 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

OR 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 

OR 

Date of event requiring this shell company report 

For the transition period from                 to                 

Commission file number 001-37626 

MESOBLAST LIMITED 

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) 

N/A 
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English) 
AUSTRALIA 
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 
Level 38, 55 Collins Street 
Melbourne, VIC, 3000, Australia 
Telephone: +61 (3) 9639 6036 
(Address of principal executive offices) 
Silviu Itescu 
Chief Executive Officer 
Telephone: +61 (3) 9639 6036; Fax: +61 (3) 9639 6030 
Level 38, 55 Collins Street 
Melbourne, VIC, 3000, Australia 
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person) 
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act. None 
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act. 

American Depositary Shares, each representing five Ordinary Shares* 

MESO 

The NASDAQ Global Select Market 

Title of each class 

Trading Symbol(s) 

Name of each exchange on which registered 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act. 
None 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report. 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 

498,626,208 Ordinary Shares 

  Yes      No 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 

1934. 

  Yes      No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months 

(or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. 

  Yes      No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this 

chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). 

  Yes      No 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  or  a  non-accelerated  filer,  or  an  emerging  growth  company.  See  definition  of  “large 

accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): 

Large accelerated filer  

 
 
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition 

Non-accelerated filer 
Emerging growth company 

Accelerated filer  

 

 

period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.     
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing: 

U.S. GAAP  

 

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board  

 

Other  

 

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). 

  Yes      No 

Item 17      Item 18   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

INTRODUCTION AND USE OF CERTAIN TERMS ..............................................................................................................    

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ..................................................................................................................................    

PART I ........................................................................................................................................................................................    

Item 1. 

Identity of Directors, Senior Management....................................................................................................    

Item 2.  Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable ......................................................................................................    

Item 3.  Key Information ...........................................................................................................................................    

3.A  Selected Financial Data ................................................................................................................................    

3.B  Capitalization and Indebtedness ...................................................................................................................    

3.C  Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds ....................................................................................................    

3.D  Risk Factors ..................................................................................................................................................    

Item 4. 

Information on the Company ........................................................................................................................    

4.A  History and Development of Mesoblast .......................................................................................................    

4.B  Business Overview .......................................................................................................................................    

4.C  Organizational Structure ...............................................................................................................................    

4.D  Property, Plants and Equipment ...................................................................................................................    

Item 4A.  Unresolved Staff Comments .........................................................................................................................    

Item 5.  Operating and Financial Review and Prospects............................................................................................    

5.A  Operating Results .........................................................................................................................................    

5.B  Liquidity and Capital Resources ...................................................................................................................    

5.C  Research and Development, Patents and Licenses .......................................................................................    

5.D  Trend Information.........................................................................................................................................    

5.E  Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements .................................................................................................................    

5.F  Contractual Obligations and Commitments ..................................................................................................    

Item 6.  Directors, Senior Management and Employees ............................................................................................    

6.A  Directors and Senior Management ...............................................................................................................    

6.B  Compensation ...............................................................................................................................................    

6.C  Board Practices .............................................................................................................................................    

6.D  Employees ....................................................................................................................................................    

6.E  Share Ownership...........................................................................................................................................    

Item 7.  Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions ....................................................................................    

7.A  Major Shareholders.......................................................................................................................................    

7.B  Related Party Transactions ...........................................................................................................................    

7.C 

Interests of Experts and Counsel ..................................................................................................................    

Item 8.  Financial Information ...................................................................................................................................    

8.A  Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information ..........................................................................    

8.B  Significant Changes ......................................................................................................................................    

Item 9.  The Offer and Listing ...................................................................................................................................    

9.A  Offer and Listing Details ..............................................................................................................................    

9.B  Plan of Distribution ......................................................................................................................................    

9.C  Markets .........................................................................................................................................................    

9.D  Selling Shareholders .....................................................................................................................................    

9.E  Dilution .........................................................................................................................................................    

9.F  Expenses of the Issue ....................................................................................................................................    

2 

2 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

6 

6 

6 

39 

39 

43 

66 

66 

66 

66 

66 

88 

92 

92 

92 

92 

93 

95 

101 

122 

124 

125 

126 

126 

127 

127 

127 

127 

127 

127 

127 

128 

128 

128 

128 

128 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Item 10.  Additional Information .................................................................................................................................    

10.A  Share Capital ................................................................................................................................................    

10.B  Memorandum and Articles of Association ...................................................................................................    

10.C  Material Contracts ........................................................................................................................................    

10.D  Exchange Controls ........................................................................................................................................    

10.E  Taxation ........................................................................................................................................................    

10.F  Dividends and Paying Agents .......................................................................................................................    

10.G  Statement by Experts ....................................................................................................................................    

10.H  Documents on Display ..................................................................................................................................    

10.I  Subsidiary Information .................................................................................................................................    

Item 11.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk .......................................................................    

Item 12.  Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities ................................................................................    

12.A  Debt Securities ..............................................................................................................................................    

12.B  Warrants and Rights .....................................................................................................................................    

12.C  Other Securities ............................................................................................................................................    

12.D  American Depositary Shares ........................................................................................................................    

PART II ......................................................................................................................................................................................    

Item 13.  Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies .......................................................................................    

Item 14.  Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds ..........................................    

Item 15.  Controls and Procedures ...............................................................................................................................    

Item 16A.  Audit Committee Financial Expert ...............................................................................................................    

Item 16B.  Code of Ethics ..............................................................................................................................................    

Item 16C.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services .......................................................................................................    

Item 16D.  Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees ....................................................................    

Item 16E.  Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers .......................................................    

128 

128 

128 

133 

134 

136 

143 

143 

143 

143 

143 

144 

144 

144 

144 

144 

145 

145 

145 

145 

145 

146 

146 

146 

146 

Item 16F.  Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant .............................................................................................    

 146 

Item 16G.  Corporate Governance ..................................................................................................................................    

Item 16H.  Mine Safety Disclosure ................................................................................................................................    

PART III .....................................................................................................................................................................................    

Item 17.  Financial Statements .....................................................................................................................................    

Item 18.  Financial Statements .....................................................................................................................................    

Item 19.  Exhibits .........................................................................................................................................................    

SIGNATURES............................................................................................................................................................................    

146 

147 

147 

147 

147 

219 

221 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
INTRODUCTION AND USE OF CERTAIN TERMS 

Mesoblast Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries publish consolidated financial statements expressed in U.S. dollars, unless 
otherwise  indicated.  This  Annual  Report  on  Form  20-F  is  presented  in  U.S.  dollars,  unless  otherwise  indicated.  Our  consolidated 
financial  statements  found  in  Item  18  of  this  annual  report  on  Form  20-F  are  prepared  in  accordance  with  International  Financial 
Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and Australian equivalents to International Financial 
Reporting Standards as issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board. 

Except where the context requires otherwise and for purposes of this Form 20-F only: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

“ADSs”  refers  to  our  American  depositary  shares,  each  of  which  represents  ordinary  shares,  and  “ADRs”  refers  to  the 
American depositary receipts that evidence our ADSs. 

“Mesoblast,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to Mesoblast Limited and its subsidiaries. 

“A$” or “Australian dollar” refers to the legal currency of Australia. 

“IFRS” refers to the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, 
or IASB. 

“AIFRS” refers to the Australian equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the  Australian 
Accounting Standards Board, or AASB. 

“U.S. GAAP” refers to the Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States. 

“FDA” refers to the United States Food and Drug Administration. 

“US$” or “U.S. dollars” refers to the legal currency of the United States. 

“U.S.” or “United States” refers to the United States of America. 

Australian Disclosure Requirements 

Our ordinary shares are primarily quoted on the Australian Securities Exchange (“ASX”) in addition to our listing of our ADSs 
on the Nasdaq Global Select Market. As part of our ASX listing, we are required to comply with various disclosure requirements as set 
out under the Australian Corporations Act 2001 and the ASX Listing Rules. Information furnished under the sub-heading “Australian 
Disclosure  Requirements”  is  intended  to  comply  with  ASX  listing  and  Corporations  Act  2001  disclosure  requirements  and  is  not 
intended to fulfill information required by this Annual Report on Form 20-F. 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This Form 20-F includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, 
and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that are based on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates 
and projections about the Company, our industry, economic conditions in the markets in which we operate, and certain other matters. 
These statements include, among other things, the discussions of our business strategy and expectations concerning our market position, 
future  operations,  margins,  profitability,  liquidity  and  capital  resources.  These  statements  are  subject  to  known  and  unknown  risks, 
uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially 
from  any  future  results,  levels  of  activity,  performance  or  achievements  expressed  or  implied  by  these  forward-looking  statements. 
Words such as, but not limited to, “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “target,” “likely,” “will,” “would,” 
“could,” “should”, “may”, “goal,” “objective” and similar expressions or phrases identify forward-looking statements. We have based 
these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and future events and financial trends that we believe may affect 
our financial condition, results of operation, business strategy and financial needs. Forward- looking statements include, but are not 
limited to, statements about: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the  initiation,  timing,  progress  and  results  of  our  preclinical  and  clinical  studies,  and  our  research  and  development 
programs; 

our ability to advance product candidates into, enroll and successfully complete, clinical studies, including multi-national 
clinical trials; 

our ability to advance our manufacturing capabilities; 

the timing or likelihood of regulatory filings and approvals, manufacturing activities and product marketing activities, if 
any; 

2 

 
 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

our ability to take advantage of the potential benefits of the 21st Century Cures Act; 

the commercialization of our product candidates, if approved; 

regulatory or public perceptions and market acceptance surrounding the use of stem-cell based therapies; 

the potential for our product candidates, if any are approved, to be withdrawn from the market due to patient adverse events 
or deaths; 

the potential benefits of strategic collaboration agreements and our ability to enter into and maintain established strategic 
collaborations; 

our ability to establish and maintain intellectual property on our product candidates and our ability to successfully defend 
these in cases of alleged infringement; 

the scope of protection we are able to establish and maintain for intellectual property rights covering our product candidates 
and technology; 

estimates of our expenses, future revenues, capital requirements and our needs for additional financing; 

our financial performance; 

developments relating to our competitors and our industry; 

the pricing and reimbursement of our product candidates, if approved; and 

other risks and uncertainties, including those listed under the caption “Risk Factors”. 

You should read thoroughly this Form 20-F and the documents that we refer to herein with the understanding that our actual future 
results may be materially different from and/or worse than what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these 
cautionary  statements.  Other  sections  of  this  Form  20-F  include  additional  factors  which  could  adversely  impact  our  business  and 
financial  performance.  Moreover,  we  operate  in  an  evolving  environment.  New  risk  factors  emerge  from  time  to  time  and  it  is  not 
possible for our management to predict all risk factors, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which 
any  factor,  or  combination  of  factors,  may  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  contained  in  any  forward-looking 
statements. 

This Form 20-F also contains third-party data relating to the biopharmaceutical market that includes projections based on a number 
of assumptions. The biopharmaceutical market may not grow at the rates projected by market data, or at all. The failure of this market 
to grow at the projected rates may have a material adverse effect on our business and the market price of our ordinary shares and ADSs. 
Furthermore, if any one or more of the assumptions underlying the market data turns out to be incorrect, actual results may differ from 
the projections based on these assumptions. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. 

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The forward-looking statements made in 
this Form 20-F relate only to events or information as of the date on which the statements are made in this Form 20-F. We undertake no 
obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. 

3 

 
 
PART I 

Item 1. 

Identity of Directors, Senior Management 

Not applicable. 

Item 2. 

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable 

Not applicable. 

Item 3. 

Key Information 

3.A 

Selected Financial Data 

The following selected consolidated financial data presented below has been extracted from our consolidated financial statements 
prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. Our consolidated financial statements for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 
and 2017 are included in “Item 18. Financial Statements” in this Form 20-F.  

The  summary  consolidated  financial  data  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  “Item  5.  Operating  and  Financial  Review  and 
Prospects” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of results 
to be expected in the future. 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands except per share information) 
Consolidated Income Statement Data: 
Revenue: 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

Year ended June 30, 

Commercialization revenue 
Milestone revenue 
Interest revenue 

Total revenue 

   $ 

  $ 

5,003   
11,000   
719   
16,722        

3,641      $ 
13,334        
366        
17,341        

1,444      $ 
500        
468        
2,412        

37,969      $ 
3,500        
1,079        
42,548        

Research & development 
Manufacturing commercialization 
Management and administration 
Fair value remeasurement of contingent 
consideration(1) 
Other operating income and expenses 
Finance costs 
Impairment of intangible assets 
Loss before income tax 
Income tax benefit/(expense) 
Loss attributable to the owners of Mesoblast 
   Limited 

(59,815 )      
(15,358 )      
(21,625 )      

(6,264 )      

(1,086 )      
(11,328 )      
—        
(98,754 )      
8,955        

(65,927 )      
(5,508 )      
(21,907 )      

10,541     
1,312        
(1,829 )      
—        
(65,977 )      
30,687        

(58,914 )      
(12,065 )      
(23,007 )      

(130 )   
1,489        
—        
—        
(90,215 )      
13,400        

(50,013 )      
(29,763 )      
(22,500 )      

28,112     
2,714        
—        
(61,919 )      
(90,821 )      
86,694        

$ 

(89,799 ) 

$ 

(35,290 )    $ 

(76,815 )    $ 

(4,127 )    $ 

(96,244 ) 

Losses per share from continuing operations attributable to the 
   ordinary equity holders: 
Basic - losses per share(2) 
Diluted - losses per share(2) 

Cents 

Cents 

Cents 

Cents 

Cents 

(18.16 ) 
(18.16 ) 

(7.58 )      
(7.58 )      

(19.25 )      
(19.25 )      

(1.13 )      
(1.13 )      

(29.71 ) 
(29.71 ) 

(1)  For the year ended June 30, 2017, the Group identified an opportunity to enhance the presentation of the fair value remeasurement 
of  contingent  consideration  and  associated  unwinding  of  the  discount  rate  recorded  within  finance  costs  in  the  Consolidated 
Income Statement. The Group considered that the change in contingent consideration is primarily due to changes in assumptions 
about the settlement of the contingent consideration and these line items in the Consolidated Income Statement should therefore 
be reported in aggregate, to provide more relevant information to the users of the financial statements. This change in presentation 
has been retrospectively applied to the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015. 

(2)  For the year ended June 30, 2018, the Group adjusted its losses per share calculations to reflect the bonus element in the fully 
underwritten institutional and retail entitlement offer to existing eligible shareholders which occurred in September 2017. This 
change has been retrospectively applied to the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015. 

4 

15,004   
2,000   
2,757   
19,761   

(62,649 ) 
(23,783 ) 
(29,540 ) 

(15,336 ) 

15,303   
—   
—   
(96,244 ) 
—   

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
         
         
         
         
    
     
    
    
         
         
         
    
     
    
     
    
     
  
     
         
         
         
         
    
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
       
         
         
         
         
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
    
     
    
 
(in U.S. dollars, in thousands except per share information) 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Total current assets 
Total assets 
Total current liabilities 
Total liabilities 
Total net assets 
Equity: 

Issued capital (498,626,208; 482,639,654; 
428,221,398; 381,363,137 and 336,997,729 
ordinary shares (no par value) issued as of June 
30, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016, and 2015 
respectively) 
Reserves 
(Accumulated loss)/retained earnings 

Total equity 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Cash Flow Data: 
Net cash (outflows) in operating activities 
Net cash (outflows)/inflows in investing activities 
Net cash inflows in financing activities 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash 
equivalents 

Exchange Rate 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

As of June 30, 

50,426        
62,522        
652,115        
44,331        
171,063        
481,052        

37,763        
101,071        
692,443        
24,003        
146,435        
546,008        

45,761        
63,609        
655,686        
36,670        
138,920        
516,766        

80,937        
88,823        
684,018        
29,415        
155,857        
528,161        

110,701   
122,460   
781,766   
48,407   
313,779   
467,987   

910,405   

40,638        
(469,991 )      
481,052        

889,481        
36,719        
(380,192 )      
546,008        

830,425        
31,243        
(344,902 )      
516,766        

770,272        
25,976        
(268,087 )      
528,161        

709,191   
22,756   
(263,960 ) 
467,987   

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

Year ended June 30, 

(57,790 ) 
(1,000 ) 
71,608   

(75,012 )      
(1,153 )      
68,613        

(95,471 )      
142        
60,005        

(87,996 )      
(1,727 )      
62,066        

(101,036 ) 
(5,064 ) 
45,852   

12,818        

(7,552 )      

(35,324 )      

(27,657 )      

(60,248 ) 

The Company publishes its consolidated financial statements expressed in U.S. dollars. Mesoblast Limited, the parent entity of 
the Group, has a functional currency of Australian dollars. For the convenience of the reader, this Annual Report contains translations 
of certain Australian dollar amounts into U.S. dollars at specified rates. These translations should not be construed as representations 
that  the  Australian  dollar  amounts  actually  represent  such  U.S.  dollar  amounts  or  could  be  converted  into  U.S.  dollars  at  the  rate 
indicated. Unless otherwise stated, the translations of Australian dollars into U.S. dollars have been made at the rate of US$0.7013 = 
A$1.00, the foreign exchange rate as issued daily by the Reserve Bank of Australia (http://www.rba.gov.au/statistics/tables/) on June 
28, 2019.  

Exchange rates for the six months to July 2019 A$1.00 per US$: 

Most recent six months: 

         Month ended February 28, 2019 
         Month ended March 31, 2019 
         Month ended April 30, 2019 
         Month ended May 31, 2019 
         Month ended June 30, 2019 
         Month ended July 31, 2019 

High 

Low 

0.7260     
0.7145     
0.7200     
0.7054     
0.7013     
0.7065   

0.7072   
0.7009   
0.7025   
0.6875   
0.6840   
0.6894   

5 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
         
         
         
         
    
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
         
         
         
         
    
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
    
         
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
  
  
     
  
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
Exchange rates for the last five fiscal years A$1.00 per US$: 

Annual: 

Fiscal year ended 

         June 30, 2015 
         June 30, 2016 
         June 30, 2017 
         June 30, 2018 
         June 30, 2019 

Average Rate(1) 

0.8288   
0.7272   
0.7542   
0.7736   
0.7153   

(1)  Determined by calculating the average rate of the exchange rates on the last trading day of each month during the period. 

3.B 

Capitalization and Indebtedness 

Not applicable. 

3.C 

Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds 

Not applicable. 

3.D 

Risk Factors  

You should carefully consider the risks described below and all other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 20-F 
before  making  an  investment  decision.  If  any  of  the  following  risks  actually  occur,  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our ordinary shares and ADSs could decline, 
and you  may lose part or all of your investment. This Annual Report on Form 20-F also contains forward-looking information that 
involves risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as 
a result of many factors, including the risks described below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. 

Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Capital Requirements 

We have incurred operating losses since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur substantial operating losses for 
the foreseeable future. We may never achieve or sustain profitability. 

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company and we have not yet generated significant revenues. We have incurred net losses 
during most of our fiscal periods since our inception. Our net loss for the year ended June 30, 2019 was $89.8 million. As of June 30, 
2019, we have an accumulated deficit of $470.0 million since our inception. We do not know whether or when we will become profitable. 
Our losses have resulted principally from costs incurred in clinical development and manufacturing activities. 

We anticipate that our expenses will increase as we move toward commercialization, including the scaling up of our manufacturing 
activities  and  our  establishment  of  infrastructure  and  logistics  necessary  to  support  potential  product  launches.  Biopharmaceutical 
product development is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of risk. To achieve and maintain profitability, 
we must successfully develop our product candidates, obtain regulatory approval, and manufacture, market and sell those products for 
which we obtain regulatory approval. If we obtain regulatory approval to market a product candidate, our future revenue will depend 
upon the size of any markets in which our product candidates may receive approval, and our ability to achieve and maintain sufficient 
market  acceptance,  pricing,  reimbursement  from  third-party  payors,  and  adequate  market  share  for  our  product  candidates  in  those 
markets. We may not succeed in these activities, and we may never generate revenue from product sales that is significant enough to 
achieve profitability. Our failure to become or remain profitable would depress our market value and could impair our ability to raise 
capital, expand our business, discover or develop other product candidates or continue our operations. A decline in the value of our 
company could cause you to lose part or all of your investment. 

We have never generated any revenue from product sales and may never be profitable. 

Our  ability  to  generate  revenue  and  achieve  profitability  depends  on  our  ability,  either  alone  or  with  strategic  collaboration 
partners, to successfully complete the development of, and obtain the regulatory approvals necessary to commercialize, our product 
candidates. We do not currently generate revenues from product sales (other than licensing revenue from sales of TEMCELL® HS. Inj. 
(“TEMCELL”), a registered trademark of JCR Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. (“JCR”), by JCR in Japan, and, royalty revenue from net sales 
of Alofisel® a registered trademark of TiGenix NV (“TiGenix”), previously known as Cx601, an adipose-derived mesenchymal stem 

6 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
cell  product  developed  by  TiGenix,  now  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  Takeda  Pharmaceutical  Company  Limited  (“Takeda”)  and 
approved for marketing in the EU), and we may never generate product sales. Our ability to generate future revenues from product sales 
depends heavily on our success in a number of areas, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

completing research and preclinical and clinical development of our product candidates; 

seeking and obtaining regulatory and marketing approvals for product candidates for which we complete clinical studies; 

establishing and maintaining supply and manufacturing relationships with third parties that can provide adequate (in amount 
and quality) products and services to support clinical development and the market demand for our product candidates, if 
approved; 

launching  and  commercializing  product  candidates  for  which  we  obtain  regulatory  and  marketing  approval,  either  by 
collaborating  with  a  partner  or,  if  launched  independently,  by  establishing  a  sales  force,  marketing  and  distribution 
capabilities and necessary supporting infrastructure to effectively seek and maintain market access and ensure compliance 
with legal and regulatory requirements relating to interactions with healthcare providers and healthcare organizations and 
to price reporting; 

obtaining market acceptance of our product candidates and stem cell therapy as a viable treatment option; 

addressing any competing technological and market developments; 

obtaining and sustaining an adequate level of reimbursement from payors; 

identifying and validating new stem cell therapy product candidates; 

negotiating favorable terms in any collaboration, licensing or other arrangements into which we may enter; 

maintaining, protecting and expanding our portfolio of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets, know-
how and trademarks; 

attracting, hiring and retaining qualified personnel; and 

implementing additional internal systems and infrastructure, as needed. 

Even if one or more of the product candidates that we develop is approved for commercial sale, we anticipate incurring significant 
costs  associated  with  commercializing  and  distributing  any  approved  product  candidate.  Our  expenses  could  increase  beyond 
expectations if we are required by the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), the European Medicines Agency (“EMA”), 
or other regulatory agencies, to perform clinical and other studies in addition to those that we currently anticipate. We may not become 
profitable and may need to obtain additional funding to continue operations. 

We require substantial additional financing to achieve our goals, and our failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed could 
force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or commercialization efforts. 

Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception. As of June 30, 2019, our cash and cash equivalents 
were $50.4 million. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future in 
connection  with  our  planned  research,  development  and  product  commercialization  efforts.  In  addition,  we  will  require  additional 
financing to achieve our goals and our failure to do so could adversely affect our commercialization efforts. We anticipate that our 
expenses will increase if and as we: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

continue the research and clinical development of our product candidates, including MPC-150-IM (Class II-IV Chronic 
Heart Failure (“CHF”)), MPC-06-ID (Chronic Low Back Pain (“CLBP”)), MSC-100-IV (“remestemcel-L”) and MPC-300-
IV (inflammatory conditions) product candidates; 

seek to identify, assess, acquire, and/or develop other and combination product candidates and technologies; 

seek  regulatory  and  marketing  approvals  in  multiple  jurisdictions  for  our  product  candidates  that  successfully  complete 
clinical studies and identify and apply for regulatory designations to facilitate development and ultimate commercialization 
of our products; 

establish  collaborations  with  third  parties  for  the  development  and  commercialization  of  our  product  candidates,  or 
otherwise build and maintain a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure and/or external logistics to commercialize 
any products for which we may obtain marketing approval; 

further  develop  and  implement  our  proprietary  manufacturing  processes  in  both  planar  technology  and  our  bioreactor 
programs and expand our manufacturing capabilities and resources for commercial production; 

seek coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, including government and private payors for future products; 

7 

 
• 

• 

• 

• 

make milestone or other payments under our agreements pursuant to which we have licensed or acquired rights to intellectual 
property and technology; 

seek to maintain, protect and expand our intellectual property portfolio;  

seek to attract and retain skilled personnel; and 

develop the compliance and other infrastructure necessary to support product commercialization and distribution. 

If we were to experience any delays or encounter issues with any of the above, including clinical holds, failed studies, inconclusive 
or complex results, safety or efficacy issues, or other regulatory challenges that require longer follow-up of existing studies, additional 
studies, or additional supportive studies in order to pursue marketing approval, it could further increase the costs associated with the 
above. Further, the net operating losses we incur may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year, such that a period-
to-period comparison of our results of operations may not be a good indication of our future performance. 

To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest may 
be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a shareholder 
or as a holder of the ADSs. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability 
to take certain actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise additional funds 
through  strategic  collaborations  or  partnerships,  or  marketing,  distribution  or  licensing  arrangements  with  third  parties,  we  may  be 
required to do so at an earlier stage than would otherwise be ideal and/or may have to limit valuable rights to our intellectual property, 
technologies,  product  candidates  or  future  revenue  streams,  or  grant  licenses  or  other  rights  on  terms  that  are  not  favorable  to  us. 
Furthermore, any additional fundraising efforts may divert our management from their day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect 
our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates. 

As described in Note 1(i) of our accompanying financial statements, our continuing viability and our ability to continue as a going 
concern and meet our debts and commitments as they fall due are dependent upon non-dilutive funding in the form of strategic and 
commercial transactions, equity-based or debt-based financing to fund future operations. 

Management and the directors believe that we will be successful in the above matters and, accordingly, have prepared the financial 
report on a going concern basis, notwithstanding that there is a material uncertainty that may cast significant doubt on our ability to 
continue as a going concern and that we may be unable to realize our assets and liabilities in the normal course of business. Our financial 
statements do not include any adjustments that may result from the outcome of this uncertainty. If we are unable to obtain adequate 
funding or partnerships in the future, we may not be able to continue as a going concern, and our shareholders and holders of the ADSs 
may lose some or all of their investment in us. 

The terms of our loan facilities with Hercules Capital, Inc. (“Hercules”) and NovaQuest Capital Management, L.L.C. (“NovaQuest”) 
could restrict our operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes in our business or to take specified actions.  

On March 6, 2018, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Hercules, for a $75.0 million non-dilutive, four-year credit 
facility. We drew the first tranche of $35.0 million at closing, and we have subsequently drawn a further $15.0 million. On June 29, 
2018, we entered into a loan and security agreement with NovaQuest for a $40.0 million non-dilutive, eight-year term credit facility, 
repayable  from  net  sales  of  our  allogeneic  product  candidate  remestemcel-L  in  pediatric  patients  with  steroid-refractory  acute  graft 
versus host disease (“SR-aGVHD”), in the United States  and other geographies excluding  Asia. We drew the first tranche of $30.0 
million on closing. Our loan facilities with Hercules and NovaQuest contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose operating 
restrictions on us, which may restrict our ability to respond to changes in our business or take specified actions. Our ability to comply 
with the various covenants under the agreements may be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not be able to continue to 
meet the covenants. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, Hercules or NovaQuest could elect to declare all amounts outstanding 
under  the  loan  facility  to  be  immediately  due  and  payable  and  terminate  all  commitments  to  extend  further  credit.  If  Hercules  or 
NovaQuest accelerates the repayment, if any, we may not have sufficient funds to repay our existing debt. If we were unable to repay 
those amounts, Hercules or NovaQuest could proceed against the collateral granted to it to secure such indebtedness. We have pledged 
substantially all of our assets as collateral under the loan facility  with Hercules, and a portion of our assets relating to the aGVHD 
product candidate as collateral under the loan facility with NovaQuest.  

We are subject to risks associated with currency fluctuations, and changes in foreign currency exchange rates could impact our 
results of operations. 

Historically,  a  substantial  portion  of  our  operating  expenses  has  been  denominated  in  U.S.  dollars  and  our  main  currency 
requirements are U.S. dollars, Australian dollars and Singapore dollars. Approximately 97% of our cash and cash equivalents as of June 
30,  2019  were  denominated  in  U.S.  dollars  and  3%  were  denominated  in  Australian  dollars.  Because  we  have  multiple  functional 
currencies  across  different  jurisdictions,  changes  in  the  exchange  rate  between  these  currencies  and  the  foreign  currencies  of  the 
transactions  recorded  in  our  accounts  could  materially  impact  our  reported  results  of  operations  and  distort  period-to-period 
comparisons. For example, a portion of our research and clinical trials are undertaken in Australia. As such, payment will be made in 
Australian dollar currency, and may exceed the budgeted expenditure if there are adverse currency fluctuations against the U.S. dollar. 

8 

 
More specifically, if we decide to convert our Australian dollars into U.S. dollars for any business purpose, appreciation of the 
U.S.  dollar  against  the  Australian  dollar  would  have  a  negative  effect  on  the  U.S.  dollar  amount  available  to  us.  Appreciation  or 
depreciation in the value of the Australian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar would affect our financial results reported in U.S. dollar 
terms  without  giving  effect  to  any  underlying  change  in  our  business  or  results  of  operations.  As  a  result  of  such  foreign  currency 
fluctuations, it could be more difficult to detect underlying trends in our business and results of operations. 

Unfavorable global economic or political conditions could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. 

Our results of operations could be adversely affected by general conditions in the global economy and in the global financial 
markets. A  global financial crisis or a global or regional political disruption could cause extreme volatility in the capital and credit 
markets. A severe or prolonged economic downturn or political disruption could result in a variety of risks to our business, including 
weakened demand for our product candidates, if approved, and our ability to raise additional capital when needed on acceptable terms, 
if at all. A weak or declining economy or political disruption could also strain our manufacturers or suppliers, possibly resulting in 
supply disruption. Any of the foregoing could harm our business and  we cannot anticipate all of the  ways in  which the political or 
economic climate and financial market conditions could adversely impact our business. 

Risks Related to Clinical Development and Regulatory Review and Approval of Our Product Candidates 

Our product candidates are based on our novel mesenchymal lineage adult stem cell technology, which makes it difficult to accurately 
and reliably predict the time and cost of product development and subsequently obtaining regulatory approval. At the moment, no 
industrially manufactured, non-hematopoietic, allogeneic stem cell products have been approved in the United States. 

Other than with respect to sales of products by our licensees, we have not commercially marketed, distributed or sold any products. 
The success of our business depends on our ability to develop and commercialize our lead product candidates. We have concentrated 
our product research and development efforts on our mesenchymal lineage adult stem cell platform, a novel type of stem cell therapy. 
Our future success depends on the successful development of this therapeutic approach. There can be no assurance that any development 
problems we experience in the future related to our mesenchymal lineage adult stem cells platform will not cause significant delays or 
unanticipated  costs,  or  that  such  development  problems  can  be  solved.  We  may  also  experience  delays  in  developing  sustainable, 
reproducible  and  scalable  manufacturing  processes  or  transferring  these  processes  to  collaborators,  which  may  prevent  us  from 
completing our clinical studies or commercializing our products on a timely or profitable basis, if at all. 

In addition, the clinical study requirements of the FDA, the EMA and other regulatory agencies and the criteria these regulators 
use to determine the safety and efficacy of a product candidate vary substantially according to the type, complexity, novelty and intended 
use and market of the potential product candidates. The regulatory approval process for novel product candidates such as ours can be 
more  expensive  and  take  longer  to  develop  than  for  other,  better  known  or  extensively  studied  pharmaceutical  or  other  product 
candidates. In addition, adverse developments in clinical trials of cell therapy products conducted by others may cause the FDA or other 
regulatory bodies to change the requirements for approval of any of our product candidates.  

We may fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy to the satisfaction of applicable regulatory agencies. 

We must conduct extensive testing of our product candidates to demonstrate their safety and efficacy, including both preclinical 
animal testing and evaluation in human clinical trials, before we can obtain regulatory approval to market and sell them. Conducting 
such testing is a lengthy, time-consuming, and expensive process and there is a high rate of failure.  

Our current and completed preclinical and clinical results for our product candidates are not necessarily predictive of the results 
of our ongoing or future clinical trials. Promising results in preclinical studies of a product candidate may not be predictive of similar 
results  in  humans  during  clinical  trials,  and  successful  results  from  early  human  clinical  trials  of  a  product  candidate  may  not  be 
replicated in later and larger human clinical trials or in clinical trials for different indications. If the results of our or our collaborators’ 
ongoing or future clinical trials are negative or inconclusive with respect to the efficacy of our product candidates, or if these trials do 
not meet the clinical endpoints with statistical significance, or if there are safety concerns or adverse events associated with our product 
candidates, we or our collaborators may be prevented or delayed in obtaining marketing approval for our product candidates.  

Even if ongoing or future clinical studies meet the clinical endpoints with statistical significance, the FDA or other regulatory 

agencies may still find the data insufficient to support marketing approval based on other factors.  

9 

 
We may encounter substantial delays in our clinical studies. 

We cannot guarantee that any preclinical testing or clinical trials will be conducted as planned or completed on schedule, if at all. 
As a result, we may not achieve our expected clinical milestones. A failure can occur at any stage of testing. Events that may prevent 
successful or timely commencement, enrollment or completion of clinical development include: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

problems which may arise as a result of our transition of research and development programs from licensors or previous 
sponsors; 

delays in raising, or inability to raise, sufficient capital to fund the planned trials; 

delays by us or our collaborators in reaching a consensus with regulatory agencies on trial design; 

changes in trial design; 

inability to identify, recruit and train suitable clinical investigators; 

inability to add new clinical trial sites; 

delays in reaching agreement on acceptable terms  for the performance of the trials  with contract research organizations 
(“CROs”), and clinical trial sites; 

delays in obtaining required Institutional Review Board (“IRB”), approval at each clinical trial site; 

delays in recruiting suitable clinical sites and patients (i.e., subjects) to participate in clinical trials and delays in accruing 
medical events necessary to complete any events-driven trial; 

imposition of a clinical hold by regulatory agencies for any reason, including negative clinical results, safety concerns or as 
a result of an inspection of manufacturing or clinical operations or trial sites; 

failure by CROs, other third parties or us or our collaborators to adhere to clinical trial requirements; 

failure  to  perform  in  accordance  with  the  FDA’s  current  Good  Clinical  Practices  (“cGCP”),  or  applicable  regulatory 
guidelines in other countries; 

delays in testing, validation, manufacturing and delivery of a product candidate to clinical trial sites; 

delays caused by patients not completing participation in a trial or not returning for post-treatment follow-up; 

delays caused by clinical trial sites not completing a trial; 

failure to demonstrate adequate efficacy; 

occurrence of serious adverse events in clinical trials that are associated with a product candidates and that are viewed to 
outweigh its potential benefits; 

changes in regulatory requirements and guidance that require amending or submitting new clinical protocols; or 

disagreements between us and the FDA or other regulatory agencies regarding a clinical trial design, protocol amendments, 
or interpreting the data from our clinical trials. 

Delays, including delays caused by the above factors, can be costly and could negatively affect our or our collaborators’ ability to 
complete clinical trials for our product candidates. If we or our collaborators are not able to successfully complete clinical trials or are 
not able to do so in a timely and cost-effective manner, we will not be able to obtain regulatory approval and/or will not be able to 
commercialize our product candidates and our commercial partnering opportunities will be harmed. 

We may find it difficult to enroll patients in our clinical trials, which could delay or prevent development of our product candidates. 

Identifying and qualifying patients to participate in clinical trials of our product candidates is critical to our success. The timing 
of our clinical trials depends on the speed at which we can recruit patients to participate in testing our product candidates as well as 
completion of required follow-up periods. In general, if patients are unwilling to participate in our stem cell therapy trials because of 
negative publicity from adverse events in the biotechnology or stem cell industries or for other reasons, including competitive clinical 
trials for similar patient populations, the timeline for recruiting patients, conducting trials and obtaining regulatory approval for our 
product candidates may be delayed. Additionally, we or our collaborators generally will have to run multi-site and potentially multi-
national trials, which can be time consuming, expensive and require close coordination and supervision. If we have difficulty enrolling 
a sufficient number of patients or otherwise conducting clinical trials as planned, we or our collaborators may need to delay, limit or 
terminate ongoing or planned clinical trials, any of which would have an adverse effect on our business. 

10 

 
If there are delays in accumulating the required number of trial subjects or, in trials where clinical events are a primary endpoint, 
if  the  events  needed  to  assess  performance  of  our  clinical  candidates  do  not  accrue  at  the  anticipated  rate,  there  may  be  delays  in 
completing the trial. These delays could result in increased costs, delays in advancing development of our product candidates, including 
delays in testing the effectiveness, or even termination of the clinical trials altogether. 

Patient enrollment and completion of clinical trials are affected by factors including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

size of the patient population, particularly in orphan diseases; 

severity of the disease under investigation; 

design of the trial protocol; 

eligibility criteria for the particular trial; 

perceived risks and benefits of the product candidate being tested; 

proximity and availability of clinical trial sites for prospective patients; 

availability of competing therapies and clinical trials; 

efforts to facilitate timely enrollment in clinical trials; 

patient referral practices of physicians and level and effectiveness of study site recruitment efforts; and 

ability to monitor patients adequately during and after treatment. 

Once enrolled, patients may choose to discontinue their participation at any time during the trial, for any reason. Participants also 
may be terminated from the study at the initiative of the investigator, for example if they experience serious adverse clinical events or 
do not follow the study directions. If we are unable to maintain an adequate number of patients in our clinical trials, we may be required 
to delay or terminate an ongoing clinical trial, which would have an adverse effect on our business. 

We may conduct multinational clinical trials, which present additional and unique risks. 

We plan to seek initial marketing approval for our product candidates in the United States and in select non-U.S. jurisdictions 
such as Europe, Japan and Canada. Conducting trials on a multinational basis requires collaboration with foreign medical institutions 
and  healthcare  providers.  Our  ability  to  successfully  initiate,  enroll  and  complete  a  clinical  trial  in  multiple  countries  is  subject  to 
numerous risks unique to conducting business internationally, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

difficulty in establishing or managing relationships with physicians, sites and CROs; 

standards within different jurisdictions for conducting clinical trials and recruiting patients; 

our ability to effectively interface with non-US regulatory authorities; 

our inability to identify or reach acceptable agreements with qualified local consultants, physicians and partners; 

the potential burden of complying with a variety of foreign laws, medical standards and regulatory requirements, including 
the regulation of pharmaceutical and biotechnology products and treatments, and anti-corruption/anti-bribery laws; and 

differing genotypes, average body weights and other patient profiles within and across countries from our donor profile may 
impact the optimal dosing or may otherwise impact the results of our clinical trials. 

The complexity of conducting multinational clinical trials could negatively affect our or our collaborators’ ability to complete 

trials as intended which could have an adverse effect on our business. 

Serious adverse events or other safety risks could require us to abandon development and preclude, delay or limit approval of our 
product candidates, or limit the scope of any approved indication or market acceptance. 

Participants in clinical trials of our investigational stem cell products may experience adverse reactions or other undesirable side 
effects. While some of these can be anticipated, others may be unexpected. We cannot predict the frequency, duration, or severity of 
adverse reactions or undesirable side effects that may occur during clinical investigation of our product candidates. If any of our product 
candidates, prior to or after any approval for commercial sale, cause serious adverse events or are associated with other safety risks, a 
number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including: 

• 

• 

regulatory authorities may suspend (e.g., through a clinical hold) or terminate clinical trials; 

regulatory authorities may deny regulatory approval of our product candidates; 

11 

 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

regulators may restrict the indications or patient populations for which a product candidate is approved; 

regulatory authorities may require certain labeling statements, such as warnings or contraindications or limitations on the 
indications  for  use,  and/or  impose  restrictions  on  distribution  in  the  form  of  a  risk  evaluation  and  mitigation  strategy 
(“REMS”), in connection with approval, if any; 

regulatory authorities may withdraw their approval, require more onerous labeling statements or impose a more restrictive 
REMS than any product that is approved; 

we may be required to change the way the product is administered or conduct additional clinical trials; 

patient recruitment into our clinical trials may suffer; 

our relationships with our collaborators may suffer; 

we could be required to provide compensation to subjects for their injuries, e.g., if we are sued and found to be liable or if 
required by the laws of the relevant jurisdiction or by the policies of the clinical site; or 

our reputation may suffer. 

There can be no assurance that adverse events associated with our product candidates will not be observed, in such settings where 
no prior adverse events have occurred. As is typical in clinical development, we have a program of ongoing toxicology studies in animals 
for our clinical-stage product candidates and cannot provide assurance that the  findings  from such studies or any ongoing or future 
clinical trials will not adversely affect our clinical development activities. 

We may voluntarily suspend or terminate our clinical trials if at any time we believe that they present an unacceptable risk to 
participants or if preliminary data demonstrate that our product candidates are unlikely to receive regulatory approval or unlikely to be 
successfully commercialized. In addition, regulatory agencies, IRBs or data safety monitoring boards may at any time recommend the 
temporary or permanent discontinuation of our clinical trials or request that we cease using investigators in the clinical trials if they 
believe that the clinical trials are not being conducted in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements, or that they present an 
unacceptable safety risk to participants. If we elect or are forced to suspend or terminate a clinical trial for any of our product candidates, 
the commercial prospects for that product as well as our other product candidates may be harmed and our ability to generate product 
revenue  from  these  product  candidates  may  be  delayed  or  eliminated.  Furthermore,  any  of  these  events  could  prevent  us  or  our 
collaborators from achieving or maintaining  market acceptance of the affected product and could substantially increase the costs of 
commercializing  our  product  candidates  and  impair  our  ability  to  generate  revenue  from  the  commercialization  of  these  product 
candidates either by us or by our collaborators. 

Several of our product candidates are being evaluated for the treatment of patients who are extremely ill, and patient deaths that 
occur in our clinical trials could negatively impact our business even if they are not shown to be related to our product candidates. 

We are developing MPC-150-IM, which will focus on Class II-IV CHF, and remestemcel-L, which will focus on SR-aGVHD. 

The patients who receive our product candidates are very ill due to their underlying diseases. 

Generally,  patients  remain  at  high  risk  following  their  treatment  with  our  product  candidates  and  may  more  easily  acquire 
infections or other common complications during the treatment period, which can be serious and life threatening. As a result, it is likely 
that we will observe severe adverse outcomes in patients during our Phase 3 and other trials for these product candidates, including 
patient death. If a significant number of study subject deaths were to occur, regardless of whether such deaths are attributable to our 
product candidates, our ability to obtain regulatory approval for the applicable product candidate may be adversely impacted and our 
business  could  be  materially  harmed.  Should  studies  of  a  candidate  product  result  in  regulatory  approval,  any  association  with  a 
significant number of study subject deaths could limit the commercial potential of an approved product candidate, or negatively impact 
the medical community’s willingness to use our product with patients. 

The requirements to obtain regulatory approval of the FDA and regulators in other jurisdictions can be costly, time-consuming, and 
unpredictable. If we or our collaborators are unable to obtain timely regulatory approval for our product candidates, our business 
may be substantially harmed. 

The  regulatory  approval  process  is  expensive  and  the  time  and  resources  required  to  obtain  approval  from  the  FDA  or  other 
regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions to sell any product candidate is uncertain and approval may take years. Whether regulatory 
approval will be granted is unpredictable and depends upon numerous factors, including the discretion of the regulatory authorities. For 
example, governing legislation, approval policies, regulations, regulatory policies, or the type and amount of preclinical and clinical 
data  necessary  to  gain  approval  may  change  during  the  course  of  a  product  candidate’s  clinical  development  and  may  vary  among 
jurisdictions. It is possible that none of our existing or future product candidates will ever obtain regulatory approval, even if we expend 
substantial time and resources seeking such approval. 

12 

 
Further, regulatory requirements governing stem cell therapy products in particular have changed and may continue to change in 
the future. For example, in December 2016, the 21st Century Cures Act (“Cures Act”) was signed into law in the United States. This 
new law is designed to advance medical innovation, and includes a number of provisions that may impact our product development 
programs. For example, the Cures Act establishes a new “regenerative medicine advanced therapy” designation (“RMAT”), and creates 
a pathway for increased interaction with FDA for the development of products which obtain designations. Although the FDA has issued 
guidance documents in 2018, it remains unclear how and when the FDA will fully implement all deliverables under the Cures Act. 

Any regulatory review committees and advisory groups and any contemplated new guidelines may lengthen the regulatory review 
process,  require  us  to  perform  additional  studies,  increase  our  development  costs,  lead  to  changes  in  regulatory  positions  and 
interpretations,  delay  or  prevent  approval  and  commercialization  of  our  product  candidates  or  lead  to  significant  post-approval 
limitations or restrictions. As we advance our product candidates, we will be required to consult with these regulatory and advisory 
groups, and comply with applicable guidelines. If we fail to do so, we may be required to delay or discontinue development of our 
product candidates. Delay or failure to obtain, or unexpected costs in obtaining, the regulatory approval necessary to bring a product 
candidate to market could decrease our ability to generate sufficient revenue to maintain our business. 

Our product candidates could fail to receive regulatory approval for many reasons, including the following: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

we may be unable to successfully complete our ongoing and future clinical trials of product candidates; 

we may be unable to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or other regulatory authorities that a product candidate is 
safe, pure, and potent for any or all of a product candidate’s proposed indications; 

we may be unable to demonstrate that a product candidate’s benefits outweigh the risk associated with the product candidate; 

the FDA or other regulatory authorities may disagree with the design or implementation of our clinical trials; 

the  results  of  clinical  trials  may  not  meet  the  level  of  statistical  significance  required  by  the  FDA  or  other  regulatory 
authorities for approval; 

the FDA or other regulatory  authorities  may disagree  with our interpretation of data from preclinical  studies or clinical 
trials; 

a decision by the FDA, other regulatory authorities or us to suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time; 

the data collected from clinical trials of our product candidates may be inconclusive or may not be sufficient to support the 
submission of a Biologics License Application (“BLA”), or other submission or to obtain regulatory approval in the United 
States or elsewhere; 

our third party manufacturers of supplies needed for manufacturing product candidates may fail to satisfy FDA or other 
regulatory requirements and may not pass inspections that may be required by FDA or other regulatory authorities; 

the failure to comply  with applicable regulatory requirements following approval of any of our product candidates  may 
result in the refusal by the FDA or similar foreign regulatory agency to approve a pending BLA or supplement to a BLA 
submitted by us for other indications or new product candidates; and 

the approval policies or regulations of the FDA or other regulatory authorities outside of the United States may significantly 
change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval. 

We or our collaborators may  gain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates in some but  not all of the territories 
available and any future approvals may be for some but not all of the target indications, limiting their commercial potential. Regulatory 
requirements and timing of product approvals vary from country to country and some jurisdictions may require additional testing beyond 
what is required to obtain FDA approval. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or 
jurisdictions, and approval by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or 
by the FDA. The foreign regulatory approval process may include all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval. 

Our drug candidates may not benefit from an expedited approval path for cellular medicines designated as Regenerative Medicine 
Advanced Therapies (RMATs) under the 21st Century Cures Act.   

On December 21, 2017, the FDA granted RMAT designation for our novel MPC therapy in the treatment of heart failure patients 
with left ventricular systolic dysfunction and left ventricular assist devices. While the Cures Act offers several potential benefits to drugs 
designated as RMATs, including eligibility for increased agency support and advice during development, priority review on filing, a 
potential pathway for accelerated approval based on surrogate or intermediate endpoints, and the potential to use patient registry data 
and other sources of real world evidence for post approval confirmatory studies, there is no assurance that any of these potential benefits 
will either apply to any or all of our drug candidates or, if applicable, accelerate marketing approval. RMAT designation does not change 
the evidentiary standards of safety and effectiveness needed for marketing approval. 

13 

 
Furthermore, there is no certainty as to whether any of our product candidates that have not yet received RMAT designation under 
the  Cures  Act  will  receive  such  designation  under  the  Cures  Act.  Designation  as  an  RMAT  is  within  the  discretion  of  the  FDA. 
Accordingly, even if we believe one of our products or product candidates meets the criteria for RMAT designation, the FDA may 
disagree. Additionally, for any product candidate that receives RMAT designation, we may not experience a faster development, review 
or  approval  process  compared  to  conventional  FDA  procedures.  The  FDA  may  withdraw  RMAT  designation  if  it  believes  that  the 
product no longer meets the qualifying criteria for designation. 

Even if we obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, our products will be subject to ongoing regulatory scrutiny. 

Any of our product candidates that are approved in the United States or in other jurisdictions will continue to be subject to ongoing 
regulatory requirements relating to the quality, identity, strength, purity, safety, efficacy, testing, manufacturing, marketing, advertising, 
promotion, distribution, sale, storage, packaging, pricing, import or export, record-keeping and submission of safety and other post-
market  information  for  all  approved  product  candidates.  In  the  United  States,  this  includes  both  federal  and  state  requirements.  In 
particular, as a condition of approval of a BLA, the FDA may require a REMS, to ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh the 
potential risks. REMS can include medication guides, communication plans for healthcare professionals and elements to assure safe use 
(“ETASU”). ETASU can include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only 
under certain circumstances, special monitoring, and the use of patient registries. Moreover, regulatory approval may require substantial 
post-approval (Phase 4) testing and surveillance to monitor the drug’s safety or efficacy. Delays in the REMS approval process could 
result in delays in the BLA approval process. In addition, as part of the REMS, the FDA could require significant restrictions, such as 
restrictions on the prescription, distribution and patient use of the product, which could significantly impact our ability to effectively 
commercialize our product candidates, and dramatically reduce their market potential thereby adversely impacting our business, results 
of operations and financial condition. Post-approval study requirements could add additional burdens, and failure to timely complete 
such studies, or adverse findings from those studies, could adversely affect our ability to continue marketing the product. 

Any failure to comply with ongoing regulatory requirements, as well as post-approval discovery of previously unknown problems, 
including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing operations or processes, may significantly and 
adversely affect our ability to generate revenue from our product candidates, and may result in, among other things: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product candidates, withdrawal of the product candidates from the 
market, or voluntary or mandatory product recalls; 

suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approval; 

costly regulatory inspections; 

fines, warning letters, or holds on clinical trials; 

refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications filed by us or our collaborators, 
or suspension or revocation of BLAs; 

restrictions on our operations; 

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or 

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties by FDA or other regulatory bodies. 

If regulatory sanctions are applied or if regulatory approval is withdrawn, the value of our business and our operating results will 

be adversely affected. 

The FDA’s policies, or that of the applicable regulatory bodies in other jurisdictions, may change, and additional government 
regulations  may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. We cannot predict the 
likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United 
States or abroad. If we or our collaborators are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, are slow or unable to adopt new requirements 
or policies, or effect changes to existing requirements, we or our collaborators may no longer be able to lawfully market our product, 
and we may not achieve or sustain profitability, which would adversely affect our business. 

Ethical and other concerns surrounding the use of embryonic stem cell-based therapy may negatively affect regulatory approval or 
public perception of our non-embryonic stem cell product candidates, which could reduce demand for our products or depress our 
share price. 

The use of embryonic stem cells (“ESCs”), for research and therapy has been the subject of considerable public debate, with many 
people  voicing  ethical,  legal  and  social  concerns  related  to  their  collection  and  use.  Our  cells  are  not  ESCs,  which  have  been  the 
predominant focus of this public debate and concern in the United States and elsewhere. However, the distinction between ESCs and 
non-ESCs, such as our mesenchymal lineage adult stem cells, may be misunderstood by the public. Negative public attitudes toward 

14 

 
stem cell therapy and publicity and harm from stem cell usage clinically by others could also result in greater governmental regulation 
of stem cell therapies, which could harm our business. The improper use of cells could give rise to ethical and social commentary adverse 
to us, which could harm the market demand for new products and depress the price of our ordinary shares and ADSs. Ongoing lack of 
understanding  of  the  difference  between  ESCs  and  non-ESCs  could  negatively  impact  the  public’s  perception  of  our  company  and 
product candidates and could negatively impact us. 

Additional government-imposed restrictions on, or concerns regarding possible government regulation of, the use of stem cells in 
research, development and commercialization could also cause an adverse effect on us by harming our ability to establish important 
partnerships or collaborations, delaying or preventing the development of certain product candidates, and causing a decrease in the price 
of our ordinary shares and ADSs, or by otherwise making it more difficult for us to raise additional capital. For example, concerns 
regarding such possible regulation could impact our ability to attract collaborators and investors. Also, existing and potential government 
regulation of stem cells may lead researchers to leave the field of stem cell research altogether in order to assure that their careers will 
not be impeded by restrictions on their work. This may make it difficult for us to find and retain qualified scientific personnel. 

Orphan drug designation may not ensure that we will enjoy market exclusivity in a particular market, and if we fail to obtain or 
maintain orphan drug designation or other regulatory exclusivity for some of our product candidates, our competitive position would 
be harmed. 

A product candidate that receives orphan drug designation can benefit from potential commercial benefits following approval. 
Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a product candidate as an orphan drug if it is intended to treat a rare disease or 
condition, defined as affecting (1) a patient population of fewer than 200,000 in the United States, (2) a patient population greater than 
200,000 in the United States where there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing the drug will be recovered from sales 
in the United States, or (3) an “orphan subset” of a patient population greater than 200,000 in the United States. In the European Union 
(“EU”), the EMA’s Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products grants orphan drug designation to promote the development of products 
that are intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening or chronically debilitating condition affecting not more 
than 10,000 persons in the EU. Currently, this designation provides market exclusivity in the U.S. and the EU for seven years and ten 
years, respectively, if a product is the first such product approved for such orphan indication. This market exclusivity does not, however, 
pertain to indications other than those for which the drug was specifically designated in the approval, nor does it prevent other types of 
drugs from receiving orphan designations or approvals in these same indications. Further, even after an orphan drug is approved, the 
FDA can subsequently approve a drug with similar chemical structure for the same condition if the FDA concludes that the new drug is 
clinically superior to the orphan product or a market shortage occurs. In the EU, orphan exclusivity may be reduced to six years if the 
drug no longer satisfies the original designation criteria or can be lost altogether if the marketing authorization holder consents to a 
second orphan drug application or cannot supply enough drug, or when a second applicant demonstrates its drug is “clinically superior” 
to the original orphan drug. 

Our remestemcel-L product candidate has received orphan drug designation for the treatment of aGVHD by the FDA, and our 
CHF product candidate, rexlemestrocel-L has received orphan drug designation for prevention of post-implantation mucosal bleeding 
in end-stage CHF patients who require a left ventricular assist device (“LVAD”). If we seek orphan drug designations for other product 
candidates  in  other  indications,  we  may  fail  to  receive  such  orphan  drug  designations  and,  even  if  we  succeed,  such  orphan  drug 
designations may fail to result in or maintain orphan drug exclusivity upon approval, which would harm our competitive position. 

We may face competition from biosimilars due to changes in the regulatory environment. 

In the United States, the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009 created an abbreviated approval pathway for 
biological products that are demonstrated to be “highly similar,” or biosimilar, to or “interchangeable” with an FDA-approved innovator 
(original)  biological  product.  This  pathway  could  allow  competitors  to  reference  data  from  innovator  biological  products  already 
approved after 12 years from the time of approval. For several years the annual budget requests of President Obama’s administration 
included proposals to cut this 12-year period of exclusivity down to seven years. Those proposals were not adopted by Congress. Under 
President Trump’s administration, it is unclear if a similar change will be pursued in the future. In Europe, the European Commission 
has  granted  marketing  authorizations  for  several  biosimilars  pursuant  to  a  set  of  general  and  product  class-specific  guidelines  for 
biosimilar  approvals  issued  over  the  past  few  years.  In  Europe,  a  competitor  may  reference  data  from  biological  products  already 
approved, but will not be able to get on the market until ten years after the time of approval. This 10-year period will be extended to 11 
years if, during the first eight of those 10 years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an approval for one or more new therapeutic 
indications  that  bring  significant  clinical  benefits  compared  with  existing  therapies.  In  addition,  companies  may  be  developing 
biosimilars in other countries that could compete with our products. If competitors are able to obtain marketing approval for biosimilars 
referencing our products, our products may become subject to competition from such biosimilars causing the price for our products and 
our potential market share to suffer, resulting in lower product sales. 

15 

 
Our ongoing BLA submission for paediatric SR-aGVHD  may not be approved and even if it is approved, we will continue to be 
closely regulated by FDA. 

As a biological product, our allogeneic cellular medicine, remestemcel-L, for the treatment of children with SR-aGVHD, requires 
regulatory approval from the FDA before it may legally be distributed in U.S. commerce. In particular, remestemcel-L will require FDA 
approval  of  a  BLA  under  Section 351  of  the  Public  Health  Service  Act  to  be  commercialized.   We  initiated  the  filing  of  this  BLA 
application in May 2019. The outcome of this BLA application is uncertain, and there is a risk that it may not be approved by the FDA. 

We have received Fast Track designation from the FDA for remestemcel-L in children with SR aGVHD.  A biologic product that 
receives Fast Track designation can be eligible for regulatory benefits, including rolling BLA review.  Rolling review of a BLA enables 
individual  modules of the application to be submitted to and reviewed by the FDA on  an ongoing basis, rather than  waiting for all 
sections of a BLA to be completed before submission.  If FDA accepts a portion of the BLA application for rolling review, this does not 
necessarily mean that FDA review will commence or proceed before the complete application is submitted. We reported that FDA has 
agreed  we can  submit on a rolling basis our BLA  for remestemcel-L  for children  with  SR-aGVHD and that  we  have filed the  first 
component of this rolling submission.  Fast Track designation may provide for a more streamlined development or approval process but 
it does not change the standards for approval and may be rescinded by FDA if the product no longer meets the qualifying criteria. 

The FDA reviews a BLA to determine, among other things, whether a product is safe, pure and potent and the facility in which it 
is  manufactured,  processed,  packed,  or  held  meets  standards  designed  to  assure  the  product’s  continued  safety,  purity  and  potency.  
During the course of review of our BLA, the FDA may request or require additional preclinical, clinical, chemistry and manufacturing, 
controls (or CMC), or other data and information.  The development and provision of these data and information may be time consuming 
and expensive.  Our failure to comply, or the failure of our contract manufacturers to satisfy, applicable FDA CMC requirements could 
result  in  a  delay  or  failure  to  obtain  approval  of  our  BLA.    If  the  FDA  determines  that  the  application,  manufacturing  process  or 
manufacturing  facilities  are  not  acceptable,  it  will  outline  the  deficiencies  in  our  submission  and  may  request  additional  testing  or 
information.  The testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and may take several years to 
complete. In addition, the FDA or other regulatory agencies may find the data from our clinical studies insufficient to support marketing 
approval. For example, our Phase 3 study for remestemcel-L, which met the primary clinical endpoint with statistical significance, was 
conducted as a single-arm study due to the seriousness of the condition, the rapid clinical deterioration of affected patients, the mounting 
literature suggesting a meaningful treatment effect, and the position in the medical community that a randomized controlled trial was 
neither feasible  nor ethical in this patient population. While  we  intend to provide the FDA  with comparator outcomes from control 
subjects, it is possible that the FDA may not find the data sufficient for approval.  In addition, new government requirements, including 
those resulting from new legislation, may be established, or the FDA’s policies may change, which could delay or prevent regulatory 
approval of our products under development. 

It is likely that we will have to participate in FDA Advisory Committee proceedings in connection with the FDA’s review of the 
BLA for our aGVHD product candidate as well as potentially other of our product candidates.  FDA Advisory Committees are convened 
to conduct public hearings on matters of importance that come before FDA, to review the issues involved, and to provide advice and 
recommendations to FDA. New product candidates may be referred for review by Advisory Committees whether FDA has identified 
issues or concerns in respect of such candidates or not.  Advisory Committee input and recommendations may be used at the discretion 
of  the  FDA.  Advisory  Committee  proceedings  are  in  part  conducted  publicly. While  the  recommendations  made  by  Advisory 
Committees in respect of marketing applications for any product are not dispositive, such determinations and recommendations are often 
influential, and may be made available publicly and to the advantage of our competitors. In addition, it is possible that safety findings 
and recommendations as well as other concerns and considerations raised by Advisory Committee members, who constitute a multi-
disciplinary group of experts (including representatives and/or advocates from the consumer sector), may impact FDA’s review of our 
product candidate submissions or labeling unfavorably.  Furthermore, commentary from Advisory Committee proceedings can figure 
into future product and other litigation. 

Even if we receive regulatory approval for our remestemcel-L product, such approval may entail limitations on the indicated uses 
for which such product may be marketed and/or require post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor safety or efficacy of our 
product.  The FDA may limit further marketing of our product based on the results of post-marketing studies, if compliance with pre- 
and post-marketing regulatory standards is not maintained, or if problems occur after our product reaches the marketplace such as later 
discovery  of  previously  unknown  problems  or  concerns  with  our  product,  including  adverse  events  of  unanticipated  severity  or 
frequency, or with our manufacturing processes. 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risks Related to Collaborators 

We rely on third parties to conduct our nonclinical and clinical studies and perform other tasks for us. If these third parties do not 
successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines, or comply with regulatory requirements, we may not be able 
to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates in a timely and cost-effective manner or at all, and our 
business could be substantially harmed. 

We have relied upon and plan to continue to rely upon third-party entities, including CROs, academic institutions, hospitals and 
other third-party collaborators, to monitor, support, conduct and/or oversee preclinical and clinical studies of our current and future 
product candidates. We rely on these parties for execution of our nonclinical and clinical studies, and control only certain aspects of 
their activities. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our studies is conducted in accordance with the applicable 
protocol, legal, regulatory, and scientific standards and our reliance on the CROs does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. 
If we or any of these third-parties fail to comply with the applicable protocol, legal, regulatory, and scientific standards, the clinical data 
generated in our clinical studies may be deemed unreliable and the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require 
us to perform additional clinical studies before approving our marketing applications. 

If any of our relationships with these third parties terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative parties 
or do so on commercially reasonable terms. In addition, these parties are not our employees, and except for remedies available to us 
under our agreements with such third parties, we cannot control whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to our on-going 
nonclinical and clinical programs. If third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected 
deadlines, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to 
our protocols, regulatory requirements, or for other reasons, our clinical studies may be extended, delayed, or terminated and we may 
not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize our product candidates. Third parties may also generate 
higher costs than anticipated. As a result, our results of operations and the commercial prospects for our product candidates would be 
harmed, our costs could increase, and our ability to generate revenue could be delayed. 

Switching or adding additional third parties involves additional cost and requires management time and focus. In addition, there 
is a natural transition period when a new third party commences work. As a result, delays occur, which can materially impact our ability 
to meet our desired clinical development timelines. Though we carefully manage our relationships with these third parties, there can be 
no assurance that  we will not encounter similar challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a 
material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and prospects. 

Our existing product development and/or commercialization arrangements, and any that we may enter into in the future, may not 
be successful, which could adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates. 

We  are  a  party  to,  and  continue  to  seek  additional,  collaboration  arrangements  with  biopharmaceutical  companies  for  the 
development and/or commercialization of our current and future product candidates. We may enter into new arrangements on a selective 
basis depending on the merits of retaining certain development and commercialization rights for ourselves as compared to entering into 
selective collaboration arrangements with leading pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies for each product candidate, both in the 
United  States  and  internationally.  To  the  extent  that  we  decide  to  enter  into  collaboration  agreements,  we  will  face  significant 
competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Any failure to meet our clinical milestones with respect to an unpartnered product 
candidate  would  make  finding  a  collaborator  more  difficult.  Moreover,  collaboration  arrangements  are  complex,  costly  and  time 
consuming to negotiate, document and implement, and we cannot guarantee that we can successfully maintain such relationships or that 
the  terms  of  such  arrangements  will  be  favorable  to  us.  If  we  fail  to  establish  and  implement  collaboration  or  other  alternative 
arrangements, the value of our business and operating results will be adversely affected. 

We may not be successful in our efforts to establish, implement and maintain collaborations or other alternative arrangements if 
we choose to enter into such arrangements. The terms of any collaboration or other arrangements that we may establish may not be 
favorable to us. The management of collaborations may take significant time and resources that distract our management from other 
matters. 

Our ability to successfully collaborate with any future collaborators may be impaired by multiple factors including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

a collaborator may shift its priorities and resources away from our programs due to a change in business strategies, or a 
merger, acquisition, sale or downsizing of its company or business unit; 

a collaborator may cease development in therapeutic areas which are the subject of our strategic alliances; 

a collaborator may change the success criteria for a particular program or product candidate thereby delaying or ceasing 
development of such program or candidate; 

a significant delay in initiation of certain development activities by a collaborator will also delay payments tied to such 
activities, thereby impacting our ability to fund our own activities; 

17 

 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

a collaborator could develop a product that competes, either directly or indirectly, with our current or future products, if 
any; 

a collaborator with commercialization obligations may not commit sufficient financial or human resources to the marketing, 
distribution or sale of a product; 

a collaborator with manufacturing responsibilities may encounter regulatory, resource or quality issues and be unable to 
meet demand requirements; 

a collaborator may exercise its rights under the agreement to terminate our collaboration; 

a  dispute  may  arise  between  us  and  a  collaborator  concerning  the  research  or  development  of  a  product  candidate  or 
commercialization of a product resulting in a delay in milestones, royalty payments or termination of a program and possibly 
resulting in costly litigation or arbitration which may divert management attention and resources; 

the results of our clinical trials may not match our collaborators’ expectations, even if statistically significant; 

a collaborator may not adequately protect or enforce the intellectual property rights associated with a product or product 
candidate; and 

a collaborator may use our proprietary information or intellectual property in such a way as to invite litigation from a third 
party. 

Any  such  activities  by  our  current  or  future  collaborators  could  adversely  affect  us  financially  and  could  harm  our  business 

reputation. 

Risks Related to Our Manufacturing and Supply Chain 

We  have  no  experience  manufacturing  our  product  candidates  at  a  commercial  scale.  We  may  not  be  able  to  manufacture  our 
product candidates in quantities sufficient for development and commercialization if our product candidates are approved, or for 
any future commercial demand for our product candidates. 

We  have  manufactured  clinical  quantities  of  our  mesenchymal  lineage  adult  stem  cell  product  candidates  in  manufacturing 
facilities owned by Lonza Walkersville, Inc. and Lonza Bioscience Singapore Pte. Ltd. (collectively referred to as “Lonza”). We do not 
have  any  direct  experience  in  manufacturing  commercial  quantities  of  any  of  our  product  candidates.  The  production  of  any 
biopharmaceutical, particularly stem cell-based therapies, involves complex processes and protocols. We cannot provide assurance that 
such production efforts will enable us to manufacture our product candidates in the quantities and with the quality needed for clinical 
trials and any resulting commercialization. If we are unable to do so, our clinical trials and commercialization efforts, if any, may not 
proceed  in  a  timely  fashion  and  our  business  will  be  adversely  affected.  If  any  of  our  product  candidates  are  approved  for 
commercialization and marketing, we may be required to manufacture the product in large quantities to meet demand. Producing product 
in commercial quantities requires developing and adhering to complex manufacturing processes that are different from the manufacture 
of  a  product  in  smaller  quantities  for  clinical  trials,  including  adherence  to  additional  and  more  demanding  regulatory  standards. 
Although we believe that we have developed processes and protocols that will enable us to consistently manufacture commercial-scale 
quantities  of  product,  we  cannot  provide  assurance  that  such  processes  and  protocols  will  enable  us  to  manufacture  our  product 
candidates in quantities that may be required for commercialization of the product with yields and at costs that will be commercially 
attractive.  If  we  are  unable  to  establish  or  maintain  commercial  manufacture  of  the  product  or  are  unable  to do  so  at costs  that  we 
currently anticipate, our business will be adversely affected. 

We  are  focusing  on  the  introduction  of  novel  manufacturing  approaches  with  the  potential  to  result  in  efficiency  and  yield 
improvements to our current process. Certain of these novel approaches include modifying the media used in cell production. Another 
approach includes the development of 3-dimensional (“3D”) bioreactor-based production for mesenchymal lineage adult stem cells. 
There is no guarantee that we will successfully complete either of these processes or meet all applicable regulatory requirements. This 
may be due to multiple factors, including the failure to produce sufficient quantities and the inability to produce cells that are equivalent 
in physical and therapeutic properties as compared to the products produced using our current manufacturing processes. In the event our 
transition to these improved manufacturing processes is unsuccessful, we may not be able to produce certain of our products in a cost-
efficient manner and our business may be adversely affected. 

We rely on Lonza as our sole supplier and manufacturer of our product candidates. Our business could be harmed if Lonza fails to 
provide us with sufficient quantities of these product candidates or fails to do so at acceptable quality levels or prices. 

We do not currently have, nor do we plan to acquire, the infrastructure or capability internally to manufacture our mesenchymal 
lineage adult stem cell product candidates for use in the conduct of our clinical trials, and we currently lack the internal resources and 
the capability to manufacture any of our product candidates on a clinical or commercial scale. As a result, we currently depend on Lonza 
to manufacture our mesenchymal lineage adult stem cell product candidates. Relying on Lonza as our sole source to manufacture our 
mesenchymal lineage adult stem cell product candidates entails risks, and Lonza may: 

• 

• 

cease or reduce production or deliveries, raise prices or renegotiate terms; 

be unable to meet any product specifications and quality requirements consistently; 

18 

 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

delay or be unable to procure or expand sufficient manufacturing capacity, which may harm our reputation or frustrate our 
customers; 

not have the capacity sufficient to support the scale-up of manufacturing for our product candidates; 

have manufacturing and product quality issues related to scale-up of manufacturing; 

experience costs and validation of new equipment facilities requirement for scale-up that it will pass on to us; 

fail to comply with cGMP and similar international standards; 

lose its manufacturing facility in Singapore, stored inventory or laboratory facilities through fire or other causes, or other 
loss of materials necessary to manufacture our product candidates; 

experience disruptions to its operations by conditions unrelated to our business or operations, including the bankruptcy or 
interruptions of its suppliers; 

experience carrier disruptions or increased costs that it will pass on to us; 

fail to secure adequate supplies of essential ingredients in our manufacturing process; 

experience failure of third parties involved in the transportation, storage or distribution of our products, including the failure 
to deliver supplies it uses for the manufacture of our product candidates under specified storage conditions and in a timely 
manner;  

terminate agreements with us; and 

appropriate or misuse our trade secrets and other proprietary information. 

Any of these events could lead to delays in the development of our product candidates, including delays in our clinical trials, or 
failure to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, or it could impact our ability to successfully commercialize our current 
product  candidates  or  any  future  products.  Some  of  these  events  could  be  the  basis  for  FDA  or  other  regulatory  action,  including 
injunction, recall, seizure or total or partial suspension of production. 

In addition, the lead time needed to establish a relationship with a new manufacturer can be lengthy, and we may experience 
delays in meeting demand in the event we must switch to a new manufacturer. We are expanding our manufacturing collaborations in 
order to meet future demand and to provide back-up manufacturing options, which also involves risk and requires significant time and 
resources.  Our  future  collaborators  may  need  to  expand  their  facilities  or  alter  the  facilities  to  meet  future  demand  and  changes  in 
regulations. These activities may lead to delays, interruptions to supply, or may prove to be more costly than anticipated. Any problems 
in our manufacturing process could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

We may not be able to manufacture or commercialize our product candidates in a profitable manner. 

We intend to implement a business model under which we control the manufacture and supply of our product candidates, including 
but not exclusively, through our product suppliers, including Lonza. We and the suppliers of our product candidates, including Lonza, 
have no experience manufacturing our product candidates at commercial scale. Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to whether 
we and our suppliers will be able to scale-up the manufacturing processes and implement technological improvements in a manner that 
will allow the manufacture of our product candidates in a cost effective manner. Our or our collaborators’ inability to sell our product 
candidates at a price that exceeds our cost of manufacture by an amount that is profitable for us will have a material adverse result on 
the results of our operations and our financial condition. 

Our or our collaborators’ ability to identify, test and verify new donor tissue in order to create new master cell banks involves many 
risks. 

The initial stage of manufacturing involves obtaining mesenchymal lineage adult stem cell-containing bone marrow from donors, 
for which we currently rely on Lonza. Mesenchymal lineage adult stem cells are isolated from each donor’s bone marrow and expanded 
to create a master cell bank. Each individual master cell bank comes from a single donor. A single master cell bank can source many 
production runs, which in turn can produce up to thousands of doses of a given product, depending on the dose level. The process of 
identifying new donor tissue, testing and verifying its validity in order to create new master cell banks and validating such cell bank 
with the FDA and other regulatory agencies is time consuming, costly and prone to the many risks involved with creating living cell 
products.  There  could  be  consistency  or  quality  control  issues  with  any  new  master  cell  bank.  Although  we  believe  we  and  our 
collaborators have the necessary know-how and processes to enable us to create master cell banks with consistent quality and within the 
timeframe necessary to meet projected demand and we have begun doing so, we cannot be certain that we or our collaborators will be 
able  to  successfully  do  so,  and  any  failure  or  delays  in  creating  new  master  cell  banks  may  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our 
business, results of operations, financial conditions and growth prospects and could result in our inability to continue operations. 

19 

 
We and our collaborators depend on a limited number of suppliers for our product candidates’ materials, equipment or supplies and 
components required to manufacture our product candidates. The loss of these suppliers, or their failure to provide quality supplies 
on a timely basis, could cause delays in our current and future capacity and adversely affect our business. 

We  and  our  collaborators  depend  on  a  limited  number  of  suppliers  for  the  materials,  equipment  and  components  required  to 
manufacture  our  product  candidates  and  the  product  candidates  themselves.  We  rely  exclusively  on  Lonza  to  supply  certain  of  our 
product candidates. In addition, we rely on additional third parties to provide various “devices” or “carriers” for some of our programs 
(e.g.,  the  catheter  for  use  with  MPC-150-IM,  and  the  hyaluronic  acid  used  for  disc  repair).  The  main  consumable  used  in  our 
manufacturing process is our media, which currently is sourced from fetal bovine serum (“FBS”). This material comes from limited 
sources, and as a result is expensive. Consequently, we or our collaborators may not be able to obtain sufficient quantities of our product 
candidates or other critical materials equipment and components in the future, at affordable prices or at all. A delay or interruption by 
our suppliers may also harm our business, and operating results. In addition, the lead time needed to establish a relationship with a new 
supplier can be lengthy, and we or our collaborators may experience delays in meeting demand in the event we must switch to a new 
supplier. The time and effort to qualify for and, in some cases, obtain regulatory approval for a new supplier could result in additional 
costs, diversion of resources or reduced manufacturing yields, any of which would negatively impact our operating results. Our and our 
collaborators’ dependence on single-source suppliers exposes us to numerous risks, including the following: 

• 

• 

• 

our or our collaborators’ suppliers may cease or reduce production or deliveries, raise prices or renegotiate terms; 

we or our collaborators may be unable to locate suitable replacement suppliers on acceptable terms or on a timely basis, or 
at all; and 

delays caused by supply issues may harm our reputation, frustrate our customers and cause them to turn to our competitors 
for future needs. 

We and our collaborators and Lonza are subject to significant regulation with respect to manufacturing our product candidates. The 
Lonza manufacturing facilities on which we rely may not continue to meet regulatory requirements or may not be able to meet supply 
demands. 

All  entities  involved  in  the  preparation  of  therapeutics  for  clinical  studies  or  commercial  sale,  including  our  existing 
manufacturers,  including  Lonza,  are  subject  to  extensive  regulation.  Components  of  a  finished  therapeutic  product  approved  for 
commercial sale or used in late-stage clinical studies must be manufactured in accordance with current international Good Manufacturing 
Practice and other international regulatory requirements. These regulations govern manufacturing processes and procedures (including 
record keeping) and the implementation and operation of quality systems to control and assure the quality of investigational products 
and products approved for sale. Poor control of production processes can lead to the introduction of contaminants or to inadvertent 
changes  in  the  properties  or  stability  of  our  product  candidates.  We,  our  collaborators,  or  suppliers  must  supply  all  necessary 
documentation  in  support  of  a  BLA  on  a  timely  basis  and  must  adhere  to  current  Good  Laboratory  Practice  and  current  Good 
Manufacturing  Practice  regulations  enforced  by  the  FDA  and  other  regulatory  agencies  through  their  facilities  inspection  program. 
Lonza and other suppliers have never produced a commercially approved cellular therapeutic product and therefore have not yet obtained 
the requisite regulatory authority approvals to do so. 

Before  we  can  begin  commercial  manufacture  of  our  products  for  sale  in  the  United  States,  we  must  obtain  FDA  regulatory 
approval for the product, in addition to the approval of the processes and quality systems associated with the manufacturing of such 
product,  which  requires  a  successful  FDA  inspection  of  the  facility  handling  the  manufacturing  of  our  product,  including  Lonza’s 
manufacturing  facilities. The novel  nature of our product candidates creates  significant challenges in regards to  manufacturing. For 
example, the U.S. federal and state governments and other jurisdictions impose restrictions on the acquisition and use of tissue, including 
those incorporated in federal Good Tissue Practice regulations. We may not be able to identify or develop sources for the cells necessary 
for our product candidates that comply with these laws and regulations. Further, we may be required to conduct additional clinical trials 
using 3D manufacturing processes before we receive regulatory approval. 

In addition, the regulatory authorities may, at any time before or after product approval, audit or inspect a manufacturing facility 
involved  with the preparation of our product candidates or raw  materials or the associated quality  systems  for compliance  with the 
regulations applicable to the activities being conducted. Although we oversee each contract manufacturer involved in the production of 
our product candidates, we cannot control the manufacturing process of, and are dependent on, Lonza for compliance with the regulatory 
requirements.  If  Lonza  is  unable  to  comply  with  manufacturing  regulations,  we  may  be  subject  to  fines,  unanticipated  compliance 
expenses, recall or seizure of any approved products, total or partial suspension of production and/or enforcement actions, including 
injunctions, and criminal or civil prosecution. These possible sanctions would adversely affect our business, results of operations and 
financial  condition.  If  Lonza  fails  to  maintain  regulatory  compliance,  the  FDA  or  other  applicable  regulatory  authority  can  impose 
regulatory sanctions including, among other things, refusal to approve a pending application for a new drug product or biologic product, 
withdrawal of an approval, or suspension of production. As a result, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be 
materially harmed. 

20 

 
We will rely on third parties to perform many necessary services for the commercialization of our product candidates, including 
services related to the distribution, storage and transportation of our products. 

We  will rely upon third parties for certain storage, distribution and other logistical  services. In accordance  with certain laws, 
regulations and specifications, our product candidates must be stored and transported at extremely low temperatures within a certain 
range. If these environmental conditions deviate, our product candidates’ remaining shelf-lives could be impaired or their efficacy and 
safety could become adversely affected, making them no longer suitable for use. If any of the third parties that we intend to rely upon 
in our storage, distribution and other logistical services process fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, fail to meet expected 
deadlines, or otherwise do not carry out their contractual duties to us, or encounter physical damage or natural disaster at their facilities, 
our  ability  to  deliver  product  to  meet  commercial  demand  may  be  significantly  impaired.  In  addition,  as  our  cellular  therapies  will 
constitute a new form of product, experience in commercial distribution of such therapies in the United States is extremely limited, and 
as  such  is  subject  to  execution  risk.  While  we  intend  to  work  closely  with  our  selected  distribution  logistics  providers  to  define 
appropriate  parameters  for  their  activities  to  ensure  product  remains  intact  throughout  the  process,  there  is  no  assurance  that  such 
logistics providers will be able to maintain all requirements and handle and distribute our products in a manner that does not significantly 
impair them, which may impact our ability to satisfy commercial demand. 

Product recalls or inventory losses caused by unforeseen events may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. 

Our  product  candidates  are  manufactured,  stored  and  distributed  using  technically  complex  processes  requiring  specialized 
facilities, highly specific raw materials and other production constraints. The complexity of these processes, as well as strict company 
and government standards for the manufacture, storage and distribution of our product candidates, subjects us to risks. For example, 
during the manufacturing process we have from time to time experienced several different types of issues that have led to a rejection of 
various batches. Historically, the most common reasons for batch rejections include major process deviations during the production of 
a specific batch and failure of manufactured product to meet one or more specifications. While product candidate batches released for 
the use in clinical trials or for commercialization undergo sample testing, some latent defects may only be identified following product 
release. In addition, process deviations or unanticipated effects of approved process changes may result in these product candidates not 
complying  with  stability  requirements  or  specifications.  The  occurrence  or  suspected  occurrence  of  production  and  distribution 
difficulties can lead to lost inventories, and in some cases product recalls, with consequential reputational damage and the risk of product 
liability. The investigation and remediation of any identified problems can cause production delays, substantial expense, lost sales and 
delays of new product launches. In the event our production efforts require a recall or result in an inventory loss, our operating results 
and financial condition may be adversely affected. 

Risks Related to Commercialization of Our Product Candidates 

Our future commercial success depends upon attaining significant market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved, among 
physicians, patients and healthcare payors. 

Even  when  product  development  is  successful  and  regulatory  approval  has  been  obtained,  our  ability  to  generate  significant 
revenue depends on the acceptance of our products by physicians, payors and patients. Many potential market participants have limited 
knowledge  of,  or  experience  with,  stem  cell-based  products,  so  gaining  market  acceptance  and  overcoming  any  safety  or  efficacy 
concerns may be more challenging than for more traditional therapies. Our efforts to educate the medical community and third-party 
payors on the benefits of our product candidates may require significant resources and may never be successful. Such efforts to educate 
the marketplace may require more or different resources than are required by the conventional therapies marketed by our competitors. 
We cannot assure you that our products will achieve the expected market acceptance and revenue if and when they obtain the requisite 
regulatory approvals. Alternatively, even if we obtain regulatory approval, that approval may be for indications or patient populations 
that are not as broad as intended or desired or may require labeling that includes significant use or distribution restrictions or safety 
warnings. The market acceptance of each of our product candidates will depend on a number of factors, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the efficacy and safety of the product candidate, as demonstrated in clinical trials; 

the clinical indications for which the product is approved and the label approved by regulatory authorities for use with the 
product, including any warnings or contraindications that may be required on the label; 

acceptance by physicians and patients of the product as a safe and effective treatment; 

the cost, safety and efficacy of treatment in relation to alternative treatments; 

the continued projected growth of markets for our various indications; 

relative convenience and ease of administration; 

21 

 
• 

• 

• 

the prevalence and severity of adverse side effects;  

the effectiveness of our, and our collaborators’ sales and marketing efforts; and 

sufficient third-party insurance and other payor (e.g., governmental) coverage and reimbursement. 

Market  acceptance  is  critical  to  our  ability  to  generate  significant  revenue.  Any  product  candidate,  if  approved  and 
commercialized, may be accepted in only limited capacities or not at all. If any approved products are not accepted by the market to the 
extent that we expect, we may not be able to generate significant revenue and our business would suffer. 

If,  in  the  future,  we  are  unable  to  establish  our  own  sales,  marketing  and  distribution  capabilities  or  enter  into  licensing  or 
collaboration agreements for these purposes, we may not be successful in independently commercializing any future products. 

We have limited sales, marketing or distribution infrastructure and experience. Commercializing our product candidates, if such 
product candidates obtain regulatory approval, would require significant sales, distribution and marketing capabilities. Where and when 
appropriate, we may elect to utilize contract sales forces or distribution collaborators to assist in the commercialization of our product 
candidates. If we enter into arrangements with third parties to perform sales, marketing and distribution/price reporting services for our 
product candidates, the resulting revenue or the profitability from this revenue to us may be lower than if we had sold, marketed and 
distributed that product ourselves. In addition, we may not be successful in entering into arrangements with third parties to sell, market 
and distribute any future products or may be unable to do so on terms that are favorable to us. We may have little control over such third 
parties, and any of these third parties may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell, market and distribute our current 
or any future products effectively. 

To the extent we are unable to engage third parties to assist us with these functions, we will have to invest significant amounts of 
financial and management resources, some of which will need to be committed prior to any confirmation that any of our proprietary 
product candidates will be approved. For any future products for which we decide to perform sales, marketing and distribution functions 
ourselves, we could face a number of additional risks, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

our inability to recruit and retain adequate numbers of effective sales and marketing personnel or to develop alternative 
sales channels; 

the inability of sales personnel to obtain access to physicians or persuade adequate numbers of physicians to prescribe any 
future products; 

the inability of account teams to obtain formulary acceptance for our products, allowing for reimbursement and hence patient 
access; 

the  lack  of  complementary  products  to  be  offered  by  sales  personnel,  which  may  put  us  at  a  competitive  disadvantage 
relative to companies with multiple products; and 

unforeseen costs and expenses associated with creating and maintaining an independent sales and marketing organization. 

We face substantial competition, which may result in others discovering, developing or commercializing products before, or more 
successfully, than we do. 

The biopharmaceutical industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid change. The industry continues to expand and evolve 
as an increasing number of competitors and potential competitors enter the market. Many of our potential competitors have significantly 
greater development, financial, manufacturing, marketing, technical and human resources than we do. Large pharmaceutical companies, 
in particular, have extensive experience in conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals, manufacturing pharmaceutical and 
biologic products and commercializing such therapies. Recent and potential future merger and acquisition activity in the biotechnology 
and  pharmaceutical  industries  may  result  in  even  more  resources  being  concentrated  among  a  smaller  number  of  our  competitors. 
Established pharmaceutical companies may also invest heavily to accelerate discovery and development of novel compounds that could 
make our product candidates obsolete. As a result of all of these factors, our competitors may succeed in obtaining patent protection 
and/or FDA approval or discovering, developing and commercializing our product candidates or competitors to our product candidates 
before we do. Specialized, smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly those with a focus 
and expertise in stem cell therapies. In addition, any new product that competes with an approved product must demonstrate compelling 
advantages in efficacy, convenience, tolerability and safety in order to overcome price competition and to be commercially successful. 
If we are not able to compete effectively against potential competitors, our business will not grow and our financial condition and results 
of operations will suffer. 

22 

 
Our  marketed  products  may be  used  by  physicians  for  indications  that  are  not  approved  by  the  FDA.  If  the  FDA  finds  that  we 
marketed our products in a manner that promoted off-label use, we may be subject to civil or criminal penalties. 

Under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”), and other laws, if any of our product candidates are approved by the 
FDA, we would be prohibited from promoting our products for off-label uses. This means, for example, that we would not be able to 
make claims about the use of our marketed products outside of their approved indications, and we would not be able to proactively 
discuss or provide information on off-label uses of such products, with very specific and limited exceptions. The FDA does not, however, 
prohibit physicians from prescribing products for off-label uses in the practice of medicine. Should the FDA determine that our activities 
constituted the promotion of off-label use, the FDA could issue a warning or untitled letter or, through the Department of Justice, bring 
an action for seizure or injunction, and could seek to impose fines and penalties on us and our executives. In addition, failure to follow 
FDA rules and guidelines relating to promotion and advertising can result in, among other things, the FDA’s refusal to approve a product, 
the  suspension  or  withdrawal  of  an  approved  product  from  the  market,  product  recalls,  fines,  disgorgement  of  money,  operating 
restrictions, injunctions or criminal prosecutions, and also may figure into civil litigation against us. 

Healthcare legislative reform measures may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.  

In the United States, there have been and continue to be a number of legislative initiatives to contain healthcare costs. For example, 
in  2010,  the  Patient  Protection  and  Affordable  Care  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Health  Care  and  Education  Reconciliation  Act,  or 
collectively, the Affordable Care Act, was passed. The Affordable Care Act is a sweeping law intended to broaden access to health 
insurance, reduce or constrain the  growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against  fraud and abuse, add new transparency 
requirements  for  healthcare  and  the  health  insurance  industry,  impose  new  taxes  and  fees  on  the  healthcare  industry  and  impose 
additional health policy reforms. There have been a number of judicial and congressional challenges to certain aspects of the Affordable 
Care Act, and we expect that with the current administration efforts will continue to repeal or significantly amend the Affordable Care 
Act. We can provide no assurance that the Affordable Care Act, as currently enacted or as amended in the future, will not adversely 
affect our business and financial results, and we cannot predict how future federal or state legislative or administrative changes relating 
to healthcare reform will affect our business. 

Currently, the outcome of potential reforms and changes to government negotiation/regulation to healthcare costs are unknown. 
If changes in policy limit reimbursements that we are able to receive through federal programs, it could negatively impact reimbursement 
levels from those payors and private payors, and our business, revenues or profitability could be adversely affected. 

If we or our collaborators fail to obtain and sustain an adequate level of reimbursement for our products by third-party payors, sales 
and profitability would be adversely affected. 

Our and our collaborators’ ability to commercialize any products successfully will depend, in part, on the extent to which coverage 
and  reimbursement  for  our  products  and  related  treatments  will  be  available  from  government  healthcare  programs,  private  health 
insurers, managed care plans, and other organizations. Additionally, even if there is a commercially viable market, if the level of third-
party reimbursement is below our expectations, our revenue and profitability could be materially and adversely affected. 

Third-party payors, such as government programs, including Medicare or Medicaid in the United States, or private healthcare 
insurers, carefully review and increasingly question the coverage of, and challenge the prices charged for medical products and services, 
and many third-party payors limit or delay coverage of or reimbursement for newly approved healthcare products. Reimbursement rates 
from private health insurance companies vary depending on the company, the insurance plan and other factors, including the third-party 
payor’s determination that use of a product is: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

a covered benefit under its health plan; 

safe, effective and medically necessary; 

appropriate for the specific patient; 

cost-effective; and 

neither experimental nor investigational. 

A current trend in the U.S. healthcare industry as well as in other countries around the world is toward cost containment. Large 
public and private payors, managed care organizations, group purchasing organizations and similar organizations are exerting increasing 
influence on decisions regarding the use of, and reimbursement levels for, particular treatments. In particular, third-party payors may 
limit the covered indications. Cost-control initiatives could decrease the price we might establish for any product, which could result in 
product revenue and profitability being lower than anticipated. 

23 

 
There may be significant delays in obtaining coverage and reimbursement for newly approved drugs, and coverage may be more 
limited than the purposes for which the drug is approved by the FDA or other regulatory authorities. Moreover, eligibility for coverage 
and  reimbursement  does  not  imply  that  a  drug  will  be  paid  for  in  all  cases  or  at  a  rate  that  covers  our  costs,  including  research, 
development,  manufacture,  sale  and  distribution  expenses.  Interim  reimbursement  levels  for  new  drugs,  if  applicable,  may  also  be 
insufficient to cover our and any collaborator’s costs and may not be made permanent. Reimbursement rates may vary according to the 
use of the drug and the clinical setting in which it is used, may be based on reimbursement levels already set for lower cost drugs and 
may  be  incorporated  into  existing  payments  and  treatment  codes  for  other  services.  Our  inability  to  promptly  obtain  coverage  and 
profitable payment rates from both government-funded and private payors for any approved products that  we develop could have a 
material adverse effect on our operating results, our ability to raise capital needed to commercialize products and our overall financial 
condition. 

Furthermore, reimbursement systems in international markets vary significantly by country and by region, and reimbursement 
approvals must be obtained on a country-by-country basis. Our existing or future collaborators, if any, may elect to reduce the price of 
our products in order to increase the likelihood of obtaining reimbursement approvals which could adversely affect our revenues and 
profits. In many countries, including for example in Japan, products cannot be commercially launched until reimbursement is approved. 
Further, the post-approval price negotiation process in some countries can exceed 12 months. In addition, pricing and reimbursement 
decisions in certain countries can be affected by decisions taken in other countries, which can lead to mandatory price reductions and/or 
additional reimbursement restrictions across a number of other countries, which may thereby adversely affect our sales and profitability. 
In the event that countries impose prices which are not sufficient to allow us or our collaborators to generate a profit, our collaborators 
may refuse to launch the product in such countries or withdraw the product from the market, which would adversely affect sales and 
profitability. 

Due to the novel nature of our stem cell therapy and the potential for our product candidates to offer therapeutic benefit in a single 
administration, we face uncertainty related to pricing and reimbursement for these product candidates. 

Our  target  patient  populations  for  some  of  our  product  candidates  may  be  relatively  small,  and  as  a  result,  the  pricing  and 
reimbursement of our product candidates, if approved, must be adequate to support commercial infrastructure. If we are unable to obtain 
adequate levels of reimbursement, our ability to successfully market and sell our product candidates will be adversely affected. Due to 
the novel nature of our stem cell technology, the manner and level at which reimbursement is provided for services related to our product 
candidates (e.g., for administration of our product to patients) is uncertain. Inadequate reimbursement for such services may lead to 
physician resistance and adversely affect our ability to market or sell our products. Further, if the results of our clinical trials and related 
cost benefit analyses do not clearly demonstrate the efficacy or overall value of our product candidates in a manner that is meaningful 
to prescribers and payors, our pricing and reimbursement may be adversely affected. 

Price controls may be imposed in foreign markets, which may adversely affect our future profitability. 

In some countries, particularly EU member states, Japan, Australia and Canada, the pricing of prescription drugs is subject to 
governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after receipt of 
marketing approval for a product. In addition, there can be considerable pressure by governments and other stakeholders on prices and 
reimbursement levels, including as part of cost containment measures. Political, economic and regulatory developments may further 
complicate pricing negotiations, and pricing negotiations may continue after reimbursement has been obtained. Reference pricing used 
by various EU  member states and parallel distribution, or  arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced  member  states, can  further 
reduce prices. In some countries, we or our collaborators may be required to conduct a clinical trial or other studies that compare the 
cost-effectiveness of our product candidates to other available therapies in order to obtain or maintain reimbursement or pricing approval. 
Publication of discounts by third-party payors or authorities may lead to further pressure on the prices or reimbursement levels within 
the country of publication and other countries. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if 
pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business, revenues or profitability could be adversely affected. 

If the market opportunities for our product candidates are smaller than we believe they are, our revenues may be adversely affected 
and our business may suffer. Because the target patient populations of certain of our product candidates are small, we must be able 
to successfully identify physicians with access to appropriate patients and achieve a significant market share to maintain profitability 
and growth. 

Our projections of the number of people with diseases targeted by our product candidates are based on estimates. These estimates 
may prove to be incorrect and new studies may change the estimated incidence or prevalence of these diseases. In addition, physicians 
who we believe have access to patients in need of our products may in fact not often treat the diseases targeted by our product candidates, 
and may not be amenable to use of our product. Further, the number of patients in the United States, Europe and elsewhere may turn out 
to be lower than expected, may not be otherwise amenable to treatment with our products, or new patients may become increasingly 
difficult to identify or gain access to, all of which would adversely affect our results of operations and our business. 

24 

 
We are exposed to risks related to our licensees and our international operations, and failure to manage these risks may adversely 
affect our operating results and financial condition. 

We and our subsidiaries operate out of Australia, the United States, Singapore, the United Kingdom and Switzerland. We have 
licensees, with rights to commercialize products based on our MSC technology, including JCR in Japan. Our primary manufacturing 
collaborator, Lonza, serves us primarily out of their facilities in Singapore, and through contractual relationships with third parties, has 
access to storage facilities in the U.S., Europe, Australia and Singapore. As a result, a significant portion of our operations are conducted 
by and/or rely on entities outside the markets in which certain of our trials take place, our suppliers are sourced, our product candidates 
are developed, and, if any such product candidates obtain regulatory approval, our products may be sold. Accordingly, we import a 
substantial  number  of  products  and/or  materials  into  such  markets.  We  may  be  denied  access  to  our  customers,  suppliers  or  other 
collaborators or denied the ability to ship products from any of these sites as a result of a closing of the borders of the countries in which 
we operate, or in which these operations are located, due to economic, legislative, political and military conditions in such countries. 
For  example,  on  June  23,  2016,  the  electorate  in  the  United  Kingdom,  or  UK,  voted  in  favor  of  leaving  the  European  Union  (EU) 
(commonly referred to as “Brexit”). Thereafter, on March 29, 2017, the country formally notified the EU of its intention to withdraw 
pursuant to Article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty. The United Kingdom's vote to leave the European Union creates an uncertain political and 
economic environment in the United Kingdom and potentially across other European Union member states, which may last for a number 
of months or years. If any of our product candidates are approved for commercialization, we may enter into agreements with third parties 
to market them on a worldwide basis or in more limited geographical regions. We expect that we will be subject to additional risks 
related to entering into international business relationships, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

unexpected changes in tariffs, trade barriers and regulatory requirements; 

economic weakness, including inflation, or political instability in particular foreign economies and markets; 

logistics  and  regulations  associated  with  shipping  cell  samples  and  other  perishable  items,  including  infrastructure 
conditions and transportation delays; 

potential import and export issues and other trade barriers and restrictions with the U.S. Customs and Border Protection and 
similar bodies in other jurisdictions; 

compliance with tax, employment, immigration and labor laws for employees living or traveling abroad; 

workforce uncertainty in countries where labor unrest is more common than in the United States; 

reduced  protection  for  intellectual  property  rights  in  some  countries  and  practical  difficulties  of  enforcing  intellectual 
property and contract rights abroad; 

changes in diplomatic and trade relationships, including new tariffs, trade protection measures, import or export licensing 
requirements, trade embargoes and other trade barriers; 

tariffs imposed by the U.S. on goods from other countries, including the recently implemented tariffs and additional tariff 
that have been proposed by the U.S. government on various imports from China and the EU and by the governments of 
these jurisdictions on certain U.S. goods, and any other possible tariffs that may be imposed on products such as ours, the 
scope and duration of which, if implemented, remains uncertain; 

deterioration of political relations between the U.K. and the EU, which could have a material adverse effect on our sales 
and operations in these countries; 

changes  in  social,  political  and  economic  conditions  or  in  laws,  regulations  and  policies  governing  foreign  trade, 
manufacturing, development and investment both domestically as well as in the other countries and jurisdictions into which 
we sell our products; 

fluctuations in currency exchange rates and the related effect on our results of operations; 

increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities; 

potential increases on tariffs or restrictions on trade generally; 

production shortages resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad; and 

business  interruptions  resulting  from  geopolitical  actions,  including  war  and  terrorism,  or  natural  disasters  including 
earthquakes, typhoons, floods and fires. 

25 

 
Use of animal-derived materials could harm our product development and commercialization efforts. 

Some  of  the  manufacturing  materials  and/or  components  that  we  use  in,  and  which  are  critical  to,  implementation  of  our 
technology  involve  the  use  of  animal-derived  products,  including  FBS.  Suppliers  or  regulatory  changes  may  limit  or  restrict  the 
availability of such  materials for clinical and commercial  use. While FBS is commonly  used in the production of various  marketed 
biopharmaceuticals, the suppliers of FBS that meet our strict quality standards are limited in number and region. As such, to the extent 
that  any  such  suppliers  or  regions  face  an  interruption  in  supply  (for  example,  if  there  is  a  new  occurrence  of  so-called  “mad  cow 
disease”), it may lead to a restricted supply of the serum currently required for our product manufacturing processes. Any restrictions 
on these materials would impose a potential competitive disadvantage for our products or prevent our ability to manufacture our cell 
products. The FDA has issued regulations for controls over bovine material in animal feed. These regulations do not appear to affect 
our ability to purchase the manufacturing materials we currently use. However, the FDA may propose new regulations that could affect 
our operations. Our inability to develop or obtain alternative compounds would harm our product development and commercialization 
efforts. There are certain limitations in the supply of certain animal-derived materials, which may lead to delays in our ability to complete 
clinical trials or eventually to meet the anticipated market demand for our cell products. 

If  product  liability  lawsuits  are  brought  against  us,  we  may  incur  substantial  liabilities  and  may  be  required  to  limit 
commercialization of our product candidates. 

We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the human clinical use of our product candidates and will face an even 
greater risk if we commercialize any products. For example, we may be sued if any product we develop allegedly causes injury or is 
found to be otherwise unsuitable during product testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include 
allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability, 
and  a  breach  of  warranties.  Claims  could  also  be  asserted  under  state  consumer  protection  acts.  If  we  cannot  successfully  defend 
ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our product 
candidates.  Even  a  successful  defense  would  require  significant  financial  and  management  resources.  Regardless  of  the  merits  or 
eventual outcome, liability claims may result in: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

decreased demand for our products, even if such products are approved; 

injury to our reputation; 

withdrawal of clinical trial participants; 

costs to defend the related litigations; 

a diversion of management’s time and our resources; 

substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients; 

product recalls, withdrawals, or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions; 

increased cost of liability insurance; 

loss of revenue; 

the inability to commercialize our product candidates; and 

a decline in our ordinary share price. 

Failure to obtain and retain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against potential product liability 
claims  could  prevent  or  inhibit  the  commercialization  of  products  we  develop.  Additionally,  our  insurance  policies  have  various 
exclusions, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage or reduced coverage. Any claim that may 
be brought against us could result in a court judgment or settlement in an amount that is not covered, in whole or in part, by our insurance 
or that is in excess of the limits of our insurance coverage. We will have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a 
settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, 
sufficient capital to pay such amounts. 

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property 

We may not be able to protect our proprietary technology in the marketplace. 

Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to obtain patents, protect our trade secrets and operate without infringing on the 
proprietary rights of others. We rely upon a combination of patents, trade secret protection, and confidentiality agreements to protect 
the intellectual property of our product candidates. Patents might not be issued or granted with respect to our patent applications that are 
currently pending, and issued or granted patents might later be found to be invalid or unenforceable, be interpreted in a manner that does 

26 

 
not adequately protect our current product or any future products, or fail to otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. As 
such, we do not know the degree of future protection that we will have on our proprietary products and technology, if any, and a failure 
to  obtain  adequate  intellectual  property  protection  with  respect  to  our  product  candidates  and  proprietary  technology  could  have  a 
material adverse impact on our business. 

Filing,  prosecuting  and  defending  patents  throughout  the  world  would  be  prohibitively  expensive,  so  our  policy  is  to  patent 
technology in jurisdictions with significant or otherwise relevant commercial opportunities or activities. However, patent protection may 
not be available for some of the products or technology we are developing. If we must spend significant time and money protecting or 
enforcing our patents, designing around patents held by others or licensing, potentially for large fees, patents or other proprietary rights 
held by others, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be harmed. 

The patent positions of biopharmaceutical products are complex and uncertain. 

The scope and extent of patent protection for our product candidates are particularly uncertain. To date, our principal product 
candidates have been based on specific subpopulations of known and naturally occurring adult stem cells. We anticipate that the products 
we develop in the future will continue to include or be based on the same or other naturally occurring stem cells or derivatives or products 
thereof. Although we have sought and expect to continue to seek patent protection for our product candidates, their methods of use and 
methods of manufacture, any or all of them may not be subject to effective patent protection. Publication of information related to our 
product candidates by us or others may prevent us from obtaining or enforcing patents relating to these products and product candidates. 
Furthermore, others may independently develop similar products, may duplicate our products, or may design around our patent rights. 
In addition, any of our issued patents may be declared invalid. If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property, we may face 
competition  from  companies  who  attempt  to  create  a  generic  product  to  compete  with  our  product  candidates.  We  may  also  face 
competition from companies who develop a substantially similar product to our other product candidates that may not be covered by 
any of our patents. 

Filing,  prosecuting  and  defending  patents  on  product  candidates  in  all  countries  throughout  the  world  would  be  prohibitively 
expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the U.S. can be less extensive than those in the U.S. In addition, 
the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the U.S. 
Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the U.S., or from selling 
or importing products made using our inventions in and into the U.S. or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in 
jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and further, may export otherwise infringing 
products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the U.S. These products may compete 
with our current or future products, if any, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to 
prevent them from competing. 

Many  companies  have  encountered  significant  problems  in  protecting  and  defending  intellectual  property  rights  in  foreign 
jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property 
protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our 
patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in 
foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put 
our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third 
parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if 
any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be 
inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license. 

We may be unable to adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information. 

We maintain certain of our proprietary know-how and technological advances as trade secrets, especially where we do not believe 
patent protection is appropriate or obtainable, including, but not exclusively, with respect to certain aspects of the manufacturing of our 
products. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. We take a number of measures to protect our trade secrets including, limiting 
disclosure,  physical  security  and  confidentiality  and  non-disclosure  agreements.  We  enter  into  confidentiality  agreements  with  our 
employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, contract manufacturing partners, sponsored researchers and other advisors and 
third parties to protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information. These agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of 
confidential information and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. 
In  addition,  others  may  independently  discover  our  trade  secrets  and  proprietary  information.  Costly  and  time-consuming  litigation 
could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights. Failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection, or 
failure  to  adequately  protect  our  intellectual  property  could  enable  competitors  to  develop  generic  products  or  use  our  proprietary 
information to develop other products that compete with our products or cause additional, material adverse effects upon our business, 
results of operations and financial condition. 

27 

 
We  may  be  forced  to  litigate  to  enforce  or  defend  our  intellectual  property  rights,  and/or  the  intellectual  property  rights  of  our 
licensors. 

We may be forced to litigate to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights against infringement by competitors, and to 
protect  our  trade  secrets  against  unauthorized  use.  In  so  doing,  we  may  place  our  intellectual  property  at  risk  of  being  invalidated, 
unenforceable, or limited or narrowed in scope and may no longer be used to prevent the manufacture and sale of competitive product. 
Further,  an  adverse  result  in  any  litigation  or  other  proceedings  before  government  agencies  such  as  the  United  States  Patent  and 
Trademark Office (“USPTO”), may place pending applications at risk of non-issuance. Further, interference proceedings, derivation 
proceedings, entitlement proceedings, ex parte reexamination, inter partes reexamination, inter partes review, post-grant review, and 
opposition proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by the USPTO or any foreign patent authority may be used to challenge 
inventorship, ownership, claim scope, or validity of our patent applications. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery 
required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential and proprietary information could 
be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. 

Intellectual  property  disputes  could  cause  us  to  spend  substantial  resources  and  distract  our  personnel  from  their  normal 
responsibilities. 

Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur 
significant expenses, and could distract our technical and/or management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there 
could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts 
or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the market price of our ADSs and ordinary 
shares.  Such  litigation  or  proceedings  could  substantially  increase  our  operating  losses  and  reduce  the  resources  available  for 
development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources 
to adequately conduct such litigation or proceedings. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of litigation proceedings 
more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and personnel. In addition, the uncertainties associated with 
litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to conduct our clinical trials, continue our 
internal research programs, in-license  needed technology or enter into strategic collaborations that  would  help us bring our product 
candidates to market. As a result, uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings 
could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace. 

U.S. patent reform legislation and court decisions could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our 
patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued U.S. patents. 

Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States could increase the uncertainties and costs 
surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of issued patents. Assuming that other requirements 
for patentability are met, prior to March 2013, in the United States, the first to invent the claimed invention was entitled to the patent, 
while outside the United States, the first to file a patent application was entitled to the patent. After March 2013, under the Leahy-Smith 
America Invents Act, or the America Invents Act, enacted in September 2011, the United States transitioned to a first inventor to file 
system in which, assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled 
to the patent on an invention regardless of whether a third party was the first to invent the claimed invention. Under the current patent 
laws, a third party that files a patent application in the USPTO before us for a particular invention could therefore be awarded a patent 
covering such invention even if we had made that invention before it was made by such third party. This requires us to be cognizant of 
the time from invention to filing of a patent application.  

The America Invents Act also includes a number of significant changes that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted and 
may also affect patent litigation and proceedings. These include allowing third party submissions of prior art to the USPTO during patent 
prosecution  and  additional  procedures  for  attacking  the  validity  of  a  patent  through  USPTO  administered  post-grant  proceedings, 
including post-grant review, inter partes review, and derivation proceedings. Because a lower evidentiary standard applies in USPTO 
proceedings compared to the evidentiary standards applied in United States federal courts in actions seeking to invalidate a patent claim, 
a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though 
the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if challenged in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may 
attempt  to  use  available  USPTO  procedures  to  invalidate  our  patent  claims  that  would  not  otherwise  have  been  invalidated  if  first 
challenged by the third party in a district court action. The new post-grant review (PGR) proceedings added as of September 2012 by 
the America Invents Act, which are similar to European “opposition” proceedings and provide third-party petitioners with the ability to 
challenge the validity of a patent on more expansive grounds than those permitted in other USTPO proceedings, allow for validity to be 
examined by the USPTO based not only on prior art patents and publications, but also on prior invalidating public use and sales, the 
presence of non-statutory subject matter in the patent claims and inadequate written description or lack of enablement. Discovery for 
PGR proceedings  is accordingly likely to be expansive  given that the issues addressed  in PGR are  more comprehensive than those 
addressed in other USPTO proceedings. Therefore, the America Invents Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and 
costs surrounding the prosecution of our owned or in-licensed patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our owned or in-
licensed issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and 
prospects. 

28 

 
As  compared  to  intellectual  property-reliant  companies  generally,  the  patent  positions  of  companies  in  the  development  and 
commercialization of biologics and pharmaceuticals are particularly uncertain. Recent U.S. Supreme Court rulings have narrowed the 
scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. These rulings 
have created uncertainty with respect to the validity and enforceability of patents, even once obtained. Depending on future actions by 
the U.S. Congress, the federal courts, and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways 
that could have a material adverse effect on our existing patent portfolio and our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property 
in the future. 

If third parties claim that intellectual property used by us infringes upon their intellectual property, commercialization of our product 
candidates and our operating profits could be adversely affected. 

There  is  a  substantial  amount  of  litigation,  both  within  and  outside  the  United  States,  involving  patent  and  other  intellectual 
property rights in the biopharmaceutical industry. We may, from time to time, be notified of claims that we are infringing upon patents, 
trademarks,  copyrights,  or  other  intellectual  property  rights  owned  by  third  parties,  and  we  cannot  provide  assurances  that  other 
companies  will  not,  in  the  future,  pursue  such  infringement  claims  against  us  or  any  third-party  proprietary  technologies  we  have 
licensed. Any such claims could also be expensive and time consuming to defend and divert management’s attention and resources, and 
could delay or prevent us from commercializing our product candidates. Our competitive position could suffer as a result. Although we 
have reviewed certain third-party patents and patent filings that  we believe may be relevant to our product candidates, we have not 
conducted a freedom-to-operate search or analysis for our product candidates, and we may not be aware of patents or pending or future 
patent applications that, if issued, would block us from commercializing our product candidates. Thus, we cannot guarantee that our 
product candidates, or our commercialization thereof, do not and will not infringe any third party’s intellectual property. 

If we do not obtain patent term extension in the United States under the Hatch-Waxman Act and in foreign countries under similar 
legislation,  thereby  potentially  extending  the  term  of  our  marketing  exclusivity  of  our  product  candidates,  our  business  may  be 
materially harmed. 

Depending on the timing, duration and specifics of FDA marketing approval of our product candidates, if any, one of the U.S. 
patents covering each of such approved product(s) or the use thereof may be eligible for up to five years of patent term restoration under 
the Hatch-Waxman Act. The Hatch-Waxman Act allows a maximum of one patent to be extended per FDA approved product. Patent 
term extension also may be available in certain foreign countries upon regulatory approval of our product candidates, including by the 
EMA in the EU or the PMDA in Japan. Nevertheless, we may not be granted patent term extension either in the United States or in any 
foreign country because of, for example, failing to apply within applicable deadlines, failing to apply prior to expiration of relevant 
patents or otherwise failing to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the term of extension, as well as the scope of patent protection 
during any such extension, afforded by the governmental authority could be less than we request. In addition, if a patent we wish to 
extend is owned by another party and licensed to us, we may need to obtain approval and cooperation from our licensor to request the 
extension. 

If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or restoration, or the term of any such extension is less than we request, the period 
during which we will have the right to exclusively market our product will be shortened and our competitors may obtain approval of 
competing products following our patent expiration, and our revenue could be reduced, possibly materially. 

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry 

If we fail to attract and keep senior management and key scientific, commercial, regulatory affairs and other personnel, we may be 
unable to successfully develop our product candidates, conduct our clinical trials and commercialize our product candidates. 

We are highly dependent on members of our executive management, particularly Dr. Silviu Itescu, our Chief Executive Officer. 
Dr. Itescu was an early pioneer in the study and clinical development of stem cell therapeutics and is globally recognized in the field of 
regenerative medicine. The loss of the services of Dr. Itescu or any other member of the executive management team could impede the 
achievement of our research, development and commercialization objectives. We do not maintain “key person” insurance for any of our 
executives or other employees. 

Recruiting and retaining qualified scientific, clinical, manufacturing, regulatory affairs, sales and marketing personnel will also 
be critical to our success. We may not be able to attract and retain these personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among 
numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for similar personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific 
and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions. 

29 

 
Our  employees,  principal  investigators,  consultants  and  collaboration  partners  may  engage  in  misconduct  or  other  improper 
activities, including noncompliance with laws and regulatory standards and requirements and insider trading. 

We are exposed to the risk of employee fraud or other misconduct. Misconduct by employees could include failures to comply 
with FDA regulations, to provide accurate information to the FDA, to comply with manufacturing standards we have established, to 
comply with federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations, to report financial information or data accurately or to 
disclose unauthorized activities to us. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements (including arrangements with healthcare 
providers, opinion leaders, research institutions, distributors and payors) in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and 
regulations intended to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations restrict or prohibit 
a wide range of activity relating to pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commissions, customer incentive programs and 
other business arrangements. Employee misconduct could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical 
trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation, or, given we are a listed company in Australia and 
the  United  States,  breach  of  insider  trading  or  other  securities  laws  and  regulations.  It  is  not  always  possible  to  identify  and  deter 
employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or 
unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to 
be in compliance with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending 
ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant 
fines or other sanctions. 

We  may  acquire  other  companies  or  assets  which  could  divert  our  management’s  attention,  result  in  additional  dilution  to  our 
shareholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating results. 

We have in the past and may in the future seek to acquire businesses, products or technologies that we believe could complement 
or expand our product offerings, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. For example, we acquired 
MSC assets from Osiris Therapeutics, Inc. in 2013. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and 
cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated. 
If we acquire additional businesses, we may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations and technologies successfully, 
or  effectively  manage  the  combined  business  following  the  acquisition.  We  also  may  not  achieve  the  anticipated  benefits  from  the 
acquired business due to a number of factors, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

incurrence of acquisition-related costs; 

diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns; 

unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition; 

harm to our existing business relationships with collaborators as a result of the acquisition; 

harm to our brand and reputation; 

the potential loss of key employees; 

use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business; and 

use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition. 

In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results arising 
from the impairment assessment process. Acquisitions may also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, 
which could adversely affect  our operating results. In addition, if an acquired business fails to  meet our expectations, our business, 
results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected. 

We  and  our  collaborators  must  comply  with  environmental  laws  and  regulations,  and  failure  to  comply  with  these  laws  and 
regulations could expose us to significant liabilities. 

We and our collaborators are subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws, rules and regulations, including those 
relating to the discharge of materials into the air, water and ground, the manufacture, storage, handling, use, transportation and disposal 
of  hazardous  and  biological  materials,  and  the  health  and  safety  of  employees  with  respect  to  laboratory  activities  required  for  the 
development of products and technologies. In the event of contamination or injury, or failure to comply with environmental, occupational 
health and safety and export control laws and regulations, it could cause an interruption of our commercialization efforts, research and 
development efforts, or business operations, and we could be held liable for any resulting damages and any such liability could exceed 
our assets and resources. 

30 

 
We work with outside scientists and their institutions in developing product candidates. These scientists may have other commitments 
or conflicts of interest, which could limit our access to their expertise and harm our ability to leverage our discovery platform. 

We work with scientific advisors and collaborators at academic research institutions in connection with our product development. 

These scientific advisors serve as our link to the specific pools of trial participants we are targeting in that these advisors may: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

identify individuals as potential candidates for study; 

obtain their consent to participate in our research; 

perform medical examinations and gather medical histories; 

conduct the initial analysis of suitability of the individuals to participate in our research based on the foregoing; and 

collect data and biological samples from trial participants periodically in accordance with our study protocols. 

These  scientists  and  collaborators  are  not  our  employees,  rather  they  serve  as  either  independent  contractors  or  the  primary 
investigators  under  research  collaboration  agreements  that  we  have  with  their  sponsoring  academic  or  research  institution.  Such 
scientists  and  collaborators  may  have  other  commitments  that  would  limit  their  availability  to  us.  Although  our  scientific  advisors 
generally agree not to do competing work, if an actual or potential conflict of interest between their work for us and their  work for 
another entity arises, we may lose their services. It is also possible that some of our valuable proprietary knowledge may become publicly 
known through these scientific advisors if they breach their confidentiality agreements with us, which would cause competitive harm to 
our business. 

If  our  ability  to  use  cumulative  carry  forward  net  operating  losses  is  or  becomes  subject  to  certain  limitations  or  if  certain  tax 
incentive credits from which we benefit expire or no longer apply to us, our business, results of operations and financial condition 
may be adversely affected. 

We  are  an  Australian  company  subject  to  taxation  in  Australia  and  other  jurisdictions.  As  of  June  30,  2019,  our  cumulative 
operating losses have a total potential tax benefit of $112.0 million at local tax rates (excluding other temporary differences). These 
losses may be available for use once we are in a tax profitable position. These losses were incurred in different jurisdictions and can 
only be offset against profits earned in the relevant jurisdictions. Tax losses are able to be carried forward at their nominal amount 
indefinitely in Australia and in Singapore, and for up to 20 years in the U.S. as long as certain conditions are met; however, new tax 
reform legislation in the United States allows for indefinite carryforward of any net operating loss arising in a tax year ending after 
December 31, 2018, subject to certain conditions. In order to use these tax losses, it is necessary to satisfy certain tests and, as a result, 
we cannot assure you that the tax losses will be available to offset profits if and when we earn them. Utilization of our net operating loss 
and research and development credit carryforwards in the U.S. may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to ownership change 
limitations that could occur in the  future generally  provided by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. In 
addition, U.S. tax reform introduced a limitation on the amount of net operating losses arising in taxable years beginning after December 
31, 2017, that a corporation may deduct in a single tax year equal to the lesser of the available net operating loss carryover or 80 percent 
of a taxpayer’s pre-net operating loss deduction taxable income. With respect to carryforward net operating losses in the U.S. that are 
subject to the 20-year carry-forward limit, our carry forward net operating losses first start to expire in 2032. In addition, we are eligible 
for  certain  research  and  development  tax  incentive  refundable  credits  in  Australia  that  may  increase  our  available  cash  flow.  The 
Australian  federal  government's  Research  and  Development  Tax  Incentive  grant  is  available  for  eligible  research  and  development 
purposes based on the filing of an annual application.  

There can be no assurances that we will continue to benefit from these incentives or that such tax incentive credit programs will 
not be revoked or modified in any way in the future. The Australian government may in the future decide to modify the requirements 
of, reduce the amounts of the research and development tax incentive credits available under, or discontinue its research and development 
tax incentive program. For instance, the Australian government undertook a review of its Research and Development Tax Incentive 
program in 2016 and in the May 2018 Federal budget announced its intention to pass certain recommendations of the review panel into 
law to reduce the research and development tax incentive credits available in certain circumstances. One of the changes announced in 
May 2018 was to reduce the amount of the research and development tax incentive credits available by capping the annual refundable 
tax offset amount at A$4.0 million for companies with an annual aggregate turnover of less than A$20.0 million, such as us, however, 
refundable  tax  offsets  related  to  spend  incurred  on  clinical  trials  conducted  in  Australia  would  not  be  capped.  If  the  Research  and 
Development Tax program incentives are revoked or modified, or if we no longer qualify as a small-medium business under the A$20.0 
million turnover test or we are no longer eligible for such incentives due to other circumstances, our business, results of operations and 
financial condition may be adversely affected. 

31 

 
For the year ended June 30, 2019, our combined worldwide turnover is in excess of A$20.0 million making us ineligible for the 
refundable cash tax offset for the research and development tax incentive. As a result, we recognized income of $Nil and $1.4 million, 
respectively, from the Research and Development Tax Incentive program for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018.  

Taxing authorities could reallocate our taxable income within our subsidiaries, which could increase our consolidated tax liability. 

We conduct operations in multiple tax jurisdictions and the tax laws of those jurisdictions generally require that the transfer prices 
between affiliated companies in different jurisdictions be the same as those between unrelated companies dealing at arms’ length, and 
that such prices are supported by contemporaneous documentation. While we believe that we operate in compliance with applicable 
transfer pricing laws and intend to continue to do so, our transfer pricing procedures are not binding on applicable tax authorities. If tax 
authorities in any of these countries were to successfully challenge our transfer prices as not reflecting arms’ length transactions, they 
could require us to adjust our transfer prices and thereby reallocate our income to reflect these revised transfer prices, which could result 
in a higher tax liability to us, and possibly interest and penalties, and could adversely affect our business, results of  operations and 
financial condition. 

The pharmaceutical industry is highly regulated and pharmaceutical companies are subject to various federal and state fraud and 
abuse laws, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and the federal False Claims Act. 

Healthcare fraud and abuse regulations are complex and can be subject to varying interpretations as to whether or not a statute has 

been violated. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute which prohibits, among other things, the knowing and willful payment of remuneration 
to induce or reward patient referrals, prescribing or recommendation of products, or the generation of business involving 
any item or service which may be payable by the federal health care programs (e.g., drugs, supplies, or health care services 
for Medicare or Medicaid patients); 

the federal False Claims Act which prohibits, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or 
causing to be presented, claims for payment for government funds (e.g., payment from Medicare or Medicaid) or knowingly 
making,  using,  or  causing  to  be  made  or  used  a  false  record  or  statement,  material  to  a  false  or  fraudulent  claim  for 
government funds; 

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), as amended by the Health Information 
Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, and its implementing regulations, imposes certain requirements relating 
to  the  privacy,  security  and  transmission  of  individually  identifiable  health  information.  Among  other  things,  HIPAA 
imposes civil and criminal liability for the wrongful access or disclosure of protected health information; 

the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, created under Section 6002 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care 
Act  (“ACA”),  as  amended,  requires  certain  manufacturers  of  drugs,  devices,  biologics  and  medical  supplies  for  which 
payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to 
report information related to certain payments or other transfers of value made or distributed to physicians and teaching 
hospitals, or to entities or individuals at the request of, or designated on behalf of, those physicians and teaching hospitals 
and to report annually certain ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members; 

the  FDCA,  which,  among  other  things,  regulates  the  testing,  development,  approval,  manufacture,  promotion  and 
distribution of drugs, devices and biologics. The FDCA prohibits manufacturers from selling or distributing “adulterated” 
or “misbranded” products. A drug product may be deemed misbranded if, among other things, (i) the product labeling is 
false or misleading, fails to contain requisite information or does not bear adequate directions for use; (ii) the product is 
manufactured at an unregistered facility; or (iii) the product lacks the requisite FDA clearance or approval; 

the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), which prohibits corrupt payments, gifts or transfers of value to non-U.S. 
officials; and 

non-U.S. and U.S. state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which 
may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers. 

Any failure to comply with these laws, or the regulations adopted thereunder, could result in administrative, civil, and/or criminal 

penalties, and could result in a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition. 

The federal fraud and abuse laws have been interpreted to apply to arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers and a 
variety  of  health  care  professionals  and  healthcare  organizations.  Although  the  federal  Anti-Kickback  Statute  has  several  statutory 
exemptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting certain common activities from prosecution, all elements of the potentially applicable 
exemption or safe harbor must be met in order for the arrangement to be protected, and prosecutors have interpreted the federal healthcare 
fraud statutes to attack a wide range of conduct by pharmaceutical companies. In addition, most states have statutes or regulations similar 

32 

 
to  the  federal  anti-kickback  and  federal  false  claims  laws,  which  apply  to  items  and  services  covered  by  Medicaid  and  other  state 
programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of the payor. Administrative, civil and criminal sanctions may be imposed under these 
federal and state laws. Further, the current administration has indicated an interest in excluding transactions with certain payors or other 
healthcare  providers  from  safe  harbor  protection.  This  may  impact  the  manner  in  which  manufacturers    contract  with  payors,  and 
negatively impact our market opportunities for our products. 

Further, the ACA, among other things, amended the intent standard under the Anti-Kickback Statute such that a person or entity 
no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. In addition, 
the ACA makes clear that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes 
a false or fraudulent claim under the federal False Claims Act. Any violations of these laws, or any action against us for violation of 
these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could result in a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of 
operations and financial condition. 

A failure to adequately protect private health information could result in severe harm to our reputation and subject us to significant 
liabilities, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

Throughout the clinical trial process, we may obtain the private health information of our trial subjects. There are a number of 
state, federal and international laws protecting the privacy and security of health information and personal data. As part of the American 
Recovery and Reinvestment Act 2009 (“ARRA”), Congress amended the privacy and security provisions of HIPAA. HIPAA imposes 
limitations on the use and disclosure of an individual’s healthcare information by healthcare providers conducting certain electronic 
transactions, healthcare clearinghouses, and health insurance plans, collectively referred to as covered entities. The HIPAA amendments 
also impose compliance obligations and corresponding penalties for non-compliance on certain individuals and entities that provide 
services to or perform certain functions on behalf of healthcare providers and other covered entities involving the use or disclosure of 
individually identifiable health information, collectively referred to as business associates. ARRA also made significant increases in the 
penalties for improper use or disclosure of an individual’s health information under HIPAA and extended enforcement authority to state 
attorneys  general. The amendments also create notification requirements to federal regulators, and in some cases local and national 
media,  for  individuals  whose  health  information  has  been  inappropriately  accessed  or  disclosed.  Notification  is  not  required  under 
HIPAA if the health information that is improperly used or disclosed is deemed secured in accordance with certain encryption or other 
standards developed by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS. Most states have laws requiring notification of 
affected individuals and state regulators in the event of a breach of personal information, which is a broader class of information than 
the  health  information  protected  by  HIPAA.  Many  state  laws  impose  significant  data  security  requirements,  such  as  encryption  or 
mandatory contractual terms to ensure ongoing protection of personal information. Activities outside of the U.S. implicate local and 
national data protection standards, impose additional compliance requirements and generate additional risks of enforcement for non-
compliance. The EU’s General Data Protection Regulation, Canada’s Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act 
and other data protection, privacy and similar national, state/provincial and local laws and regulations may also restrict the access, use 
and disclosure of patient health information abroad. We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to ensure 
ongoing compliance  with applicable privacy and data  security laws, to protect against security breaches and  hackers  or to alleviate 
problems caused by such breaches, and the failure to so comply may lead to fines or penalties. 

Our operations are subject to anti-corruption laws, including Australian bribery laws, the United Kingdom Bribery Act, and the 
FCPA and other anti-corruption laws that apply in countries where we do business. 

Anti-corruption  laws  generally  prohibit  us  and  our  employees  and  intermediaries  from  bribing,  being  bribed  or  making  other 
prohibited  payments  to  government  officials  or  other  persons  to  obtain  or  retain  business  or  gain  some  other  business  advantage. 
Although we believe that we have adequate policies and enforcement mechanisms to ensure legal and regulatory compliance with the 
FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 and other similar regulations, we participate in collaborations and relationships with third parties, and 
it is possible that any of our employees, subcontractors, agents or partners may  violate any such legal and regulatory requirements, 
which may expose us to criminal or civil enforcement actions, including penalties and suspension or disqualification from U.S. federal 
procurement  contracting.  In  addition,  we  cannot  predict  the  nature,  scope  or  effect  of  future  regulatory  requirements  to  which  our 
international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted. 

There is no assurance that we will be completely effective in ensuring our compliance with all applicable anti-corruption laws or 
other laws including trade related laws. If we are not in compliance with these laws, we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties, 
disgorgement and other sanctions and remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could have an adverse impact on our business, 
financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Likewise, any investigation of any potential violations of these laws by respective 
government bodies could also have an adverse impact on our reputation, our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

33 

 
We may lose our foreign private issuer status, which would then require us to comply with the Exchange Act’s domestic reporting 
regime and cause us to incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses. 

In order to maintain our current status as a foreign private issuer, either (1) a majority of our ordinary shares must be either directly 
or indirectly owned of record by non-residents of the United States or (2) (a) a majority of our executive officers or directors must not 
be  U.S.  citizens  or  residents,  (b) more  than  50  percent  of  our  assets  cannot  be  located  in  the  U.S.  and  (c) our  business  must  be 
administered principally outside the U.S. If we lost this status, we would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and 
other requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private 
issuers. We may also be required to make changes in our corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC rules and 
Nasdaq listing standards. Further, we would be required to comply with U.S. GAAP, as opposed to IFRS, in the preparation and issuance 
of our financial statements for historical and current periods. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws if we 
are required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer may be higher than the cost we would incur 
as a  foreign private  issuer.  As a result,  we expect that a loss of  foreign private issuer status  would increase our legal and  financial 
compliance costs. 

If  we  fail  to  maintain  proper  internal  controls,  our  ability  to  produce  accurate  financial  statements  or  comply  with  applicable 
regulations could be impaired. 

Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), requires that our management assess and report 
annually  on  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  and  identify  any  material  weaknesses  in  our  internal 
controls  over  financial  reporting.  In  order  to  maintain  and  improve  the  effectiveness  of  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  we  have  expended,  and  anticipate  that  we  will  continue  to  expend,  significant  resources, 
including accounting-related costs and significant management oversight.  

If either we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting or our independent auditors 
are unwilling or unable to provide us with an unqualified report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as 
required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, investors may lose confidence in our operating results, the price of the ADSs 
could decline and we may be subject to litigation or regulatory enforcement actions. In addition, if we are unable to meet the requirements 
of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we may not be able to remain listed on Nasdaq Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”). 

We have incurred and will continue to incur  significant increased costs as a result of operating as a company whose ADSs are 
publicly  traded  in  the  United  States,  and  our management  will  continue  to  be  required  to  devote  substantial  time  to  compliance 
initiatives. 

As a company whose ADSs are publicly traded in the United States, we have incurred and will continue to incur significant legal, 
accounting, insurance and other expenses. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and 
related  rules  implemented  by  the  SEC  and  Nasdaq,  have  imposed  various  requirements  on  public  companies  including  requiring 
establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls. Our management and other personnel will need to continue 
to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives, and we will need to add additional personnel and build our internal 
compliance infrastructure. Moreover, these rules and regulations have increased and will continue to increase our legal and financial 
compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. These laws and regulations could also make it more 
difficult and expensive for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our 
senior management. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of 
the ADSs, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially regulatory investigations and enforcement and/or civil litigation. 

We have never declared or paid dividends on our ordinary shares, and we do not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable 
future. Therefore, you must rely on price-appreciation of our ordinary shares or ADSs for a return on your investment. 

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our ordinary shares. For the foreseeable future, we currently intend to retain all 
available funds and any future earnings to support our operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future 
determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to compliance with applicable 
laws and covenants under the loan facilities with Hercules and NovaQuest or other current or future credit facilities, which may restrict 
or limit our ability to pay dividends, and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business 
conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our 
ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. As a result, a return on your investment in our ordinary shares or ADSs will likely only occur 
if our ordinary share or ADS price appreciates. There is no guarantee that our ordinary shares or ADSs will appreciate in value in the 
future. 

34 

 
Australian  takeover  laws  may  discourage  takeover  offers  being  made  for  us  or  may  discourage  the  acquisition  of  a  significant 
position in our ordinary shares or ADSs. 

We are incorporated in Australia and are subject to the takeover laws of Australia. Among other things, we are subject to the 
Australian  Corporations  Act  2001  (the  “Corporations  Act”).  Subject  to  a  range  of  exceptions,  the  Corporations  Act  prohibits  the 
acquisition of a direct or indirect interest in our issued voting shares if the acquisition of that interest will lead to a person’s voting power 
in us increasing to more than 20%, or increasing from a starting point that is above 20% and below 90%. Australian takeover laws may 
discourage takeover offers being made for us or may discourage the acquisition of a significant position in our ordinary shares. This 
may have the ancillary effect of entrenching our board of directors and may deprive or limit our shareholders’ opportunity to sell their 
ordinary shares or ADSs and may further restrict the ability of our shareholders to obtain a premium from such transactions. 

Risks Related to Our Trading Markets 

The market price and trading volume of our ordinary shares and ADSs may be volatile and may be affected by economic conditions 
beyond our control. 

The market price of our ordinary shares and ADSs may be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the trading 
volume of our ordinary shares and ADSs may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. We cannot assure you that the 
market price of our ordinary shares and ADSs will not fluctuate or significantly decline in the future. 

Some specific factors that could negatively affect the price of our ordinary shares and ADSs or result in fluctuations in their price 

and trading volume include: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

results of clinical trials of our product candidates; 

results of clinical trials of our competitors’ products; 

regulatory actions with respect to our products or our competitors’ products; 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly operating results or those of our competitors; 

publication of research reports by securities analysts about us or our competitors in the industry; 

our failure or the failure of our competitors to meet analysts’ projections or guidance that we or our competitors may give 
to the market; 

fluctuations of exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the Australian dollar; 

additions to or departures of our key management personnel; 

issuances by us of debt or equity securities; 

litigation or investigations involving our company, including: shareholder litigation; investigations or audits by regulators 
into the operations of our company; or proceedings initiated by our competitors or clients; 

strategic decisions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions, divestitures, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic investments 
or changes in business strategy; 

the passage of legislation or other regulatory developments affecting us or our industry; 

fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us; 

changes in trading volume of ADSs on the Nasdaq and of our ordinary shares on the ASX; 

sales or perceived potential sales of the ADSs or ordinary shares by us, our directors, senior management or our shareholders 
in the future; 

short selling or other market manipulation activities; 

announcement or expectation of additional financing efforts; 

terrorist acts, acts of war or periods of widespread civil unrest; 

natural disasters and other calamities; 

changes in market conditions for biopharmaceutical companies; and 

conditions in the U.S. or Australian financial markets or changes in general economic conditions. 

35 

 
In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, shareholders often instituted securities 
class action litigation against that company. If we were involved in a class action suit, it could divert the attention of senior management, 
require significant expenditure for defense costs, and, if adversely determined, could have a material adverse effect on our results of 
operations and financial condition. 

The dual listing of our ordinary shares and the ADSs may adversely affect the liquidity and value of these securities. 

Our ADSs are listed on the Nasdaq and our ordinary shares are listed on the ASX. We cannot predict the effect of this dual listing 
on the value of our ordinary shares and ADSs. However, the dual listing of our ordinary shares and ADSs may dilute the liquidity of 
these securities in one or both markets and may adversely affect the development of an active trading market for the ADSs in the United 
States. The price of the ADSs could also be adversely affected by trading in our ordinary shares on the ASX, and vice versa. 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse opinion about our 
business, the market price and trading volume of our ordinary shares and/or ADSs could decline. 

The trading market for our ordinary shares and ADSs could be influenced by the research and reports that securities or industry 
analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts may discontinue research on our company, to the extent such 
coverage  currently  exists,  or  in  other  cases,  may  never  publish  research  on  our  company.  If  too  few  securities  or  industry  analysts 
commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our ordinary shares and ADSs would likely be negatively impacted. If one or 
more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our ordinary shares or ADSs or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our 
business, the market price of our ADSs would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to 
publish reports on us regularly, demand for our ordinary shares and/or ADSs could decrease, which might cause our price and trading 
volume to decline. 

Risks Related to Ownership of Our ADSs 

An active trading market for the ADSs may not develop in the United States. 

Our ADSs are listed in the United States on the Nasdaq under the symbol “MESO.” However, we cannot assure you that an active 

public market in the United States for the ADSs will develop on that exchange, or if developed, that this market will be sustained. 

We currently report our financial results under IFRS, which differs in certain significant respect from U.S. GAAP. 

Currently  we  report  our  financial  statements  under  IFRS.  There  have  been  and  there  may  in  the  future  be  certain  significant 
differences  between  IFRS  and  U.S.  GAAP,  including  differences  related  to  revenue  recognition,  intangible  assets,  share-based 
compensation expense, income tax and earnings per share. As a result, our financial information and reported earnings for historical or 
future periods could be significantly different if they were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In addition, we do not intend to 
provide a reconciliation between IFRS and U.S. GAAP unless it is required under applicable law. As a result, you may not be able to 
meaningfully compare our financial statements under IFRS with those companies that prepare financial statements under U.S. GAAP. 

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted and expect to follow certain home country corporate governance practices in lieu of 
certain Nasdaq requirements applicable to domestic issuers and we are permitted to file less information with the  Securities and 
Exchange Commission than a company that is not a foreign private issuer. This may afford less protection to holders of our ADSs. 

As a “foreign private issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1933, as amended (the  “Securities 
Act”), whose ADSs will be listed on the Nasdaq, we will be permitted to, and plan to, follow certain home country corporate governance 
practices in lieu of certain Nasdaq requirements. For example, we may follow home country practice with regard to certain corporate 
governance  requirements,  such  as  the  composition  of  the  board  of  directors  and  quorum  requirements  applicable  to  shareholders’ 
meetings. This difference may result in a board that is more difficult to remove and less shareholder approvals required generally. In 
addition, we may follow home country practice instead of the Nasdaq Global Select Market requirement to hold executive sessions and 
to  obtain  shareholder  approval  prior  to  the  issuance  of  securities  in  connection  with  certain  acquisitions  or  private  placements  of 
securities. The above differences may result in less shareholder oversight and requisite approvals for certain acquisition or financing 
related decisions. Further,  we may  follow  home country practice instead of the Nasdaq Global Select Market requirement to obtain 
shareholder  approval  prior  to  the  establishment  or  amendment  of  certain  share  option,  purchase  or  other  compensation  plans.  This 
difference  may  result  in  less  shareholder  oversight  and  requisite  approvals  for  certain  company  compensation  related  decisions.  A 
foreign private issuer must disclose in its annual reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and the Nasdaq 
Global Select Market, the requirements with which it does not comply followed by a description of its applicable home country practice. 
The Australian home country practices described above may afford less protection to holders of the ADSs than that provided under the 
Nasdaq Global Select Market rules. 

36 

 
Further,  as  a  foreign  private  issuer,  we  are  exempt  from  certain  rules  under  the  “Exchange  Act”,  that  impose  disclosure 
requirements as well as procedural requirements for proxy solicitations under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers, 
directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the 
Exchange Act. Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly 
as a company that files as a domestic issuer whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, nor are we generally required to 
comply  with the SEC’s Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material non-public information. Accordingly, the 
information may not be disseminated in as timely a manner, or there may be less information publicly available concerning us generally 
than there is for a company that files as a domestic issuer. 

ADS holders may be subject to additional risks related to holding ADSs rather than ordinary shares. 

ADS holders do not hold ordinary shares directly and, as such, are subject to, among others, the following additional risks. 

• 

• 

As an ADS holder, we will not treat you as one of our shareholders and you will not be able to exercise shareholder rights, 
except through the American depositary receipt, or ADR, depositary as permitted by the deposit agreement. 

Distributions on the ordinary shares represented by your ADSs will be paid to the ADR depositary, and before the ADR 
depositary makes a distribution to you on behalf of your ADSs, any withholding taxes that must be paid will be deducted. 
Additionally, if the exchange rate fluctuates during a time when the ADR depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, 
you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution. 

•  We and the ADR depositary may amend or terminate the deposit agreement without the ADS holders’ consent in a manner 

that could prejudice ADS holders. 

ADS holders must act through the ADR depositary to exercise your voting rights and, as a result, you may be unable to exercise 

your voting rights on a timely basis. 

As a holder of ADSs (and not the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs), we will not treat you as one of our shareholders, and 
you will not be able to exercise shareholder rights. The ADR depositary will be the holder of the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs, 
and ADS holders will be able to exercise voting rights with respect to the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs only in accordance 
with the deposit agreement relating to the ADSs. There are practical limitations on the ability of ADS holders to exercise their voting 
rights due to the additional procedural steps involved in communicating with these holders. For example, holders of our ordinary shares 
will receive notice of shareholders’ meetings by mail or email and will be able to exercise their voting rights by either attending the 
shareholders meeting in person or voting by proxy. ADS holders, by comparison, will not receive notice directly from us. Instead, in 
accordance with the deposit agreement, we will provide notice to the ADR depositary of any such shareholders meeting and details 
concerning the matters to be voted upon. As soon as practicable after receiving notice from us of any such meeting, the ADR depositary 
will mail to holders of ADSs the notice of the meeting and a statement as to the manner in which voting instructions may be given by 
ADS  holders.  To  exercise  their  voting  rights,  ADS  holders  must  then  instruct  the  ADR  depositary  as  to  voting  the  ordinary  shares 
represented by their ADSs. Due to these procedural steps involving the ADR depositary, the process for exercising voting rights may 
take longer for ADS holders than for holders of ordinary shares. The ordinary shares represented by ADSs for which the ADR depositary 
fails to receive timely voting instructions will not be voted. Under Australian law and our Constitution, any resolution to be considered 
at a meeting of the shareholders shall be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is demanded by the shareholders at or before the 
declaration of the result of the show of hands. Under voting by a show of hands, multiple “yes” votes by ADS holders will only count 
as one “yes” vote and will be negated by a single “no” vote, unless a poll is demanded. 

If  we  are  or  become  classified  as  a  passive  foreign  investment  company,  our  U.S.  securityholders  may  suffer  adverse  tax 
consequences. 

Based upon an analysis of our income and assets for the taxable year ended June 30, 2019, we do not believe we were a passive 
foreign investment company (a "PFIC") for our most recent tax year. In general, if at least 75% of our gross income for any taxable year 
consists of passive income or at least 50% of the average quarterly value of assets is attributable to assets that produce passive income 
or  are  held  for  the  production  of  passive  income,  including  cash,  then  we  will  be  classified  as  a  PFIC  for  U.S.  federal  income  tax 
purposes. Passive income for this purpose generally includes dividends, interest, certain royalties and rents, and gains from commodities 
and  securities  transactions.  Passive  assets  for  this  purpose  generally  includes  assets  held  for  the  production  of  passive  income. 
Accordingly,  passive  assets  generally  include  any  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  cash  invested  in  short-term,  interest  bearing,  debt 
instruments or bank deposits that are readily convertible into cash. Since PFIC status depends upon the composition of our income and 
assets and the market value of our assets from time to time, and as the determination of PFIC status must be made annually at the end 
of each taxable year, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any future taxable year. Investors should be 
aware that our gross income for purposes of the PFIC income test depends on the receipt of active revenue, and there can be no assurances 
that such active revenue will continue, or that we will receive other gross income that is not considered passive for purposes of the PFIC 
income test. If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during a U.S. investor’s holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs, we would 
ordinarily continue to be treated as a PFIC for each subsequent year during which the U.S. investor owned the ordinary shares or ADSs. 
If we were treated as a PFIC, U.S. investors would be subject to special punitive tax rules with respect to any "excess distribution" 

37 

 
received from us and any gain realized from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the ordinary shares or ADSs unless a U.S. 
investor  made  a  timely  "qualified  electing  fund"  or  "mark-to-market"  election.  For  a  more  detailed  discussion  of  the  U.S.  tax 
consequences to U.S. investors if we were classified as a PFIC, see Item 10.E- "Taxation — Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax 
Considerations to U.S. Holders — Passive Foreign Investment Company". 

Changes in foreign currency exchange rates could impact amounts you receive as a result of any dividend or distribution we declare 
on our ordinary shares. 

Any significant change in the value of the Australian dollar may impact amounts you receive in U.S. dollars as a result of any 
dividend or distribution we declare on our ordinary shares as a holder of our ADSs. More specifically, any dividends that we pay on our 
ordinary  shares  will  be  in  Australian  dollars.  The  depositary  for  the  ADSs  has  agreed  to  pay  to  you  the  cash  dividends  or  other 
distributions  it  or  the  custodian  receives  on  our  ordinary  shares  or  other  deposited  securities  after  deducting  its  fees  and  expenses, 
including any such fees or expenses incurred to convert any such Australian dollars into U.S. dollars. You will receive these distributions 
in U.S. dollars in proportion to the number of our ordinary shares your ADSs represent. Depreciation of the U.S. dollar against the 
Australian dollar would have a negative effect on any such distribution payable to you. 

You may not receive distributions on our ordinary shares represented by the ADSs or any value for such distribution if it is illegal 
or impractical to make them available to holders of ADSs. 

While we do not anticipate paying any dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future, if such a dividend is declared, 
the depositary for the ADSs has agreed to pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on our ordinary 
shares or other deposited securities after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number 
of our ordinary shares your ADSs represent. However, in accordance with the limitations set forth in the deposit agreement, it may be 
unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to holders of ADSs. We have no obligation to take any other action to permit 
the distribution of the ADSs, ordinary shares, rights or anything else to holders of the ADSs. This means that you may not receive the 
distributions we make on our ordinary shares or any value from them if it is unlawful or impractical to make them available to you. 
These restrictions may have a material adverse effect on the value of your ADSs. 

You may be subject to limitations on transfers of your ADSs. 

ADSs are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its transfer books at any time or from 
time to time when it deems expedient in connection with the performance of its duties. In addition, the depositary may refuse to deliver, 
transfer or register transfers of ADSs generally when our books or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the 
depositary deems it advisable to do so because of any requirement of law or of any government or governmental body, or under any 
provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason. 

U.S.  investors  may  have  difficulty  enforcing  civil  liabilities  against  our  company,  our  directors  or  members  of  our  senior 
management. 

Several of our officers and directors are non-residents of the United States, and a substantial portion of the assets of such persons 
are located outside the U.S. As a result, it may be impossible to serve process on such persons in the United States or to enforce judgments 
obtained in U.S. courts against them based on civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the U.S. Even if you are successful in 
bringing such an action, there is doubt as to whether Australian courts would enforce certain civil liabilities under U.S. securities laws 
in original actions or judgments of U.S. courts based upon these civil liability provisions. In addition, awards of punitive damages in 
actions  brought  in  the  U.S.  or  elsewhere  may  be  unenforceable  in  Australia  or  elsewhere  outside  the  U.S.  An  award  for  monetary 
damages under the U.S. securities laws would be considered punitive if it does not seek to compensate the claimant for loss or damage 
suffered and is intended to punish the defendant. The enforceability of any judgment in Australia will depend on the particular facts of 
the case as well as the laws and treaties in effect at the time. The U.S. and Australia do not currently have a treaty or statute providing 
for recognition and enforcement of the judgments of the other country (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. 

As a result, our public shareholders and holders of the ADSs may have more difficulty in protecting their interests through actions 
against us, our management, our directors than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction in the United States. 

38 

 
Our Constitution and Australian laws and regulations applicable to us may adversely affect our ability to take actions that could be 
beneficial to our shareholders. 

As an Australian company we are subject to different corporate requirements than a corporation organized under the laws of the 
United States. Our Constitution, as well as the Corporations Act, sets forth various rights and obligations that apply to us as an Australian 
company  and  which  may  not  apply  to  a  U.S.  corporation.  These  requirements  may  operate  differently  than  those  of  many  U.S. 
companies. 

Item 4. 

Information on the Company 

4.A 

History and Development of Mesoblast 

Mesoblast Limited 

Mesoblast Limited was incorporated on June 8, 2004 as a public company in Australia under the Corporations Act 2001 with an 
indefinite duration. On December 16, 2004 we became listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (the “ASX”). On November 13, 
2015, we became listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”) and from this date we have been dual-listed in Australia and 
the U.S.. Our registered office is located at the following address: 

Mesoblast Ltd 
Level 38 
55 Collins Street 
Melbourne VIC 3000 
Australia 
Telephone: +61 3 9639 6036 
Web: www.mesoblast.com 

Our agent for service of process in the United States is Mesoblast Inc., 505 Fifth Avenue, Level 3, New York, NY 10017. All 
information we file with the SEC is available through the SEC's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system, which may 
be accessed through the SEC's website at www.sec.gov. 

For a list of our significant subsidiaries, see Exhibit 8.1 to this Annual Report. 

Important Corporate Developments  

Fiscal year 2019 to date of annual report 

August 

July 

The United States Food and Drug  Administration (“FDA”) provided guidance on the  clinical development  pathway  for 
marketing authorization of MPC-150-IM (“Revascor”) in end-stage heart failure patients implanted with a left ventricular 
assist device (“LVAD”). 

Mesoblast reported increased revenues of 54% for the quarter and 37% for the year on sales of TEMCELL® Hs. Inj., a 
registered trademark of JCR (“TEMCELL”), in Japan for the treatment of steroid-refractory acute graft versus host disease 
(“aGVHD”) by licensee JCR Pharmaceuticals Co. Ltd. (“JCR”). 

The Kentgrove Capital equity facility for up to A$120.0 million (approximately US$82.0 million), was extended for two 
years.  

The  American  Heart  Association  journal  Circulation  Research  published  a  Special  Article  highlighting  the  important 
potential clinical benefits of Revascor as an immunotherapy in patients with advanced chronic heart failure (“CHF”), stating 
that there is a biologic rationale for the use of Revascor in targeting cardiac inflammation in order to improve heart failure 
outcomes. 

June 

The  FDA  granted  Orphan  Drug  Designation  for  the  use  of  rexlemestrocel-L  (Revascor)  for  the  prevention  of  post 
implantation mucosal bleeding in heart failure patients implanted with an LVAD.  

Health economics and outcomes research data presented at the 24th European Hematology Association Congress indicated 
that  a  steroid-refractory  state  in  aGVHD  may  result  in  significant  deterioration  in  quality  of  life  and  additional  direct 
healthcare costs of an average of up to US$500,000 per patient. 

Mesoblast’s partnership with JCR in Japan was expanded to the use of TEMCELL for the treatment of newborns who lack 
sufficient blood supply and oxygen to the brain, a condition termed hypoxic ischemic encephalopathy (“HIE”). Mesoblast 
has the right to use all safety and efficacy data generated by JCR in Japan to support its commercialization plans for MSC-
100-IV (“remestemcel-L”) in the United States and other  major healthcare  markets. Mesoblast  will receive royalties  on 
TEMCELL product sales for HIE. 

39 

 
 
May 

March 

The first component of a rolling submission for a Biologics License Application (“BLA”) to the FDA for remestemcel-L in 
the  treatment  of  children  with  aGVHD  was  filed.  The  FDA  has  agreed  to  a  rolling  review  of  the  BLA  which  enables 
individual components to be submitted and reviewed on an ongoing basis rather than waiting for all sections to be completed. 
The rolling process will provide opportunity for ongoing and frequent communication, and during this process the Company 
expects it will be able to adequately address any substantial matters raised by the FDA. The FDA previously granted Fast 
Track designation for remestemcel-L in aGVHD that allows for a rolling BLA review process and eligibility for priority 
review once the BLA filing is completed and accepted by the FDA. 

Mesoblast  and  the  International  Center  for  Health  Outcomes  and  Innovation  Research  (“InCHOIR”)  entered  into  a 
Memorandum of Understanding to conduct a confirmatory clinical trial using Revascor for reduction of gastrointestinal 
(“GI”)  bleeding  in  end-stage  heart  failure  patients  implanted  with  an  LVAD.  GI  bleeding  episodes  are  a  major  life-
threatening complication of LVAD implants that occur in 20-40% of recipients in the first six months, resulting in recurrent 
hospitalizations and compromising quality of life. Confirmation of previous observations that our cell therapy reduced major 
bleeding episodes and related hospitalizations could identify a therapeutic approach that could greatly benefit these patients. 

JCR filed to extend marketing approval of TEMCELL for use in patients with Epidermolysis Bullosa (“EB”). TEMCELL 
is already approved for the treatment of aGVHD. The parties have amended their License Agreement in order for JCR to 
access our mesenchymal stem cell (“MSC”) wound healing patents to enable it to develop and commercialize TEMCELL 
for EB. Mesoblast will receive royalties on TEMCELL product sales for EB. JCR has received Orphan Designation for 
TEMCELL  in  the  treatment  of  EB  based  on  promising  results  from  an  investigator-initiated  trial  at  Osaka  University 
Hospital where TEMCELL was subcutaneously administered. JCR also intends to seek a label extension for TEMCELL in 
Japan for intravenous delivery of TEMCELL.  

Joseph R. Swedish was appointed as non-executive Chairman of Mesoblast. Mr Swedish is a highly experienced healthcare 
executive and leader, most recently serving as Chairman, President and CEO of Anthem Inc., a Fortune 29 company and 
the leading health benefits provider in the U.S. For 12 consecutive years, Modern Healthcare named Mr Swedish as one of 
the 100 Most Influential People in Healthcare, ranking in the top 20 of the health sector’s most senior-level executives, 
high-level government administrators, elected officials, academics, and thought-leaders for five consecutive years. He has 
been a Mesoblast board member since June 2018, and also serves on the boards of IBM Corporation, CDW Corporation, 
Proteus Digital Health, and Centrexion Therapeutics. 

February  The  last  patient  was  dosed  in  the  Phase  3  events-driven  trial  of  Revascor  for  advanced CHF.  The  566-patient  trial  will 
complete when sufficient primary endpoint events have accrued. Results from a prior Phase 2 trial identified the patients 
most likely to benefit from Revascor as being those at high risk of recurrent hospitalization events and death. These results 
guided  the  trial  design  and  selection  criteria  for  enrollment  of  high-risk  patients  in  the  current  Phase  3  trial  in  order  to 
maximize the probability that the Phase 3 results would confirm the Phase 2 results. 

January  Mesoblast drew a further US$15.0 million from our US$75.0 million, non-dilutive, four-year credit facility with Hercules 
Capital, Inc. (“Hercules”). The funds will be used primarily to ramp up our product commercialization programs including 
building out a targeted sales force for our product candidate for aGVHD. The additional non-dilutive capital  was  made 
available  after  the  success  of  our  product  candidate  Revascor  in  having  significantly  reduced  hospitalization  rates  from 
major GI bleeding in patients with end-stage heart failure and LVAD compared with controls in the 159-patient trial. 

December  Eric  Strati,  PhD,  was  appointed  to  the  new  position  of  Senior  Vice  President,  Commercial  to  drive  commercial  launch 

activities of remestemcel-L in the U.S. and Europe for the treatment of aGVHD.  

Recent meetings were held with the FDA to support our planned regulatory filing for commercialization of remestemcel-L 
in  aGVHD.  We  gained  agreement  from  the  FDA  on  the  proposed  chemistry  and  manufacturing  controls  for 
commercialization. The FDA also provided guidance on the presentation of data from the completed 55-patient Phase 3 trial 
and the 241-patient Expanded Access Program (“EAP”) to be included in the filing for the proposed indication. 

November  Announced results of a 159-patient randomized placebo-controlled trial evaluating Revascor in the treatment of end-stage 
heart failure patients implanted  with a LVAD  which  were presented at the 2018 American Heart Association Scientific 
Sessions. 

•  The  trial  succeeded  in  achieving  the  clinically  meaningful  outcome  of  reduction  in  GI  bleeding  and  related 

hospitalizations;  

•  Results  confirm  the  previous  pilot  trial,  which  also  demonstrated  significant  reduction  in  GI  bleeding  and  related 

hospitalizations in Revascor treated LVAD patients;   

• 

Pilot  trial  results  formed  the  basis  for  the  FDA  Regenerative  Medicine  Advanced  Therapy  (“RMAT”)  designation 
granted in December 2017;  and 

40 

 
•  While the trial did not meet the overall primary endpoint of temporary weaning, Revascor treatment did significantly 

improve weaning in the 44% of patients with chronic ischemic heart failure. 

October 

Completion of the transaction with Tasly Pharmaceutical Group (“Tasly”) to establish a strategic partnership in China for 
our allogeneic mesenchymal precursor cell (“MPC”) product candidates Revascor for heart failure and MPC-25-IC for heart 
attacks. Tasly received exclusive rights to, and will fund all development, manufacturing and commercialization activities 
in China for Revascor and MPC-25-IC. 

•  We received $40.0 million on closing and will receive $25.0 million on product regulatory approvals in China, double-
digit escalating royalties on net product sales as well as six escalating milestone payments upon the product candidates 
reaching certain sales thresholds in China; 

•  Tasly and Mesoblast have established a joint steering committee to oversee, review and co-ordinate the development, 

manufacturing and commercialization activities for these cardiovascular product candidates in China; and 

•  The  companies  plan  to  leverage  each  other’s  clinical  trial  results  in  China  and  the  United  States  and  other  major 

jurisdictions respectively to support their respective regulatory submissions for Revascor and MPC-25-IC. 

September  Our  heart  failure  product  candidate  Revascor  for  use  in  children  with  hypoplastic  left  heart  syndrome  (“HLHS”)  was 
featured  at  the  First  Cardiac  Regenerative  Symposium  for  Congenital  Heart  Disease  in  Baltimore,  Maryland.  The 
symposium focused on the potential for using cellular therapies in the treatment of complex congenital heart conditions. 
This  trial  has  the  potential  to  extend  the  safety  profile  of  Revascor  beyond  adults,  where  it  is  being  studied  in  two 
complementary late-stage clinical trials in patients  with advanced and end-stage  CHF, to children  with congenital heart 
disease. 

Continued strong survival outcomes through Day 180 in children with steroid refractory aGVHD (“SR-aGVHD”) treated 
with our Phase 3 product candidate remestemcel-L were announced. Our open-label Phase 3 trial enrolled 55 children with 
steroid-refractory aGVHD (aged between six months and 17 years) at 32 sites across the United States, with the vast majority 
(89%) suffering from the most severe form of aGVHD (Grade C/D).  

These Phase 3 outcomes are consistent with previous results in 241 children with steroid-refractory aGVHD who failed to 
respond to multiple biologic agents and were treated under an EAP that followed outcomes through 100 days. The multi-
infusion regimen in both the EAP and the Phase 3 trial was well tolerated. Existing Fast Track designation from the FDA 
allows eligibility for priority review and a rolling BLA review process. 

July 

Shawn Cline Tomasello was appointed as a non-executive director on our board of directors, bringing with her substantial 
commercial and transactional experience. She was Chief Commercial Officer at Kite Pharma Inc., where she played a pivotal 
role in the company’s acquisition in 2017 by Gilead Sciences, Inc. for $11.9 billion, and was previously Chief Commercial 
Officer at Pharmacyclics, Inc., which was acquired in 2015 by AbbVie, Inc. for $21.0 billion. 

On  June  29,  2018,  we  entered  into  a  $50.0  million  financing  facility  with  NovaQuest  Capital  Management,  L.L.C. 
(“NovaQuest”)  for  the  continued  development  and  commercialization  of  remestemcel-L  for  children  with  SR-aGVHD. 
NovaQuest was formed in 2000 as a strategic investment unit within Quintiles (now IQVIA), the world’s largest clinical 
research  organization.  On  closing,  Mesoblast  drew  $30.0  million  and  issued  $10.0  million  in  ordinary  shares  with  an 
additional US$10.0 million to be drawn on marketing approval of remestemcel-L by the FDA. Prior to maturity in July 
2026, the loan is only repayable from net sales of remestemcel-L in the treatment of pediatric patients who have failed to 
respond to steroid treatment for aGVHD, in the United States and other geographies excluding Asia. Interest on the loan 
will accrue at a rate of 15% per annum with the interest only period lasting 4 years. The financing is subordinated to the 
senior creditor, Hercules. 

Fiscal year 2018  

June 

Day 100 survival outcomes of remestemcel-L, in children with SR-aGVHD were presented at the 2018 annual meeting of 
the International Society for Stem Cell Research in Melbourne. Top line Day 100 results demonstrated 87% survival rate 
for Day 28 responders to remestemcel-L treatment (33/38), and an overall survival rate of 75% (41/55). The multi-infusion 
regimen of remestemcel-L was well tolerated. 

Joseph  R.  Swedish  joined  Mesoblast’s  Board  of  Directors  bringing  more  than  two  decades  of  healthcare  leadership 
experience as the CEO for major U.S. healthcare organizations, including as Executive Chairman, President and CEO of 
Anthem Inc. He replaced Dr Ben-Zion Weiner. 

May 

Josh  Muntner  was  appointed  Chief  Financial  Officer,  based  in  New  York,  bringing  substantial  U.S.  corporate  finance, 
transactional and capital markets experience to Mesoblast. 

41 

 
Mesoblast entered into partnership with Cartherics Pty Ltd (“Cartherics”) to develop allogeneic off-the-shelf CAR-T cells 
armed with multiple targeting receptors for use in solid cancers. Mesoblast and Cartherics will jointly own the intellectual 
property produced using their combined technologies.  

April 

March 

The  independent  Data  Monitoring  Committee  for  the  Phase  3  trial  evaluating  Revascor  in  moderate  to  advanced  CHF 
conducted a scheduled review of available data from 465 randomized patients and recommended continuation of the trial 
without modification. 

Enrollment  completed  in  the  Phase  3  trial  evaluating  a  single  intra-discal  injection  of  product  candidate  MPC-06-ID  in 
patients with chronic low back pain due to degenerative disc disease (“DDD”). The 2:1 randomized, placebo-controlled 
Phase 3 trial enrolled 404 patients across 48 centers in the United States and Australia.  

The Company entered into a $75.0 million non-dilutive, four-year credit facility with Hercules, a leading specialty finance 
company, drawing the first tranche of $35.0 million on closing. 

February  The Phase 3 trial of remestemcel-L in children with SR-aGVHD successfully met the primary endpoint of Day 28 OR rate. 
In the 55 children enrolled in the open-label trial conducted across 32 sites in the U.S., the Day 28 Overall Response (“OR”) 
rate was 69%, a statistically significant increase compared to the protocol-defined historical control rate of 45% (p=0.0003). 
Among patients who received at least one treatment infusion and were followed up for 100 days (n=50), the mortality rate 
was 22%,  in contrast to Day 100 mortality rates as high as 70% in patients who fail to respond to initial steroid therapy. 
The treatment regimen of remestemcel-L was well tolerated. 

These Phase 3 study results of remestemcel-L were presented at the tandem annual scientific meetings of the Center for 
International Blood & Marrow Transplant Research and the American Society of Blood and Marrow Transplantation held 
in Salt Lake City from February 21-25, 2018.  

December  The FDA granted RMAT designation for Revascor in the treatment of heart failure patients with left ventricular systolic 
dysfunction and a LVAD. The RMAT designation under the 21st Century Cures Act aims to expedite the development of 
regenerative medicine therapies intended for the treatment of serious diseases and life-threatening conditions.  

Enrollment of the Phase 3 trial of remestemcel-L in children with aGVHD was completed.  

TiGenix NV (“TiGenix”), now a wholly owned subsidiary of Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited (“Takeda”), was 
granted exclusive worldwide access to certain of Mesoblast’s patents to support global commercialization of its adipose-
derived MSC product Alofisel®, previously known as Cx601, for the local treatment of fistulae. As consideration, Mesoblast 
will receive up to €20.0 million in payments, as well as single digit royalties on net sales of Alofisel®. 

Frost & Sullivan named Mesoblast the 2017 Global Technology Leader in the Cell Therapy Industry. 

Results  from  the  randomized,  placebo-controlled Phase  2  trial  of  MPC-300-IV  over  52 weeks  in  patients  with  biologic 
refractory rheumatoid arthritis (“RA”) presented at the 2017 American College of Rheumatology Annual Meeting in San 
Diego 

September  A  multi-center  team  of  researchers  led  by  Icahn  School  of  Medicine  at  Mount  Sinai  Hospital,  New  York,  completed 
enrollment of a 159-patient Phase 2b trial evaluating Revascor for the treatment of end-stage heart failure in patients with 
left ventricular systolic dysfunction and a LVAD.  

A fully underwritten 1 for 12 pro-rata accelerated non-renounceable entitlement offer raising approximately A$50.7 million 
was completed with proceeds to fund Phase 3 clinical programs, commercial manufacturing and ongoing operations.  

August 

Plans  to  achieve  an  accelerated  market  entry  of  product  candidate  Revascor  in  the  treatment  of  patients  with  the  most 
advanced stages of CHF, defined as New York Heart Association Class III and Class IV, were announced. 

Results of the Phase 2a trial of MPC-75-IA for prevention of radiographic and clinical features of knee osteoarthritis after 
traumatic injury were published in the journal Arthritis Research & Therapy. The results showed a single intra-articular 
injection of MPC-75-IA reduced cartilage loss and bone changes by six months, and improved pain and function for over 
two years, when compared to controls. 

42 

 
4.B 

Business Overview 

Mesoblast’s  leadership  in  the  development  and  commercialization  of  allogeneic  cellular  medicines  is  based  on  its  innovative 

technology platform, proprietary manufacturing processes and multiple Phase 3 assets. 

Our off-the-shelf product candidates target advanced stages of diseases with high, unmet medical needs. 

Three product candidates are being evaluated in Phase 3 clinical trials for approval by the FDA:   

• 

• 

• 

MSC-100-IV (remestemcel-L) for steroid refractory acute graft versus host disease;  

MPC-150-IM (Revascor) for advanced heart failure; and  

MPC-06-ID for chronic low back pain due to degenerative disc disease.  

We also have a promising emerging pipeline of products for follow-on indications. 

Two allogeneic MSC products developed and commercialized by Mesoblast licensees have been approved in Japan and Europe, 

with both licensees the first to receive full regulatory approval for an allogeneic cellular medicine in these major markets.  

Mesoblast’s goal is for remestemcel-L to be the first commercially available allogeneic MSC product in the United States. 

Innovative Technology Platform 

Mesoblast is developing immuno-selected, culture expanded cellular medicines based on MPCs and their progeny, MSCs. These 
rare mesenchymal lineage cells (approximately 1:100,000 of bone marrow cells) are found around blood vessels and are central to blood 
vessel maintenance, repair and regeneration. Preclinical studies have shown that these cells respond to signals associated with tissue 
damage, secreting mediators that promote tissue repair and modulate immune responses. 

Mesoblast’s immuno-selection process provides a homogeneous population of MPCs, which are at the apex of the mesenchymal 
lineage hierarchy, with receptors that appear to respond to activating inflammation and damaged-tissue signals. This enables targeting 
of multiple pathways that may result in therapeutic benefits in a number of complex and intractable diseases. 

A key feature of Mesoblast’s mesenchymal lineage cells is that they are allogeneic and immune tolerant. They are intended to be 
administered without the need for donor–recipient matching or recipient immune suppression. They are often referred to as ‘off-the-
shelf’ cellular medicines. 

Mesenchymal Lineage Stem Cells 

Mesenchymal lineage cells are present around blood vessels in all tissues where they can respond effectively to various signals 
associated with tissue damage. This response includes the secretion of a variety of biomolecules, including growth factors, cytokines, 
chemokines and immunomodulatory biomolecules that affect various reparative mechanisms associated with the maintenance of tissue 
health. Based on biologic evidence, the potential beneficial effects of these biomolecules on damaged tissues are believed to include: 

• 

• 

Blood  vessel  function  and  regeneration:  Mesenchymal  lineage  cells  play  a  central  role  in  the  maintenance,  repair  and 
regeneration of blood vessels. This is achieved in large part through the secretion of growth factors which act on neighboring 
endothelial cells to promote blood vessel regeneration and function. 

Tissue repair: Mesenchymal lineage cells represent a key cellular constituent of stem cell niches in multiple adult tissues 
such as the bone marrow, heart and brain where they facilitate endogenous tissue repair by multiple mechanisms, including 
promotion of survival and function of mature cells within a given tissue or of the endogenous stem cells with which they 
are associated in niches within these tissues. This is achieved by secretion of a broad repertoire of bioactive molecules, 
including chemokines, growth factors and enzymes, which promote survival and proliferation together with remodeling of 
the extracellular matrix of the tissue. 

43 

 
 
 
• 

Immunomodulation:  Located  at  the  interface  between  the  circulation  and  the  tissues,  mesenchymal  lineage  cells  play  a 
physiological role in modulating immune responses via their ability to alter the effector functions of extravasated white 
blood cells by up-regulation of a battery of secreted immunomodulatory proteins. 

Our technology platform enables development of a diverse range of products derived from the mesenchymal cell lineage in adult 

tissues. MPCs constitute the earliest known cell type in the MLC lineage in vivo. 

MPCs can be isolated using monoclonal antibodies and culture-expanded using methods that enable efficient expansion without 
differentiation. MSCs are defined biologically in culture following density gradient separation from other tissue cell types and following 
culture by plastic adherence. MSCs presumably represent culture-expanded in vitro progeny of the undifferentiated MPCs present in 
vivo. The functional characteristics of each cell type enable product development for specific indications. 

Allogeneic, Off-the-Shelf, Commercially Scalable Products 

Our proprietary mesenchymal lineage cell-based products have distinct biological characteristics enabling their use for allogeneic 

purposes.   

Immune  Privilege:    Mesenchymal  lineage  cells  are  immune  privileged,  in  that  they  do  not  express  specific  cell  surface  co-

stimulatory molecules that initiate immune allogeneic responses. 

Expansion: We have developed proprietary methods that enable the large scale expansion of our cells while maintaining their 
ability to produce the key biomolecules associated with tissue health and repair. This allows us to produce a cellular product intended 
to demonstrate consistent and well-defined characterization and activity. 

In  contrast,  autologous  stem  cell  products,  which  are  produced  from  the  patient’s  own  stem  cells,  require  individual  product 
regulatory testing and do not benefit from manufacturing economies of scale. Moreover, autologous therapies may be vulnerable to 
significant patient-to-patient variability. 

Revenue Generating Products and Late-Stage Assets 

Each  of  Mesoblast’s  product  candidates  has  distinct  technical  characteristics,  target  indications,  individual  reimbursement 

strategy, commercialization potential, and unique partnering opportunities. 

Products Commercialized by Licensees 

Mesoblast’s licensee in Japan, JCR, is marketing its MSC-based product in Japan for the treatment of aGVHD in children and 
adults. TEMCELL was the first allogeneic cellular medicine to receive full regulatory approval in Japan. Mesoblast receives royalty 
income on sales of TEMCELL in Japan. 

In  2017,  Mesoblast  granted  TiGenix,  now  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  Takeda,  exclusive  access  to  certain  of  its  patents  to 
support  global  commercialization  of  Alofisel®,  previously  known  as  Cx601,  the  first  allogeneic  MSC  therapy  to  receive  central 
marketing authorization approval from the European Commission. Mesoblast receives royalty income on Takeda’s worldwide sales of 
Alofisel® in the local treatment of perianal fistulae. 

44 

 
 
 
 
Mesoblast Product Candidates 

Our  Phase  3  events-driven  clinical  trial  evaluating  Revascor  for  patients  with  moderate  to  advanced  CHF  has  completed 
recruitment, and continues to accumulate primary events, across North America. Our Phase 3 clinical trial evaluating MPC-06-ID for 
chronic low back pain completed enrollment in March 2018 and is in follow up phase until early 2020. The Phase 3 trial of remestemcel-
L for pediatric SR-aGVHD has successfully met its primary endpoint of increased Day 28 Overall Response compared with a protocol-
defined historical control rate (69% vs 45%, p=0.0003). Overall Response at Day 28 predicted highest survival at Day 100 and Day 180, 
85% and 79%, respectively. The Company is currently in the process of submitting a rolling BLA with the FDA. In addition, we have 
conducted preclinical and clinical research with our product candidates in acute cardiac ischemia, Crohn’s disease, spinal fusion and 
prevention of knee osteoarthritis after an anterior cruciate ligament repair. 

Remestemcel-L for the Treatment of aGVHD 

Overview 

Remestemcel-L  is  an  intravenously  delivered  product  candidate  for  the  treatment  of  acute  steroid-refractory  graft  versus  host 
disease, or SR-aGVHD, following allogeneic bone marrow transplant. Available data from clinical dose ranging studies identified an 
effective dose to be 2 million MSCs/kg, body weight, to be administered repeatedly for at least four weeks after diagnosis of aGVHD. 
For the U.S. market, the unit packaging is 25 million cells per vial for intravenous infusion.  

In  a  bone  marrow  transplant,  donor  cells  can  attack  the  recipient,  causing  aGVHD.  The  donor T-cell  mediated  inflammatory 
response involves secretion of TNF-alpha and IFN-gamma, resulting in activation of pro-inflammatory T-cells and tissue damage in the 
skin, gut and liver, which can be fatal. 

Remestemcel-L was developed to counteract the inflammatory processes by down-regulating the production of pro-inflammatory 
cytokines, increasing production of anti-inflammatory cytokines, and enabling recruitment of endogenous anti-inflammatory cells to 
involved tissues. 

Remestemcel-L has been used for the treatment of SR-aGVHD in children in the U.S., Canada and several European countries 

under an EAP. This program enrolled 241 patients suffering from SR-aGVHD. 

Market Opportunity 

According to the Center  for International Blood and Marrow Transplant Research, there are approximately 30,000 allogeneic 
BMTs globally per year for diseases including hematological cancers, with ~20% of all cases in the pediatric population. Nearly 50% 
of all allogeneic BMT patients develop aGVHD. Liver or gastrointestinal involvement occur in up to 60% of all patients with aGVHD 
and are associated with the greatest risk of death, with mortality rates of up to 85%.  

We believe the U.S. aGVHD market requires a small, targeted commercial footprint. The target market for aGVHD will primarily 
be  board-certified  physicians  in  hematology/oncology  who  perform  hematopoietic  stem  cell  transplants.  In  the  U.S.,  there  are 
approximately 75 centers that perform pediatric transplants, with 50% of all transplants occurring at approximately 15 centers. Similarly, 
there are approximately 110 centers that perform adult transplants with half of those transplants occurring at approximately 20 centers. 

45 

 
 
Current Status and Anticipated Milestones 

A single-arm, open-label Phase 3 study of 55 pediatric patients with SR-aGVHD treated with remestemcel-L was completed in 
2018. The patients were enrolled in 32 sites across the United States, with 89% of patients suffering from the most severe form, Grade 
C/D aGVHD.  

This trial met its primary endpoint of Day 28 OR rate (69% versus 45% historical control rate, p=0.0003). Subsequent top line 
Day 100 results demonstrated 87% survival rate for Day 28 responders to remestemcel-L treatment (33/38), and an overall survival rate 
of 75% (41/55). The strong survival outcomes continued through the final analysis at Day 180. In addition, the multi-infusion regimen 
of remestemcel-L was well tolerated. 

In May this year, Mesoblast filed the first component of a rolling submission for a BLA to the FDA for this indication. The FDA 
has agreed to a rolling review of the BLA which enables individual components to be submitted and reviewed on an ongoing basis rather 
than waiting for all sections to be completed.  

The rolling process will provide opportunity for ongoing communication, and during this process the Company expects it will be 
able to adequately address any substantial matters raised by the FDA. Remestemcel-L has received Fast Track designation for aGVHD 
and under this designation Mesoblast intends to request a priority review once its BLA filing is completed and accepted by the FDA. 

Mesoblast  anticipates  conducting  further  clinical  trials  to  study  remestemcel-L  for  the  treatment  of  SR-aGVHD  in  adults. 
Additionally, Mesoblast intends to provide remestemcel-L for evaluation under an investigator-initiated trial to evaluate it as a potential 
treatment for SR chronic GVHD. 

Revascor for the Treatment of Advanced and End-Stage Chronic Heart Failure (CHF) Due to Left Ventricular Dysfunction   

Overview 

Revascor is being evaluated for the treatment of advanced CHF. Revascor consists of 150 million MPCs administered by direct 
cardiac injection in patients suffering from moderate/severe or end-stage CHF and progressive loss of heart function following damage 
to the heart muscle caused by a heart attack, coronary artery disease, hypertension, genetic factors, or other causes. 

MPCs  release  a  range  of  factors  when  triggered  by  specific  receptor-ligand  interactions  within  damaged  tissue.  Based  on 
preclinical data, we believe that the factors released from the MPCs induce functional cardiac recovery by simultaneous activation of 
multiple pathways, including induction of endogenous vascular network formation, reduction in harmful inflammation, reduction in 
cardiac fibrosis, and regeneration of heart muscle through activation of intrinsic tissue precursors. 

The unit dose of 150 million cells  was based on multiple preclinical large animal studies in ischemic and non-ischemic heart 
failure  models  which  identified  an  optimal  cell  dose  above  110  million.  A  completed  Phase  2  dose-  ranging  study  in  patients  with 
moderate to advanced CHF of either ischemic or non-ischemic etiology identified the dose of 150 million cells as the most effective for 
both improvement in left ventricular volumes and remodeling and in prevention of heart failure related hospitalizations or cardiac death. 

Revascor is also being evaluated in patients with end-stage CHF implanted with an LVAD. This trial was conducted by a multi-
center team of researchers within the United States National Institutes of Health (“NIH”)-funded Cardiothoracic Surgical Trials Network 
(“CTSN”), led by Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, New York. The National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke, 
and the Canadian Institutes for Health Research are also supporting this trial. Results of this Phase 2 trial were released in November 
2018. 

Market Opportunity 

CHF is a chronic condition characterized by an enlarged heart and insufficient blood flow to the organs and extremities of the 
body. The condition progresses over time and can be caused by many factors that put an excess demand on the heart muscle, including 
high blood pressure, incompetent valves, infections of the heart muscle or valves, or congenital heart problems. 

In 2016, more than 15 million patients in the seven major global pharmaceutical markets are estimated to have been diagnosed 
with CHF. The American Heart Association estimated in 2017 that prevalence is expected to grow 46% by 2030 in the U.S., affecting 
more than 8 million Americans.  CHF causes severe economic, social, and personal costs. In the U.S., it is estimated that CHF results 
in direct costs of $60.2 billion annually when identified as a primary diagnosis and $115.0 billion as part of a disease milieu. 

46 

 
CHF is classified in relation to the severity of the symptoms experienced by the patient. The most commonly used classification 

system for functional severity of heart failure, established by the NYHA, is: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Class I (mild): patients experience none or very mild symptoms with ordinary physical activity 

Class II (mild): patients experience fatigue and shortness of breath during moderate physical activity 

Class III (moderate): patients experience shortness of breath during even light physical activity 

Class IV or end-stage (severe): patients are exhausted even at rest 

Risk for recurrent heart failure-related hospitalizations and terminal cardiac events increases progressively with increases in left 
ventricular volumes, reduction in left ventricular ejection fraction, and progression in NYHA functional class. About 40% of all heart 
failure  patients  have  a  low  ejection  fraction  (<35-40%),  NYHA  Class  II,  III  or  IV  CHF,  and  are  at  considerable  risk  of  repeated 
hospitalizations and death despite maximal drug therapy. 

Patients with advanced or Class III/IV CHF continue to represent the greatest unmet medical need despite recent advances in new 
therapeutic  agents  for  heart  failure.  In  contemporary  studies,  Class  III/IV  heart  failure  patients,  characterized  by  heart  failure 
hospitalizations in the previous 12 months, severely impaired baseline cardiac function, increased systolic and diastolic volumes, and 
elevated  B-type  natriuretic  peptide  (BNP)  levels,  have  been  reported  to  have  a  50%  incidence  of  terminal  cardiac  events  or 
cardiovascular hospitalization for decompensated heart failure over a median period of 16.6 months. 

The  definitive  method  of  treating  end-stage  disease  currently  is  a  heart  transplant  or  implanting  a  mechanical  assist  device. 
Although there are many patients awaiting a heart transplant, due to limited supply there were only 3,191 heart transplants performed 
in the U.S. in 2016. 

Results from our Phase 2 trials in patients with Class II/III CHF and in patients with end-stage CHF requiring mechanical assist 
devices have shown that our MPCs appear to have the potential to positively impact patients with the advanced forms of CHF due to 
diminished left ventricular systolic function. We believe that targeting advanced heart failure patients with the most unmet need can 
provide us with the most effective Phase 3 program, the most efficient path to market, and the opportunity for the most attractive pricing. 

Completed Phase 2 Trial in NYHA Class II/III CHF Patients  

The primary objective of the Phase 2 study was to evaluate the safety and tolerability of three increasing doses (25, 75, or 150 
million cells) of MPCs compared to control in 60 patients with CHF due to left ventricular systolic dysfunction of either ischemic or 
non-ischemic etiology. The secondary objectives were to look at efficacy via multiple parameters, and to identify an optimal effective 
dose and the optimal target population for MPC treatment. 

Endomyocardial injections of MPCs in patients with CHF were feasible and safe. The incidence of adverse events was similar 

across all groups, and there was no clinically significant immune response in any patients who received MPCs. 

The 150 million cell dose showed the greatest effect on left ventricular remodeling and functional capacity and a threshold benefit 

for reducing heart failure-related major adverse cardiovascular events (“HF-MACE”) long-term. 

Completed Pilot Trial in Patients with End-Stage Heart Failure Requiring Mechanical Support  

A multi-center, randomized, double-blind, sham-procedure controlled trial conducted by a team of researchers within the NIH-
funded CTSN evaluated 30 patients 2:1 randomized to epicardial injection of 25  million MPCs or  medium (control) during  LVAD 
implantation for either bridge-to-transplant or destination therapy.  

This trial has demonstrated feasibility and safety, and suggested that a single low-dose MPC injection improved cardiac function 
and had an early benefit on survival. The results of this trial were presented at the American Heart Association Scientific Sessions 2013 
and published in Circulation in June 2014. 

Completed Phase 2 Trial in Patients with End-Stage Heart Failure Requiring Mechanical Support 

A Phase 2 trial of Revascor in 159 patients with end-stage heart failure and an implantable LVAD has completed enrollment, with 

results for the trial's primary endpoint presented at the American Heart Association Conference held in Chicago in November 2018.  

47 

 
The trial was a prospective, multi-center, double-blind, placebo controlled, 2:1 randomized (MPC to placebo), single-dose cohort 
trial to evaluate the safety and efficacy of injecting a dose of 150 million MPCs into the native myocardium of LVAD recipients. Patients 
with advanced CHF, implanted with an FDA-approved LVAD as bridge-to-transplant or destination therapy, were eligible to participate 
in the trial. All patients were followed until 12 months post randomization. 

In this Phase 2 trial, the trial did not show a significant difference in the ability for patients to tolerate a wean for a period of 60 
minutes.  However  in  relation  to  the  clinically  meaningful  endpoint  of  reduction  in  major  GI  bleeding  episodes  and  related 
hospitalizations, a single injection of Revascor administered directly into the heart resulted in a 76% reduction in major GI bleeding 
events and in a 65% reduction in associated hospitalizations. This suggests that Revascor reversed endothelial dysfunction which is 
responsible for the abnormal vasculature in the GI tract and severe bleeding in LVAD patients. 

Reduction in GI bleeding and associated hospitalizations in the previous 30-patient pilot trial of Mesoblast’s MPCs were the basis 

of the RMAT designation granted in December 2017 by the FDA for use of Revascor in LVAD patients.  

Current Status and Anticipated Milestones  

Program for Class II/III CHF patients 

A multicenter, double-blinded, 1:1 randomized, sham-procedure-controlled Phase 3 trial of Revascor has completed enrollment 
of 566 patients across North America with NYHA Class II/III disease at high risk of repeated heart failure hospitalizations or a terminal 
cardiac event (cardiac death, LVAD placement, heart transplant or insertion of an artificial heart). The events-driven trial continues to 
collect primary events and is expected to read out top line results in 1H 2020. The enrollment criteria for this trial included a prior 
decompensated heart failure event (e.g. hospitalization) within the previous nine months and/or very high level of NT-proBNP, a protein 
used in diagnosis and screening of CHF. These inclusion criteria are expected to result in enrichment for patients with substantial left 
ventricular  contractile  abnormality,  advanced  CHF  due  to  left  ventricular  systolic  dysfunction  and  higher  risk  of  recurrent 
decompensated heart failure hospitalizations and TCEs. This target patient population was shown to respond effectively to treatment 
with Revascor in our previous Phase 2 trial. 

The trial’s primary efficacy endpoint is a comparison of recurrent non-fatal HF-MACE between either MPC-treated patients or 

sham-treated controls.  

Program in Patients Requiring Mechanical Support 

The FDA has recently provided guidance on the clinical development pathway for marketing authorization of Revascor in end-

stage heart failure patients implanted with a LVAD. 

• 

• 

• 

FDA reiterated that a reduction in major gastrointestinal bleeding events and/or epistaxis, collectively termed major mucosal 
bleeding events, is an important clinical outcome in patients implanted with an LVAD;  

Data  from  the  recently  completed  159-patient  placebo-controlled  trial  showing  that  Revascor  reduced  major  mucosal 
bleeding events can support product marketing authorization through a BLA, with confirmatory clinical data; and 

FDA agreed on a confirmatory Phase 3 trial of Revascor in LVAD patients, with a primary endpoint of reduction in major 
mucosal bleeding events, and key secondary endpoints demonstrating improvement in various parameters of cardiovascular 
function. 

In March 2019, Mesoblast and the InCHOIR at the Icahn School of Medicine entered into a Memorandum of Understanding to 

conduct a confirmatory clinical trial for this indication.  

GI bleeding episodes are a major life-threatening complication of LVAD implants that occur in 20-40% of recipients in the first 
six months, resulting in recurrent hospitalizations and compromising quality of life. Confirmation of observations in the Phase 2 trial 
and a previous pilot study that our cell therapy reduced major bleeding episodes and related hospitalizations could identify a therapeutic 
approach that could greatly benefit these patients. Mesoblast recently applied for and were granted Orphan designation for Revascor for 
the treatment of major mucosal bleeding in patients implanted with an LVAD. 

Strategic Partnerships 

In September 2018, Mesoblast entered into a strategic cardiovascular partnership with Tasly for China. Tasly plans to meet with 
the National Medical Products Administration of China to discuss the regulatory approval pathway for Revascor in China. Tasly and 
Mesoblast will leverage each other’s clinical trial results in China, the U.S. and other territories to support their respective regulatory 
submissions. 

48 

 
MPC-06-ID for the Treatment of Chronic Low Back Pain (CLBP)  

Overview 

MPC-06-ID  is  our  proprietary  Phase  3  product  candidate  being  evaluated  for  the  treatment  of  patients  with  CLBP  caused  by 
degenerative  disc  disease  (“DDD”).  MPC-06-ID  consists  of  a  unit  dose  of  6  million  MPCs  administered  by  syringe  directly  into  a 
damaged disc. 

In  CLBP,  damage  to  the  disc  is  the  result  of  a  combination  of  factors  related  to  aging,  genetics,  and  micro-injuries,  which 
compromises the disc’s capacity to act as a fluid-filled cushion between vertebrae and to provide anatomical stability. Damage to the 
disc also results in an inflammatory response  with ingrowth of  nerves  which results in  chronic pain. This combination of anatomic 
instability and nerve ingrowth results in CLBP and functional disability. 

With respect to mechanisms of action in CLBP, extensive pre-clinical studies have established that MLCs have anti-inflammatory 
effects and secrete multiple paracrine factors that stimulate new proteoglycan and collagen synthesis by chondrocytes in vitro and by 
resident cells in the nucleus and annulus in vivo.  

Market Opportunity 

In 2016, over 7 million people in the U.S. alone were estimated to suffer from CLBP caused by DDD, of which 3.2 million patients 
have moderate disease. After failure of conservative measures (medication, injections, epidural steroid, physical therapy etc.), there is a 
need for treatments that both reduce pain and improve function over a sustained period of time. When disc degeneration has progressed 
to a point that pain and loss of function can no longer be managed by conservative means, major invasive surgery such as spinal fusion 
is the most commonly offered option.  

All  therapies  for  progressive,  severe  and  debilitating  pain  due  to  degenerating  intervertebral  discs  treat  the  symptoms  of  the 
disease. However, they are not disease modifying and do not address the underlying cause of the disease. Surgical intervention is not 
always  successful  in  addressing  the  patient’s  pain  and  functional  deficit.  Surgeons  estimate  that  between  50%  to  70%  of  patients 
ultimately fail back surgery, with failure defined as either not achieving at least a 50% reduction of symptoms within four months or 
experiencing new-onset pain and spasm. Total costs of low back pain are estimated to be between $100.0 billion and $200.0 billion 
annually with two thirds of attributed to patients’ decreased wages and productivity. 

As a result, we believe that the most significant unmet need and commercial opportunity in the treatment of CLBP is a therapy 

that has the ability to impact the chronic pain and disability associated with the condition. 

Completed Phase 2 Clinical Trial 

The primary objective of our Phase 2 study comparing two doses and two controls in 100 patients was to evaluate the safety of 
MPCs in CLBP. Secondary objectives were to evaluate efficacy parameters such as radiographic, low back pain, function/disability, 
medication usage, work status and quality of life improvement measures. Patients were evaluated at 1, 3, 6 and 12 months after treatment 
with longer term follow-up evaluations continuing at 24 and 36 months.  

Eligible subjects were at least 18 years of age with chronic lumbar back pain for 6 months or greater duration due to moderate 
DDD  with  one  painful  lumbar  vertebral  level  between  L1  and  S1.  Subjects  had  to  have  failed  at  least  3  months  of  non-operative 
management with exposure to physical therapy. The study evaluated intra-discal injection of two separate doses: 6 million MPCs, which 
is MPC-06-ID, and 18 million MPCs with both MPC doses administered with HA, and compared to saline (placebo control) or HA 
alone (vehicle control) injection, using a pre-specified Per Protocol population analysis. 100 subjects across 15 sites were randomized 
with 20 receiving saline, 20 receiving HA, 30 receiving MPC-06-ID with HA, and 30 receiving 18 million MPCs with HA. The mean 
duration of DDD in these patients  was approximately 6  years. Baseline pain,  function  scores, and radiographic scores  were similar 
among all groups. 

In  July  2016,  24-month  results  from  the  Phase  2  trial  were  presented  at  the  24th  Annual  Scientific  Meeting  of  the  Spine 

Intervention Society and received the 2016 Best Basic Science Abstract award at the meeting.     

Data and analyses of the 36-month Phase 2 trial support the Phase 3 trial of MPC-06-ID for CLBP and the rationale for MPC dose 

selection, use of saline control, and the trial's endpoints. 

Current Status and Anticipated Milestones 

The Phase 3 clinical trial for CLBP completed enrollment in March 2018 with 404 patients enrolled across 48 centers in the United 
States and Australia randomized 2:1 to receive either 6 million MPCs or saline control.  The trial's primary endpoint of Overall Treatment 
Success (using a composite of 50% improvement in lower back pain and 15 point improvement in function at both 12 and 24 months 

49 

 
with no treatment or surgical interventions at the treated level through 24 months) is an acceptable endpoint, as per guidance from the 
FDA. Follow-up of patients in the Phase 3 trial of MPC-06-ID is continuing to a 24-month assessment of safety and efficacy. 

MPC-300-IV for the treatment of Biologic-Refractory Rheumatoid Arthritis and Diabetic Nephropathy 

The diverse and potent anti-inflammatory properties of MPCs are the foundation for their usefulness in immune-mediated diseases 
such as RA and diabetic kidney disease (or diabetic nephropathy), where monocytes, macrophages and activated pro-inflammatory T 
cells play a very active and destructive role in disease pathogenesis through activation of multiple pro-inflammatory cytokine pathways. 
We have conducted studies in patients with biologic-refractory RA and diabetic nephropathy using our other Tier 1 product candidate 
MPC-300-IV.   

In November 2017, we announced 52-week data from a trial in 48 patients who had failed biologics for RA. A single intravenous 
infusion of MPC-300-IV was well tolerated and demonstrated improvement in clinical symptoms, physical function and reduced disease 
activity relative to placebo. We believe the safety and efficacy results from the Phase 2 trial support further development of this product 
candidate as a potential first-line treatment option in RA patients who have previously received a prior anti-TNF or other biologic agent.  

In October 2016, we announced that results from our Phase 2 trial of MPC-300-IV, in 24 patients with diabetic kidney disease 
were published in the peer-reviewed journal EBioMedicine. The paper, entitled ‘Allogeneic Mesenchymal Precursor Cells in Diabetic 
Nephropathy: A Randomized, Placebo Controlled, Dose Escalation Study’, concluded that a single intravenous infusion of MPC-300-
IV was well tolerated and had positive effects on renal function at the 12-week primary endpoint in a Phase 2 trial in adult patients with 
type 2 diabetic nephropathy. This trial was conducted in Australia. 

Complementary Technologies 

In addition to having the most mature and diverse allogeneic cell therapy product pipeline and technology platform in the field of 
cellular medicines, we have strategically targeted the acquisition of rights to technologies that are complementary to and synergistic 
with our mesenchymal lineage cell technology platform. The aim of this activity is to maintain our technology leadership position in the 
regenerative  medicine  space,  while  simultaneously  expanding  our  targeted  disease  applications  and  managing  the  life-cycle  of  our 
current lead programs. 

Our complementary technologies and additional product candidates include other types of mesenchymal lineage cells, cell surface 

modification technologies, pay-loading technology and protein and gene technologies.      

Manufacturing and Supply Chain 

Our  manufacturing  strategy  for  our  cellular  product  candidates  focuses  on  the  following  important  factors:  (i)  clear  product 
delineation  to  protect  pricing  and  partner  markets  by  creating  distinct  products  using  discrete  manufacturing  processes,  culture 
conditions, formulations, routes of administration, and/or dose regimens; (ii) establishing proprietary commercial scale-up and supply 
to meet increasing demand; (iii) implementing efficiencies and yield improvement measures to reduce cost-of-goods; (iv) maintaining 
regulatory compliance with best practices; and (v) establishing and maintaining multiple manufacturing sites for product supply risk 
mitigation. 

The stem cell manufacturing and distribution process generally involves five major steps. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Procure bone marrow—acquire bone marrow from healthy adults with specific FDA-defined criteria, which is accompanied 
by significant laboratory testing to establish the usability of the donated tissues. 

Create  master cell banks—isolate MLCs from  the donated bone marrow and perform a preliminary expansion to create 
master cell banks. Each individual master cell bank comes from a single donor. 

Expand  to  therapeutic  quantities—expand  master  cell  banks  to  produce  therapeutic  quantities,  a  process  that  can  yield 
thousands of doses per master cell bank, with the ultimate number depending on the dose for the respective product candidate 
being produced. 

Formulate, package and cryopreserve. 

Distribute—with the exception of procurement and creation of master cell banks, our manufacturing is currently conducted 
in  Lonza’s  Singapore  facility,  and  products  will  be  cryopreserved,  then  shipped  to  storage  sites  in  the  U.S.  and  other 
jurisdictions via cryoshippers. Those distribution centers then send the products on to treatment centers in cryoshippers. 
Treatment centers will either move the products into their own freezers, or receive the cryoshipper in “real time” and product 
stays in the cryoshipper until thawed for patient use  within a well-defined window. We intend to continue utilizing this 
approach in the future, except that we intend to establish distribution relationships in various regions. 

50 

 
To date our product candidates have been manufactured in two-dimensional, or 2D, planar, 10-layer cell factories, using media 

containing fetal bovine serum, or FBS. 

The relatively small patient numbers and orphan drug designation for remestemcel-L lead us to believe that 2D manufacturing 
will  be  adequate  to  meet  demand  for  this  product  candidate  if  fully  approved.  We  also  believe  that  2D  manufacturing  process  and 
facilities are commercially feasible for Phase 3 trial supply and the initial launch of MPC-06-ID for CLBP. 

However, to build up commercial supply for certain of our product candidates long-term, we are developing novel manufacturing 
processes using three-dimensional, or 3D, bioreactors with greater capacity to improve efficiency and yields, with resulting lower-cost 
of goods. We intend to evaluate products produced in 3D bioreactors in pre-clinical and potentially clinical studies, which may serve as 
FDA required comparability studies to 2D if successful. 

We are also focusing on the introduction of FBS-free media which has the potential to result in efficiency and yield improvements 
to the current 2D process which may prove sufficient for commercial production of some of our final products. We intend to conduct 
comparability  studies to illustrate that products produced with this  media are equivalent to those produced using FBS based media. 
While  we  remain  confident  in  our  ability  to  deliver  successful  outcomes  from  each  of  these  activities,  any  unexpected  issues  or 
challenges faced in doing so could delay our programs or prevent us from continuing our programs. 

Our manufacturing activities to date have met stringent criteria set by international regulatory agencies, including the FDA. By 
using well-characterized cell populations, our manufacturing processes promote reproducibility and batch-to-batch consistency for our 
allogeneic  cell  product  candidates.  We  have  developed  robust  quality  assurance  procedures  and  lot  release  assays  to  support  this 
reproducibility and consistency. 

Intellectual Property 

We have a large patent portfolio of issued and pending claims covering compositions of matter, uses for our mesenchymal lineage 
cell-based  technologies  and  other  proprietary  regenerative  product  candidates  and  technologies,  as  well  as  for  elements  of  our 
manufacturing processes, with approximately 995 patents and patent applications across 68 patent families as of August 2019. 

One of our major objectives is to continue to protect and expand our extensive estate of patent rights and trade secrets, which we 
believe  enables  us  to  deliver  commercial  advantages  and  long-term  protection  for  our  product  candidates  based  on  our  proprietary 
technologies, and support our corporate strategy to target large, mature and emerging healthcare markets for our exploratory therapeutic 
product candidates. 

More specifically, our patent estate includes issued patent and patent applications in major markets, including, but not limited to, 
the United States, Europe, Japan and China. The patents that we have obtained, and continue to apply for, cover mesenchymal lineage 
cell technologies and product candidates derived from these technologies, irrespective of the tissue source, including  bone  marrow, 
adipose, placenta, umbilical cord and dental pulp. 

These patents cover, among other technology areas, a variety of MLCs (including MPCs and MSCs), and the use of MLC for 
expansion of hematopoietic stem cells, or HSCs. Among the indication-specific issued or pending patents covering product candidates 
derived from our mesenchymal lineage cells are those which are directed to our lead product candidates: CLBP, CHF, aGVHD and 
chronic inflammatory conditions such as RA. We also have issued and pending patents covering other pipeline indications, including 
diabetic kidney disease, inflammatory bowel disease (e.g., Crohn’s disease), neurologic diseases, eye diseases and additional orthopedic 
diseases. In addition, we have in-licensed patents covering complementary technologies, such as other types of mesenchymal lineage 
cells, cell surface modification technologies, pay-loading technology and protein and gene technologies, as part of our strategy to expand 
our targeted disease applications and manage the life-cycle of our current lead programs. 

Our patent portfolio also includes issued and pending coverage of proprietary manufacturing processes that are being used with 
our current two-dimensional manufacturing platform as well as the 3D bioreactor manufacturing processes currently under development. 
These  cell  manufacturing  patents  cover  isolation,  expansion,  purification,  scale  up,  culture  conditions,  aggregates  minimization, 
cryopreservation, release testing and potency assays. In addition, we maintain as a trade secret, among other things, our proprietary 
FBS-free media used in our 3D bioreactor manufacturing processes. 

We  maintain  trade  secrets  covering  a  significant  body  of  know-how  and  proprietary  information  relating  to  our  core  product 
candidates  and  technologies.  We  protect  our  confidential  know-how  and  trade  secrets  in  a  number  of  ways,  including  requiring  all 
employees  and  third  parties  that  have  access  to  our  confidential  information  to  sign  non-disclosure  agreements,  limiting  access  to 
confidential information on a need-to-know basis, maintaining our confidential information on secure computers, and providing our 
contract manufacturers with certain key ingredients for our manufacturing process. 

51 

 
In addition, in many major jurisdictions there are other means that may be available to us by which we would be able to extend 
the period during which we have commercial exclusivity for our product candidates, which include, but are not limited to the exclusive 
right to reference our data, orphan drug exclusivity and patent term extensions. 

As part of our strategy, we seek patent protection for our product candidates and technologies in major jurisdictions including the 
United  States,  Europe,  Japan,  China,  and  Australia  and  file  independent  and/or  counterpart  patents  and  patent  applications  in  other 
jurisdictions  globally  that  we  deem  appropriate  under  the  circumstances,  including  India,  Canada,  Hong  Kong,  Israel,  Korea  and 
Singapore.  As  of  August  2019,  our  patent  portfolio  includes  the  following  patents  and  patent  applications  in  the  following  major 
jurisdictions: 73 granted U.S. patents and 45 pending U.S. patent applications; 54 granted Japanese patents and 26 pending Japanese 
patent applications; 26 granted Chinese patents and 22 pending Chinese patent applications; 48 granted European patents and 33 pending 
European patent applications; and 52 granted Australian patents and 20 pending Australian patent applications. 

Our  policy  is  to  patent  the  technology,  inventions  and  improvements  that  we  consider  important  to  the  development  of  our 
business, only in those cases in which we believe that the costs of obtaining patent protection is justified by the commercial potential of 
the technology and associated product candidates, and typically only in those jurisdictions that we believe present significant commercial 
opportunities to us. In those cases where we choose neither to seek patent protection nor protect the inventions as trade secrets, we may 
publish the inventions so that it defensively becomes prior art in order for us to secure a freedom to operate position and to prevent third 
parties from patenting the invention. 

We also seek to protect as trade secrets our proprietary and confidential know-how and technologies that are either not patentable 
or  where  we  deem  it  inadvisable  to  seek  patent  protection.  To  this  end,  we  generally  require  all  third  parties  with  whom  we  share 
confidential information and our employees, consultants and advisors to enter into confidentiality agreements prohibiting the disclosure 
of confidential information. These agreements with our employees and consultants engaged in the development of our technologies 
require disclosure and assignment to us of the ideas, developments, discoveries and inventions, and associated intellectual property 
rights, important to our business. Additionally, these confidentiality agreements, among others, require that our employees, consultants 
and advisors do not bring to us, or use without proper authorization, any third party’s proprietary technology. 

License and Collaboration Agreements  

All of our revenue relates to up-front, royalty and milestone payments recognized under the license and collaboration agreements 
below. For further information on the categorical revenue breakdown during the last three fiscal years, see “Item 18. Financial Statements 
– Note 3”. 

JCR Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd.—Hematological Malignancies and Hepatocytes Collaboration in Japan 

In October 2013, we acquired all of Osiris Therapeutics, Inc.’s business and assets related to culture expanded MSCs. These assets 
included assumption of a collaboration agreement with JCR (“JCR Agreement”), which will continue in existence until the later of 15 
years from the first commercial sale of any product covered by the agreement and expiration of the last Osiris patent covering any such 
product. JCR is a research and development oriented pharmaceutical company in Japan. Under the JCR Agreement we assumed from 
Osiris, JCR has the right to develop our MSCs in two fields for the Japanese market: exclusive in conjunction with the treatment of 
hematological malignancies by the use of HSCs derived from peripheral blood, cord blood or bone marrow, or the First JCR Field; and 
non-exclusive for developing assays that use liver cells for non-clinical drug screening and evaluation, or the Second JCR Field. Under 
the JCR Agreement, JCR obtained rights in Japan to our MSCs, for the treatment of aGVHD. JCR also has a right of first negotiation to 
obtain rights to commercialize MSC-based products for additional orphan designations in Japan. We retain all rights to those products 
outside of Japan. 

JCR received full approval in September 2015 for its MSC-based product for the treatment of children and adults with aGVHD, 
TEMCELL. TEMCELL is the first culture-expanded allogeneic stem cell product to be approved in Japan. It was launched in Japan in 
February 2016. 

Under  the  JCR  Agreement,  JCR  is  responsible  for  all  development  and  manufacturing  costs  including  sales  and  marketing 
expenses. With respect to the First JCR Field, we are entitled to future payments of up to $1.0 million in the aggregate when JCR reaches 
certain  commercial  milestones  and  to  escalating  double-digit  royalties  in  the  twenties.  These  royalties  are  subject  to  possible 
renegotiation downward in the event of competition from non-infringing products in Japan. With respect to the Second JCR Field, we 
are entitled to a double digit profit share in the fifties.  

Intellectual property is licensed both ways under the JCR Agreement, with JCR receiving exclusive and non-exclusive rights as 
described above from us and granting us non-exclusive, royalty-free rights (excluding in the First JCR Field and Second JCR Field in 
Japan) under the intellectual property arising out of JCR’s development or commercialization of MSC-based products licensed in Japan. 

52 

 
JCR has the right to terminate the JCR Agreement for any reason, and we have a limited right to terminate the JCR Agreement, 
including a right to terminate in the event of an uncured material breach by JCR. In the event of a termination of the JCR Agreement 
other than for our breach, JCR must provide us with its owned product registrations and technical data related to MSC-based products 
licensed in Japan and all licenses of our intellectual property rights will revert to us. 

In the past 12 months, we have expanded our partnership with JCR in Japan for two new indications: for wound healing in patients 
with EB in October 2018, and for neonatal HIE, a condition suffered by newborns who lack sufficient blood supply and oxygen to the 
brain,  in  June  2019.  We  will  receive  royalties  on  TEMCELL  product  sales  for  EB  and  HIE,  if  and  when  such  indications  receive 
marketing approval in Japan. JCR filed to extend marketing approval of TEMCELL in Japan for EB in March 2019. 

We have the right to use all safety and efficacy data generated by JCR in Japan to support our development and commercialization 
plans for our MSC product candidate remestemcel-L in the United States and other major healthcare markets, including for GVHD, EB 
and HIE. 

Lonza—Manufacturing Collaboration 

In  September  2011,  we  entered  into  a  manufacturing  services  agreement,  or  MSA,  with  Lonza  Walkersville,  Inc.  and  Lonza 
Bioscience Singapore Pte. Ltd., collectively referred to as Lonza, a global leader in biopharmaceutical manufacturing. Under the MSA, 
we pay Lonza on a fee for service basis to provide us with manufacturing process development capabilities for our product candidates, 
including  formulation  development,  establishment  and  maintenance  of  master  cell  banks,  records  preparation,  process  validation, 
manufacturing and other services. 

We have agreed to order a certain percentage of our clinical requirements and commercial requirements for MPC products from 
Lonza. Lonza has agreed not to manufacture or supply commercially biosimilar versions of any of our product candidates to any third 
party, during the term of the MSA, subject to our meeting certain thresholds for sales of our products. 

We  can  trigger  a  process  requiring  Lonza  to  construct  a  purpose-built  manufacturing  facility  exclusively  for  our  product 
candidates. In return if we exercise this option, we will purchase agreed quantities of our product candidates from this facility. We also 
have a right to buy out this manufacturing facility at a pre-agreed price two years after the facility receives regulatory approval. 

The MSA will expire on the later of December 31, 2020 or the three-year anniversary of the date of the first commercial sale of 
product supplied under the MSA, unless it is sooner terminated. We have the option of extending the MSA for an additional 10 years, 
followed by the option to extend for successive three-year periods subject to Lonza’s reasonable consent. We may terminate the MSA 
with two years prior written notice, and Lonza may terminate with five years prior written notice. The MSA may also terminate for other 
reasons, including if the  manufacture or development of a product is suspended or abandoned due to the results of clinical trials or 
guidance from a regulatory authority. In the event we request that Lonza construct the manufacturing facility described above, neither 
we nor Lonza may terminate before the third anniversary of the date the facility receives regulatory approval to manufacture our product 
candidates, except in certain limited circumstances. Upon expiration or termination of the MSA, we have the right to require Lonza to 
transfer  certain  technologies  and  lease  the  Singapore  facility  or  the  portion  of  such  facility  where  our  product  candidates  are 
manufactured, subject to good faith negotiations. 

We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on Lonza for the manufacture of our product candidates for preclinical and 

clinical testing, as well as for commercial manufacture of our product candidates if marketing approval is obtained. 

Singapore Economic Development Board (EDB)—Singapore Operations 

In May 2014, the Economic Development Board of Singapore, or EDB, granted us certain financial incentives tied to revenues 
generated by our Singapore operations, among other things. These incentives include two separate 15-year periods (each broken into 
five-year increments) of potential incentives, one related primarily to non-manufacturing activities and the other related to manufacturing 
activities.  We  will  be  eligible  for  these  incentives  if  we  meet  certain  investment  or  activity  thresholds  in  Singapore,  including 
employment levels, amounts of business or manufacturing related expenses, and the performance of various services including business 
development, planning, manufacturing, intellectual property management, marketing and distribution. 

For  example,  in  order  to  obtain  full  financial  benefits  from  the  EDB  for  our  manufacturing-related  incentives,  we  must 
manufacture at least 50% of the global volume of our first three commercial products in Singapore (subject to certain exceptions), and 
we  would  be  required  to  construct  and  operate  a  manufacturing  facility  in  Singapore,  and  hire  and  maintain  a  specified  number  of 
professionals (including supply chain personnel) in connection with the operation of that facility. The activities under our MSA with 
Lonza could be used to fulfill all or part of the requirements to obtain the EDB financial incentives. 

53 

 
Central Adelaide Local Health Network Incorporated—Mesenchymal Precursor Cell Intellectual Property 

In  October  2004,  we,  through  our  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Angioblast  Systems  Inc.,  now  Mesoblast,  Inc.,  acquired  certain 
intellectual property relating to our MPCs, or Medvet IP, pursuant to an Intellectual Property Assignment Deed, or IP Deed, with Medvet 
Science Pty Ltd, or Medvet. Medvet’s rights under the IP Deed were transferred to Central Adelaide Local Health Network Incorporated, 
or CALHNI, in November 2011. In connection with our use of the Medvet IP, we are obligated to pay CALHNI, as successor in interest 
to Medvet, (i) certain aggregated milestone payments of up to $2.2 million and single-digit royalties on net sales of products covered by 
the Medvet IP, for cardiac muscle and blood vessel applications and bone and cartilage regeneration and repair applications, subject to 
minimum annual royalties beginning in the first year of commercial sale of those products and (ii) and single-digit royalties on net sales 
of the specified products for applications outside the specified fields. Additionally, we are obligated to pay CALHNI a double-digit 
percentage in the teens of any revenue that we receive in exchange for a grant of a sublicense to the Medvet IP in the specified fields. 
Under the IP Deed,  we also granted to Medvet a  non-exclusive, royalty-free  license to  the Medvet IP for non-commercial, internal 
research and academic research. 

Pursuant  to  the  IP  Deed,  we  were  assigned  the  rights  in  three  U.S.  patents  or  patent  applications  (including  all  substitutions, 
continuations, continuations-in-part, divisional, supplementary protection certificates, renewals, all letters patent granted thereon, and 
all  reissues,  reexaminations,  extensions,  confirmations,  revalidations,  registrations  and  patents  of  addition  and  foreign  equivalents 
thereof) and all future intellectual property rights, including improvements, that might arise from research conducted at CALHNI related 
to MPCs and methods of isolating, culturing and expanding MPCs and their use in any therapeutic area. We also acquired all related 
materials, information and know-how. 

Osiris Acquisition—Continuing Obligations 

In October 2013, we and Osiris entered into a purchase agreement, as amended, or the Osiris Purchase Agreement, under which 
we acquired all of Osiris’ business and assets related to culture expanded MSCs. Pursuant to the Osiris Purchase Agreement, we also 
agreed to make certain milestone and royalty payments to Osiris pertaining to remestemcel-L for the treatment of aGVHD and Crohn’s 
disease. Each milestone payment is for a fixed dollar amount and may be paid in cash or our ordinary shares or ADSs, at our option. 
The maximum amount of future milestone payments we may be required to make to Osiris is $40.0 million. Any ordinary shares or 
ADSs we issue as consideration for a milestone payment will be subject to a contractual one year holding period, which may be waived 
in our discretion. In the event that the price of our ordinary shares or ADSs decreases between the issue date and the expiration of any 
applicable holding period, we will be required to make an additional payment to Osiris equal to the reduction in the share price multiplied 
by the amount of issued shares under that milestone payment. This additional payment can be made either wholly in cash or 50% in 
cash and 50% in our ordinary shares, in our discretion. We have also agreed to pay varying earnout amounts as a percentage of annual 
net sales of acquired products, ranging from low single-digit to 10% of annual sales in excess of $750.0 million. These royalty payments 
will cease after the earlier of a ten year commercial sales period and the first sale of a competing product. 

Tasly Pharmaceutical Group — Cardiovascular Alliance for China 

In July 2018, we entered into a Development and Commercialization Agreement with Tasly.  

The  Development  and  Commercialization  Agreement  provides  Tasly  with  exclusive  rights  to  develop,  manufacture  and 
commercialize in China Revascor for the treatment or prevention of CHF and MPC-25-IC for the treatment or prevention of AMI. Tasly 
will  fund  all  development,  manufacturing  and  commercialization  activities  in  China  for  Revascor  and  MPC-25-IC.  On  closing,  we 
received a $20.0 million upfront technology access fee. Further, we will receive $25.0 million upon product regulatory approvals in 
China.  Mesoblast  will  receive  double-digit  escalating  royalties  on  net  product  sales.  Mesoblast  is  eligible  to  receive  six  escalating 
milestone payments upon the product candidates reaching certain sales thresholds in China. 

Tasly can terminate the Development and Commercialization Agreement with a specified amount of notice, on the later of (a) 
third anniversary of the agreement coming into effect and (b) receipt of marketing approval in China for each of Revascor or MPC-25-
IC. Mesoblast has termination rights with respect to certain patent challenges by Tasly and if certain competing activities are undertaken 
by Tasly. Either party may terminate the agreement on material breach of the agreement if such breach is not cured within the specified 
cure period or if certain events related to bankruptcy of the other party occur. 

TiGenix NV – patent license for treatment of fistulae  

In December 2017, we entered into a Patent License Agreement with TiGenix, now a wholly owned subsidiary of Takeda, which 
granted Takeda exclusive access to certain of our patents to support global commercialization of the adipose-derived  MSC product 
Alofisel®, previously known as Cx601, a product candidate of Takeda, for the local treatment of fistulae. The agreement includes the 
right for Takeda to grant sub-licenses to affiliates and third parties. 

54 

 
As part of the agreement, we received $5.9 million (€5.0 million) before withholding tax as a non-refundable up-front payment 
and a further payment of $5.9 million (€5.0 million) before withholding tax 12 months after the patent license agreement date. We are 
entitled to further payments of up to €10.0 million when Takeda reaches certain product regulatory milestones. Additionally, we receive 
single digit royalties on net sales of Alofisel®. 

The agreement will continue in full force in each country (other than the United States) until the date upon which the last issued 
claim of any licensed patent covering Alofisel® expires in such country (currently expected to be 2029) or, with respect to the United 
States, until the later of (i) the date upon which the last issued claim of any licensed patent covering Alofisel® in the United States 
expires (currently expected to be around 2031) or (ii) the expiration of the regulatory exclusivity period in the United States with an 
agreed maximum term.  

Either we or Takeda may terminate the agreement for any material breach that is not cured within 90 days after notice thereof. 
We  also  have  the  right  to  terminate  the  agreement,  with  a  written  notice  in  the  event  that  Takeda  file  a  petition  in  bankruptcy  or 
insolvency or Takeda makes an assignment of substantially all of its assets for the benefit of its creditors. 

Takeda have the right to terminate their obligation to pay royalties for net sales in a specific country if it is of the opinion that 
there  is  no  issued  claim  of  any  licensed  patent  covering  Alofisel®  in  such  country,  subject  to  referral  of  the  matter  to  the  joint 
oversight/cooperation committee established under the agreement if we disagree.  

Competition 

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are highly competitive and are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies 
and  a  strong  emphasis  on  proprietary  products.  Any  product  candidates  that  we  and  our  collaborators  successfully  develop  and 
commercialize will compete with existing products and new products that may become available in the future. 

A  number  of  our  potential  competitors,  particularly  large  biopharmaceutical  companies,  have  significantly  greater  financial 
resources and general expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining 
regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. Our market has been characterized by significant consolidation by 
pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies,  which is likely to result in even  more resources being concentrated among a smaller 
number of our potential competitors. 

Government Regulation 

We  are  developing  cellular  therapy  product  candidates.  These  products  are  subject  to  extensive  legislation.  Governmental 
authorities around the world, including the FDA, are charged with the administration and enforcement of numerous laws and regulations 
that  impact  all  aspects  of  the  development,  production,  importing,  testing,  approval,  labeling,  promotion,  advertising,  and  sale  of 
products such as ours.  Such governmental authorities are also charged with administering what is often a lengthy and technical review 
and approval process before candidate therapies such as ours may be marketed for any use. Authorization or approval for marketing 
must generally be obtained from the local health authorities in each country in which the product is to be sold. Approval and authorization 
procedures  may  differ  from  country  to  country,  as  may  the  requirements  for  maintaining  approvals.  It  is  typical  however  for  these 
procedures to require evidence of rigorous testing and documentation regarding the candidate therapy, which may include significant 
non-clinical and clinical evaluations. Extensive controls and requirements apply to the non-clinical and clinical development of our 
therapeutic candidates. Those requirements and their enforcement and implementation by local regulatory authorities around the world 
significantly impact whether a product candidate can be developed into a marketable product, and notably impact the cost, resources 
and timing for any such development. Changes in regulatory requirements and differences in requirements from country to country may 
also increase the costs of bringing new technologies such as ours to market and maintaining approvals, if obtained.  

To obtain marketing approval of a new product, an extensive dossier of evidence establishing the safety, efficacy and quality of 
the product must be submitted for review by regulatory authorities. Dossier form and substance, while often similar may have notable 
differences in different countries. Submission of an application to regulators does not guarantee approval to market that product, despite 
the fact that criteria for approval in many countries may be quite similar.  Some regulatory authorities may require additional data and 
analyses,  and  may  have  standards  that  apply  that  are  more  stringent  than  others  for  review  of  the  submitted  dossier  and  content. 
Additionally, the review process, risk tolerance, and openness to new technologies may vary from country to country. 

Obtaining marketing approval can take several months to several years, depending on the country, the quality of the data, the 
efficiencies and procedures of the reviewing regulatory authority and their familiarity with the product technology. Some countries, like 
the US, may have accelerated approval processes for certain categories of products, for example products which represent a breakthrough 
in  the  field,  or  which  meet  certain  thresholds  and  have  obtained  certain  designations  of  particular  interest.  Nevertheless,  ultimate 
availability  to  patients  may  be  affected,  even  post  approval,  by  requirements  in  some  countries  to  negotiate  selling  prices  and 
reimbursement terms with government regulators or other payors. 

55 

 
Maintaining marketing approval may require the conduct of additional post-approval studies in some situations, and the continued 
capture, monitoring and assessment of safety and other information about the product, as well as adherence to requirements to ensure 
the purity and integrity of manufactured product. The process for obtaining and maintaining regulatory authorizations and approvals to 
market our products and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations require the 
expenditure of substantial time and the commitment of significant financial and other resources, and we may not be able to obtain the 
required regulatory approvals. 

Product Development Process 

All of our product candidates are regulated as biological products by the Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research in the 
FDA.    In  the  United  States,  biological  products  are  subject  to  federal  regulation  under  the  federal  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act 
(“FDCA”), the Public Health Service (“PHS”) Act, and other federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations. Both the FDCA 
and the PHS Act, as applicable, and their corresponding regulations govern, among other things, the testing,  manufacturing, safety, 
efficacy, labeling, packaging, storage, record keeping, distribution, import, export, reporting, advertising and other promotional practices 
involving drugs and biological products. Before clinical testing of a new drug or biological product may commence, the sponsor of the 
clinical study must submit an application for investigational new drug (“IND”) application to FDA, which must include, among other 
information, the proposed clinical study protocol(s). To obtain marketing authorization once clinical testing has concluded, a BLA must 
be submitted for FDA approval. 

The process required by the FDA before a biological product may be marketed in the U.S. generally involves the following: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

completion of nonclinical laboratory studies, meaning in vivo and in vitro experiments in which an investigational product 
is studied prospectively in a test system under laboratory conditions to determine its safety, must be conducted according 
to cGLP (good laboratory practice) regulations, as well as, in the case of nonclinical laboratory studies involving animal 
test systems, in accordance with applicable requirements for the humane use of laboratory animals and other applicable 
regulations; 

submission to the FDA of an application for an IND, which must become effective before human clinical studies may begin; 

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical studies according to the FDA’s cGCPs (good clinical practices) 
and all other applicable regulatory requirements for the protection of human research subjects and their health information, 
to establish the safety, purity and potency of the proposed product for its intended use and to ensure the product has an 
appropriate risk-benefit profile; 

development and demonstration of a manufacturing process that can produce product of consistent and adequate quality; 

submission to the  FDA of a  BLA for  marketing approval  demonstrating the quality, safety, and efficacy of the product 
which  must  be  supported  by  substantial  evidence  from  adequate  and  well-controlled  clinical  investigations  as  well  as 
demonstration of mode of action through non-clinical studies, evidence to support appropriate manufacturing capabilities 
and controls, and evidence of the stability of the product in the form it is intended to be provided; 

negotiation  with  FDA  of  proposed  product  labeling  (and  determination  of  appropriate  risk  mitigation  strategies  and 
programs, if any required), as well as participation in any required advisory committee proceedings;  

satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of all manufacturing, testing and distribution facilities where the product is 
produced, tested or stored and distributed, to assess compliance with cGMP (good manufacturing practices) to assure that 
the  facilities,  methods  and  controls  for  production  are  adequate  to  preserve  the  product’s  identity,  strength,  purity  and 
potency; 

potential FDA inspection of nonclinical facilities and likely inspection of select clinical study sites that generated the data 
in support of the BLA; and 

FDA review and approval of the BLA.  

Human testing of a biological product candidate is preceded by preclinical testing, including nonclinical laboratory studies in 
which the product candidate is studied prospectively in a test system under laboratory conditions to determine its safety. A test system 
may include any animal, plant, microorganism, or subparts thereof to which the test or control article is administered or added for study. 

The clinical study sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical 
data, any available clinical data or literature and a proposed clinical protocol, to the FDA as part of the IND. Some preclinical testing 
may continue even after the IND is submitted. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the 
FDA places the clinical study covered by the IND on a clinical hold within that 30-day time period. In such a case, the IND sponsor and 
the FDA  must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical study can begin. The FDA  may also impose clinical holds on a 
product candidate at any time during clinical studies due to safety concerns or non-compliance. If the FDA imposes a clinical hold, 

56 

 
studies may not recommence unless FDA removes the clinical hold and then only under terms authorized by the FDA. Accordingly, we 
cannot be sure that submission of an IND will result in the FDA allowing clinical studies to begin, or that, once begun, issues will not 
arise that suspend or terminate such studies. 

Clinical studies involve the administration of the product candidate to subjects under the supervision of qualified independent 
investigators,  generally  physicians  or  other  qualified  scientists  and  medical  personnel  who  are  not  employed  by  or  under  the  study 
sponsor’s control. Clinical studies are conducted  under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the clinical  study, 
dosing procedures, subject selection and exclusion criteria, and the parameters to be used to monitor subject safety, including stopping 
rules  that  assure  a  clinical  study  will  be  stopped  if  certain  adverse  events,  or  AEs,  should  occur.  Each  new  protocol  and  certain 
amendments to the protocol must be submitted to the FDA. Clinical studies must be conducted in accordance with the FDA’s cGCP 
regulations and guidance, and monitored to ensure compliance with applicable regulatory requirements. These include the requirement 
that written informed consent is obtained from all subjects who participate in the study. Further, each clinical study must be reviewed 
and approved by an independent Institutional Review Board, or IRB, at or servicing each institution at which the clinical study will be 
conducted. An IRB is charged with protecting the welfare and rights of study participants and considers such items as whether the risks 
to individuals participating in the clinical studies are minimized and are reasonable in relation to anticipated benefits. The IRB also 
approves the form and content of the informed consent document that must be signed by each clinical study subject or his or her legal 
representative  and  must  monitor  the  clinical  study  until  completed.  Throughout  the  study,  certain  information  about  certain  serious 
adverse events must be reported to the IRB, in some cases on an expedited basis, and to FDA (as well as to regulators in other countries 
in which studies of the product are also being conducted).  

Human clinical studies are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may in some cases overlap or be combined: 

• 

• 

• 

Phase 1. The product candidate is initially introduced into a small number of human subjects. In the case of cellular therapy 
products, the initial human testing is conducted in patients with the disease or condition targeted by the biological product 
candidate.  Phase  1  studies  are  intended  to  determine  the  metabolism  and  pharmacologic  actions  (including  adverse 
reactions), the side effects associated with increasing doses, immunogenicity, and, if possible, to gain early evidence of  
effectiveness. The information obtained in Phase 1 should be sufficient to permit the design of well-controlled, scientifically 
valid Phase 2 studies. 

Phase 2. Controlled clinical studies are conducted in a larger number of human subjects to evaluate the effectiveness of the 
drug  for  a  particular  indication  or  indications  in  patients  with  the  disease  or  condition  under  study.  Phase  2  studies  are 
intended  to  assess  side  effects  and  risks,  and  to  examine  exposure–response  relationships,  and  to  further  explore 
pharmacologic actions and immunogenicity associated with the drug.  These studies also provide helpful information for 
the design of phase 3 studies.  

Phase 3. Assuming preliminary evidence suggesting effectiveness has been obtained in phase 2 (generally considered to be 
“proof of concept”), controlled studies are conducted in a larger group of subjects to gather additional information about 
effectiveness and safety in order to evaluate the overall benefit-risk relationship of the drug and to provide an adequate basis 
for physician labeling. 

Post-approval clinical studies, sometimes referred to as Phase 4 clinical studies, may be conducted after initial marketing approval. 
In some cases FDA may require a Phase 4 study to be performed as a condition of product approval. Sponsors also can voluntarily 
conduct Phase 4 studies to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication, particularly 
for long-term  safety  follow-up or in select populations. FDA regulations extend to all phases of clinical development, and apply to 
sponsors and investigators of clinical studies. FDA oversight includes inspection of the sites and investigators involved in conducting 
the studies. 

Concurrent  with  clinical  studies,  companies  usually  complete  additional  animal  studies,  and  must  also  develop  additional 
information about the physical characteristics of the biological product as well as finalize a process for manufacturing the product in 
commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements.  

To help reduce the risk of the introduction of adventitious agents with use of biological products, the PHS Act emphasizes the 
importance of manufacturing control for products whose attributes cannot be precisely defined. The manufacturing process must be 
capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and, among other things; the sponsor must develop methods 
for  testing  the  identity,  purity  and  potency  of  the  final  biological  product.  All  such  testing  and  controls  requires  the  application  of 
significant human and financial resources. 

57 

 
Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the 

biological product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life. 

U.S. Review and Approval Processes 

After the completion of clinical studies of a product candidate, FDA approval of a BLA must be obtained before commercial 
marketing  of  the  biological  product.  The  BLA  must  include  results  of  product  development,  laboratory  and  animal  studies,  human 
studies, information on the manufacture and composition of the product, proposed labeling and other relevant information. In addition, 
under  the  Pediatric  Research  Equity  Act  (“PREA”),  a  BLA  or  supplement  to  a  BLA  must  contain  data  to  assess  the  safety  and 
effectiveness of the product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration 
for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The FDA may grant deferrals for submission of data or full 
or partial waivers. Unless otherwise required by regulation, PREA does not apply to any biological product for an indication for which 
orphan designation has been granted. The testing and approval processes require substantial time and effort and there can be no assurance 
that the FDA will accept the BLA for filing and, even if filed, that any approval will be granted on a timely basis, if at all. 

Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act (“PDUFA”), as amended, each BLA must be accompanied by a substantial user fee. 
PDUFA also imposes an annual product fee for biologics and an annual establishment fee on facilities used to manufacture prescription 
biologics.  Fee  waivers  or  reductions  are  available  in  certain  circumstances,  including  a  waiver  of  the  application  fee  for  the  first 
application filed by a small business. 

Additionally, an application fee is not assessed on BLAs for products designated as orphan drugs, unless the product also includes 

a non-orphan indication. 

Within 60 days following submission of the application, the FDA reviews the BLA submitted to determine if it is substantially 
complete before the agency accepts it for filing. The FDA may refuse to file any marketing application that it deems incomplete or not 
properly reviewable at the time of submission and may request additional information. In this event, the BLA must be resubmitted with 
the additional information. The resubmitted application also is subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission 
is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review of the BLA. The FDA reviews the application to determine, among 
other things, whether the proposed product is safe and effective, for its intended use, and has an acceptable purity profile, and whether 
the product is being manufactured in accordance with cGMP to assure and preserve the product’s identity, safety, potency and purity. 
The  FDA  may  refer  applications  for  novel  products  or  products  that  present  difficult  questions  of  safety  or  efficacy  to  an  advisory 
committee, typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the 
application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, 
but  it  considers  such  recommendations  carefully  when  making  decisions.  During  the  product  approval  process,  the  FDA  also  will 
determine whether a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, is necessary to assure the safe use of the product. If the FDA 
concludes a REMS is needed, the sponsor of the BLA must submit a proposed REMS; the FDA will not approve the application without 
a REMS, if required. 

Before approving a BLA, the FDA will typically inspect the facilities at which the product is manufactured. The FDA will not 
approve the product unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and 
adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving a BLA, the FDA 
will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure that the clinical studies were conducted in compliance with IND study and 
cGCP requirements. To assure cGMP and cGCP compliance, an applicant must incur significant expenditure of time, money and effort 
in the areas of training, record keeping, production, and quality control. 

Notwithstanding the submission of relevant data and information, the FDA may ultimately decide that the BLA does not satisfy 
its regulatory criteria for approval and deny approval. Data obtained from clinical studies are not always conclusive and the FDA may 
interpret data differently than we interpret the same data. If the agency decides not to approve the marketing application, it will issue a 
complete response letter describing specific deficiencies in the application identified by the FDA. Additionally, the complete response 
letter may recommend actions that the applicant might take to place the application in a condition for approval. Such recommended 
actions could include the conduct of additional studies. If a complete response letter is issued, the applicant may either resubmit the 
BLA, addressing all of the deficiencies identified in the letter, or withdraw the application. 

If  a  product  receives  regulatory  approval,  the  approval  may  be  significantly  limited  to  specific  diseases  and  dosages  or  the 
indications for use may otherwise be limited, which could restrict the commercial value of the product. Further, the FDA may require 
that  certain  contraindications,  warnings  or  precautions  be  included  in  the  product  labeling.  The  FDA  may  impose  restrictions  and 
conditions on product distribution, prescribing, or dispensing in the form of a risk management plan, or otherwise limit the scope of any 
approval. In addition, the FDA may require post-approval clinical studies, to further assess a product’s safety and effectiveness, and 
testing and surveillance programs to monitor the safety of approved products that have been commercialized. 

58 

 
One of the performance goals agreed to by the FDA under the PDUFA is to complete its review of 90% of standard BLAs within 
10 months from filing and 90% of priority BLAs within six months from filing, whereupon a review decision is to be made. The FDA 
does not always meet its PDUFA goal dates and its review goals are subject to change from time to time. The review process and the 
PDUFA  goal  date  may  be  extended  by  three  months  if  the  FDA  requests  or  the  application  sponsor  otherwise  provides  additional 
information or clarification regarding information already provided in the submission within the last three months before the PDUFA 
goal date. 

Post-Approval Requirements 

Maintaining substantial compliance with applicable federal, state, and local statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of 
substantial time and the commitment of substantial human and financial resources. Rigorous and extensive FDA regulation of biological 
products continues after approval, particularly with respect to cGMP. We will rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for 
the production of clinical and commercial quantities of any products that we may commercialize. Manufacturers of our products are 
required  to  comply  with  applicable  requirements  in  the  cGMP  regulations,  including  quality  control  and  quality  assurance  and 
maintenance of records and documentation. 

Other  post-approval  requirements  applicable  to  drug  and  biological  products  include  reporting  post  marketing  surveillance  to 
continuously monitor the safety of the approved product.  This is done through the collection of spontaneous reports of adverse events 
and side effects, the assessment of safety signals, if any, and prescription event monitoring, among other methods. FDA maintains a 
system of postmarketing surveillance because all possible side effects of a new drug may not be evident in preapproval studies, which 
involve only several hundred to several thousand patients. Through postmarketing surveillance and risk assessment programs, FDA and 
sponsors seek to identify adverse events that did not appear during the drug approval process. In addition, FDA monitors adverse events 
such as adverse reactions and poisonings. FDA may use this information for a variety of purposes to identify safety signals not previously 
identified with the product, to update drug labeling, and, on rare occasions, to reevaluate the approval or marketing decision with respect 
to a product.  

In addition, post-approval regulatory requirements include reporting of cGMP deviations that may affect the identity, potency, 
purity and overall safety of a distributed product, record-keeping requirements, and complying  with electronic record and signature 
requirements. After a BLA is approved, the product also may be subject to official lot release. As part of the manufacturing process, the 
manufacturer is required to perform certain tests on each lot of the product before it is released for distribution. If the product is subject 
to official release by the FDA, the manufacturer submits samples of each lot of product to the FDA together with a release protocol 
showing a summary of the history of manufacture of the lot and the results of all of the manufacturer’s tests performed on the lot. The 
FDA also may perform certain confirmatory tests on lots of some products before releasing the lots for distribution by the manufacturer. 
In addition, the FDA conducts laboratory research related to the regulatory standards on the safety, purity, potency, and effectiveness of 
drug and biological products. The FDA will also conduct routine scheduled and unannounced inspections of drug production and control 
facilities and processes, using field investigators and analysts, to assure ongoing safety and effectiveness of approved marketed products. 
Inspections  may  be  made  in  conjunction  with  regulators  from  other  jurisdictions  and  in  certain  cases,  inspection  findings  and 
observations may be made public or may impair our ability to use the inspected facility, or to continue to produce and market a product. 

We  also  must  comply  with  the  FDA’s  advertising  and  promotion  requirements,  such  as  those  related  to  direct-  to-consumer 
advertising, the prohibition on promoting products for uses or in patient populations that are not described in the product’s approved 
labeling (known as “off-label use”), industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities, and promotional activities involving the 
internet and notably, social media. In addition, discovery of previously unknown problems or the failure to comply with the applicable 
regulatory requirements may result in restrictions on the marketing of a product or withdrawal of the product from the market as well as 
possible civil or criminal sanctions. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development 
process, approval process or after approval,  may  subject an applicant or  manufacturer to administrative or judicial civil or criminal 
sanctions  and  adverse  publicity.  Sanctions  authorized  under  FDA’s  legal  authorities  could  include  refusal  to  approve  pending 
applications,  withdrawal  of  an  approval,  clinical  hold,  warning  or  untitled  letters,  product  recalls,  product  seizures,  total  or  partial 
suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, mandated corrective advertising or communications with doctors, debarment, 
restitution, disgorgement of profits, or civil or criminal penalties. 

Violations  of  the  FDCA  may  serve  as  a  basis  for  the  refusal  of,  or  exclusion  from,  government  contracts,  including  federal 
reimbursement programs, as well as other adverse consequences including lawsuits and actions by state attorneys general. Any agency 
or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us. Drug and biological product manufacturers and other entities 
involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drug or biological products are required to register their establishments with 
the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for 
compliance with cGMPs and other laws. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the area of 
production  and  quality  control  to  maintain  cGMP  compliance.  Discovery  of  problems  with  a  product  after  approval  may  result  in 
restrictions on a product, manufacturer, or holder of an approved BLA, including withdrawal of the product from the market. In addition, 

59 

 
changes  to  a  manufacturing  process  or  facility  generally  require  prior  FDA  approval  before  being  implemented  and  other  types  of 
changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications and additional labeling claims, are also subject to further FDA review 
and approval. 

U.S. Patent Term Restoration and Marketing Exclusivity 

Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of the FDA approval of the use of our product candidates, some of our U.S. 
patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, 
commonly referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent restoration term of up to 
five years as compensation for patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review process. However, patent 
term restoration cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date. The patent 
term restoration period is  generally one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and  the  submission date  of a  new drug 
application, or NDA, or BLA plus the time between the submission date of an NDA or BLA and the approval of that application. Only 
one patent applicable to an approved product is eligible for the extension and the application for the extension must be submitted prior 
to the expiration of the patent. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, in consultation with the FDA, reviews and approves the application 
for any patent term extension or restoration. 

Under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, a drug product containing a new chemical entity as its active ingredient is entitled to five 
years of market exclusivity, and a product for which the sponsor is required to generate new clinical data is entitled to three years of 
market exclusivity. A drug or biological product can also obtain pediatric market exclusivity in the U.S. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, 
adds six months to existing exclusivity periods and patent terms. This six-month exclusivity, which runs from the end of other exclusivity 
protection or patent term, may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric study in accordance with an FDA-issued 
“Written Request” for such a study. 

The Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009 created an abbreviated approval pathway for biological products 
shown to be similar to, or interchangeable with, an FDA-licensed reference biological product. Biosimilarity, which requires that there 
be no clinically meaningful differences between the biological product and the reference product in terms of safety, purity, and potency, 
can be shown through analytical studies, animal studies, and a clinical study or studies. Interchangeability requires that a product is 
biosimilar to the reference product and the product must demonstrate that it can be expected to produce the same clinical results as the 
reference product and, for products administered multiple times, the biologic and the reference biologic may be switched after one has 
been previously administered without increasing safety risks or risks of diminished efficacy relative to exclusive use of the reference 
biologic.  

A new biologic is granted 12 years of exclusivity from the time of first licensure during which a biosimilar may not be launched.  

Government Regulation Outside of the U.S. 

European Union Regulation 

In addition to regulations in the U.S., we will be subject to a variety of regulations in other jurisdictions governing, among other 
things, clinical studies and any commercial sales and distribution of our products. In particular, we view the EU and Japan as important 
jurisdictions for our business.  

For purposes of developing our products, we must obtain the requisite approvals from regulatory authorities in each country prior 
to the commencement of clinical studies or marketing of the product in those countries. Certain countries outside of the U.S. have a 
similar process that requires the submission of a clinical study application much like the IND prior to the commencement of human 
clinical studies. In the EU, for example, a clinical trial application (“CTA”), must be submitted to each country’s national health authority 
and an independent ethics committee, much like the FDA and the IRB, respectively. Once the CTA is approved in accordance with a 
country’s requirements, clinical study development may proceed. 

The EU has two main procedures for obtaining marketing authorizations in the EU Member States:  a centralized procedure or 
national authorization procedure, under the latter of which one can seek go through the mutual recognition procedure or the decentralized 
procedure. All biotechnology products are assessed through the centralized procedure.  

Under the centralized authorization procedure, sponsors submit a single marketing-authorization application to the EMA. This 
allows the marketing-authorization holder to market the product and make it available to patients and healthcare professionals throughout 
the EU on the basis of a single marketing authorization. EMA's Committee for Medicinal products for Human Use (“CHMP”) carries 
out a scientific assessment of the application and give a recommendation on whether the medicine should be marketed or not. Once 
granted by the EMA, the centralized marketing authorization is valid in all EU Member States as well as in the European Economic 
Area countries Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway. The centralized procedure is mandatory for biotechnology products.  

60 

 
Any  product  candidates  we  seek  to  commercialize  in  the  EU  are  subject  to  review  and  approval  by  the  European  Medicines 
Authority (“EMA”). Submissions for marketing authorization to the EMA must be received and validated by that body which appoints 
a Rapporteur and Co-Rapporteur to review it. The entire review process must be completed within 210 days, with a “clock-stop” at day 
120 to allow the submitting company to respond to questions set forth in the Rapporteur and Co-Rapporteur’s assessment report. Once 
the company responds in full, the clock for review re-starts on day 121. If further clarification is needed, the EMA may request an Oral 
Explanation on day 180, and the company submitting the application must appear before the CHMP to provide the requested information. 
On day 210, the CHMP will vote to recommend for or against the approval of the application. The final decision of EMA for marketing 
authorization following a positive CHMP recommendation is typically made within 60 days, with a draft decision within 15 days of the 
CHMP recommendation.   

After Marketing Authorizations have been granted, the company must submit periodic safety reports to the EMA (if approval was 
granted under the Centralized Procedure) or to the National Health Authorities (if approval was granted under the DCP or the MRP). In 
addition, pharmacovigilance measures must be implemented and monitored to ensure appropriate adverse event collection, evaluation 
and expedited reporting, as well as timely updates to any applicable risk management plans. For some medications, post approval studies 
may be required to complement available data with additional data to evaluate long term effects or to gather additional efficacy data.  

European  marketing authorizations  have an initial duration of  five  years.  After this time, the  marketing authorization  may be 
renewed by the competent authority on the basis of re-evaluation of the risk/benefit balance. Any marketing authorization which is not 
followed within three years of its granting by the actual placing on the market of the corresponding medicinal product ceases to be valid. 

EU Exclusivity Periods  

To obtain regulatory approval of an investigational biological product under EU regulatory systems, we must submit a marketing 
authorization application. The application used to file the BLA in the U.S. is similar to that required in the EU, with the exception of, 
among other things, country-specific document requirements. The EU also provides opportunities for market exclusivity. For example, 
in  the  EU,  upon  receiving  marketing  authorization,  new  chemical  entities  generally  receive  eight  years  of  data  exclusivity  and  an 
additional two years of market exclusivity. If granted, data exclusivity prevents regulatory authorities in the EU from referencing the 
innovator’s  data  to  assess  a  generic  application.  During  the  additional  two-year  period  of  market  exclusivity,  a  generic  marketing 
authorization can be submitted, and the innovator’s data may be referenced, but no generic product can be marketed until the expiration 
of the market exclusivity. However, there is no guarantee that a product will be considered by the EU’s regulatory authorities to be a 
new chemical entity, and products may not qualify for data exclusivity. Products receiving orphan designation in the EU can receive 10 
years of market exclusivity, during which time no similar medicinal product for the same indication may be placed on the market. An 
orphan  product  can  also  obtain  an  additional  two  years  of  market  exclusivity  in  the  EU  for  pediatric  studies.  No  extension  to  any 
supplementary protection certificate can be granted on the basis of pediatric studies for orphan indications. 

The criteria for designating an “orphan medicinal product” in the EU are similar in principle to those in the U.S. Under Article 3 
of Regulation (EC) 141/2000, a medicinal product may be designated as orphan if (1) it is intended for the diagnosis, prevention or 
treatment of a life-threatening or chronically debilitating condition; (2) either (a) such condition affects no more than five in 10,000 
persons in the EU when the application is made, or (b) the product, without the benefits derived from orphan status, would not generate 
sufficient return in the EU to justify investment; and (3) there exists no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention or treatment of such 
condition authorized for marketing in the EU, or if such a method exists, the product will be of significant benefit to those affected by 
the condition, as defined in Regulation (EC) 847/2000. Orphan medicinal products are eligible for financial incentives such as reduction 
of fees or fee  waivers and are, upon grant of a  marketing authorization, entitled to 10 years of  market exclusivity  for the approved 
therapeutic indication. The application for orphan drug designation must be submitted before the application for marketing authorization. 
The applicant will receive a fee reduction for the marketing authorization application if the orphan drug designation has been granted, 
but not if the designation is still pending at the time the marketing authorization is submitted. Orphan drug designation does not convey 
any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process. 

The 10-year market exclusivity may be reduced to six years if, at the end of the fifth year, it is established that the product no 
longer meets the criteria for orphan designation, for example, if the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market 
exclusivity. Additionally, marketing authorization may be granted to a similar product for the same indication at any time if: 

• 

• 

• 

the second applicant can establish that its product, although similar, is safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior; 

the applicant consents to a second orphan medicinal product application; or 

the applicant cannot supply enough orphan medicinal product. 

61 

 
In addition to law and regulation specific to drug development, we note that new data protection regulations that have gone into 
effect in Europe are likely to have a significant impact on our activities, personnel, and may have an impact on our ability to timely 
complete clinical trials and effectively develop and commercialize our product candidates. The General Data Protection Regulation (the 
“GDPR”) was approved and adopted by the EU Parliament in April 2016 and went into effect on May 25, 2018. Unlike a Directive, the 
GDPR does not require any enabling legislation to be passed by any government. The GDPR not only applies to organizations located 
within the EU but may also apply to organizations located outside of the EU if they offer goods or services to, or monitor the behavior 
of, EU data subjects or if they process the personal data of subjects residing in the European Union. The implications of this regulation 
are therefore far reaching and may impose significant burdens on the Company and its processes and systems. Additionally, the UK 
government has implemented a Data Protection Bill, which also went into effect on May 25, 2018, that substantially implements the 
GDPR. For other countries outside of the EU, such as countries in Eastern Europe, Latin America or Asia, the requirements governing 
the conduct of clinical studies, product licensing, coverage, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country. In all cases, again, 
the clinical studies are conducted in accordance with cGCP and the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that 
have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki. 

If we fail to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension 

or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution. 

Pharmaceutical Coverage, Pricing and Reimbursement 

Significant  uncertainty  exists  as  to  the  coverage  and  reimbursement  status  of  any  product  candidates  for  which  we  obtain 
regulatory approval. In the U.S. and markets in other countries, sales of any products for  which  we receive regulatory approval for 
commercial sale will depend, in part, on the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors. Third-party 
payors  include  government  programs  such  as  Medicare  or  Medicaid,  managed  care  plans,  private  health  insurers,  and  other 
organizations.  These  third-party  payors  may  deny  coverage  or  reimbursement  for  a  product  or  therapy  in  whole  or  in  part  if  they 
determine that the product or therapy was not medically appropriate or necessary. Third-party payors may attempt to control costs by 
limiting coverage to specific drug products on an approved list, or formulary, which might not include all of the FDA-approved drug 
products  for  a  particular  indication,  and  by  limiting  the  amount  of  reimbursement  for  particular  procedures  or  drug  treatments.  In 
addition, in the United States, participation in government health programs such as Medicare and Medicaid are subject to complex rules 
and controls relating to price reporting and calculation of prices to ensure that pricing provided to government entities for periodic 
reporting purposes is aligned and compliant with numerous complex statutory requirements.  The infrastructure and/or external resources 
necessary to ensure continued compliance with these requirements is extensive and manufacturers are subject to audit both by the Centers 
for Medicare and Medicaid Services and by State Medicaid authorities. 

The cost of pharmaceuticals and devices continues to generate substantial governmental and third party payor interest. We expect 
that the pharmaceutical industry will experience pricing pressures due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence 
of  managed  care  organizations  and  additional  legislative  proposals.  Third-party  payors  are  increasingly  challenging  the  price  and 
examining the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of medical products and services, in addition to their safety and efficacy. We 
may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost- effectiveness of our 
products,  in  addition  to  the  costs  required  to  obtain  the  FDA  approvals.  Our  product  candidates  may  not  be  considered  medically 
necessary or cost-effective. A payor’s decision to provide coverage for a drug product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement 
rate will be approved. Adequate third-party reimbursement may not be available to enable us to maintain price levels sufficient to realize 
an appropriate return on our investment in product development. 

Some third-party payors also require pre-approval of coverage for new or innovative devices or drug therapies before they will 
reimburse healthcare providers who use such therapies. While we cannot predict whether any proposed cost-containment measures will 
be adopted or otherwise implemented in the future, these requirements or any announcement or adoption of such proposals could have 
a material adverse effect on our ability to obtain adequate prices for our product candidates and to operate profitably. 

In international markets, reimbursement and healthcare payment systems vary significantly by country, and many countries have 
instituted price ceilings on specific products and therapies. There can be no assurance that our products will be considered medically 
reasonable and necessary for a specific indication, that our products will be considered cost-effective by third-party payors, that coverage 
or an adequate level of reimbursement will be available or that the third-party payors reimbursement policies will not adversely affect 
our ability to sell our product profitably. 

Healthcare Reform 

In the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system that 
could affect our future results of operations. In particular, there have been and continue to be a number of initiatives at the U.S. federal 
and state levels that seek to reduce healthcare costs. In the U.S., the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act 

62 

 
of 2003, or the Medicare Modernization Act, changed the way Medicare covers and pays for pharmaceutical products. The Medicare 
Modernization Act expanded Medicare coverage for drug purchases by the elderly by establishing Medicare Part D and introduced a 
new reimbursement methodology based on average sales prices for physician administered drugs under Medicare Part B. In addition, 
this legislation provided authority for limiting the number of drugs that will be covered in any therapeutic class under the new Medicare 
Part D program. Cost reduction initiatives and other provisions of this legislation could decrease the coverage and reimbursement rate 
that we receive for any of our approved products. While the Medicare Modernization Act applies only to drug benefits for Medicare 
beneficiaries, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement rates. 

Therefore, any reduction in reimbursement that results from the Medicare Modernization Act may result in a similar reduction in 

payments from private payors. 

In March 2010, President Obama signed into law the ACA, a sweeping law intended to broaden access to health insurance, reduce 
or constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against healthcare fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements 
for healthcare and health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers and 
impose additional health policy reforms. We expect that the rebates, discounts, taxes and other costs resulting from the ACA over time 
will have a negative effect on our expenses and profitability in the future. Furthermore, expanded government investigative authority 
and increased disclosure obligations may increase the cost of compliance with new regulations and programs.  

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. For example, on August 2, 
2011, President Obama signed into law the Budget Control Act of 2011, which, among other things, created the Joint Select Committee 
on Deficit Reduction to recommend to Congress proposals in spending reductions. The Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction 
did not achieve a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, triggering the legislation’s automatic 
reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal 
year, starting in 2013. Sequestration cuts went into effect on April 1, 2013, and the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2013 extended sequestration 
for Medicare for another two years, through 2023. A bill signed by President Obama on February 15, 2014, further extended these cuts 
for  an  additional  year,  through  fiscal  year  2024.  On  January  21,  2014,  President  Obama  signed  the  fiscal  year  2014  omnibus 
appropriations bill, modifying for fiscal year 2014 and fiscal year 2015 the cuts that went into effect under the sequester on March 1, 
2013. On January 2, 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, 
reduced  Medicare  payments  to  several  providers  and  increased  the  statute  of  limitations  period  for  the  government  to  recover 
overpayments to providers from three to five years. These laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare 
funding, which could have a material adverse effect on our customers and accordingly, our financial operations. 

The current presidential administration and Congress are also expected to attempt broad sweeping changes to the current health 
care laws.  We face uncertainties that might result from modifications or repeal of any of the provisions of the ACA including as a result 
of  current  and  future  executive  orders  and  legislative  actions.    The  impact  of  those  changes  on  us  and  potential  effect  on  the 
pharmaceutical industry as a whole is currently unknown.  But, any changes to the ACA are likely to have an impact on our results of 
operations and may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. We cannot predict what other health care programs and 
regulations will ultimately be implemented at the federal or state level or the effect of any future legislation or regulation in the United 
States may have on our business.   

While the status of the ACA under the current administration remains in question, it is possible that healthcare reform measures 
that have been and may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on 
the price that we receive for any approved product, and could seriously harm our future revenue. Any reduction in reimbursement from 
Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors, and formulary restrictions 
among private payors including the largest pharmacy benefit managers have increased over recent months, especially as regards to new 
and high cost market entrants. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being 
able to generate revenue, attain profitability, or commercialize our products. 

In  addition,  different  pricing  and  reimbursement  schemes  exist  in  other  countries.  In  the  European  Community,  governments 
influence the price of pharmaceutical products through their pricing and reimbursement rules and control of national healthcare systems 
that fund a large part of the cost of those products to consumers. Some jurisdictions operate positive and negative list systems under 
which products  may be  marketed only once a reimbursement price  has been agreed  upon. Some of these countries  may require, as 
condition of obtaining reimbursement or pricing approval, the completion of clinical trials that compare the cost- effectiveness of a 
particular product candidate to currently available therapies. Other member states allow companies to fix their own prices for medicines 
but monitor and control company profits. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription drugs, has 
become very intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products. In addition, in some countries, 
cross- border imports from low-priced markets exert a commercial pressure on pricing within a country. 

63 

 
Other Healthcare Laws and Compliance Requirements 

In  the  U.S.,  the  research,  manufacturing,  distribution,  sale  and  promotion  of  drug  products,  including  biologics,  and  medical 
devices are potentially subject to regulation by various federal, state and local authorities in addition to the FDA, divisions of the U.S. 
Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services,  including  the  Office  of  Inspector  General  and  the  Centers  for  Medicare  and  Medicaid 
Services, the U.S. Department of Justice, state Attorneys General, and other state and local government agencies. For example, sales, 
marketing and scientific/educational grant programs must comply with fraud and abuse laws such as the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, 
as  amended,  the  federal  False  Claims  Act,  as  amended,  and  similar  state  laws.  Pricing  and  rebate  programs  must  comply  with  the 
Medicaid Drug Rebate Program requirements of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990, as amended, and the Veterans Health 
Care Act of 1992, as amended. If products are made available to authorized users of the Federal Supply Schedule of the General Services 
Administration, additional laws and requirements apply. All of these activities are also potentially subject to federal and state consumer 
protection and unfair competition laws. 

The  federal  Anti-Kickback  Statute  prohibits  any  person,  including  a  prescription  drug  manufacturer  (or  a  party  acting  on  its 
behalf), from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, to induce or reward 
either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing, recommending, or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made 
under  a  federal  healthcare  program  such  as  the  Medicare  and  Medicaid  programs.  This  statute  has  been  interpreted  to  apply  to 
arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers on one hand and prescribers, purchasers, and formulary managers on the other. 
The  term  “remuneration”  has  been  broadly  interpreted  to  include  anything  of  value,  including  for  example,  gifts,  discounts,  the 
furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, payments of cash, waivers of payments, ownership interests and providing 
anything at less than its fair market value. Even the award of grant moneys, or the provision of in kind support, publicity and even 
authorship, in certain cases, may be deemed to be “remuneration.” Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory 
safe harbors protecting certain business arrangements from prosecution, the exception and safe harbors are drawn narrowly, and practices 
that involve remuneration intended to induce prescribing, purchasing or recommending may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify 
for an exception or safe harbor. Our practices may not in all cases meet all of the criteria for safe harbor protection from federal Anti-
Kickback Statute liability. The reach of the Anti-Kickback Statute was broadened by the recently enacted ACA, so that the government 
need no longer prove, for purposes of establishing intent under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, that a person or entity had actual 
knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the ACA provides that a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback 
Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal False Claims Act (discussed below). Additionally, many states 
have adopted laws similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, and some of these state prohibitions apply to the referral of patients for 
healthcare items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including private payors. In at least some cases, these state laws do 
not contain safe harbors. 

The federal False Claims Act imposes liability on any person or entity that, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to 
be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal healthcare program. The qui tam provisions of the False Claims Act 
allow a private individual to bring civil actions on behalf of the federal government and share in any recovery. In recent  years, the 
number of suits brought by private individuals has increased dramatically. In addition, various states have enacted false claims laws 
analogous to the False Claims Act. Many of these state laws apply where a claim is submitted to any third-party payor and not merely a 
federal healthcare program. There are many potential bases for liability under the False Claims Act. Liability arises, primarily, when an 
entity knowingly submits, or causes another to submit, a false claim for reimbursement to the federal government. The False Claims Act 
has been used to assert liability on the basis of inadequate care, kickbacks and other improper referrals, improperly reported government 
pricing metrics such as Best Price or Average Manufacturer Price, improper use of Medicare numbers when detailing the provider of 
services,  improper  promotion  of  off-label  uses  (i.e.,  uses  not  expressly  approved  by  FDA  in  a  drug’s  label),  and  allegations  as  to 
misrepresentations with respect to the services rendered.  

Substantial resources have been allocated by both the Department of Justice and the Federal Bureau of Investigation, among other 
branches of the US  government to identify and investigate  possible health care  fraud activities. Recent investigations  include those 
relating to allegedly egregious price increases by manufacturers and alleged fraud involving co-pay arrangements supported by sponsors. 
As new theories of liability arise, there is a corresponding cost of doing business in order to maintain compliance. 

Our future activities relating to the reporting of discount and rebate information and other information affecting federal, provincial, 
state and third party reimbursement of our products, and the sale and marketing of our products and our service arrangements or data 
purchases, among other activities, may be subject to scrutiny under these laws. We are unable to predict whether we would be subject 
to actions under the False Claims Act or a similar state law, or the impact of such actions. However, the cost of defending such claims, 
as  well  as  any  sanctions  imposed,  could  adversely  affect  our  financial  performance.  Also,  the  Health  Insurance  Portability  and 
Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), created several new federal crimes including healthcare fraud and false statements relating to 
healthcare  matters. The healthcare fraud provision of HIPAA prohibits  knowingly and  willfully executing a  scheme  to defraud any 
healthcare  benefit  program,  including  private  third-party  payors.  The  false  statements  provision  prohibits  knowingly  and  willfully 
falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with 
the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. 

64 

 
In addition, we may be subject to, or our marketing activities may be limited by, data privacy and security regulation by both the 
federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. For example, HIPAA and its implementing regulations established 
uniform federal standards for certain “covered entities” (healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses) governing the 
conduct  of  certain  electronic  healthcare  transactions  and  protecting  the  security  and  privacy  of  protected  health  information.  The 
American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, commonly referred to as the economic stimulus package, included expansion of 
HIPAA’s privacy and security standards called the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”), 
which became effective on February 17, 2010. Among other things, HITECH makes HIPAA’s privacy and security standards directly 
applicable to “business associates”—independent contractors or agents of covered entities that create, receive, maintain, or transmit 
protected health information in connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered entity. HITECH also increased the 
civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed against covered entities, business associates and possibly other persons, and gave state 
attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and 
seek attorney’s fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. 

There are also an increasing number of state “sunshine” laws that require manufacturers to make reports to states on pricing and 
marketing  information,  as  well  as  regarding  payments  to  healthcare  professionals.  Several  states  have  enacted  legislation  requiring 
pharmaceutical companies to, among other things, establish marketing compliance programs, file periodic reports with the state, make 
periodic public disclosures on sales, marketing, pricing, clinical trials and other activities, and/or register their sales representatives, as 
well as to prohibit certain other sales and marketing practices. State laws are not harmonized and contain different reporting requirements 
and restrictions which must be noted and adhered to. We currently do not report under these state  laws, but will be required to do if we 
are successful in obtaining marketing authorization for our products.  We will need to develop the infrastructure or rely on third party 
contractors  to  assist  us  in  our  compliance  with  these  laws,  and  failure  to  comply  may  result  in  financial  and  other  penalties  and 
consequences.  In  addition,  beginning  in  2013,  a  similar  “sunshine”  federal  requirement  began  requiring  manufacturers  to  track  and 
report to the federal government certain payments and other transfers of value made to certain covered recipients, including physicians 
and other healthcare professionals, and teaching hospitals. In addition to payments, reporting may encompass requirements to report on 
ownership or investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. The efforts and resources needed to track 
and report payments go well beyond our affiliates operating in the United States, as reporting is required also for payments made by 
affiliated entities in many cases to US covered recipients. In other jurisdictions (eg, Australia, Japan and Europe) similar “sunshine-
like”  laws  have  also  been  adopted,  which  may  require  disclosure  of  certain  payment  and  other  information  to  covered  recipients. 
Extensive  administration  and  systems,  including  to  aggregate  and  categorize  spend,  are necessary  in  order  to  enable compliant  and 
timely reporting under these requirements. The US federal government began disclosing the reported information on a publicly available 
website in 2014. These laws may affect our development, sales, marketing, and other promotional activities by imposing administrative 
and compliance burdens on us. If we fail to track and report as required by these laws or otherwise fail to comply with these laws, we 
could be subject to the penalty and sanctions of the pertinent state and federal authorities. 

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of available statutory and regulatory exemptions, it is possible that some 
of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. If our operations are found to be in violation of 
any of the federal and state laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, 
including criminal and significant civil monetary penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government 
healthcare  programs,  injunctions,  recall  or  seizure  of  products,  total  or  partial  suspension  of  production,  denial  or  withdrawal  of 
premarketing product approvals, private qui tam actions brought by individual whistleblowers in the name of the government or refusal 
to allow us to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of 
which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations. To the extent that any of our products are 
sold in a foreign country, we may be subject to similar foreign laws and regulations, which may include, for instance, applicable post-
approval requirements, including safety surveillance, anti-fraud and abuse laws, implementation of corporate compliance programs and 
reporting of payments or transfers of value to healthcare professionals. 

Australian Disclosure Requirements 

Business Strategies and Prospects for Future Years 

We are focused on the following core strategic imperatives: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

continue to innovate and optimize our disruptive technology platform for cell-based therapeutics; 

develop a portfolio of clinically distinct products; 

focus on bringing late-stage products to market and portfolio prioritization; 

enabling manufacturing scale-up to meet demands of the portfolio; 

leverage talent base to continue to establish a culture of shared leadership and accountability; 

65 

 
focus on strategic partnerships;  

focus on prudent cash management; and 

continue to strengthen our substantial and robust intellectual property estate. 

• 

• 

• 

Dividends 

No  dividends  were  paid  during  the  course  of  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2019.  There  are  no  dividends  or  distributions 

recommended or declared for payment to members, but not yet paid, during the year. 

4.C 

Organizational Structure 

See “Item 4. Information on the Company – 4.B Business Overview – Overview”, “Item 18. Financial Statements – Note 12” and 

Exhibit 8.1 to this Annual Report. 

4.D 

Property, Plants and Equipment 

We lease approximately 11,150 square feet of office space in Melbourne, Australia, where our headquarters are located. We pay 
approximately A$846,000 per year for this lease, which expires in April 2026. We also lease approximately 15,600 square feet in New 
York City, where significant development and commercial activities are conducted. We pay $1,073,000 per year for this lease. We also 
lease laboratory and office space in Singapore. We pay approximately S$388,000 per year for this lease, which expires in August 2022. 
We also lease laboratory and office space in Texas and pay approximately $202,000 per year for this lease, which expires in May 2022. 
All  of  our  manufacturing  operations  are  currently  located  at  Lonza’s  manufacturing  facilities.  See  “Item  4.B  Business  Overview  – 
Manufacturing and Supply Chain.” 

Item 4A.  Unresolved Staff Comments 

Not applicable. 

Item 5. 

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects 

5.A 

Operating Results 

This operating and financial review should be read together with our consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report, 

which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as published by the IASB. 

Financial Overview 

We have incurred significant losses since our inception. We have incurred net losses during most of our fiscal periods since our 
inception. For the year ended June 30, 2019, we had an accumulated deficit of $470.0 million. Our net loss for the year ended June 30, 
2019 was $89.8 million.  

We anticipate that we may continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that we will 

ever achieve or maintain profitability. 

We expect our future capital requirements will continue as we: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

continue the research and clinical development of our product candidates; 

initiate and advance our product candidates into larger clinical studies;  

seek to identify, assess, acquire, and/or develop other product candidates and technologies;  

seek  regulatory  and  marketing  approvals  in  multiple  jurisdictions  for  our  product  candidates  that  successfully  complete 
clinical studies; 

establish  collaborations  with  third  parties  for  the  development  and  commercialization  of  our  product  candidates,  or 
otherwise build and maintain a sales, marketing, and distribution infrastructure to commercialize any products for which 
we may obtain marketing approval; 

further develop and implement our proprietary  manufacturing processes and expand our  manufacturing capabilities and 
resources for commercial production; 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

seek coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, including government and private payors for future products; 

make interest payments, principal repayments and other charges on our debt financing arrangements; 

make milestone or other payments under our agreements pursuant to which we have licensed or acquired rights to intellectual 
property and technology; 

seek to maintain, protect, and expand our intellectual property portfolio; and 

seek to attract and retain skilled personnel. 

We expect our research and development expenditure to decrease over the next 12 to 24 months as we complete our phase 3 trials 
or if we are able to successfully partner one or more of our products. We expect management and administration expenses to remain 
relatively consistent. Subject to us achieving successful regulatory approval, we expect an increase in our total expenses driven by an 
increase in our selling, general and administrative expenses as we move towards commercialization. Therefore we will need additional 
capital to fund our operations, which we may raise through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, other third-party funding, 
marketing and distribution arrangements and other collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements. We do not know when, 
or if, we will generate revenues from our product sales significant enough to generate profits. We do not expect to generate significant 
revenue from product sales unless and until we obtain regulatory approval of and commercialize one or more of our cell-based product 
candidates. For further discussion on our ability to continue as a going concern, see Note 1(i) in our accompanying financial statements. 

Commercialization and Milestone Revenue. Commercialization and milestone revenue relates to up-front, royalty and milestone 
payments recognized under development and commercialization agreements; milestone payments, the receipt of which is dependent on 
certain clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones; as well as royalties on product sales of licensed products, if and when such product 
sales occur; and revenue from the supply of products. Payment is generally due on standard terms of 30 to 60 days. 

Amounts received prior to satisfying the revenue recognition criteria are recorded as deferred revenue or deferred consideration 
in our consolidated balance sheets, depending on the nature of arrangement. Amounts expected to be recognized as revenue within the 
12 months following the balance sheet date are classified within current liabilities. Amounts not expected to be recognized as revenue 
within the 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified within non-current liabilities.  

In the year ended June 30, 2019, we recognized $5.0 million in commercialization revenue relating to royalty income earned on 
sales of TEMCELL® Hs. Inj., a registered trademark of JCR (“TEMCELL”), in Japan by our licensee, JCR Pharmaceuticals Co. Ltd. 
(“JCR”), compared with $3.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2018. These amounts were recorded in revenue as there are no further 
performance obligations required in regards to these items.   

In the  year ended June 30, 2019,  we recognized $10.0 million in  milestone revenue from  the $20.0 million up-front  payment 
received  in  October  2018  in  relation  to  our  strategic  alliance  with  Tasly  Pharmaceutical  Group  (“Tasly”)  for  the  development, 
manufacture  and  commercialization  in  China  of  our  allogeneic  MPC  products,  MPC-150-IM  and  MPC-25-IC.  Tasly  has  received 
exclusive rights to, and will fund all development, manufacturing and commercialization activities in China for MPC-150-IM and MPC-
25-IC. Upon completion of this strategic alliance on September 14, 2018, we recognized revenue of $10.0 million in the year ended 
June  30,  2019  for  the  up-front  technology  access  fee  receivable  from  Tasly  as  this  is  the  portion  of  revenue  that  control  has  been 
transferred to Tasly. There was no milestone revenue recognized in relation to this strategic alliance with Tasly in the year ended June 
30, 2018.  

In the year ended June 30, 2019, we also recognized $1.0 million in milestone revenue upon our licensee JCR achieving a sales 
milestone on cumulative net sales of TEMCELL in Japan, compared with $1.5 million in the year ended June 30, 2018. These amounts 
were recorded in revenue as there are no further performance obligations required in regards to these milestones. 

In the year ended June 30, 2018, we recognized $11.8 million (€10.0 million) in milestone revenue in relation to our patent license 
agreement with TiGenix NV (“TiGenix”), now a wholly owned subsidiary of Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited (“Takeda”), 
which  granted  Takeda  exclusive  access  to  certain  of  our  patents  to  support  global  commercialization  of  the  adipose-derived 
mesenchymal stem cell (“MSC”) product, Alofisel® a registered trademark of TiGenix, a product candidate of Takeda, for the local 
treatment of fistulae.  The agreement includes the right for Takeda to grant sub-licenses to affiliates and third parties. Within this $11.8 
million, $5.9 million (€5.0 million) was recognized in relation to the non-refundable up-front payment received upon execution of our 
patent  license  agreement  with  Takeda  in  December  2017  and  $5.9  million  (€5.0  million)  in  milestone  revenue  was  recognized  in 
December 2017 in relation to a further payment received in December 2018 for product Alofisel® as all performance obligations had 
been satisfied at that time. There was no milestone revenue recognized in relation to the Takeda agreement in the year ended June 30, 
2019. 

67 

 
Interest Revenue. Interest revenue is accrued on a time basis by reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest 

rate applicable. 

Research and Development. Research and development expenditure is recognized as an expense as incurred. 

Our research and development expenses consist primarily of: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

third party costs comprising all external expenditure on our research and development programs such as fees paid to Contract 
Research Organizations (“CROs”), and consultants who perform research on our behalf and under our direction, rent and 
utility costs for our research and development facilities, and database analysis fees; 

third  party  costs  under  license  and/or  sub-license  arrangements  for  the  research  and  development,  license,  manufacture 
and/or commercialization of products and/or product candidates, such as payments for options to acquire rights to products 
and product candidates as well as contingent obligations under the agreements; 

product  support  costs  consisting  primarily  of  salaries  and  related  overhead  expenses  for  personnel  in  research  and 
development functions (for example wages, salaries and associated on costs such as superannuation, share-based incentives 
and payroll taxes, plus travel costs and recruitment fees for new hires);  

intellectual property support costs comprising payments to our patent attorneys to progress patent applications and all costs 
of renewing of our granted patents; and 

amortization of currently marketed products on a straight-line basis over the life of the asset. 

Our  research  and  development  expenses  are  not  charged  to  specific  products  or  programs,  since  the  number  of  clinical  and 
preclinical product candidates or development projects tends to vary  from period to period and since internal resources are utilized 
across multiple products and programs over any given period of time. As a result, our management does not maintain and evaluate 
research and development costs by product or program. Acquired in-process research and development is capitalized as an asset and is 
not amortized but is subject to impairment review during the development phase. Upon completion of its development, the acquired in-
process research and development amortization will commence. 

Manufacturing Commercialization. Manufacturing commercialization expenditure is recognized as an expense as incurred. Our 

manufacturing commercialization expenses consist primarily of: 

• 

• 

• 

salaries and related overhead expenses including share-based incentives for personnel in manufacturing functions; 

fees paid to our contract manufacturing organizations, which perform process development on our behalf and under our 
direction; and 

costs related to laboratory supplies used in our manufacturing development efforts. 

Management  and  Administration.  Management  and  administration  expenses  consist  primarily  of  salaries  and  related  costs 
including share-based incentives for employees in executive, corporate and administrative functions. Other significant management and 
administration  expenses  include  legal  and  professional  services,  rent  and  depreciation  of  leasehold  improvements,  insurance  and 
information technology services. 

Fair Value Remeasurement of Contingent Consideration. Remeasurement of contingent consideration pertains to the acquisition 
of assets from Osiris Therapeutics, Inc. (“Osiris”). The fair value remeasurement of contingent consideration is recognized as a net result 
of  changes  to  the  key  assumptions  of  the  contingent  consideration  valuation  such  as  probability  of  success,  market  penetration, 
developmental timelines, product pricing, and the increase in valuation as the time period shortens between the valuation date and the 
potential settlement dates of contingent consideration. As the net result of changes to the key assumptions and the time period shortening, 
we recognized a net remeasurement loss of $6.3 million and a net remeasurement gain of $10.5 million for the years ended June 30, 
2019 and 2018, respectively.   

Other Operating Income and Expenses. Other operating income and expenses primarily comprise remeasurement of borrowing 

arrangements, tax incentives and foreign exchange gains and losses. 

Remeasurement of borrowing arrangements pertains to our loan and security agreement with NovaQuest Capital Management, 
L.L.C. (“NovaQuest”). Remeasurement of borrowing arrangements is recognized when changes in our estimated net sales trigger an 
adjustment of the carrying amount of the financial liability to reflect the revised estimated cash flows. The carrying amount adjustment 
is recalculated by computing the present value of the revised estimated future cash flows at the financial instrument’s original effective 
interest rate. We recognized a remeasurement loss of $0.7 million in the year ended June 30, 2019 as a net result of changes to the key 
assumptions such as development timelines and market penetration. There was no remeasurement of borrowing arrangements recognized 
in the year ended June 30, 2018. 

68 

 
Tax  incentives  comprise  payments  from  the  Australian  Government’s  Innovation  Australia  Research  and  Development  Tax 
Incentive program for research and development activities conducted in relation to our qualifying research that meets the regulatory 
criteria. The research and development tax incentive credit is available for our research and development activities in Australia as well 
as  research  and  development  activities  outside  of  Australia  to  the  extent  such  non-Australian  based  activities  relate  to  intellectual 
property owned by our Australian resident entities do not exceed half the expenses for the relevant activities and are approved by the 
Australian Government. A refundable tax offset is available to eligible companies with an annual aggregate turnover of less than A$20.0 
million. Eligible companies can receive a refundable tax offset for a percentage of their research and development spending. For the 
years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, the rate of the refundable tax offset is 43.5%. All other eligible entities may obtain a non-refundable 
tax offset of 38.5% of the eligible research and development expenditure.  

The combined worldwide turnover of the Mesoblast Group is in excess of A$20.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2019 making 
us ineligible for the refundable tax offset for the research and development tax incentive. Consequently, no income was recognized from 
the Research and Development Tax Incentive program for the year ended June 30, 2019, compared with $1.8 million that was recognized 
for the year ended June 30, 2018. We recorded a $0.1 million loss in research and development tax incentive income for the year ended 
June 30, 2019 which relates to a change in the original estimate of the research and development tax incentive income that we would 
receive from the Australian Government for the year ended June 30, 2018. 

Foreign exchange gains and losses relate to unrealized foreign exchange gains and losses on our foreign currency amounts in our 
Australian based entity, whose functional currency is the A$, and foreign currency amounts in our Switzerland and Singapore based 
entities, whose functional currencies are the US$, plus realized gains and losses on any foreign currency payments to our suppliers due 
to movements in exchange rates. We recognized a foreign exchange loss of $0.2 million in the year ended June 30, 2019 and a foreign 
exchange gain of $0.2 million in the year ended June 30, 2018. 

Finance Costs. Finance costs consists of remeasurement of borrowing arrangements, accrued interest expense and interest expense 
in relation to the amortization of transaction costs and other charges associated with the borrowings as represented in our consolidated 
balance sheet using the effective interest rate method over the period of initial recognition through maturity. 

Remeasurement of borrowing arrangements pertains to our loan and security agreement with Hercules Capital, Inc. (“Hercules”). 
Remeasurement of borrowing arrangements is recognized when there is a revision in the estimated future cash flows which is recorded 
as an adjustment of the carrying amount of the financial liability. The carrying amount adjustment is recalculated by computing the 
present value of the revised estimated future cash flows at the financial instrument’s original effective interest rate. We recognized a 
remeasurement gain of $0.4 million in the year ended June 30, 2019 as a result of drawing a further tranche of $15.0 million from our 
existing credit facility with Hercules in January 2019. There was no remeasurement of borrowing arrangements recognized in the year 
ended June 30, 2018. 

Income Tax Benefit/Expense. Income tax benefit/expense consists of net changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized 
on the balance sheet during the period. We recognized a non-cash income tax benefit of $9.0 million in the year ended June 30, 2019 
and $30.7 million in the year ended June 30, 2018. 

69 

 
 
Results of Operations 

Comparison of Our Results for the Year ended June 30, 2019 with the Year ended June 30, 2018 

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, together with the changes 

in those items in dollars and as a percentage. 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands except per share information) 
Consolidated Income Statement Data: 
Revenue: 

Commercialization revenue 
Milestone revenue 
Interest revenue 

Total revenue 

Year ended 
June 30, 

2019 

2018 

      $ Change 

      % Change 

  $ 

5,003      $ 
11,000        
719        
16,722       

3,641        
13,334        
366        
17,341       

1,362      
(2,334 )    
353      
(619 )    

Research & development 
Manufacturing commercialization 
Management and administration 
Fair value remeasurement of contingent consideration 
Other operating income and expenses 
Finance costs 
Loss before income tax 
Income tax benefit 
Loss attributable to the owners of Mesoblast Limited 

(59,815 )     
(15,358 )     
(21,625 )     
(6,264 )     
(1,086 )     
(11,328 )     
(98,754 )     
8,955       
(89,799 )   $ 

(65,927 )     
(5,508 )     
(21,907 )     
10,541       
1,312       
(1,829 )     
(65,977 )     
30,687       
(35,290 )     

6,112      
(9,850 )    
282      
(16,805 )    
(2,398 )    
(9,499 )    
(32,777 )    
(21,732 )    
(54,509 )    

  $ 

37% 
(18%) 
96% 
(4%) 

(9%) 
179% 
(1%) 
(159%) 
(183%) 
NM 
50% 
(71%) 
154% 

Losses per share from continuing operations attributable to 
   the ordinary equity holders: 
Basic - losses per share 
Diluted - losses per share 

Cents 

Cents 

Cents 

% Change 

(18.16 )      
(18.16 )      

(7.58 )      
(7.58 )      

(10.60 )    
(10.60 )    

140% 
140% 

* NM = not meaningful. 

Revenue 

Revenues were $16.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2019, compared with $17.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2018, a 
decrease of $0.6 million. The following table shows the movement within revenue for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, together 
with the changes in those items. 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Revenue: 

Milestone revenue 
Commercialization revenue 
Interest revenue 
Revenue 

Year ended 
June 30, 

2019 

2018 

      $ Change 

      % Change 

  $ 

  $ 

11,000     $ 
5,003        
719       
16,722     $ 

13,334       
3,641        
366       
17,341       

(2,334 )   
1,362     
353     
(619 )   

(18%) 
37% 
96% 
(4%) 

Milestone revenue was $11.0 million in the year ended June 30, 2019, a decrease of $2.3 million as compared with $13.3 million 
in the year ended June 30, 2018. This $2.3 million decrease in the year ended June 30, 2019 is due to the recognition of $11.8 million 
in milestone revenue in the year ended June 30, 2018 in relation to our patent license agreement with Takeda. Within this $11.8 million, 
$5.9 million was recognized in relation to the non-refundable up-front payment received upon execution of our patent license agreement 
with Takeda in December 2017 and $5.9 million of milestone revenue was recognized in December 2017 in relation to a further payment 
received in December 2018 for product Alofisel® as all performance obligations had been satisfied at that time. There was no milestone 
revenue  recognized  in  relation  to  the Takeda  agreement  in  the  year  ended  June  30,  2019. This  $11.8  million  decrease  in  milestone 
revenue from Takeda was offset by an increase of $10.0 million in milestone revenue recognized in the year ended June 30, 2019 due 
to  the  recognition  of  $10.0  million  in  milestone  revenue  upon  completion  of  the  strategic  alliance  with  Tasly  for  the  development, 
manufacture and commercialization in China of our allogeneic MPC products, MPC-150-IM and MPC-25-IC in September 2018. There 
was no milestone revenue recognized in relation to this strategic alliance with Tasly in the year ended June 30, 2018. We also recognized 
$1.0 million and $1.5 million in milestone revenue during the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively, upon our licensee, 
JCR, reaching cumulative net sales milestones for sales of TEMCELL in Japan. 

70 

 
  
  
  
         
       
  
     
    
        
          
      
    
         
         
       
  
    
    
    
  
    
        
        
       
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
 
  
  
  
       
  
     
  
  
     
    
        
        
      
  
    
    
 
Commercialization revenue from royalty income earned on sales of TEMCELL in Japan by our licensee JCR was $5.0 million in 

the year ended June 30, 2019, an increase of $1.4 million (37%) as compared with $3.6 million in the year ended June 30, 2018.  

The $0.3 million increase in interest revenue for the year ended June 30, 2019 compared with the year ended June 30, 2018 was 
primarily driven by us retaining higher cash reserves in the year ended June 30, 2019, when compared with the year ended June 30, 
2018. 

Research and development 

Research and development expenses were $59.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2019, compared with $65.9 million for the 
year ended June 30, 2018, a decrease of $6.1 million. The $6.1 million decrease in research and development expenses primarily reflects 
a decrease in third party costs, intellectual property support costs and amortization of current marketed products. 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Research and development: 

Third party costs 
Product support costs 
Intellectual property support costs 
Amortization of current marketed products 

Research and development 

Year ended 
June 30, 

2019 

2018 

      $ Change 

      % Change 

  $ 

  $ 

38,365     $ 
17,002       
2,993       
1,455       
59,815     $ 

44,192       
16,861       
3,258       
1,616       
65,927       

(5,827 )   
141     
(265 )   
(161 )   
(6,112 )   

(13%) 
1% 
(8%) 
(10%) 
(9%) 

Third party costs, which consist of all external expenditure on our research and development programs, decreased by $5.8 million 

in the year ended June 30, 2019 compared with the year ended June 30, 2018. 

This $5.8 million decrease was due to a reduction in our third party costs for our phase 3 clinical trials for MPC-150-IM (CHF), 
MPC-06-ID (CLBP) and MSC-100-IV (“remestemcel-L”)  as activities and costs  were higher in the prior year given  the trials  were 
enrolling patients, whereas in the year ended June 30, 2019 activities and costs have reduced as enrollment was completed for MPC-
150-IM (CHF), MPC-06-ID (CLBP) and remestemcel-L in January 2019, March 2018 and December 2017 respectively. We continued 
to incur costs for these programs, as well as other pre phase 3 programs, during the year as patients were monitored during follow up 
visits and other testing was completed. 

Product support costs, which consist primarily of salaries and related overhead expenses for personnel in research and development 
functions, have increased by $0.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2019 compared with the year ended June 30, 2018. This increase 
is primarily due to an increase of $1.1 million across salaries and associated costs as full time equivalents increased by 3.0 (7%) from 
44.1 for the year ended June 30, 2018 to 47.1 for the year ended June 30, 2019. There was also an increase of $0.2 million in travel 
expenses and $0.1 million in consulting in the year ended June 30, 2019 compared with June 30, 2018. These increases were offset by 
a decrease of $1.3 million in share-based payment expenses for the year ended June 30, 2019 due to a reduction in the value of options 
vesting compared with the year ended June 30, 2018. 

Also included in research and development expenses are intellectual property support costs, which consist of payments to our 
patent attorneys to progress patent applications and all costs of renewing our granted patents. These costs have decreased by $0.3 million 
in the year ended June 30, 2019 compared with the year ended June 30, 2018 primarily due to decreased activities across our MSC-
based patent portfolio.  

Amortization of current marketed products decreased by $0.1 million from $1.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2018 to $1.5 

million for the year ended June 30, 2019.  

71 

 
  
  
  
  
       
  
     
  
  
     
    
        
        
      
  
    
    
    
 
Manufacturing commercialization 

Manufacturing commercialization expenses, which consist of fees paid to our contract manufacturing organizations and laboratory 
supplies used in manufacturing commercialization of our MPC and MSC based products, increased by $9.8 million from the year ended 
June 30, 2018 compared with the year ended June 30, 2019. The increase was primarily due to an increase in process validation activities 
required ahead of the Biologics License Application (“BLA”) filing of remestemcel-L in the year ended June 30, 2019 compared with 
the year ended June 30, 2018. 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Manufacturing commercialization: 

MSC platform technology 
MPC platform technology 
Manufacturing support costs 

Manufacturing commercialization 

Year ended 
June 30, 

2019 

2018 

      $ Change 

      % Change 

  $ 

  $ 

12,341     $ 
1,167       
1,850       
15,358     $ 

2,317       
745       
2,446       
5,508       

10,024     
422     
(596 )   
9,850     

NM 
57% 
(24%) 
179% 

The MSC-based manufacturing commercialization expenses increased by $10.0 million in the year ended June 30, 2019 compared 
with the year ended June 30, 2018 primarily due to an increase in process validation activities in preparation for filing the BLA for 
remestemcel-L. 

The MPC-based manufacturing commercialization expenses increased by $0.4 million in the year ended June 30, 2019 compared 

with the year ended June 30, 2018 primarily due to an increase in purchases of raw materials.   

Manufacturing support costs, which consist primarily of salaries and related overhead expenses for personnel in manufacturing 
commercialization functions, decreased by $0.6 million from $2.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2018 to $1.8 million for the year 
ended June 30, 2019. There was a decrease of $0.2 million in share-based payment expenses and $0.2 million in consultancy expenses 
for the year ended June 30, 2019 compared with the year ended June 30, 2018. There was also a decrease of $0.2 million across salaries 
and associated costs as full time equivalents decreased by 1.1 (16%) from 7.0 for the year ended June 30, 2018 to 5.9 for the year ended 
June 30, 2019.    

Management and administration 

Management and administration expenses were $21.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2019, compared with $21.9 million for 
the year ended June 30, 2018, a decrease of $0.3 million. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in labor and associated expenses 
offset by an increase in legal and professional fees associated with establishing the strategic alliance with Tasly for the development, 
manufacture and commercialization in China of our allogeneic MPC products, MPC-150-IM and MPC-25-IC announced in July 2018. 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Management and administration: 
Labor and associated expenses 
Corporate overheads 
Legal and professional fees 

Management and administration 

Year ended 
June 30, 

2019 

2018 

      $ Change 

      % Change 

  $ 

  $ 

9,953     $ 
8,107       
3,565       
21,625     $ 

11,237       
7,824       
2,846       
21,907       

(1,284 )   
283     
719     
(282 )   

(11%) 
4% 
25% 
(1%) 

Labor and associated expenses decreased by $1.3 million from $11.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2018 to $9.9 million for 
the year ended June 30, 2019. The number of full time equivalents increased by 0.2 (1%) from 25.5 for the year ended June 30, 2018 to 
25.7 for the year ended June 30, 2019; however overall costs of salaries and associated expenses decreased by $0.4 million in the year 
ended June 30, 2019 compared with the year ended June 30, 2018. There was also a decrease of $0.2 million in share-based payment 
expenses and $0.4 million in recruitment expenses in the year ended June 30, 2019, compared with the year ended June 30, 2018. These 
decreases were offset by an increase of $0.2 million in consultancy expenses in the year ended June 30, 2019, compared with the year 
ended June 30, 2018. Labor and associated expenses also experienced favorable exchange rate fluctuations of $0.5 million in the year 
ended  June  30,  2019  compared  with  the  year  ended  June  30,  2018,  as  the  A$  weakened  against  the  US$  given  the  majority  of 
management and administration expenses are incurred in A$ by our headquarter office located in Australia. 

72 

 
  
  
  
       
  
     
  
  
     
    
        
        
      
  
    
    
 
  
  
  
         
       
  
     
    
        
        
      
  
    
    
 
Corporate overhead expenses increased by $0.3 million from $7.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2018 to $8.1 million for the 

year ended June 30, 2019 primarily due to an increase in insurance and rent in the period. 

Legal and professional fees increased by $0.7 million from $2.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2018 to $3.5 million for the 
year ended June 30, 2019 primarily due to increased legal and professional fees associated with establishing the strategic alliance with 
Tasly for the development, manufacture and commercialization in China of our allogeneic MPC products, MPC-150-IM and MPC-25-
IC that was announced in July 2018. 

Fair value remeasurement of contingent consideration 

Fair value remeasurement of contingent consideration was a $6.3 million loss for the year ended June 30, 2019 compared with a 
$10.5 million gain for the year ended June 30, 2018, a decrease of $16.8 million. The $6.3 million loss for the year ended June 30, 2019 
was due to the remeasurement of contingent consideration pertaining to the acquisition of assets from Osiris. This loss was a net result 
of  changes  to  the  key  assumptions  of  the  contingent  consideration  valuation  such  as  probability  of  success,  market  penetration, 
development timelines, product pricing, and the increase in valuation as the time period shortens between the valuation date and the 
potential settlement dates of contingent consideration.  

The $10.5 million gain for the year ended June 30, 2018 was due to the remeasurement of contingent consideration pertaining to 
the  acquisition  of  assets  from  Osiris.  This  gain  was  a  net  result  of  changes  to  the  key  assumptions  of  the  contingent  consideration 
valuation such as developmental timelines, product pricing, market penetration, market population and the increase in valuation as the 
time period shortens between the valuation date and the potential settlement dates of contingent consideration.  

With respect to future milestone payments, contingent consideration will be payable in cash or shares at our discretion.  With 

respect to commercialization, product royalties will be payable in cash which will be funded from royalties received from net sales. 

Other operating income and expenses 

In other operating income and expenses, we recognized an expense of $1.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2019, compared 
with an income of $1.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2018, a decrease in income of $2.4 million. The following table shows 
movements within other operating income and expenses for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, together with the changes in those 
items: 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Other operating income and expenses: 

Year ended 
June 30, 

2019 

2018 

$ Change 

      % Change 

Remeasurement of borrowing arrangements 
Foreign withholding tax 
Foreign exchange (losses)/gains (net) 
Research and development tax incentive income 
Other operating income and expenses 

  $ 

  $ 

(752 )   $ 
(52 )     
(208 )     
(74 )     
(1,086 )   $ 

—       
(656 )     
161       
1,807       
1,312       

(752 )   
604     
(369 )   
(1,881 )   
(2,398 )   

NM 
(92%) 
NM 
(104%) 
(183%) 

In the year ended June 30, 2019, we recognized a $0.7 million loss for remeasurement of borrowing arrangements in relation to 
the adjustment of the carrying amount of our financial liability to reflect the revised future cash flow as a net result of changes to the 
key assumption in development timelines and market penetration in relation to our existing credit facility with NovaQuest. There was 
no remeasurement of borrowing arrangements recognized in the year ended June 30, 2018. 

Foreign withholding tax decreased by $0.6 million from $0.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2018 to $0.1 million for the year 
ended June 30, 2019. In the year ended June 30, 2018, the $0.7 million of foreign withholding tax recognized primarily relates to revenue 
recognized from our patent license agreement with Takeda entered into in December 2017.  

We are subject to foreign exchange gains and losses on foreign currency cash balances, creditors and debtors. In the year ended 
June 30, 2018, we recognized a foreign exchange gain of $0.2 million. In the year ended June 30, 2019 we recognized a foreign exchange 
loss of $0.2 million, primarily due to movements in exchange rates on Euro receivable balances in our Singapore based entity as the 
US$ depreciated against the Euro during the period. 

73 

 
  
  
  
         
       
  
     
     
    
        
        
      
  
    
    
    
 
We recorded a $0.1 million loss in research and development tax incentive income for the year ended June 30, 2019, compared 
with a gain of $1.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2018, a decrease of $1.9 million. This $0.1 million loss relates to a change in the 
original estimate of the research and development tax incentive income that we would receive from the Australian Government for the 
year ended June 30, 2018. We have recognized incentive income pertaining to the eligible expenditure  undertaken in each of these 
periods. At each period end, management estimates the refundable tax incentives available to us based on available information at the 
time. The combined worldwide turnover of the Mesoblast Group is in excess of A$20.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2019 making 
us ineligible for the refundable tax offset for the research and development tax incentive. Consequently, no income was recognized from 
the Research and Development Tax Incentive program for the year ended June 30, 2019 compared with $1.8 million that was recognized 
for the year ended June 30, 2018. We engage tax specialists to review, on an annual basis, the quantum of our previous research and 
development tax claims and our on-going eligibility to claim the research and development tax incentive in Australia. 

Finance costs 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 

Finance costs: 

Year ended 
June 30, 

2019 

2018 

$ Change 

      % Change 

Remeasurement of borrowing arrangements 
Interest expense 

Finance costs 

  $ 

  $ 

(376 )   $ 
11,704       
11,328     $ 

—       
1,829       
1,829       

(376 )   
9,875     
9,499     

NM 
NM 
NM 

In the year ended June 30, 2019, we recognized a $0.4 million gain for remeasurement of borrowing arrangements in relation to 
the adjustment of the carrying amount of our financial liability to reflect the revised estimated future cash flows as a result of drawing a 
further  tranche  of  $15.0  million  from  our  existing  credit  facility  with  Hercules  in  January  2019.  There  was  no  remeasurement  of 
borrowing arrangements recognized in the year ended June 30, 2018. 

Interest expenses increased by $9.9 million from $1.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2018 to $11.7 million for the year ended 

June 30, 2019.  

In the year ended June 30, 2019, we recognized $6.4 million of interest expenses in relation to our loan and security agreement 
entered into with Hercules on March 6, 2018, an increase of $4.6 million as compared with $1.8 million for the year ended June 30, 
2018. Within this $6.4 million, $4.4 million was recognized with regard to interest expense payable on the loan balance within the year 
and  a  further  $2.0  million  of  interest  expense  was  recognized  with  regard  to  the  amortization  of  transaction  costs  incurred  on  the 
outstanding loan principal within the year using the effective interest rate method over the period of initial recognition through maturity.  

In the year ended June 30, 2019, we recognized $5.3 million of interest expenses in relation to our loan and security agreement 
entered into with NovaQuest on June 29, 2018, an increase of $5.3 million as compared with $Nil for the year ended June 30, 2018. 
This  $5.3  million  is  recognized  with  regard  to  interest  expense  accrued  and  amortization  of  transaction  costs  on  the  loan  principal 
balance. All interest payments will be deferred until after the first commercial sale of our allogeneic product candidate remestemcel-L 
in pediatric acute graft versus host disease (“aGVHD”). 

Loss after income tax 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Loss before income tax 
Income tax benefit 
Loss after income tax 

Year ended 
June 30, 

2019 
(98,754 )   $ 
8,955       
(89,799 )   $ 

   $ 

  $ 

2018 
(65,977 )     
30,687       
(35,290 )     

      $ Change 

      % Change 

(32,777 )   
(21,732 )   
(54,509 )   

50% 
(71%) 
154% 

Loss before income tax was $98.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2019 compared with $66.0 million for the year ended June 
30, 2018, an increase in the loss by $32.8 million. This increase is the net effect of the changes in revenues and expenses which have 
been fully explained above. 

74 

 
 
  
  
        
      
  
     
     
    
        
        
      
  
    
 
  
  
  
       
  
     
  
  
     
    
 
A non-cash income tax benefit of $9.0 million was recognized in the year ended June 30, 2019, in relation to the net change in 

deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized on the balance sheet during the period.  

A non-cash income tax benefit of $30.7 million was recognized in the year ended June 30, 2018 in relation to the net change in 
deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized on the balance sheet during the period, primarily due to a revaluation of our deferred tax 
assets and liabilities recognized as a result of changes in tax rates. Deferred taxes are measured at the rate in which they are expected to 
settle within the respective jurisdictions, which can change based on factors such as new legislation or timing of utilization and reversal 
of associated assets and liabilities. On December 22, 2017, the United States signed into law the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“the Tax Act”), 
which changed many aspects of U.S. corporate income taxation, including a reduction in the corporate income tax rate from 35% to 
21%.  We recognized the tax effects of the Tax Act in the year ended June 30, 2018, the most significant of which was a tax benefit 
resulting from the remeasurement of deferred tax balances to 21%. 

Comparison of Our Results for the Year ended June 30, 2018 with the Year ended June 30, 2017 

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, together with the changes 

in those items in dollars and as a percentage. 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands except per share information) 
Consolidated Income Statement Data: 
Revenue: 

Commercialization revenue 
Milestone revenue 
Interest revenue 

Total revenue 

Research & development 
Manufacturing commercialization 
Management and administration 
Fair value remeasurement of contingent consideration 
Other operating income and expenses 
Finance costs 
Loss before income tax 
Income tax benefit/(expense) 
Loss attributable to the owners of Mesoblast Limited 

Year ended 
June 30, 

2018 

2017 

      $ Change 

      % Change 

  $ 

  $ 

3,641        
13,334        
366        
17,341       

(65,927 )     
(5,508 )     
(21,907 )     
10,541       
1,312       
(1,829 )     
(65,977 )     
30,687       
(35,290 )   $ 

1,444        
500        
468        
2,412       

(58,914 )     
(12,065 )     
(23,007 )     
(130 )     
1,489       
—       
(90,215 )     
13,400       
(76,815 )     

2,197      
12,834      
(102 )    
14,929      

(7,013 )    
6,557      
1,100      
10,671      
(177 )    
(1,829 )    
24,238      
17,287      
41,525      

152% 
NM 
(22%) 
NM 

12% 
(54%) 
(5%) 
NM 
(12%) 
NM 
(27%) 
129% 
(54%) 

Losses per share from continuing operations attributable to 
   the ordinary equity holders: 
Basic - losses per share 
Diluted - losses per share 

Cents 

Cents 

Cents 

% Change 

(7.58 )      
(7.58 )      

(19.25 )      
(19.25 )      

11.67      
11.67      

(61%) 
(61%) 

* NM = not meaningful. 

Revenue 

Revenues were $17.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2018, compared with $2.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2017, an 
increase of $14.9 million. The following table shows the movement within revenue for the years ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, together 
with the changes in those items. 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Revenue: 

Milestone revenue 
Commercialization revenue 
Interest revenue 
Revenue 

Year ended 
June 30, 

2018 

2017 

      $ Change 

      % Change 

  $ 

  $ 

13,334       
3,641        
366       
17,341     $ 

500       
1,444        
468       
2,412       

12,834     
2,197     
(102 )   
14,929     

NM 
152% 
(22%) 
NM 

75 

 
 
  
  
         
       
  
     
    
        
          
      
    
         
         
       
  
    
    
    
  
    
        
        
       
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
 
 
  
  
       
  
     
  
  
     
    
        
        
      
  
    
    
Milestone revenue was $13.3 million in the year ended June 30, 2018, an increase of $12.8 million as compared with $0.5 million 
in the year ended June 30, 2017. This $12.8 million increase in the year ended June 30, 2018 is due to increases in milestone revenues 
for Alofisel®, licensed with Takeda, and TEMCELL, licensed with JCR. There was an $11.8 million increase in milestone revenue 
recognized in relation to our patent license agreement with Takeda. Within this $11.8 million, $5.9 million was recognized in relation 
to the non-refundable up-front payment received upon execution of our patent license agreement with Takeda in December 2017 and 
$5.9 million of milestone revenue was recognized in relation to further payments due within 12 months of the patent license agreement 
date for product Alofisel®. There was no milestone revenue recognized in relation to the Takeda agreement in the year ended June 30, 
2017.  We  also  recognized  $1.5  million  and  $0.5  million  in  milestone  revenue  during  the  years  ended  June  30,  2018  and  2017, 
respectively, upon our licensee, JCR, reaching cumulative net sales milestones for sales of TEMCELL in Japan, an increase of $1.0 
million. 

Commercialization revenue was $3.6 million in the year ended June 30, 2018, an increase of $2.2 million as compared with $1.4 
million in the year ended June 30, 2017. This $2.2 million increase in commercialization revenue is from royalty income earned on sales 
of TEMCELL in Japan by our licensee JCR, with $3.6 million of royalty revenue recognized in the year ended June 30, 2018 compared 
with $1.4 million of royalty revenue recognized in the year ended June 30, 2017. 

The $0.1 million decrease in interest revenue from the year ended June 30, 2018 compared with the year ended June 30, 2017 was 
primarily driven by us retaining higher cash reserves in the year ended June 30, 2017, when compared with the year ended June 30, 
2018.  

Research and development 

Research and development expenses were $65.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2018, compared with $58.9 million for the 
year ended June 30, 2017, an increase of $7.0 million.  The $7.0 million increase in research and development expenses primarily reflects 
an increase in expenditures on our clinical program for MPC-150-IM. 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Research and development: 

Third party costs 
Product support costs 
Intellectual property support costs 
Amortization of current marketed products 

Research and development 

Year ended 
June 30, 

2018 

2017 

      $ Change 

      % Change 

  $ 

  $ 

44,192     $ 
16,861       
3,258       
1,616       
65,927     $ 

37,249       
17,122       
3,208       
1,335       
58,914       

6,943     
(261 )   
50     
281     
7,013     

19% 
(2%) 
2% 
21% 
12% 

Third party costs, which consist of all external expenditure on our research and development programs, increased by $6.9 million 

in the year ended June 30, 2018 compared with the year ended June 30, 2017. 

Within this $6.9 million increase, there was a $12.4 million increase in third party costs for the advancement of our Tier 1 products 
due to clinical advancement during the period for the year ended June 30, 2018 compared with the year ended June 30, 2017. In the year 
ended  June  30,  2018  we  incurred  costs  on  our  MPC-150-IM  (CHF),  MPC-06-ID  (CLBP),  remestemcel-L  and  MPC-300-IV 
(inflammatory conditions) Tier 1 products.  The increase in Tier 1 third party costs were offset by a $5.5 million decrease in third party 
costs for our Tier 2 and pipeline products for the year ended June 30, 2018 compared with the year ended June 30, 2017 as we prioritized 
our funds towards Tier 1 products. 

Product support costs, which consist primarily of salaries and related overhead expenses for personnel in research and development 
functions, have decreased by $0.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2018 compared with the year ended June 30, 2017.  In the year 
ended June 30, 2018, operational streamlining initiatives from the June 2016 strategic review were maintained resulting in full time 
equivalents reducing by 4.3 (9%) from 48.4 for the year ended June 30, 2017 to 44.1 for the year ended June 30, 2018. This led to cost 
savings of $0.9 million across salaries and associated costs and $0.1 million in consulting expenses, for the year ended June 30, 2018 
compared with the year ended June 30, 2017. The cost savings of $1.0 million in the year ended June 30, 2018 were offset by an increase 
of $0.8 million in share based payment expenses in the year ended June 30, 2018 compared with the year ended June 30, 2017.    

76 

 
 
 
  
  
       
  
     
  
  
     
    
        
        
      
  
    
    
    
  
Also included in research and development expenses are intellectual property support costs, which consist of payments to our 
patent attorneys to progress patent applications and all costs of renewing our granted patents. These costs remained consistent in the 
year ended June 30, 2018 compared with the year ended June 30, 2017.  

Amortization of current marketed products increased by $0.3 million from $1.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2017 to $1.6 

million for the year ended June 30, 2018.  

Manufacturing commercialization 

Manufacturing commercialization expenses, which consist of fees paid to our contract manufacturing organizations and laboratory 
supplies used in manufacturing commercialization of our MPC and MSC based products, decreased by $6.6 million from the year ended 
June 30, 2017 compared with the year ended June 30, 2018. The decrease was primarily due to a reduction in the number of production 
runs completed in the year ended June 30, 2018 compared with the year ended June 30, 2017 due to the clinical supply demands for all 
ongoing trials being met. 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Manufacturing commercialization: 

MSC platform technology 
MPC platform technology 
Manufacturing support costs 

Manufacturing commercialization 

Year ended 
June 30, 

2018 

2017 

      $ Change 

      % Change 

  $ 

  $ 

2,317     $ 
745       
2,446       
5,508     $ 

(285 )     
10,058       
2,292       
12,065       

2,602     
(9,313 )   
154     
(6,557 )   

NM 
(93%) 
7% 
(54%) 

The MSC-based manufacturing commercialization expenses increased by $2.6 million in the year ended June 30, 2018 compared 
with the year ended June 30, 2017 primarily due to a credit of $1.2 million relating to a Goods and Services-Tax (“GST”) received in 
the year ended June 30, 2017 for MSC-based product expenditure incurred in prior years. There was also an increase of $1.4 million in 
the year ended June 30, 2018, compared with the year ended June 30, 2017, relating to an increase in process validation activities for 
MSC-based manufacturing. 

The MPC-based manufacturing commercialization expenses decreased by $9.3 million in the year ended June 30, 2018 compared 
with the year ended June 30, 2017 as there were no production runs required for MPC-based clinical supply in the year ended June 30, 
2018, whereas in the year ended June 30, 2017, we incurred costs for materials and completed a number of production runs for our 
MPC-based products to meet clinical supply.   

Manufacturing support costs, which consist primarily of salaries and related overhead expenses for personnel in manufacturing 
commercialization functions, increased by $0.1 million from $2.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2017 to $2.4 million for the year 
ended June 30, 2018. In the year ended June 30, 2018, operational streamlining initiatives from the June 2016 strategic review were 
maintained resulting in full time equivalents decreasing by 0.9 (11%) from 7.9 for the year ended June 30, 2017 to 7.0 for the year ended 
June 30, 2018 resulting in cost savings of $0.2 million in salaries and associated expenses. The cost savings of $0.2 million in the year 
ended June 30, 2018 were offset by an increase of $0.1 million in share based payment expenses and an increase of $0.2 million in 
consultancy fees in the year ended June 30, 2018 compared with the year ended June 30, 2017.   

Management and administration 

Management and administration expenses were $21.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2018, compared with $23.0 million for 
the year ended June 30, 2017, a decrease of $1.1 million. This decrease was primarily due to a reduction of corporate overheads and 
legal and professional fees.   

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Management and administration: 
Labor and associated expenses 
Corporate overheads 
Legal and professional fees 

Management and administration 

Year ended 
June 30, 

2018 

2017 

      $ Change 

      % Change 

  $ 

  $ 

11,237     $ 
7,824       
2,846       
21,907     $ 

10,678       
8,689       
3,640       
23,007       

559     
(865 )   
(794 )   
(1,100 )   

5% 
(10%) 
(22%) 
(5%) 

77 

 
 
  
  
       
  
     
  
  
     
    
        
        
      
  
    
    
  
 
 
  
  
         
       
  
     
    
        
        
      
  
    
    
  
 
Labor and associated expenses increased by $0.6 million from $10.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2017 to $11.2 million for 
the year ended June 30, 2018. There was an increase in full time equivalents of 0.6 (2%) from 24.9 for the year ended June 30, 2017 to 
25.5 for the year ended June 30, 2018, however overall costs of salaries and associated expenses remained consistent in the year ended 
June 30, 2018 compared with the year ended June 30, 2017. There was an increase of $0.3 million across recruitment and other expenses 
and an increase of $0.2 million in short term incentives for the year ended June 30, 2018 compared with the year ended June 30, 2017. 
This increase was offset by a decrease of $0.1 million in consultancy expenses in the year ended June 30, 2018, compared with the year 
ended June 30, 2017. Labor and associated expenses also experienced unfavorable exchange rate fluctuations of $0.2 million in the year 
ended  June  30,  2018  compared  with  the  year  ended  June  30,  2017,  as  the  A$  strengthened  against  the  US$  given  the  majority  of 
management and administration expenses are incurred in A$ by our headquarter office located in Australia. 

Corporate overhead expenses decreased by $0.9 million from $8.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2017 to $7.8 million for 
the year ended June 30, 2018 as operational streamlining from the strategic review in June 2016 enabled us to reduce rent and information 
technology support services. There was also a reduction in depreciation expenses as a result of certain manufacturing assets being fully 
depreciated in June 2017. 

Legal and professional fees decreased by $0.8 million from $3.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2017 to $2.8 million for the 

year ended June 30, 2018 as legal activities decreased in the period. 

Fair value remeasurement of contingent consideration 

Fair value remeasurement of contingent consideration was a $10.5 million gain for the year ended June 30, 2018 compared with 
a $0.1 million loss for the year ended June 30, 2017, an increase of $10.6 million. The $10.5 million gain for the year ended June 30, 
2018 is due to the remeasurement of contingent consideration pertaining to the acquisition of assets from Osiris. This gain is a net result 
of changes to the key assumptions of the contingent consideration valuation such as developmental timelines, product pricing, market 
penetration, market population and the increase in valuation as the time period shortens between the valuation date and the potential 
settlement dates of contingent consideration.  

The $0.1 million loss for the year ended June 30, 2017 is due to the remeasurement of contingent consideration pertaining to the 
acquisition of assets from Osiris. This loss is a net result of changes to the key assumptions of the contingent consideration valuation 
such as developmental timelines, probability of success, market penetration, market population and the increase in valuation as the time 
period shortens between the valuation date and the potential settlement dates of contingent consideration.  

With respect to future milestone payments, contingent consideration will be payable in cash or shares at our discretion.  With 

respect to commercialization, product royalties will be payable in cash which will be funded from royalties received from net sales. 

Other operating income and expenses 

Other operating income and expenses were $1.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2018, compared with $1.5 million for the year 
ended June 30, 2017, a decrease of $0.2 million. The following table shows movements within other operating income and expenses for 
the years ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, together with the changes in those items: 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Other operating income and expenses: 

Year ended 
June 30, 

2018 

2017 

$ Change 

      % Change 

Research and development tax incentive income 
Foreign withholding tax 
Foreign exchange gains/(losses) (net) 

Other operating income and expenses 

  $ 

  $ 

1,807     $ 
(656 )     
161       
1,312     $ 

1,532       
—       
(43 )     
1,489       

275     
(656 )   
204     
(177 )   

18% 
NM 
NM 
(12%) 

Research and development tax incentive income increased by $0.3 million from $1.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2017 to 
$1.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2018. We have recognized incentive income pertaining to the eligible expenditure undertaken 
in each of these periods. At each period end, management  estimates the refundable tax incentive available to us based on available 
information at the time. We employ independent tax specialists to review, on an annual basis, the quantum of our previous research and 
development tax claims and our on-going eligibility to claim the research and development tax incentive in Australia. 

78 

 
 
  
  
         
       
  
     
     
    
        
        
      
  
    
    
 
Of the $1.8 million research  and development tax incentive recorded in other income  for the  year ended June 30, 2018, $0.1 
million of income relates to a change in the original estimate of the research and development tax incentive income that  we  would 
receive from the Australian Government for the year ended June 30, 2017. 

Within the $1.5 million research and development tax incentive recorded in other income for the year ended June 30, 2017, there 
is a reversal of $0.1 million of income due to a change in the original estimate of the research and development tax incentive income for 
the year ended June 30, 2016. 

In the year ended June 30, 2018, we recognized $0.7 million of foreign withholding tax expenses primarily related to revenue 
recognized  from  our  patent  license  agreement  with  Takeda  entered  into  in  December  2017. There  were  no  foreign  withholding  tax 
expenses recognized in the year ended June 30, 2017. 

We are subject to foreign exchange gains and losses on foreign currency cash balances, creditors and debtors and for the year 
ended June 30, 2017 these balances were minimal and therefore only minor foreign exchange losses have been recognized. In the year 
ended June 30, 2018 we recognized a foreign exchange gain of $0.2 million, primarily due to movements in exchange rates on Euro 
deposits and receivables held in the Swiss and Singapore entities, respectively, as the US$ appreciated against the Euro. 

Finance costs 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 

Finance costs: 

Interest expense 

Finance costs 

Year ended 
June 30, 

2018 

2017 

$ Change 

      % Change 

  $ 
  $ 

1,829       
1,829       

—       
—       

1,829     
1,829     

NM 
NM 

In the year ended June 30, 2018, we recognized $1.8 million of interest expenses in relation to our loan and security agreement 
entered  into  with  Hercules  on  March  6, 2018. Within  this  $1.8  million,  $1.1  million  was  recognized  in  relation  to  interest  expense 
accrued on the loan balance within the year and a further $0.7 million of interest expense was recognized in relation to the amortization 
of transaction costs incurred on the outstanding loan principal for the year ended June 30, 2018 using the effective interest rate method 
over the period of initial recognition through maturity. There was no interest expense recognized in the year ended June 30, 2017. 

Loss after income tax 

Year ended 
June 30, 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Loss before income tax 

Income tax benefit/(expense) 
Loss after income tax 

2018 
(65,977 )   $ 
30,687       
(35,290 )   $ 

   $ 

  $ 

2017 
(90,215 )     
13,400       
(76,815 )     

      $ Change 

      % Change 

24,238     
17,287     
41,525     

(27%) 
129% 
(54%) 

Loss before income tax was $66.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2018 compared with $90.2 million for the year ended June 
30, 2017, a decrease in the loss of $24.2 million. This decrease is the net effect of the changes in revenues and expenses which have 
been fully discussed above. 

A non-cash income tax benefit of $30.7 million was recognized in the year ended June 30, 2018 in relation to the net change in 
deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized on the balance sheet during the period, primarily due to a revaluation of our deferred tax 
assets and liabilities recognized as a result of changes in tax rates. Deferred taxes are measured at the rate in which they are expected to 
settle within the respective jurisdictions, which can change based on factors such as new legislation or timing of utilization and reversal 
of associated assets and liabilities. On December 22, 2017, the United States signed into law the Tax Act, which changed many aspects 
of U.S. corporate income taxation, including a reduction in the corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%.  We recognized the tax 
effects of the Tax Act in the year ended June 30, 2018, the most significant of which was a tax benefit resulting from the remeasurement 
of deferred tax balances to 21%. 

A non-cash income tax benefit of $13.4 million was recognized in the year ended June 30, 2017 in relation to the net change in 

deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized on the balance sheet during the period. 

79 

 
 
  
  
        
      
  
     
     
    
        
        
      
  
 
 
  
  
       
  
     
  
  
     
    
 
Certain Differences Between IFRS and U.S. GAAP 

IFRS differs from U.S. GAAP in certain respects. Management has not assessed the materiality of differences between IFRS and 

U.S. GAAP. Our significant accounting policies are described in “Item 18 Financial Statements – Note 22”. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk 

The following sections provide quantitative information on our exposure to interest rate risk, share price risk, and foreign currency 
exchange risk. We make use of sensitivity analyses which are inherently limited in estimating actual losses in fair value that can occur 
from changes in market conditions. For further assessment on our market risks, see “Item 18. Financial Statements – Note 10(a).” 

Foreign currency exchange risk 

We have foreign currency amounts owing primarily in our Australian based entity, whose functional currency is the A$, relating 
to clinical, regulatory and overhead activities. We also have foreign currency amounts in our Switzerland and Singapore based entities, 
whose functional currencies are the US$. We also have foreign currency amounts owing in various other non-US$ currencies in A$ and 
US$ functional currency entities, relating to clinical, regulatory and overhead activities. These foreign currency balances give rise to a 
currency risk, which is the risk of the exchange rate moving, in either direction, and the impact it may have on our financial performance. 

We manage the currency risk by evaluating levels to hold in each currency by assessing our future activities which will likely be 

incurred in those currencies which enables us to minimize foreign currency deposits held in each entity. 

Interest rate risk 

Our main interest rate risk arises from the portion of our long-term borrowings with a floating interest rate, which exposes us to 
cash flow interest rate risk. As interest rates fluctuate, the amount of interest payable on financing where the interest rate is not fixed 
will also fluctuate. Interest rate risk can be managed by interest rate swaps, which can be entered into to convert the floating interest rate 
to a fixed interest rate as required. Additionally, we can repay the loan facility at our discretion and we can also refinance if we are able 
to achieve terms suitable to us in the marketplace or from our existing lenders.  

We completed a cost benefit analysis of entering an interest rate swap arrangement in the period. We did not enter into any interest 

rate swaps during the year ended June 30, 2019. 

We are also exposed to interest rate risk that arises through movements in interest income we earn on our deposits. The interest 
income derived from these balances can fluctuate due to interest rate changes. This interest rate risk is managed by periodically reviewing 
interest rates available for suitable interest bearing accounts to ensure we earn interest at market rates. We ensure that sufficient funds 
are available, in at call accounts, to meet our working capital requirements. 

Price risk 

Price risk is the risk that future cash flows derived from financial instruments will be altered as a result of a market price movement, 
which is defined as movements other than foreign currency rates and interest rates. We are exposed to price risk which arises from long-
term borrowings under our facility with NovaQuest, where the timing and amount of principal and interest payments is dependent on 
net sales of product candidate remestemcel-L for the treatment of aGVHD in pediatric patients in the United States and other territories 
excluding Asia. As net sales of remestemcel-L for the treatment of aGVHD in pediatric patients in these territories increase/decrease, 
the  timing  and  amount  of  principal  and  interest  payments  relating  to  the  financing  arrangement  will  also  fluctuate,  resulting  in  an 
adjustment to the carrying amount of the financial liability. The adjustment is recognized in the Income Statement as remeasurement of 
borrowing arrangements within other operating income and expenses in the period the revision is made.   

We do not consider any exposure to price risk other than those already described above. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

Our  management’s  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  is  based  on  our  consolidated 
financial  statements,  which  we  have  prepared  in  accordance  with  IFRS.  The  preparation  of  these  consolidated  financial  statements 
requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent 
assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. 
We evaluate these estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other 
factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the 

80 

 
carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our actual results may differ from these estimates 
under different assumptions or conditions. 

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in our consolidated financial statements included in the annual 
report,  we  believe  that  the  following  accounting  policies  are  the  most  critical  for  fully  understanding  and  evaluating  our  financial 
condition and results of operations. 

Revenue Recognition 

We adopted IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers on July 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective approach. Revenue 

from contracts with customers is measured and recognized in accordance with the five step model prescribed by the standard. 

First, contracts with customers within the scope of IFRS 15 are identified. Distinct promises within the contract are identified as 
performance obligations. The transaction price of the contract is measured based on the amount of consideration we expect to be entitled 
from the customer in exchange for goods or services. Factors such as requirements around variable consideration, significant financing 
components,  noncash  consideration,  or  amounts  payable  to  customers  also  determine  the  transaction  price.  The  transaction  is  then 
allocated to separate performance obligations in the contract based on relative standalone selling prices. Revenue is recognized when, 
or as, performance obligations are satisfied, which is when control of the promised good or service is transferred to the customer.  

There was no cumulative impact of the adoption of IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers on July 1, 2018. 

Revenues from contracts with customers comprise commercialization and milestone revenue. We also have revenue from research 

and development tax incentives and interest revenue. 

Commercialization and milestone revenue 

Commercialization and milestone revenue generally includes non-refundable up-front license and collaboration fees; milestone 
payments, the receipt of which is dependent upon the achievement of certain clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones; as well as 
royalties on product sales of licensed products, if and when such product sales occur; and revenue from the supply of products. Payment 
is generally due on standard terms of 30 to 60 days. 

Amounts received prior to satisfying the revenue recognition criteria are recorded as deferred revenue or deferred consideration 
in our consolidated balance sheets, depending on the nature of arrangement. Amounts expected to be recognized as revenue within the 
12 months following the balance sheet date are classified within current liabilities. Amounts not expected to be recognized as revenue 
within the 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified within non-current liabilities. 

Milestone revenue 

We apply the five-step method under the standard to measure and recognize milestone revenue.  

The  receipt  of  milestone  payments  is  often  contingent  on  meeting  certain  clinical,  regulatory  or  commercial  targets,  and  is 
therefore considered variable consideration. We estimate the transaction price of the contingent milestone using the most likely amount 
method. We include in the transaction price some or all of the amount of the contingent milestone only to the extent that it is highly 
probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with 
the contingent milestone is subsequently resolved. Milestone payments that are not within the control of the Company, such as regulatory 
approvals, are not considered highly probable of being achieved until those approvals are received. Any changes in the transaction price 
are allocated to all performance obligations in the contract unless the variable consideration relates only to one or more, but not all, of 
the performance obligations. 

When consideration for milestones is a sale-based or usage-based royalty that arises from licenses of IP (such as cumulative net 
sales targets), revenue is recognized at the later of when (or as) the subsequent sale or usage occurs, or when the performance obligation 
to which some or all of the royalty has been allocated has been satisfied (or partially satisfied). 

Licenses of intellectual property  

When licenses of IP are distinct from other goods or services promised in the contract, we recognize the transaction price allocated 
to the license as revenue upon transfer of control of the license to the customer. We evaluate all other promised goods or services in the 
license agreement to determine if they are distinct. If they are not distinct, they are combined with other promised goods or services to 
create a bundle of promised goods or services that is distinct.  

81 

 
The transaction price allocated to the license performance obligation is recognized based on the nature of the license arrangement. 
The transaction price is recognized over time if the nature of the license is a “right to access” license. This is when we undertake activities 
that significantly affect the IP to which the customer has rights, the rights granted by the license directly expose the customer to any 
positive or negative effects of our activities, and those activities do not result in the transfer of a good or service to the customer as those 
activities occur. When licenses do not meet the criteria to be a right to access license, the license is a “right to use” license, and the 
transaction price is recognized at the point in time when the customer obtains control over the license. 

Sales-based or usage-based royalties 

Licenses of IP can include royalties that are based on the customer’s usage of the IP or sale of products that contain the IP. We 
apply the specific exception to the general requirements of variable consideration and the constraint on variable consideration for sales-
based or usage-based royalties promised in a license of IP. The exception requires such revenue to be recognized at the later of when 
(or as) the subsequent sale or usage occurs and the performance obligation to which some or all of the sales-based or usage-based royalty 
has been allocated has been satisfied (or partially satisfied). 

Tasly arrangement 

In July 2018, we entered into a strategic alliance with Tasly for the development, manufacture and commercialization in China of 
our  allogeneic  MPC  products,  MPC-150-IM  and  MPC-25-IC.  Tasly  received  exclusive  rights  for  MPC-150-IM  and  MPC-25-IC  in 
China and Tasly will fund all development, manufacturing and commercialization activities in China. 

We received a $20.0 million up-front technology access fee from Tasly upon closing of this strategic alliance in October 2018. 
We are also entitled to receive $25.0 million on product regulatory approvals in China, double-digit escalating royalties on net product 
sales and up to six escalating milestone payments when the product candidates reach certain sales thresholds in China.  

Under IFRS 15, upon completion of this strategic alliance  on September 14, 2018, we recognized $10.0 million  in  milestone 
revenue from the $20.0 million up-front technology access fee received in October 2018 as this is the portion of revenue that control 
has  been  transferred  to  Tasly.  We  recognized  the  remaining  $10.0  million  from  the  $20.0  million  up-front  payment  as  deferred 
consideration on the consolidated balance sheet. The deferred consideration amount will be recognized in revenue when and if control 
transfers to Tasly based on our decision regarding the exercise of our rights in the terms and conditions of the agreement.   

For the comparative period, being the year ended June 30, 2018, no milestone revenue was recognized in relation to this strategic 

alliance with Tasly. 

TiGenix arrangement  

In December 2017, we entered into a patent license agreement with TiGenix, now a wholly owned subsidiary of Takeda, which 
granted Takeda exclusive access to certain of our patents to support global commercialization of the adipose-derived MSC product, 
Alofisel® a registered trademark of TiGenix, previously known as Cx601, a product candidate of Takeda, for the local treatment of 
fistulae.  The agreement includes the right for Takeda to grant sub-licenses to affiliates and third parties.  

As part of the license agreement, we received $5.9 million (€5.0 million) before withholding tax as a non-refundable up-front 
payment and recognized this amount in revenue in December 2017 upon receipt. In December 2018, we received a milestone payment 
of $5.9 million (€5.0  million) before  withholding tax and recognized this amount  in revenue  in December 2017 as all performance 
obligations had been satisfied at that time. We are entitled to further payments up to €10.0 million when Takeda reaches certain product 
regulatory milestones. Additionally, we receive single digit royalties on net sales of Alofisel®.   

No milestone revenue was recognized in relation to the patent license agreement with Takeda in the year ended June 30, 2019. 

In the year ended June 30, 2018, we recognized $11.8 million in milestone revenue in relation to our patent license agreement 
with Takeda. Within this $11.8 million, $5.9 million (€5.0 million) was recognized in relation to the non-refundable up-front payment 
received upon execution of the Group’s patent license agreement with Takeda in December 2017 and $5.9 million (€5.0 million) was 
recognized in December 2017 in relation to further payments received in December 2018 for product Alofisel® as all performance 
obligations had been satisfied at that time. These amounts were recorded in revenue as there were no further performance obligations 
required in regards to these milestones.    

82 

 
JCR arrangement 

In  October  2013,  we  acquired  all  of  Osiris’  culture-expanded,  MSC-based  assets.  These  assets  included  assumption  of  a 
collaboration agreement with JCR, a research and development oriented pharmaceutical company in Japan. Revenue recognized under 
this model is limited to the amount of cash received or for which we are entitled, as JCR has the right to terminate the agreement at any 
time. 

Under  the  JCR  Agreement,  JCR  is  responsible  for  all  development  and  manufacturing  costs  including  sales  and  marketing 
expenses. Under the JCR Agreement we assumed from Osiris, JCR has the right to develop our MSCs in two fields for the Japanese 
market: exclusive in conjunction with the treatment of hematological malignancies by the use of hematopoietic stem cells derived from 
peripheral blood, cord blood or bone marrow, or the First JCR Field; and non-exclusive for developing assays that use liver cells for 
non-clinical drug screening and evaluation, or the Second JCR Field. With respect to the First JCR Field, we are entitled to payments 
when  JCR  reaches  certain  commercial  milestones  and  to  escalating  double-digit  royalties.  These  royalties  are  subject  to  possible 
renegotiation downward in the event of competition from non-infringing products in Japan. With respect to the Second JCR Field, we 
are entitled to a double digit profit share. In the past 12 months, we have expanded our partnership with JCR in Japan for two new 
indications: for wound healing in patients with Epidermolysis Bullosa (“EB”) in October 2018, and for hypoxic ischemic encephalopathy 
(“HIE”), a condition suffered by newborns who lack sufficient blood supply and oxygen to the brain, in June 2019. We will receive 
royalties on TEMCELL product sales for EB and HIE, if and when such indications receive marketing approval in Japan. We apply the 
sales-based and usage-based royalty exception for licenses of intellectual property and therefore recognize royalty revenue at the later 
of when the subsequent sale or usage occurs and the associated performance obligation has been satisfied. 

In the year ended June 30, 2019, we recognized $5.0 million, in commercialization revenue relating to royalty income earned on 
sales of TEMCELL in Japan by our licensee JCR, compared with $3.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2018. These amounts were 
recorded in revenue as there are no further performance obligations required in regards to these items.  

In the year ended June 30, 2019, we recognized $1.0 million in milestone revenue upon our licensee, JCR, reaching cumulative 
net sales milestones for sales of TEMCELL in Japan, compared with $1.5 million in the year ended June 30, 2018. These amounts were 
recorded in revenue as there are no further performance obligations required in regards to these items. 

Government grant income 

Revenue from government grants is recognized in the consolidated income statement on a systematic basis over the periods in 
which the entity recognizes as expense the related costs for which the grants are intended to compensate in accordance with IAS 20 
Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance. 

The Australian government allows a refundable tax offset to eligible companies with an annual aggregate turnover of less than 
A$20.0 million. Eligible companies can receive a refundable tax offset for a percentage of their research and development spending at 
the rate of 43.5% for periods from July 1, 2016. All other eligible entities may obtain a non-refundable tax offset equal to 38.5% of their 
eligible research and development expenditure. We have assessed our research and development activities and expenditure to determine 
which  of  these  expenses  are  likely  to  be  eligible  under  the  incentive  scheme.  At  each  period  end,  we  estimate  and  recognize  the 
refundable tax offset available to us based on available information at the time. 

The receivable for reimbursable amounts that have not been collected is reflected in trade and other receivables on our consolidated 

balance sheets. 

The combined worldwide turnover of the Mesoblast Group is in excess of A$20.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2019 making 
us ineligible for the refundable tax offset for the research and development tax incentive. Consequently, no income was recognized from 
the Research and Development Tax Incentive program for the year ended June 30, 2019, compared with $1.8 million that was recognized 
for the year ended June 30, 2018. We recorded a $0.1 million loss in research and development tax incentive income for the year ended 
June 30, 2019 which relates to a change in the original estimate of the research and development tax incentive income that we would 
receive from the Australian Government for the year ended June 30, 2018. 

Goodwill 

We have recognized goodwill as a result of two separate acquisitions. Goodwill of $118.4 million was recognized on acquisition 
of Angioblast Systems Inc. in 2010, $13.9 million was recognized on the acquisition of the MSC assets from Osiris (“MSC business 
combination”) in 2013 and $2.1 million was recognized on finalization of the MSC business combination of Osiris in 2015. In all cases 
the goodwill recognized represented excess in the purchase price over the net identifiable assets and in-process research and development 
acquired in the transaction. We have a single operating unit and all goodwill has been allocated to that unit. 

83 

 
The goodwill resulting from these acquisitions is tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 Impairment of Assets which 
requires testing be performed at any time during an annual period, provided the test is performed at the same time every year. During 
the year ended June 30, 2019, we elected to change the annual impairment testing date from the fourth quarter to the third quarter of 
each year to align with industry best practice. A full assessment was performed at March 31, 2019 and no impairment of goodwill was 
identified. Additionally, assets must be tested for impairment if there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. The recoverable 
amounts of our assets and cash-generating units have been determined based on fair value less costs to sell calculations, which require 
the use of certain assumptions. See Note 6 of our consolidated financial statements and the related note thereto included in our 20-F for 
more information regarding the assumptions used in determining the fair value less costs to sell. 

In-process research and development 

IFRS  requires  that  acquired  in-process  research  and  development  be  measured  at  fair  value  and  carried  as  an  indefinite  life 
intangible asset subject to impairment reviews. We have recognized in-process research and development as a result of two separate 
acquisitions. In-process research and development of $387.0 million was recognized on the acquisition of Angioblast Systems Inc. in 
2010 and $126.7 million was recognized on the acquisition of assets from Osiris in 2013 and $24.0 million was reclassified to current 
marketed products upon  the  TEMCELL asset becoming available for use in Japan. In  2016,  we fully impaired $61.9 million of in-
process  research  and  development  relating  to  our  product  candidates,  MPC-MICRO-IO  for  the  treatment  of  age-related  macular 
degeneration and MPC-CBE for the expansion of hematopoietic stem cells within cord blood, as we suspended further patient enrollment 
of the Phase IIa MPC-MICRO-IO clinical trial and the Phase III MPC-CBE clinical trial as we prioritized the funding of our Tier 1 
product candidates. The remaining carrying amount of in-process research and development as at June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018 was 
$427.8 million. We still believe these product candidates remain viable  upon  further funding, or partnership, and accordingly  these 
products should not be regarded as abandoned, where typically, abandoned programs would be closed down and the related research 
and development efforts are considered impaired and the asset is fully expensed. 

All in-process research and development recognized on our balance sheet is a result of a business acquisition and is considered to 
be an indefinite life intangible asset on the basis that it is incomplete and cannot be used in its current form. Indefinite life intangible 
assets are not amortized but rather are tested for impairment annually in accordance with IAS 36 Impairment of Assets which requires 
testing annually, or whenever there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. During the year ended June 30, 2019, we elected to 
change the annual impairment testing date from the fourth quarter to the third quarter of each year to align with industry best practice. 
A full assessment was performed at March 31, 2019 and no impairment of the in-process research and development  was identified. 
There was no impairment charge recognized during the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018. 

In-process research and development will continue to be tested for impairment until the related research and development efforts 
are either completed or abandoned. At the time of completion, when the asset becomes available for use, all costs recognized in in-
process research and development that related to the completed asset are transferred to the intangible asset category, current marketed 
products, at the asset’s historical cost.   

Current marketed products 

Current marketed products contain products that are currently being marketed.  The assets are recognized on our balance sheet as 
a result of business acquisitions or reclassifications from in-process research and development upon completion.  Upon completion, 
when assets become available for use, assets are reclassified from in-process research and development to current marketed products at 
the historical value that they were recognized at within the in-process research and development category. 

Upon  reclassification  to  the  current  marketed  products  category,  management  determines  the  remaining  useful  life  of  the 
intangible assets and amortizes them from the date they become available for use. In order for management to determine the remaining 
useful life of the asset, management would consider the expected flow of future economic benefits to the entity with reference to the 
product life cycle, competitive landscape, obsolescence, market demand, any remaining patent useful life and any other relevant factors.  

Management has chosen to amortize all intangible assets with a finite useful life on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the 
asset.  Current marketed products are tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 Impairment of Assets which requires testing 
whenever there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. 

In February 2016, we reclassified $24.0 million from in-process research and development to current marketed products upon the 

TEMCELL asset becoming available for use in Japan. 

84 

 
Impairment of assets 

Goodwill  and  intangible  assets  that  have  an  indefinite  useful  life  are  not  subject  to  amortization  and  are  tested  annually  for 
impairment or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. Other assets are tested for 
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. 

We impair assets in accordance with IAS 36 Impairment of Assets. IAS 36 outlines that an impairment loss must be recognized if 
an asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to 
sell and its value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately 
identifiable cash inflows which are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets (cash-generating units). 
The recoverable amounts of our assets and cash-generating units have been determined based on fair value less costs to sell calculations, 
which require the use of certain assumptions. See Note 6(b)(v) of our consolidated financial statements and the related note thereto 
included in our annual report for more information regarding the assumptions used in determining the fair value less costs to sell. 

Management  maintains  internal  valuations  of  each  asset  annually  (or  more  frequently  should  indicators  of  impairment  be 
identified) and valuations from independent experts are requested periodically, within every three year period. The internal valuations 
are  continually  reviewed  by  management  and  consideration  is  given  as  to  whether  there  are  indicators  of  impairment  which  would 
warrant impairment testing. An external valuation of our assets was carried out by an independent expert as at June 30, 2017 with the 
recoverable amount of each asset exceeding its carrying amount.  

The recoverable amount of our cash generating unit, including goodwill and in-process research and development, exceeded the 
carrying amounts in the annual impairment testing completed in March 31, 2019 and, therefore, no impairment charges were recorded. 

Investments and other financial assets 

We invest our cash in term deposits and other similar low risk products. We classify investments as either a cash equivalent or a 
short-term investment in accordance with IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows. For a deposit to be classified as a cash equivalent it should 
be held for the purpose of meeting short-term cash commitments rather than for investment or other purposes and IAS 7 outlines that:  

• 

• 

it must be readily convertible to a known amount of cash (qualifies when it has a short maturity, of say, 3 months or less 
from the date of acquisition); and 

it must be subject to insignificant risk of change of value. 

We review the terms and conditions of each deposit to determine if it is a cash equivalent in accordance with IAS 7. 

Deposits with maturity dates between 3 months and 12 months are classified as short term investments. The carrying amount of 
short-term investments approximates fair value due to the short maturities of these instruments, and there are no unrealized gains or 
losses associated with these instruments. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an 
orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should 
be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset and liability. 

As at June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018, we did not hold any deposits with maturity dates between 3 months and 12 months and 

therefore we did not hold any deposits classified as short term investments. 

Fair Value Measurements 

For financial instruments that are measured on the balance sheet at fair value, IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures requires 

disclosure of the fair value measurements by level of the following fair value measurement hierarchy: 

• 

• 

• 

Level 1: The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets (such as publicly traded derivatives, trading and 
financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income securities) is based on quoted market prices at the end of 
the reporting period. The quoted market price used for financial assets held by us is the current bid price. These instruments 
are included in level 1. 

Level  2:  The  fair  value  of  financial  instruments  that  are  not  traded  in  an  active  market  (for  example,  foreign  exchange 
contracts) is determined using valuation techniques which maximize the use of observable market data and rely as little as 
possible  on  entity-specific  estimates.  If  all  significant  inputs  required  to  fair  value  an  instrument  are  observable,  the 
instrument is included in level 2. 

Level 3: If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in   level 
3. This is the case for provisions (contingent consideration) and equity securities (unlisted).  

85 

 
Our level 3 asset consists of an investment in unlisted equity securities in the biotechnology sector. Level 3 assets were 100% of 

total assets measured at fair value as at June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018. 

Our level 3 liabilities consist of a contingent consideration provision related to the acquisition of Osiris’ MSC business. Level 3 
liabilities were 100% of total liabilities measured at fair value as at June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018. There were no transfers between 
any of the levels for recurring fair value measurements during the year. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  assumptions,  techniques,  and  significant  unobservable  inputs  used  in  level  3  fair  value 

measurements: 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands, 
except percent data) 
Description 
Contingent consideration provision 

Fair value as of 
June 30, 

   2019 
  47,534   

     2018 
  42,070   

     Valuation 
     technique 
Discounted 
cash flows 

   Unobservable 
inputs(1) 
Risk adjusted 
discount rate 

Range of inputs 
(weighted average) 

   Year Ended June 30, 

2019 
11%-13% 
(12.5%) 

2018 
11%-13% 
(12.5%) 

Expected unit 
revenues 

n/a 

n/a 

Expected sales 
volumes 

n/a 

n/a 

Relationship of 
unobservable inputs to 
fair value 
Year ended June 30, 2019: A 
change in the discount rate by 
0.5% would increase/decrease 
the fair value by 1%. 

Year ended June 30, 2018: A 
change in the discount rate by 
0.5% would increase/decrease 
the fair value by 1%. 
Year ended June 30, 2019: A 
10% increase/decrease in the 
price assumptions adopted 
would increase/decrease the 
fair value by 4%. 

Year ended June 30, 2018: A 
10% increase/decrease in the 
price assumptions adopted 
would increase/decrease the 
fair value by 4%. 
Year ended June 30, 2019: A 
10% increase/decrease in sales 
volume assumptions adopted 
would increase/decrease the 
fair value by 4%. 

Year ended June 30, 2018: A 
10% increase/decrease in sales 
volume assumptions adopted 
would increase/decrease the 
fair value by 4%. 

(1)  There were no significant inter-relationships between unobservable inputs that materially affect fair values. 

Borrowings 

Borrowings  are  initially  recognized  at  fair  value,  net  of  transaction  costs  incurred.  Borrowings  are  subsequently  measured  at 
amortized cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognized in profit or loss 
over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognized as 
transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. In this case, the fee is 
deferred until the draw down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn 
down, the fee is capitalized as a prepayment for liquidity services and amortized over the period of the facility to which it relates.  

86 

 
 
  
    
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Borrowings are removed from the balance sheet when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expired. 
The difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability that has been extinguished or transferred to another party and the 
consideration  paid,  including  any  non-cash  assets  transferred  of  liabilities  assumed,  is  recognized  as  remeasurement  of  borrowing 
arrangements within other operating income and expenses.  

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless we have an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 

12 months after the reporting period. 

Net deferred tax assets 

We record deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that we will recognize some or all 
of the deferred tax assets. Deferred tax assets were recognized for unused tax losses based on the scheduling of reversals of deferred tax 
liabilities and to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against  which the unused tax losses can be 
utilized. We have recorded deferred tax assets that relate to operating tax losses and deductible temporary differences to offset taxable 
temporary differences (deferred tax liabilities) following our conclusion in the year ended June 30, 2016 to retain existing intellectual 
property assets in their relative jurisdictions as we are no longer planning to consolidate intellectual property assets. There have been no 
significant developments on this conclusion during the year ended June 30, 2019.  

Accrued research and development and manufacturing commercialization expenses 

As  part  of  the  process  of  preparing  our  financial  statements,  we  are  required  to  estimate  our  accrued  expenses.  This  process 
involves reviewing open contracts and purchase orders, communicating with our personnel to identify services that have been performed 
on our behalf and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been 
invoiced  or  otherwise  notified  of  the  actual  cost.  The  majority  of  our  service  providers  invoice  us  monthly  in  arrears  for  services 
performed or when contractual milestones are met. We make estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in our 
financial statements based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time. We periodically confirm the accuracy of our estimates 
with the service providers and make adjustments if necessary. 

Examples of estimated accrued expenses include fees paid to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

CROs in connection with clinical studies; 

investigative sites in connection with clinical studies; 

vendors in connection with preclinical development activities; and 

vendors related to product manufacturing, process development and distribution of clinical supplies. 

We base our expenses related to clinical studies on our estimates of the services received and efforts expended pursuant to contracts 
with  multiple CROs that conduct and  manage clinical studies on our behalf. The financial terms of these agreements  are subject to 
negotiation, vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. There may be instances in which payments made 
to our vendors will exceed the level of services provided and result in a prepayment of the clinical expense. Payments under some of 
these contracts depend on factors such as the successful enrollment of subjects and the completion of clinical study milestones. 

In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended 
in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from our estimate, we adjust the accrual 
or prepaid accordingly. To date, there have been no material differences from our estimates to the amount actually incurred. 

Australian Disclosure Requirements 

Significant Changes in the State of Affairs 

There have been no significant changes within the state of our affairs during the year ended June 30, 2019 except as noted in the 

“Important Corporate Developments” section included in Item 4.A. 

Likely Developments and Expected Results of Operations 

Our continued progress in clinical development brings our leading products closer to approval and commercial reality. In May 
2019,  we  filed  the  first  component  of  a  rolling  submission  for  a  BLA  to  the  U.S.  Food  and  Drug  Administration  (“FDA”)  for 
remestemcel-L in the treatment of children with aGVHD, a life-threatening complication of an allogeneic bone marrow transplant. The 
FDA has agreed to a rolling review of the BLA which enables individual components to be submitted and reviewed on an ongoing basis 

87 

 
rather than waiting for all sections to be completed. The rolling process will provide opportunity for ongoing communication, and during 
this process we expect to be able to adequately address any substantial matters raised by the FDA. 

Other significant milestones are expected in the upcoming financial year in relation to our other Tier 1 product candidates, as 

detailed elsewhere in this report. 

Environmental Regulations 

Our  operations  are  not  subject  to  any  significant  environmental  regulations  under  either  Commonwealth  of  Australia  or 
State/Territory legislation. We consider that adequate systems are in place to manage our obligations and are not aware of any breach 
of environmental requirements pertaining to us. 

5.B 

Liquidity and Capital Resources  

Sources of Liquidity 

We have incurred losses from operations since our inception in 2004 and as of June 30, 2019, we had an accumulated deficit of 
$470.0 million. We had cash and cash equivalents of $50.4 million as of June 30, 2019 and incurred net cash outflows from operations 
of $57.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2019.  

We have an overarching strategy to fund operations predominately through non-dilutive strategic and commercial transactions.  
In line with this strategy in 2018, we entered into a strategic partnership with Tasly and into loan and security agreements with Hercules 
and NovaQuest. Under the agreements with Hercules and NovaQuest, we have up to an additional US$35.0 million available subject to 
achievement of certain milestones. 

We  will  also  consider  equity-based  financing  to  fund  operational  requirements.  Mesoblast  have  entered  into  a  Subscription 
Commitment Letter with its largest institutional shareholder, M&G Investment Management, for US$15.0 million in Mesoblast ordinary 
shares, exercisable by the Company on or before 31 December 2019, subject to customary diligence and with pricing to be agreed at the 
time Mesoblast gives notice. In addition, in July 2019 we extended the fully discretionary equity facility with Kentgrove Capital from 
which we can raise capital of up to A$120.0 million (approximately US$82.0 million) over the next 24 months, the quantum and timing 
of capital raised will be subject to the market price and trading volumes of our ordinary shares during the period and our obligations 
under ASX Listing Rule 7.1. 

There is uncertainty related to our ability to to raise funds through entering strategic and commercial transactions, equity-based 
or debt-based financings to meet our requirements. The continuing viability of us and our ability to continue as a going concern and 
meet our debts and commitments as they fall due are dependent upon non-dilutive funding in the form of strategic and commercial 
transactions, equity-based or debt-based financing to fund future operations.  

Management and the directors believe that we will be successful in the above matters and, accordingly, have prepared the financial 
report on a going concern basis, notwithstanding that there is a material uncertainty that may cast significant doubt on our ability to 
continue as a going concern and that we may be unable to realize our assets and liabilities in the normal course of business.  

References to matters that may cast significant doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern also raise substantial doubt 
as contemplated by the Public Company  Accounting Oversight Board standards. For our audited financial statements, see “Item 18 
Financial Statements” included in our Form 20-F. 

Audit Report 

Our auditor has included an “emphasis of matter” paragraph in the audit report relating to our ability to continue as a going concern 

(refer Note 1(i)). 

88 

 
 
Cash flows 

(in thousands) 
Cash Flow Data: 
Net cash (outflows) in operating activities 
Net cash (outflows)/ inflows in investing activities 
Net cash inflows in financing activities 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

2019 

Year ended June 30, 
2018 

2017 

(57,790 )      
(1,000 )      
71,608        
12,818        

(75,012 )      
(1,153 )      
68,613   
(7,552 )      

(95,471 )    
142      
60,005      
(35,324 )    

Comparison of cash flows for the Year ended June 30, 2019 with the Year ended June 30, 2018 

Net cash outflows in operating activities 

Net cash outflows for operating activities were $57.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2019, compared with $75.0 million for 
the year ended June 30, 2018, a decrease of $17.2 million. The decrease of $17.2 million is due to an increase in cash inflows of $22.6 
million offset by an increase in cash outflows of $5.4 million in the year ended June 30, 2019 compared with the year ended June 30, 
2018. 

The $22.6 million increase in inflows comprised: inflows from milestone payments received increased by $20.0 million in relation 
to the up-front technology access fee received upon closing of the strategic alliance with Tasly in October 2018; inflows from royalty 
income earned on sales of TEMCELL in Japan increased by $1.3 million during the year ended June 30, 2019 compared with the year 
ended June 30, 2018; receipts for the research and development tax incentive increased by $1.7 million in the year ended June 30, 2019 
compared with the year ended June 30, 2018; inflows from interest receipts increased by $0.3 million as our cash reserves have increased 
in year ended June 30, 2019 when compared with the year ended June 30, 2018; these increases in inflows were offset by a $0.5 million 
decrease from cumulative net sales milestone payments received on TEMCELL in Japan during the year ended June 30, 2019, compared 
with the year ended June 30, 2018; and reduced receipts by $0.2 million in relation to payments received on our patent license agreement 
with Takeda in the year ended June 30, 2019 when compared with June 30, 2018. 

Outflows for payments to suppliers and employees and interest and other costs of finance paid increased by $5.4 million from 
$85.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2018 to $90.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2019 primarily due to an increase in payments 
in  relation  to  manufacturing  commercialization  costs  as  we  complete  process  validation  activities  required  for  the  BLA  filing  of 
remestemcel-L and an increase in interest expenses in the year ended June 30, 2019, compared with the year ended June 30, 2018. 

Net cash inflows in investing activities 

Net cash outflows for investing activities decreased by $0.2 million from $1.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2018 to $1.0 
million for the year ended June 30, 2019 primarily due to a $0.2 million decrease in outflows for payments for contingent consideration 
in the year ended June 30, 2019 compared with the year ended June 30, 2018.  

Net cash inflows in financing activities 

Net cash inflows for financing activities were $71.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2019, compared with $68.6 million for 
the year ended June 30, 2018, an increase of $3.0 million. The net cash inflows in the year ended June 30, 2019 include a $28.9 million 
receipt of net proceeds drawn pursuant to a non-dilutive, eight-year credit facility with NovaQuest, a $14.6 million receipt of net proceeds 
from drawing a further tranche of funding from our existing credit facility with Hercules, a $10.0 million receipt of gross proceeds from 
a share placement with NovaQuest in July 2018 and a $20.0 million receipt of gross proceeds from a share placement with Tasly in 
October 2018. In the year ended June 30, 2018, we received a $40.4 million receipt of gross proceeds from an institutional and retail 
entitlement offer to eligible existing shareholders in September 2017 and a $31.7 million receipt of net proceeds drawn at closing in 
March 2018 from a non-dilutive, four-year credit facility with Hercules. We also received $0.3 million in receipts from employee share 
option exercises during the year ended June 30, 2019, compared to $0.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2018. Additionally, there 
was $0.6 million of payments for associated capital raising costs and $1.6 million of payments for other associated borrowings cost in 
the year ended June 30, 2019, compared with $3.2 million of share issue costs and $0.4 million on payments for borrowings costs in the 
year ended June 30, 2018, a net decrease in outflows for capital raising and borrowing costs of $1.4 million.  

89 

 
 
  
  
    
  
     
     
     
    
         
         
       
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
Comparison of cash flows for the Year ended June 30, 2018 with the Year ended June 30, 2017 

Net cash outflows in operating activities 

Net cash outflows for operating activities were $75.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2018, compared with $95.5 million for 
the year ended June 30, 2017, a decrease of $20.5 million. The decrease of $20.5 million is due to a decrease in cash outflows of $15.1 
million and an increase in cash inflows of $5.4 million in the year ended June 30, 2018 compared with the year ended June 30, 2017. 

Outflows decreased by $15.1 million due to a reduction in payments to suppliers and employees primarily in relation to a decrease 
in manufacturing commercialization costs in the year ended June 30, 2018, compared with the year ended June 30, 2017, as the clinical 
supply demands for all ongoing trials have been met and a reduction in payments in relation to research and development primarily on 
MPC-150-IM (CHF) and Tier 2 products in the year ended June 30, 2018, compared with the year ended June 30, 2017. 

The $5.4 million increase of inflows comprised: inflows from milestone revenue increased by $5.6 million in relation to the non-
refundable up-front payment received upon execution of our patent license agreement with Takeda in December 2017; inflows from 
milestone payments received on achievement of cumulative net sales  milestones for TEMCELL in Japan increased by $1.0  million 
during the year ended June 30, 2018, compared with the year ended June 30, 2017; inflows from royalty income earned on sales of 
TEMCELL in Japan increased by $1.7 million during the year ended June 30, 2018, compared with the year ended June 30, 2017; these 
increases in inflows were offset by a $2.8 million decrease in receipts for the research and development tax incentive during the year 
ended June 30, 2018, compared with the year ended June 30, 2017 due to a $1.6 million receipt being delayed until July 2018 that would 
have otherwise been receipted in the year ended June 30, 2018; and reduced interest receipts by $0.1 million as our cash reserves have 
decreased in year ended June 30, 2018 when compared with the year ended June 30, 2017.   

Net cash inflows in investing activities 

Net cash outflows for investing activities were $1.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2018, compared with net cash inflows for 
investing activities of $0.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2017, an increase of $1.3 million. The increase of $1.3 million is due to 
an increase in cash outflows of $0.9 million and a decrease in cash inflows of $0.4 million.  

The $0.9 million increase in outflows comprised: a $1.0 million increase in outflows for payments for contingent consideration in 
the year ended June 30, 2018, compared with $Nil for the year ended June 30, 2017; this increase in outflows was offset by a reduction 
of $0.1 million in payments for fixed assets, such as plant and equipment, in the year ended June 30, 2018 when compared with the year 
ended June 30, 2017.  

The inflows decreased by $0.4 million due to proceeds from rental deposits of $0.4 million which were returned to us in the year 

ended June 30, 2017 on completion of part of the sublease agreement of our New York office space.    

Net cash inflows in financing activities 

Net cash inflows for financing activities were $68.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2018, compared with $60.0 million for 
the year ended June 30, 2017, an increase of $8.6 million. The net cash inflows in the year ended June 30, 2018 include a $40.4 million 
receipt of gross proceeds from an institutional and retail entitlement offer to eligible existing shareholders in September 2017 and a 
$31.7 million receipt of net proceeds drawn at closing in March 2018 from a non-dilutive, four-year credit facility with Hercules. In the 
year ended June 30, 2017, we received gross proceeds of $21.7 million from Mallinckrodt Pharmaceuticals on January 6, 2017, in a 
private placement, and a $40.1 million receipt of gross proceeds from an institutional private placement on March 31, 2017. We also 
received $0.1 million in receipts from employee share option exercises during the years ended June 30, 2018 and 2017. Additionally, 
there was $3.2 million of payments for associated capital raising costs in the year ended June 30, 2018, compared with $1.9 million of 
share issue costs in the year ended June 30, 2017 and $0.4 million of payments for other associated borrowings costs in the year ended 
June 30, 2018, an increase in outflows of $1.7 million. 

Operating Capital Requirements 

To  date,  revenues  have  not  been  significant.  We  do  not  know  when,  or  if,  we  will  generate  revenues  from  our  product  sales 
significant enough to generate profits. We do not expect to generate significant revenue from product sales unless and until we obtain 
regulatory approval of and commercialize more of our cell-based product candidates. We anticipate that we will continue to incur losses 
for the foreseeable future, and we expect the losses to increase as we continue the development of, and seek regulatory approvals for, 
our cell-based product candidates, and begin to commercialize any approved products either directly ourselves or through a collaborator 
or partner. We are subject to all of the risks inherent in the development of new cell-based products, and we may encounter unforeseen 
expenses,  difficulties,  complications,  delays  and  other  unknown  factors  that  may  adversely  affect  our  business.  We  expect  to  incur 
additional costs associated with operating as a U.S. public company. We anticipate that we will need substantial additional funding in 
connection with our continuing operations. 

90 

 
 
We expect that our research and development expenses will decrease in the short term (12 to 24 months) as we complete our phase 
3 trials or if we are able to successfully partner one or more of our product candidates. We expect management and administration 
expenses  to  remain  relatively  consistent.  Subject  to  us  achieving  successful  regulatory  approval  we  expect  an  increase  in  our  total 
expenses driven by an increase in our product manufacturing and selling, general and administrative expenses as  we move towards 
commercialization. Therefore, we will need additional capital to fund our operations, which we may raise through a combination of 
equity offerings, debt financings, other third-party funding, marketing and distribution arrangements and other collaborations, strategic 
alliances and licensing arrangements. 

Additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all. If  we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient 
amounts  or  on  terms  acceptable  to  us,  we  may  have  to  significantly  delay,  scale  back  or  discontinue  the  development  or 
commercialization of one or more of our product candidates. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of additional debt or 
equity  securities,  it  could  result  in  dilution  to  our  existing  shareholders,  increased  fixed  payment  obligations  and  the  existence  of 
securities with rights that may be senior to those of our ordinary shares. If we incur further indebtedness, we could become subject to 
covenants  that  would  restrict  our  operations  and  potentially  impair  our  competitiveness,  such  as  limitations  on  our  ability  to  incur 
additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire, sell or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could 
adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. Any of these events could significantly harm our business, financial condition and 
prospects. 

Borrowings 

Hercules  

On March 6, 2018, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Hercules, for a $75.0 million non-dilutive, four-year credit 
facility. We drew the first tranche of $35.0 million on closing and a further tranche of $15.0 million was drawn in January 2019, which 
resulted in an adjustment of the carrying amount of the financial liability to reflect the revised estimated cash flows. The carrying amount 
adjustment is recalculated by computing the present value of the revised estimated future cash flows at the financial instrument’s original 
effective interest rate. In the year ended June 30, 2019, we recognized a $0.4 million gain in the Income Statement as remeasurement of 
borrowing arrangements within finance costs.  

An additional $25.0 million may be drawn as certain conditions and milestones are met. The loan matures in March 2022 with 
principal repayments commencing in October 2019 with the ability to defer the commencement of principal repayments to October 2020 
if certain milestones are met. Interest on the loan is payable monthly in arrears on the 1st day of the month. At closing date, the interest 
rate was 9.45% per annum. On March 22, 2018, June 14, 2018, September 27, 2018 and December 20, 2018, in line with the increases 
in the U.S. prime rate, the interest rate on the loan increased to 9.70%, 9.95%, 10.20% and 10.45%, respectively. 

NovaQuest  

On June 29, 2018, we drew the first tranche of $30.0 million of the principal amount from the $40.0 million loan and security 
agreement with NovaQuest. There is a four-year interest only period, until July 2022, with the principal repayable in equal quarterly 
instalments over the remaining period of the loan. A $0.4 million loan administration fee is payable annually in June and is recognized 
as a current liability. The loan matures in July 2026. Interest on the loan will accrue at a fixed rate of 15% per annum. 

All  interest  and  principal  payments  will  be  deferred  until  after  the  first  commercial  sale  of  our  allogeneic  product  candidate 
remestemcel-L in pediatric aGVHD. We can elect to prepay all outstanding amounts owing at any time prior to maturity, subject to a 
prepayment charge, and may decide to do so if net sales of pediatric aGVHD are significantly higher than current forecasts.  

If there are no net sales of pediatric aGVHD, the loan is only repayable on maturity in 2026.  If in any annual period 25% of net 
sales of pediatric aGVHD exceed the amount of accrued interest owing and, from 2022, principal and accrued interest owing (“the 
payment cap”), Mesoblast will pay the payment cap and an additional portion of excess sales which may be used for early prepayment 
of the loan. If in any annual period 25% of net sales of pediatric aGVHD is less than the payment cap, then the payment is limited to 
25% of net sales of pediatric aGVHD. Any unpaid interest will be added to the principal amounts owing and shall accrue further interest. 
At maturity date, any unpaid loan balances are repaid. 

Because of this relationship of net sales and repayments, changes in our estimated net sales  may trigger an adjustment of the 
carrying amount of the financial liability to reflect the revised estimated cash flows. The carrying amount adjustment is recalculated by 
computing the present value of the revised estimated future cash flows at the financial instrument’s original effective interest rate. The 
adjustment is recognized in the Income Statement as remeasurement of borrowing arrangements  within other operating income and 
expenses in the period the revision is made. 

In the year ended June 30, 2019, $0.7 million have been recognized as adjustment to the carrying amount of the financial liability 

compared with $Nil in the year ended June 30, 2018. 

91 

 
Compliance with loan covenants 

Our loan facilities with Hercules and NovaQuest contain a number of covenants that impose operating restrictions on us, which 
may restrict our ability to respond to changes in our business or take specified actions. In addition, under our loan and security agreement 
with Hercules, we are obliged to maintain certain levels of cash in the United States and a minimum unrestricted cash balance across 
the Group.  

The Group has complied with the financial and other restrictive covenants of its borrowing facilities during the year ended June 

30, 2019. 

5.C 

Research and Development, Patents and Licenses  

For a description of the amount spent during each of the last three fiscal years on company-sponsored research and development 
activities, as well as the components of research and development expenses, see “Item 5.A Operating Results – Results of Operations.” 

For a description of our research and development process, see “Item 4.B Business Overview.” 

5.D 

Trend Information  

As a biotechnology company which primarily is still in the development stage, we are subject to costs of our clinical trials and 
other work necessary to support applications for regulatory approval of our product candidates. Health regulators have increased their 
focus on product safety. In addition, regulators have also increased their attention on whether or not a new product offers evidence of 
substantial treatment effect. These developments have led to requests for more clinical trial data, for the inclusion of a higher number 
of patients in clinical trials, and for more detailed analyses of the trials. In light of these developments, we expect these aspects of our 
research and development expenses  may need to increase as  we continue to fund our programs to the  market. Notwithstanding this 
upward trend, our research and development expenses may still fluctuate from period to period due to varied rates of patient enrollment 
and the timing of our clinical trials as our existing trials are completed and new trials commence. We cannot predict with any degree of 
accuracy the outcome of our research or commercialization efforts. 

5.E 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements  

We  did  not  have  during  the  periods  presented,  and  we  do  not  currently  have,  any  off-balance  sheet  arrangements,  other  than 

operating leases as mentioned below, as defined under SEC rules. 

5.F 

Contractual Obligations and Commitments  

Borrowing commitments: 

As  of  June  30, 2019,  the  maturity  profile  of  the  anticipated  future  contractual  cash  flows  including  interest  in  relation  to  our 

borrowings, on an undiscounted basis and which, therefore differs from the carrying value, is as follows: 

 (in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Borrowings(1)(2) 

   Within 
1 year 

Between 
1-2 years       

Between 
2-5 years       

Over 
5 years 

Total 
contractual 
cash flows       

Carrying 
amount 

     (18,845 )       (29,790 )       (57,634 )      (34,728 )      (140,997 )       (81,286 ) 
     (18,845 )       (29,790 )       (57,634 )      (34,728 )      (140,997 )       (81,286 ) 

(1)  Contractual cash flows include payments of principal, interest and other charges. Interest is calculated based on debt held at June 

(2) 

30, 2019 without taking into account drawdowns of further tranches. 
In relation to the contractual maturities of the NovaQuest borrowings, there is variability in the maturity profile of the anticipated 
future contractual cash flows given the timing and amount of payments are calculated based on our estimated net sales of pediatric 
aGVHD. 

92 

 
 
     
     
  
  
 
Lease commitment – as lessee: 

We lease various offices under non-cancellable operating leases. The leases have varying terms, escalation clauses and renewal 

rights. On renewal, the terms of the leases are renegotiated. As of June 30, 2019, our lease commitments are as follows: 

 (in thousands) 
Operating leases 
Total commitments 

Total 

   Within one year   

Later than one 
year but no later 
than three years   

Later than three 
years but no 
later than five 
years 

Later than five 
years 

7,460        
7,460        

2,100        
2,100        

2,763        
2,763        

1,341        
1,341        

1,256   
1,256   

Lease commitments include amounts in A$ and Singapore dollars which have been translated to US$ as of June 30, 2019 using 

foreign exchange rates published by the Reserve Bank of Australia. 

In addition to the obligations in the table above, as of June 30, 2019 we also had the following significant contractual obligations 

described below. 

Contingent liabilities 

We acquired certain intellectual property relating to our MPCs, or Medvet IP, pursuant to an Intellectual Property Assignment 
Deed, or IP Deed, with Medvet Science Pty Ltd, or Medvet. Medvet’s rights under the IP Deed were transferred to Central Adelaide 
Local Health Network Incorporated, or CALHNI, in November 2011. In connection with our use of the Medvet IP, on completion of 
certain milestones we will be obligated to pay CALHNI, as successor in interest to Medvet, (i) certain aggregated milestone payments 
of up to $2.2 million and single-digit royalties on net sales of products covered by the Medvet IP, for cardiac muscle and blood vessel 
applications and bone and cartilage regeneration and repair applications, subject to minimum annual royalties beginning in the first year 
of commercial sale of those products and (ii) single-digit royalties on net sales of the specified products for applications outside the 
specified fields.  

We have entered into a number of agreements with other third parties pertaining to intellectual property. Contingent liabilities 
may arise in the future if certain events or developments occur in relation to these agreements and as of June 30, 2019 we have assessed 
these contingent liabilities to be remote. 

Capital commitments 

We did not have any commitments for future capital expenditure outstanding as of June 30, 2019. 

Item 6. 

Directors, Senior Management and Employees 

(Start of the Remuneration Report for Australian Disclosure Requirements) 

Our board of directors (“the Board”) presents the 2018/2019 Remuneration Report, which has been prepared in accordance with 
the relevant Corporations Act 2001 (“Corporations Act”) and accounting standard requirements.  The remuneration report has been 
audited as required by s308 (3C) of the Corporations Act. The remuneration report sets out remuneration information for our company’s 
key management personnel (“KMP”) for the financial year ended June 30, 2019. 

6.A 

Key Management Personnel 

Key  management  personnel,  as  defined  in  the  International  Accounting  Standards  24  ‘Related  Party  Disclosures’  and  the 
Australian Corporations Act 2001, have authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of our company, 
directly or indirectly, and include any director (whether executive or otherwise). With this definition in mind, the Board has determined 
that in addition to themselves and Silviu Itescu (CEO), Josh Muntner (CFO) is to be designated as key management personnel from July 
1, 2018 onwards. 

93 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
 
 
 
Our key management personnel are listed in table below: 

Name 
Non-executive directors 

Joseph Swedish 

William Burns 

Donal O’Dwyer 

Michael Spooner 

Position 

Change from last year 

Chair, Board of Directors  
Member, Audit and Risk Committee 

Promoted to Chair – April 1, 2019 
Appointed – January 19, 2019 

Vice Chair, Board of Directors 
Member, Nomination and Remuneration Committee 

No change 
Appointed – January 19, 2019  

Non-executive Director 
Chair, Nomination and Remuneration Committee 
Member, Audit and Risk Committee 

No change 
No change 
No change 

Non-executive Director 
Chair, Audit and Risk Committee 
Member, Nomination and Remuneration Committee 

No change 
No change 
No change 

Eric Rose 

Non-executive Director 

No change 

Shawn Cline Tomasello(1) 

Non-executive Director 

Appointed – July 11, 2018 

Brian Jamieson 

Chair, Board of Directors  

Resigned – March 31, 2019 

Executive director 

Silviu Itescu 

Other executive KMP 

Josh Muntner(2) 

Notes  

Chief Executive Officer  
Executive Director 

No change 
No change 

Chief Financial Officer 

Appointed – May 28, 2018 

1. 

2. 

Shawn  Cline  Tomasello  was  appointed  to  the  board  as  a  Non-executive  Director  on  July  11,  2018  and  is  considered  key 
management personnel from the appointment date. 
Josh Muntner was appointed as Chief Financial Officer with an effective date of May 28, 2018 and is considered key management 
personnel from July 1, 2018 onwards.   

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Details of Directors and Senior Management 

Board of Directors 

Joseph Swedish, MHA 

Appointed as Chairman of the Board of Directors on April 1, 2019.  

Experience and expertise 

Joseph. R. Swedish has more than two decades of healthcare leadership experience as the CEO for major United States healthcare 
enterprises. He has served as Executive Chairman, President and CEO of Anthem, Inc. from 2013 to 2018, and he is currently a Senior 
Adviser to Anthem, Inc., America’s leading health benefits provider. Prior to joining Anthem, Inc., Mr Swedish was CEO for several 
major integrated healthcare delivery systems, including Trinity Health and Centura Health. Currently, he sits on the Board of Directors 
of IBM Corporation, CDW Corporation, Proteus Digital Health and Centrexion Therapeutics. Mr Swedish is past Chairman of Duke 
University’s Fuqua School of Business Board of Visitors and is a current member. Previously, he was Chairman of the Catholic Health 
Association and  America’s Health Insurance Plans (AHIP). Mr Swedish received a bachelor’s degree from the University of North 
Carolina at Charlotte and his master’s degree in health administration from Duke University. His extensive experience as a leader in the 
US  healthcare  sector,  particularly  in  resource  allocation  and  reimbursement  metrics,  provides  industry,  leadership  and  management 
experience as Mesoblast transitions to a commercial stage company. 

Other current directorships of listed public companies 
Non-Executive Director, IBM Corporation (since 2017) 
Non-Executive Director, CDW Corporation (since 2015) 

Former directorships of listed public companies within the last 3 years 
Executive Chairman, Anthem, Inc. (2013 - 2018) 

William Burns, BA 

Non-Executive Member of the Board of Directors 

Experience and expertise 

Mr.  Burns  has  served  on  our  board  of  directors  since  2014  and  was  appointed  Vice  Chairman  in  2016.  He  spent  his  entire 
management career at the Beecham Group and F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd. He was Chief Executive Officer of Roche Pharmaceuticals 
from 2001 to 2009, when he joined the board of directors of F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd. until he retired in 2014. He is the Chair of 
Molecular  Partners,  and  has  been  a  Non-Executive  Director  of  Shire  PLC,  Chugai  Pharmaceutical  Co.,  Genentech,  Crucell,  and 
Chairman of Biotie Therapies Corp. from 2014 until its sale to Acorda Therapeutics Inc. in 2016. Mr Burns is also a member of the 
Oncology Advisory Board of the Universities of Cologne/Bonn in Germany. In 2014, he was appointed a trustee of the Institute of 
Cancer  Research,  London,  and  in  2016  a  Governor  of  The  Wellcome  Trust  in  London,  UK.  His  extensive  experience  in  the 
pharmaceutical industry, specifically as a member of the board of directors of other pharmaceutical companies, provides pharmaceutical, 
healthcare, industry, leadership and management expertise. 

Other current directorships of listed public companies 
Chair of Molecular Partners (since 2018) 

Former directorships of listed public companies within the last 3 years 
Chairman, Biotie Therapies Corp. (2014 – 2016) 
Non-executive Director, Shire (UK) (2010 – 2018) 

Donal O’Dwyer, BE, MBA 

Non-Executive Member of the Board of Directors 

Experience and expertise 

Mr. O’Dwyer has served on our board of directors since 2004. He has over 25 years of experience as a senior executive in the 
global cardiovascular and medical devices industries. From 1996 to 2003, Mr. O’Dwyer worked for Cordis Cardiology, the cardiology 
division of Johnson & Johnson’s Cordis Corporation, initially as its president (Europe) and from 2000 as its worldwide president. Prior 
to joining Cordis, Mr. O’Dwyer worked with Baxter Healthcare, rising from plant manager in Ireland to president of the Cardiovascular 
Group, Europe, now Edwards Lifesciences. Mr. O’Dwyer is a qualified civil engineer with an MBA. He is on the board of directors of 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
a number of life sciences companies including Cochlear Limited, Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Ltd and NIB Holdings Ltd. He was on the 
board of directors of CardieX Ltd (formerly called Atcor Medical Holdings Ltd) for over 14 years resigning in February 2019. With his 
experience as a senior executive and a director, as well as his extensive experience in the cardiovascular and medical devices industries, 
Mr. O’Dwyer provides business, science, engineering and management expertise. 

Other current directorships of listed public companies 
Non-executive Director, Cochlear Ltd (since 2005) 
Non-executive Director, Fisher & Paykel Healthcare (since 2013) 
Non-executive Director, NIB Holdings Ltd (since 2016) 

Former directorships of listed public companies within the last 3 years 
Non-executive Director, CardieX Ltd (formerly called Atcor Medical Holdings Ltd) (since 2004 – 2019) 

Michael Spooner, BCom, ACA, MAICD 

Non-Executive Member of the Board of Directors 

Experience and expertise 

Mr. Spooner has served on our board of directors since 2004. During this period he has filled various roles including as Executive 
Chairman from the date of our Australian IPO in 2004 until 2007. Over the past several years, Mr. Spooner has served on the board of 
directors in various capacities at several Australian and international biotechnology companies, including BiVacor Pty Ltd (2009-2013), 
Advanced Surgical Design & Manufacture Limited (2010-2011), Peplin, Inc. (2004-2009), Hawaii Biotech, Inc. (2010-2012), Hunter 
Immunology Limited (2007-2008), and Ventracor Limited (2001-2003). He is the chairman of Simavita Limited since May 2016 and 
Chairman  of  MicrofuidX  since  February  2018.  Prior  to  returning  to  Australia  in  2001,  Mr.  Spooner  spent  much  of  his  career 
internationally where he served in various roles including as a partner to PA Consulting Group, a UK-based management consultancy 
and  a  Principal Partner  and Director  of  Consulting  Services  with  PricewaterhouseCoopers  (Coopers  &  Lybrand)  in  Hong  Kong.  In 
addition Mr. Spooner has owned and operated several international companies providing services and has consulted to a number of U.S. 
and Asian public companies. Mr. Spooner provides executive management, commercial, business strategy and accounting expertise as 
well as established relationships with investment firms and business communities worldwide. 

Other current directorships of listed public companies 
Chairman, Simavita Ltd (since 2016) 

Former directorships of listed public companies within the last 3 years 
None 

Eric Rose, MD 

Non-Executive Member of the Board of Directors 

Experience and expertise 

Dr. Rose has served on our board of directors since 2013. He is currently Executive Chairman of SIGA Technologies. From 2008 
through 2012, Dr. Rose served as the Edmond A. Guggenheim Professor and Chairman of the Department of Health Evidence and 
Policy at the Mount Sinai School of Medicine. From 1994 through 2007, Dr. Rose served as Chairman of the Department of Surgery 
and Surgeon-in-Chief of the Columbia Presbyterian Center of New York Presbyterian Hospital. From 1982 through 1992, he led the 
Columbia  Presbyterian  heart  transplantation  program  in  the  United  States.  Dr.  Rose  currently  sits  on  the  board  of  directors  of 
ABIOMED.  His  experience  as  a  surgeon,  researcher  and  businessman  provides  medical,  pharmaceutical,  scientific  and  industry 
expertise. 

Other current directorships of listed public companies 
Executive Chairman, SIGA Technologies, Inc. (since 2007) 
Non-executive Director, ABIOMED, Inc. (2007 – 2012, 2014 – present) 

Former directorships of listed public companies within the last 3 years 
None 

96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shawn Cline Tomasello, BS, MBA 

Appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive Director on July 11, 2018. 

Experience and expertise 

With  more  than  30  years’  experience  in  the  pharmaceutical  and  biotech  industries,  Shawn Cline  Tomasello  has  substantial 
commercial and transactional experience. Since 2015, Ms Tomasello has been Chief Commercial Officer at leading immuno-oncology 
cell therapy company Kite Pharma, where she played a pivotal role in the company’s acquisition in 2017 by Gilead Sciences for $11.9 
billion. Prior to this she served as Chief Commercial Officer at Pharmacyclics, Inc., which was acquired in 2015 by AbbVie, Inc. for 
$21 billion. Ms Tomasello previously was President of the Americas, Hematology and Oncology at Celgene Corporation where she 
managed over $4 billion in product revenues, and was instrumental in various global expansion and acquisition strategies. She has also 
held senior positions at Genentech, Pfizer Laboratories, Miles Pharmaceuticals and Procter & Gamble. Ms Tomasello currently serves 
on the Board of Directors of Centrexion Therapeutics, Corp., Oxford Bio Therapeutics, Ltd., Diplomat Pharmacy, Inc., Gamida Cell, 
Ltd. and UroGen Pharma, Ltd. She previously served on the Board of Clementia Pharmaceuticals, Inc. which was acquired by Ipsen, 
SA. as well as Geneos Therapeutics, Inc. She received a MBA from Murray State University and a B.S. in Marketing from the University 
of Cincinnati.  Her extensive experience in the pharmaceutical and biotech industries, particularly in the commercial and transactional 
fields, provides industry, leadership and management expertise. 

Other current directorships of listed public companies 
Non-Executive Director, Diplomat Pharmacy, Inc. (since 2015) 
Director, Gamida Cell, Ltd. (since 2019) 
Director, UroGen Pharma, Ltd. (since 2019) 

Former directorships of listed public companies within the last 3 years 
Director, Clementia Pharmaceuticals, Inc. which was acquired by Ipsen, SA. (2018 – 2019) 

Brian Jamieson, FCA  

Non-executive Chairman of the Board of Directors - Resigned March 31, 2019 

Experience and expertise 

Mr. Jamieson has served on our board of directors as Chairman since 2007 after retiring as Chief Executive of Minter Ellison 
Melbourne. Previously he was Chief Executive Officer at KPMG Australia, a KPMG Board Member in Australia, and a member of the 
USA Management Committee. Mr. Jamieson is Chairman of Sigma Healthcare Limited and a Non-Executive Director of Highfield 
Resources Ltd, and Director and Treasurer of the Bionics Institute. He is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia 
and a Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.  

Other current directorships of listed public companies 
Chairman, Sigma Healthcare Ltd (since 2005) 
Non-executive Director, Highfield Resources Ltd (since 2018) 

Former directorships of listed public companies within the last 3 years 
Non-executive Director, Tatts Group Ltd (2005 – 2017) 

Charlie Harrison, BA, LLB (Hons) 

Company Secretary 

Experience and expertise 

Mr Harrison joined Mesoblast as a legal counsel in 2013. He was previously a senior associate at the international law firm Allens, 
working in their Hong Kong and Melbourne offices for nine years as a corporate lawyer. Mr Harrison has an Arts/Law degree from the 
University of Melbourne. He was appointed Company Secretary in 2014. 

Other current directorships of listed public companies 
None 

Former directorships of listed public companies within the last 3 years 
None 

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior Management 

Silviu Itescu, MBBS (Hons), FRACP, FACP, FACRA 

Chief Executive Officer 

Executive Member of the Board of Directors 

Experience and expertise 

Dr. Itescu is our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”). He has served our board of directors since our founding in 2004, was Executive 
Director  from  2007  to  2011,  and  became  CEO  and  Managing  Director  in  2011.  Prior  to  founding  Mesoblast  in  2004,  Dr. Itescu 
established  an  international  reputation  as  a  physician  scientist  in  the  fields  of  stem  cell  biology,  autoimmune  diseases,  organ 
transplantation, and heart failure. He has been a faculty member of Columbia University in New York, and of Melbourne and Monash 
universities in Australia. In 2011, Dr. Itescu was named BioSpectrum Asia Person of the Year. In 2013, he received the inaugural Key 
Innovator Award from the Vatican’s Pontifical Council for Culture for his leadership in translational science and clinical medicine in 
relation to adult stem cell therapy. Dr. Itescu has consulted for various international pharmaceutical companies, has been an adviser to 
biotechnology and health care investor groups, and has served on the board of directors of several publicly listed life sciences companies. 

Other current directorships of listed public companies 
None 

Former directorships of listed public companies within the last 3 years 
None 

Josh Muntner, BFA, MBA 

Chief Financial Officer 

Mr Muntner has accrued 20 years’ experience in healthcare investment banking and corporate finance, and has been involved in 
a wide range of healthcare-related transactions with approximately $11.0 billion in value. Most recently, he led corporate development 
and  financial  transactions  at  Nasdaq-listed  biotechnology  company,  ContraFect  Corporation.  Previously,  Mr  Muntner  served  as 
Managing Director and Co-Head of Healthcare Investment Banking at Janney Montgomery Scott, and spent nine years at Oppenheimer 
& Co. and its U.S. predecessor, CIBC World Markets. He also served as an investment banker at Prudential Securities. Mr Muntner has 
a BFA from Carnegie Mellon and a MBA from the Anderson School at UCLA. 

Peter Howard, BSc, LLB (Hons) 

General Counsel 

Mr. Howard has served as our General Counsel and Corporate Executive since July 2011. As external counsel and partner at 
Australian law firm, Middletons (now, K&L Gates), Mr. Howard has been integrally involved with Mesoblast since its inception and 
public listing on the ASX in 2004. More generally, Mr. Howard has extensive experience with many biopharmaceutical firms and major 
research institutions, covering public listings, private financings, strategic, licensing, intellectual property and mergers and acquisition 
activities. He has done so in several roles, including as a partner at a major law firm, entrepreneur, director and senior executive. 

Paul Simmons, PhD 

Head of Research and New Product Development 

Dr. Simmons has served as our Head of Research and New Product Development since 2011. He has nearly 30 years of experience 
in stem cell research, especially research in basic hematopoiesis and in precursor cells for the stromal system of the bone marrow, and 
served as President of the International Society of Stem Cell Research, or ISSCR, from 2006 to 2007. Prior to joining Mesoblast, Dr. 
Simmons held the C. Harold and Lorine G. Wallace Distinguished University Chair at the University of Texas Health from 2008 to 
2011 and served as the inaugural Professor and Director of the Centre for Stem Cell Research at the Brown Foundation Institute of 
Molecular Medicine from 2006 to 2011. Dr. Simmons is, or has served as, an associate editor, a member of the editorial board, or a 
reviewer on multiple scientific and medical journals including Experimental Hematology, Cytotherapy and Stem Cell Research, Cell 
Stem Cell, Stem Reports, Science and Nature. 

98 

 
 
 
John McMannis, PhD 

Head of Manufacturing 

Dr. McMannis has served as our Head of Manufacturing since 2011. He has 27 years of experience in clinical cellular therapy 
trials in both academic and commercial environments. Before joining Mesoblast, Dr. McMannis served at the University of Texas MD 
Anderson Cancer Center as a Professor of Medicine from 1999 to 2011, and as the Director of the Cell Therapy Laboratory from 1999 
to 2011, and as the Technical Director of the Cord Blood Bank from 2008 to 2011. Before his tenure at the University of Texas MD 
Anderson Cancer Center, Dr. McMannis was a Senior Director Technical Affairs at the Immunotherapy Division of Baxter and Therapy 
Scientist  at  COBE  BCT  (now  Terumo  BCT).  Dr.  McMannis  has  served  on  the  scientific  advisory  boards  at  BioSafe  SA,  Biolife 
Solutions, Inc., and General Electric and on the board of directors for the American Association of Blood Banks, or AABB, and the 
National Marrow Donor Program, or NMDP, which operates the “Be the Match” donor program. 

Geraldine Storton, BSc, MMS, MBA 

Head of Regulatory Affairs and Quality Management 

Ms.  Storton  is  a  seasoned  pharmaceutical  executive  with  more  than  24  years’  experience  across  the  full  value  chain  of 
Pharmaceutical and Medical Device Research and Development, production and commercialization worldwide. She has an extensive 
background in regulatory affairs and quality, most recently as a consultant to cell therapy companies. Prior to this, Ms. Storton held 
executive  roles  at  Hospira,  and  its  predecessor  companies  in  both  regulatory  affairs  and  quality,  with  a  focus  on  major  program 
management. As Vice President, Program Management, Quality, at Hospira headquarters in Chicago, she led a company-wide quality 
remediation  program  to  improve  compliance  in  manufacturing  across  15  facilities  worldwide.  As  Regional  Director,  Commercial 
Quality ANZ, Asia and Japan, Ms. Storton was responsible for quality oversight and management of all products sold in Asia Pacific 
countries. Her responsibilities included regulatory compliance, batch release, field actions, complaints management, change control, due 
diligence and new product launch. As director of global regulatory operations, Ms. Storton managed development and registration of 
new products and on-market management of the existing product portfolio for all Hospira’s products developed or manufactured within 
Asia Pacific for global distribution. She joined Mesoblast in December 2015. 

Michael Schuster, MBA 

Pharma Partnering 

Mr. Schuster, who joined Mesoblast in 2004, leads the Group's partnering discussions. Previously he was the head of the Group's 
investor relations outreach program and was part of the founding executive team at both Mesoblast Limited and Angioblast Systems, 
Inc. Mr. Schuster was Executive Vice President of Global Therapeutic Programs from 2010 to 2013 and was the Director of Business 
Development and Vice President of Operations from 2004 to 2010. He holds an undergraduate degree in science from Tufts University, 
a Master’s degree in Immunology & Microbiology from New York Medical College, and an MBA from Fordham University in New 
York. 

Eric Strati Pharm.D., MBA 

Pharma Partnering 

Eric Strati has over 17 years of experience across a broad range of industries within the healthcare sector including pharmaceutical, 
biotechnology,  investment  banking,  and  pharmacy  benefit  management.  Prior  to  joining  Mesoblast  in  2015,  Dr  Strati  held  various 
commercial  leadership  roles  including  new  product  planning,  lifecycle  management,  sales,  marketing,  and  payer  strategy.  Previous 
positions include most recently as Executive Director, Managed Markets at Novartis, medical affairs positions at Genzyme and Bristol-
Myers Squibb, and Vice President of Global Pharmaceutical Equity Research at HSBC. He earned his Bachelors of Science in Pharmacy 
and MBA in Health Systems Management from Union University, and Doctor of Pharmacy from University of Kansas. 

Fred Grossman D.O. FAPA 

Chief Medical Officer – Appointed August 19, 2019  

Dr. Grossman joined Mesoblast in August 2019 and leads the Medical Affairs, Drug Safety Clinical Operations and Biostatistics 
teams.  Dr  Grossmann  is  a  Board-Certified  psychiatrist  and  Fellow  of  the  American  Psychiatric  Association  with  over  30  years  of 
experience in research, academia, and practice. He has held executive positions leading and building clinical development,  medical 
affairs, and pharmacovigilance in large and small pharmaceutical companies including Eli Lilly, Johnson & Johnson, Bristol Myers 
Squibb,  Sunovion,  Glenmark,  and  NeuroRx.  Dr.  Grossman  has  developed  and  supported  the  launch  of  numerous  blockbuster 
medications  addressing  significant  unmet  medical  needs  across  multiple  therapeutic  areas  including  CNS,  immunology,  immuno-

99 

 
oncolology, respiratory, cardiovascular/metabolics, and virology. He has close relationships with thought leaders worldwide and has 
negotiated directly with the FDA and Global Health Authorities for approval of many drugs across therapeutic areas. He has numerous 
publications and presentations and has held several academic appointments. 

Donna Skerrett, MD 

Chief Medical Officer – Resigned effective date August 19, 2019, at which point she was appointed as an adviser for our Graft 

Versus Host Disease program. 

Dr Skerrett has more than 20 years of combined experience in transfusion medicine, cellular therapy, and transplantation. She was 
Director of Transfusion Medicine and Cellular Therapy at Weill Cornell Medical Center in New York from 2004 to 2011, and previously 
served  as  Associate  Director  of  Transfusion  Medicine  and  Director  of  Stem  Cell  Facilities  at  Columbia  University’s  New  York-
Presbyterian Hospital. From 2004, she held various roles at Mesoblast in clinical and regulatory affairs and was Chief Medical Officer 
from 2011 to 2019. 

There are no family relationships among any of our directors and senior management. The business address of each of our directors 

and senior management is Mesoblast Limited, Level 38, 55 Collins Street, Melbourne, VIC 3000, Australia.  

Directors’ Interests 

The relevant interest of each director, as defined by section 608 of the Corporations Act, in the share capital of Mesoblast, as 
notified by the directors to the ASX in accordance with section 205G(1) of the Corporations Act, at the date of this report is as follows: 

Director 
Silviu Itescu 
Josh Muntner 
William Burns 
Donal O'Dwyer 
Eric Rose 
Michael Spooner 
Joseph Swedish(1) 
Shawn Cline Tomasello 

Mesoblast Limited 
ordinary shares   
68,958,928   
—   
30,330   
1,149,142   
—   
1,069,000   
—   
—   

Options over 
Mesoblast Limited 
Ordinary Shares   
—   
300,000   
200,000   
100,000   
200,000   
100,000   
500,000   
200,000   

(1) 

300,000  of  the  options  granted  in  connection  with  Mr  Swedish’s  appointment  as  Chairman  of  Mesoblast  and  are  subject  to 
shareholder approval which will be sought at the upcoming AGM. 

Meeting of Directors 

The number of meetings our board of directors (including committee meetings of directors) held during the year ended June 30, 

2019 and the number of meetings attended by each director were:  

Director 
Joseph Swedish 
William Burns 
Silviu Itescu 
Brian Jamieson 
Donal O'Dwyer 
Eric Rose 
Shawn Tomasello 
Michael Spooner 

Board of Directors 
B 
A 
9 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
8 
8 
10 
10 
10 
10 
9 
10 
10 
10 

   Audit and Risk Committee      

Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee    

A 
2 
      — 
      — 
3 
4 
      — 
      — 
4 

B 
1 
         — 
         — 
3 
4 
         — 
         — 
4 

A 
        — 
2 
        — 
5 
5 
        — 
        — 
5 

B 
         — 
1 
         — 
4 
5 
         — 
         — 
5 

A = Number of meetings held during the time the director held office or was a member of the committee. 

B = Number of meetings attended by board/committee members 

— = Not a member of the relevant committee 

NB: Certain directors attended various committee meetings by invitation in addition to those shown above. 

100 

 
 
  
  
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
 
6.B 

Compensation 

Executive summary 

Mesoblast is a multinational company operating at the forefront of a highly specialized industry in which our people are key to 
developing our proprietary adult stem cell technologies. The Company’s remuneration strategy is designed to ensure that we can attract 
experienced leaders and emerging experts in an innovative field and on a global basis, including within the United States where 61% of 
our employees are based, including many of our technical experts. Given the Company’s relatively small employee base of 83 employees 
and the lengthy and technical process involved in developing and commercializing biopharmaceutical products, it is also important that 
our remuneration framework is successful in retaining and appropriately incentivizing our executive and employee base. At the same 
time, the Company’s remuneration framework is aimed to meet the expectations of our global shareholder base and align their interests 
with those of our Company and our people.  

As detailed in this report, our remuneration structure is driven by the setting and achievement of key, well-defined milestones that 
are critical to progressing our technology, with the ultimate goal being to bring our product candidates to market in order to improve 
patient outcomes and enhance value for our global shareholder base.  

The structure and quantum of remuneration remains largely consistent with the previous period, comprising fixed remuneration 
(TFR), short-term incentives (STI) and equity-based long-term incentives (LTI), with a few notable exceptions discussed below.  The 
Nomination & Remuneration Committee and Board continue to review the remuneration framework on an annual basis to ensure it 
continues to support Mesoblast’s strategy and the delivery of long-term value creation for our shareholders.  

For the STI component of the CEO’s remuneration earned in 2018/2019, the Board intends to pay 50% of this amount in time 
based options – subject to the shareholders approving the option grant at our next AGM.  STI awards were paid entirely in cash in prior 
years.   

Remuneration changes for FY20 

For the 2019/20 financial year, the CEO’s total remuneration will change from 50% fixed and 50% STI with no LTI, to 40% fixed, 
20% STI and 40% LTI.  The LTI component will be in the form of options over ordinary shares in our Company. It is planned that the 
options  be  divided  into  three  equal  tranches  and  vest  on  the  achievement  of  pre-specified  milestones,  as  well  as  minimum  holding 
periods from grant. 

This approach has been determined as a part of a broader review of our CEO’s remuneration framework which was completed 
during the reporting year by a leading international consulting firm Mercer that specializes in remuneration matters.  Their benchmarking 
analysis compared our CEO’s remuneration package to his peer group in our industry. The peer group was selected after considering 
many  factors  including  market  capitalization,  quantum  of  revenue  and  business  characteristics  such  as  “pre-revenue”  status,  R&D 
expense, maturity of the company, the lifecycle of the company’s primary drug and the geographic operations. The comparator peer 
group primarily comprised of CEOs of other biotechnology companies which had a comparable market capitalization and were based 
in the US, given this is where the majority of Mesoblast’s employees and operations are based, and given that these are the types of 
companies with which Mesoblast primarily competes with for talent. 

As illustrated on the chart reporting the results of the benchmarking analysis below, our CEO’s Target Total Remuneration (Target 
TR) is low compared to his peer group. More specifically, while TFR and STI were positioned above the 75th percentile, due to the lack 
of LTIs offered to our CEO, our CEO’s total remuneration (TR) was positioned below the 25th percentile of the peer group. 

101 

 
The Board recognises that some stakeholders would prefer that executive remuneration be compared exclusively to that of other 
ASX-listed companies, however the reality for our business is that the success of our Company is predicated on the ability for us to 
attract, motivate, and retain the calibre of people that can achieve the research and development, and commercialization goals that will 
drive successful outcomes for shareholders.  The Board therefore chooses to benchmark its executive remuneration against the peers 
with which it directly competes for talent, in line with the benchmarking approach taken for all other roles in the organisation. 

 

 

 

 

Total Fixed Remuneration (TFR): Base salary + guaranteed cash allowances + superannuation + other monetary 
benefits for Mesoblast and base salary for peer companies (as is common in US companies) 

Target Total Annual Remuneration (Target TAR): TFR + actual short-term incentives 

Target Total Remuneration (Target TR): Equal to Target TAR for Mesoblast (given no LTI) and Target TAR + long-term 
incentives for peer companies 

Based on the benchmarking analysis the board made the decision to change the remuneration package of our CEO the 
resulting remuneration package is illustrated on the chart above as ‘Mesoblast Proposed’. 

Upon reviewing the benchmarking analysis the board made the decision to change the remuneration package of our CEO to better 
align his remuneration package with his peers. These changes result in the CEO’s new remuneration package moving below the 75th 
percentile of the peer group on a cash basis and remaining below the 25th percentile of the peer group on a total remuneration basis. 

This approach also aligns the CEO’s remuneration structure with those of other key executives of the Company. As previously 
reported, we have introduced milestone-based vesting of certain option grants for executives, as a further tool to align the executives’ 
priorities to those of the Company. As a further refinement to this scheme any future milestone based options that are issued will have 
the additional minimum holding periods. 

The Board believes the changes set out above will assist to further incentivize in the medium-term while continuing to facilitate 
long-term retention for key management. In addition, the Company has provided greater transparency in relation to the specific KPIs, 
which form the basis of the Company’s STI and LTI payouts (see “Overview of performance and remuneration outcomes for the year 
ended June 30, 2019” below). We believe our remuneration framework remains fair and balanced, provides the appropriate incentives 
for the executives to deliver on achieving the key milestones that will ultimately drive long-term shareholder returns and meet the needs 
and expectations of our shareholders, employees and other stakeholders. 

Responses to feedback received in relation to FY18 remuneration report 

The Board received varied feedback across our stakeholder group in connection with the FY18 remuneration.  While our responses 
to this feedback are reflected throughout this report, we have also summarized some of the key items within the below table.  The Board 
welcomes feedback, and continually reviews its approach to remuneration. 

102 

 
 
 
 
The ‘feedback received’ column by no means represents the views of our entire shareholder group. 

Feedback received – FY18 AGM 
The CEO’s fixed remuneration is 
higher than that of ASX-listed 
companies with similar market 
capitalizations to Mesoblast 

  Mesoblast response 
  This is recognized, however, as described above, the Board benchmarks remuneration at 

Mesoblast relative to similar sized companies with which Mesoblast competes for talent. This 
group is comprised predominately of US-based companies, and it is noted that the CEO’s total 
target remuneration is below the 25th percentile of this group. No increases to the CEO’s fixed 
remuneration have been made since July 2015. 

A portion of the CEO’s STI 
should be deferred 

For the STI component of the CEO’s remuneration earned in 2018/2019, the Board intends to 
pay 50% of this amount in time based options – subject to the shareholders approving the option 
grant at our next AGM.  Following the benchmarking exercise described above, the CEO’s STI 
opportunity will be reduced by 50% in FY20. 

The CEO does not participate in 
the LTI 

From FY20, the CEO’s remuneration mix will change substantially. STI opportunity will be 
reduced by 50%, and LTI participation will commence. The CEO’s total target remuneration 
remains below the 25th percentile of our peer group. 

Name 
Fixed remuneration 
STI opportunity 
LTI opportunity 

Fixed remuneration 

FY19 
% 

FY20 
% 

50 %   
50 %   
0 %   

40 % 
20 % 
40 % 

There is minimal disclosure 
regarding LTI performance 
measures 

  While zero options vested to the CEO or CFO during FY19, in order to provide greater 

transparency to shareholders, we have reported milestone achievements which have triggered 
either partial or full vesting of LTI performance objectives for options held by non-KMPs (see 
“LTI Remuneration outcomes during the year ended June 30, 2019” below). 

NEDs should not receive option 
grants 

  The Board considers that the grant of options to non-executive directors can be an important 

component of providing competitive benefits, in particular for the non-executive directors in the 
international biotechnology sector.  For that reason, the Company's non-executive directors were 
issued options in the 2018/19 financial year, as part of the Board renewal process which saw Mr 
Swedish and Ms Tomasello appointed to the Board and the retirement of Mr Jamieson.  That 
said, there is no intention to make options an annual or regular part of NED remuneration. 

Overview of performance and remuneration outcomes for the year ended June 30, 2019 

Remuneration outcomes for the year ended June 30, 2019 

When  assessing  company  performance  in  light  of  remuneration,  traditional  financial  metrics,  such  as  profitability,  total 
shareholder  return  (TSR),  short-term  share  price  movements,  and  earnings  per  share  (EPS)  are  not  meaningful,  nor  can  they  be 
effectively  used  to  accurately  reflect  the  performance  of  our  company.  Our  long  term  value  creation  occurs  through  progressive 
achievement of well-defined milestones that are critical for achieving product approval and commercialization, in a timely fashion and 
within budget (see Remuneration Strategy and Framework for further detail on our framework). Annually the Board prioritizes the key 
Company milestones for the coming year. These milestones form the CEO’s KPIs, the overall priorities for the Company and establish 
the basis for all STI payments.  At the end of the financial year, the Board assesses the overall Company performance, and the CEO’s 
individual performance against these KPIs. The achievement of these KPIs is assessed in the context of total corporate performance 
against budget which ensures cost control is always a key part of the performance framework and is regularly measured and reported. 

103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
STI Remuneration outcomes for the year ended June 30, 2019 

The Board assesses overall company performance when determining the STI payout.  For the year ended June 30, 2019 the Board, 
utilizing all information available to it on specific achievements, has assessed the overall company’s performance at 80% of target for 
the year ended June 30, 2019 as outlined in the table below:   

Assessment of Performance for year ended 2019 

Key Objective 
Category 

Key Achievement 

Execute on Major Clinical Programs 

Weighting  Rating  Assessed 

Performance 

Graft vs Host 
Disease (GvHD) 

Chronic Heart 
Failure (CHF) 

•  Phase 3 trial – reported successful day 180 survival outcomes 

30% 

90% 

27% 

•  Phase 2 trial in LVAD patients – reported clinically meaningful results 
•  Phase 3 trial in CHF – completed enrolment and final patient dosed 
•  Memorandum of understanding signed with inCHOIR to conduct a 

confirmatory trial in GI bleeding in LVAD patients 

•  FDA granted Revascor Orphan Drug status for end stage CHF for LVAD 

patients 

Chronic Lower 
Back Pain (CLBP) 

•  Phase 3 trial – 12 month follow up visits completed 

Execute on Financing and Partnering Strategy 

Financing 

•  Additional US$15 million in non-dilutive capital from Hercules credit 
facility after successful readout of Phase 2 trial in LVAD patients 

25% 

65% 

16% 

Partnering 

•  Expansion of partnership with JCR for both skin disease and brain disease 

in newborns in Japan 

•  Cardiovascular partnership established with Tasly Pharmaceutical Group 

for China in July 2018 as reported in the assessment of company 
performance last year. In the current year the partnership was further 
developed including through the establishment of a joint steering 
committee. 

Manufacturing 

Commercialization 

•  Significant advances achieved in process validation activities required 
ahead of the BLA filing for MSC-100-IV for the treatment of aGVHD 

20% 

95% 

19% 

•  FDA agreed to a rolling review of BLA submission 
•  Initiated rolling submission of BLA 
•  Key appointments made within the commercial team 

15% 

60% 

9% 

Organization Structure and Development 

•  Key appointments made to provide the required capabilities to deliver on 
financing and commercialization plans as the organization readies for the 
potential commercial launch of our first product: 
– Appointment of Joseph R. Swedish as Chairman 
– Appointment of Josh Muntner (CFO) as KMP 
– Appointment of Eric Strati, PhD as Senior Vice President, Commercial 
– Appointment of Fred Grossman, D.O. FAPA as Chief Medical Officer 

10% 

90% 

9% 

100% 

NA 

80% 

104 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LTI Remuneration outcomes during the year ended June 30, 2019 

Neither the CEO or CFO had any LTI awards vest during FY19.  

Whilst no milestone options vested to KMP in FY19, the following table reports LTI outcomes for milestone options held by 
senior management (non-KMP employees). The milestone targets are determined in a manner relevant to each individual’s role, and 
refer  to  specific  outcomes  and  time  targets  within  the  categories  and  strategic  objectives  set  out  below.  It  should  be  noted  that  the 
achievement of a milestone may not necessarily result in the full vesting of an option tranche, with the Board holding ultimate discretion 
in determining the final remuneration outcome, based on the nature of the achievement (including whether the milestone was achieved 
in line with time and cost targets).   

Assessment of LTI performance 

Category 

Strategic Objectives 

Corporate strategy 

Execute on partnering and licensing strategy based on completion 
of corporate deals across major clinical programs  

Clinical & regulatory 

Manufacturing 

Finance 

Other product 
development 

Execute on specified milestones within major clinical programs 
including completion of recruitment within trials and regulatory 
progress. 

Completion of specified manufacturing activities and process 
development outcomes 

Execution of funding activities and implementation of financial 
reporting and compliance requirements (including Sarbanes-
Oxley Act requirements) 

Weighting 

Outcome 

38% 

Partially Met 

29% 

Partially Met 

22% 

Partially Met 

6% 

Met 

Development of second generation technologies 

5% 

Partially Met 

In assessing these performance objectives, the Remuneration and Nomination Committee and the Board considered the following 

achievements over the performance period (other confidential, commercially sensitive matters were taken into account): 

Corporate strategy 

• 

• 

• 

Execution of an agreement with Tasly for cardiovascular rights for China, with entitlement to US$40 million on closing, 
US$25 million on product regulatory approvals, double digit escalating royalties and six escalating milestone payments on 
achievement of sales thresholds. 

Execution of a global license with TiGenix for the local treatment of fistulae, with entitlement to receive up to €20 million 
in upfront and milestones payments and single digit royalties on net sales. 

Execution of license extensions with JCR for use of TEMCELL in the treatment of brain disease in newborns and in the 
treatment of skin disease. 

Clinical & regulatory 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Completion of recruitment in Phase 3 CHF trial. 

Completion of recruitment in Phase 3 GVHD trial. 

Successfully achieved the primary endpoint, and day 100 and day 180 survival outcomes, in the Phase 3 GVHD trial. 

Completion of recruitment in Phase 3 CLBP trial. 

Initiated a rolling submission of BLA with the FDA for GvHD. 

Receipt of RMAT designation for product candidate for the treatment of LVAD heart failure patients. 

Manufacturing and Other product development 

• 

All achievements pertained to commercially sensitive milestones. 

Finance 

• 

• 

Completion of successful funding activities within the performance period. 

Successfully implemented and maintained compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for control over financial reporting. 

105 

 
 
Executive KMP remuneration received in FY19 

The table below represents remuneration paid to each executive KMP during the year. 

Fixed remuneration and cash bonus (STI) relates to amounts received during the year and share based option payments and vested 

LTI represent equity from prior years.  

2019 

Short-term benefits 

Annual 
Leave/ 
Holiday 
Pay 
$ 

Health 
and 
Other 
Benefits 
(3) 
$ 

Non- 
monetary 
benefits      

$ 

Cash 
Bonus (1) 
$ 

Post- 

Long- 
term 

employment 
benefits 
Super- 
annuation      
$ 

benefits 
Long 
service 
leave 
$ 

Share- 
based 
payments 
Options      

Other 
Termi- 
nation 
benefits     
$ 

$ 

Total 
$ 

  Salary & fees     
$ 

    1,010,000        808,000       71,867        —        —        20,531       16,880        —        —       1,927,278   
     534,042        213,617       23,952        —       39,726       
—        —       81,076        —        892,413   
    1,544,042       1,021,617       95,819        —       39,726        20,531        16,880        81,076        —       2,819,691   
    1,104,453        730,762       68,539        —       28,416        14,686       12,074        57,994        —       2,016,924   

Name 
Silviu Itescu (CEO) 
Josh Muntner (CFO) 
Total executive KMP 
Total executive KMP(2) 

  Currency   
   A$ 
   A$ 
   A$ 
   US$ 

(1)  STI bonus payable for performance in the year ended June 30, 2019, not paid as at June 30, 2019. For our CEO the Board intends 
to pay 50% of this amount in time based options – subject to the shareholders approving the option grant at our next AGM.   
(2)  The US$ results has been determined by calculating the average rate of the exchange rates on the last trading day of each month 

during the period, at a rate of 0.7153 for the year ended June 30, 2019. 

(3)  Health and other benefits for Josh Muntner includes health, dental, vision, life, long and short term disability insurances. 

2018 

Short-term benefits 

Salary & 
fees 
$ 

Cash 
Bonus(1)      

Annual 
Leave(3)      

Non- 
monetary 
benefits        Other       

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Post- 
employment 
benefits 
Super- 

annuation       

Long- 
term 
benefits 
Long 
service 
leave(3)      
$ 

Share- 
based 
payments 
Options(4)     
$ 

Other 
Termi- 
nation 
benefits      
$ 

Total 
$ 

Name 
Silviu Itescu (CEO) 
Paul Hodgkinson (CFO) 
Total executive KMP 
Total executive KMP(2) 

   Currency   
   A$ 
   A$ 
   A$ 
   US$ 

    1,010,000       909,000        77,694        —        —        20,049       16,880        —        —       2,033,623   
—       (17,399 )      —        —        20,049       (9,605 )     (92,281 )      —        290,347   
     389,583       
    1,399,583       909,000        60,295        —        —        40,098        7,275       (92,281 )      —       2,323,970   
    1,086,637       705,748        46,813        —        —        31,132        5,648       (71,647 )      —       1,804,330   

(1)  STI bonus payable for performance in the year ended June 30, 2018, not paid as at June 30, 2018. 
(2)  The US$ results has been translated at the average weighted exchange rate of 0.7764 for the year ended June 30, 2018. 
(3)  Annual leave compensation for Paul Hodgkinson presents as negative compensation because on his resignation on May 31, 2018, 
annual  leave  provision  balance  as  at  June  30,  2017  were  reversed  and  recognized  in  annual  leave  compensation.  On  Paul 
Hodgkinson’s resignation on May 31, 2018, long service leave provision balances as at this date were reversed and recognized in 
long service leave compensation. 

(4)  On  Paul  Hodgkinson’s  resignation,  in  accordance  with  the  plan  rules,  non-vested  options  were  forfeited  which  has  reversed 

previously recognized share based payment compensation. 

106 

 
 
  
  
  
    
    
      
  
         
      
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
  
  
  
    
    
      
  
         
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
Remuneration Strategy and Framework 

Executive Remuneration – Framework  

Mesoblast’s executive remuneration framework is designed to attract, reward and retain a highly specialized group of individuals 
working at the top of their respective fields in varied geographic locations. Key elements of the Mesoblast remuneration framework are 
as follows: 

Remuneration Framework Summary 

Performance-based Remuneration 

Fixed Pay 
Assessed  on  market 
relativities 
based on roles and accountabilities.  

Short-term Incentives 
  The performance conditions which 
attach to the STI are based on key 
corporate  /  budgetary  milestones 
and  the  achievement  of  strategic 
goals  which  are  designed 
to 
generate  long-term  value  creation 
in the interests of shareholders.   

Refer  to  ‘Short-Term  Incentives 
the 
(STIs)  Program’  within 
and 
‘Remuneration 
Framework’ section. 

Strategy 

  Set at a target relative to fixed pay 
and  paid  for  performance  against 
annual  corporate  and  individual 
key performance indicators (KPIs).  
Executive  KPIs  are 
typically 
milestone related as befitting a pre-
revenue company. 

  This 

incentive 

Long-term Incentives 
drives 

the 
objectives 
of 
achievement 
relevant to each executive’s role, 
strengthening  the  link  between 
the  incentive  rewards  and  the 
shareholder 
of 
generation 
returns.   
Refer  to  ‘Long-Term  Incentives 
the 
(LTIs)  Program’  within 
‘Remuneration  Strategy 
and 
Framework’ section.  

  Set  at  a  target  relative  to  fixed 
pay based on value at the time of 
grant  with  consideration 
to 
internal  relativities. 
  Delivers 
value  to  the  participant  through 
share  price  growth.  Under  the 
Employee  Share  Option  Plan, 
LTI grants are either time based 
or milestone based depending on 
the employee’s role.  

  The Board exercises discretion to 
adjust LTI grants from the target 
remuneration mix as needed.  For 
instance,  if  a  decline  in  share 
an 
price  would 
incongruous  LTI  quantum  (i.e., 
number of options). 

produce 

to  each 
the 

role’s 
Set  according 
incumbent’s 
accountabilities, 
experience  and  qualifications,  their 
performance in the role and regional 
market relativities. 

Supplemented  by  statutory  and 
customary benefits relevant to each 
region 
in 
Australia;  medical  insurance  in  the 
US.) 

(e.g.,  superannuation 

  STIs  are  typically  set  at  a  smaller 
target 
to 

proportion  of  our 
remuneration 
conserve cash outflow. 

than  LTIs 

total 

Strategic Rationale 

Description 

Considerations 

Review 

Reviewed  annually  for  changes  in 
the 
market 
individual’s 
and 
growth in the role. 

and 
performance 

relativities 

  Annual  outcomes  are  assessed  by 
the CEO (for his direct reports) and 
the Board (for the CEO) based on 
performance against KPIs.  

  Grants  are  reviewed  annually 
based on the nature of the role, its 
to 
contribution 
term 
objectives 
individual 
and 
performance. 

long 

Oversight 

Individual outcomes are reviewed and approved first by the Nomination & Remuneration Committee and 
then the Board. 

Delivered as 

Cash. 

  Cash and options (CEO only). 

  Options. 

107 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A pay mix for performance 

The executive KMP’s target remuneration mix is as follows: 

Name 
Silviu Itescu 
Josh Muntner 
Paul Hodgkinson 

   Fixed Remuneration % 

At-Risk STI % 

At-Risk LTI % 

2019 

2018 

2019 

2018 

2019 

2018 

50       
50       
—       

50       
—       
40       

50       
25       
—       

50       
—       
20       

—       
25       
—       

—   
—   
40   

The Board has customized the CEO’s remuneration mix in comparison with that of other Company executive KMP in recognition 
that he continues to be a substantial shareholder of Mesoblast. As explained in the executive summary above, a recent benchmarking 
analysis has been completed and the CEO’s remuneration mix will change from July 1, 2019 onwards. 

Short-Term Incentives (STIs) Program 

The following table outlines a summary of the 2019 Short-Term Incentive Plan: 

What is the 2019 STI? 

An  incentive  plan  under  which  eligible  employees  are  (subject  to  satisfaction  of  specified 
performance measures) granted a cash amount, which is based on a percentage range of each 
participant’s  fixed  remuneration  (determined  according  to  role  and  ability  to  influence  our 
performance).  Performance  is  assessed  against  a  combination  of  company  and  individual 
measures. 

When  is  the  2019  STI  grant  paid  to 
eligible employees? 

The  STI  amount  will  be  paid,  between  September  30,  2019  and  October  2019,  to  each 
participant  who  satisfies  applicable  performance  measures,  following  assessment  of 
performance against the applicable measures for the financial year ended June 30, 2019. 

Who participates in the 2019 STI? 

All employees hired on or before March 31, 2019 are eligible for consideration. Employees 
hired during the year are recognized on a pro-rata basis. 

Why  does  our  board  of  directors 
consider the 2019 STI an appropriate 
incentive? 

The STI is a globally recognized form of reward for management, aimed at ensuring focus 
and alignment our goals and strategy. Based on both company and individual measures, and 
in conjunction with other factors, our board of directors believes that it helps encourage and 
reward high performance. 

What are the performance conditions 
under the 2019 STI? 

Individual performance is measured against the achievement of individual KPIs, key corporate 
and budgetary milestones and achievement of strategic goals all of which lead to long-term 
shareholder value creation. 

What is the relationship between our 
performance and allocation of STIs? 

At  the  end  of  the  financial  year  our  board  of  directors  assesses  our  overall  company 
performance based on the achievement of Company and CEO’s KPIs. This assessment will 
adjust how much of our bonus pool is eligible for allocation.  For the financial year ended 
June  30,  2019,  the  Board  assessed  our  overall  Company  performance  as  meeting  80%  of 
objectives.  People  Leaders  evaluate  employees  and  make  recommendations  of  the  bonus 
amount  each  employee  should  receive  based  on  the  bonus  pool  they  have  available  for 
allocation  and  with  reference  to  individual  target  bonus  opportunities  and  individual 
performance against objectives. 

What  is  the  period  over  which  our 
performance is assessed? 

The assessment period is the  financial  year preceding  the  payment date of the  STI (July 1 
through June 30). 

108 

 
 
  
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-Term Incentives (LTIs) Program 

In designing a LTI mechanism that is appropriate to our global team where 61% of our employees are based in the United States, 

we seek to balance: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Australian practice and governance expectations, where LTI are expected to have performance hurdles other than price and 
employment milestones alone; 

United States practices, where options are a widely distributed remuneration component, typically issued without a price 
premium, performance hurdles or milestones, and which vest on a more regular basis (e.g. rolling monthly basis); 

a strong preference for a single reward mechanism to maintain executive cohesion and teamwork; and 

alignment with driving shareholder value. 

Since July 1, 2015 Mesoblast has used a single LTI plan, our Employee Share Option Plan (“ESOP”).  The ESOP was approved 
by shareholders at the AGM held in November 2016.  LTIs consist of options over ordinary shares of our company under the rules of 
the ESOP. Recognizing that option grants in the US where the majority of our LTI participants reside typically have a ten year term, 
grants made since July 10, 2015 have had a seven year term. The Board considers the appropriate term at the time each grant is approved. 

The current framework for executive LTI grants allows the Board flexibility to ensure the LTI program works efficiently.  Options 

vest upon either the achievement of pre-specified milestones or based on time.  

•  Milestone based vesting aligns each executive’s key objectives with milestones that are expected to generate shareholder 

returns.   

• 

• 

Time  based  options  vest  in  three  equal  tranches,  one  year,  two  years  and  three  years  after  the  date  of  grant  provided 
performance conditions are met.   

Time based vesting options are effective in retaining executives which is also important for generating shareholder returns.    

This  framework  gives  the  Board  the  flexibility  it  needs  to  ensure  maximum  effectiveness  from  LTI  grants  and  allows  it  the 
flexibility to offer packages that are sufficiently competitive to attract, motivate and retain key talent, particularly in the US. The ability 
for the Board to choose the type of grant is important. For example, in our industry milestone events can have a time horizon that is 
longer than 12 months.  The Board generally grants options annually, and therefore an executive could still be working towards the 
milestones  from  the  prior  year  grant  and  it  would  be  duplicative  and  inefficient  to  grant  options  with  similar  milestones  and  more 
appropriate to grant time based vesting options. In an effort to maintain an efficient LTI program with limited duplication of milestones, 
in the year ended June 30, 2019 the board granted time based vesting options to all eligible employees including executives. 

LTI allocations are determined with consideration to the nature of the role within our organization, market value of LTI locations 
for comparable roles, previous grants made and the remuneration mix described above where a modified Black-Scholes calculation is 
used to determine the value of the option. If LTI valuations decline due to a decline in our share price the Board has taken a view that 
this should not automatically drive an increase in LTI grants to maintain the desired remuneration mix. In recent years LTI grants have 
remained stable in terms of number of options granted reflecting the Board’s assessment that this grant size will deliver the desired value 
to the participants over time.   

Outside this executive milestone framework we issue time based options under the LTI, to other participants at an exercise price 
per  share  that  is  typically  10%  higher  than  the  five  day  volume  weighted  average  share  price  calculated  at  grant  date. The  options 
generally vest in three equal tranches over three years.  This is an important remuneration component in the biotechnology sector which 
allows  us  to  be  competitive  in  the  market  place.  We  believe  this  approach  is  appropriate  at  this  stage  and  that  applying  additional 
performance hurdles to our time LTI grants would make it problematic for us to attract and retain the people we need, particularly in the 
US, and would ultimately be negative for our company. This is an area we continue to review and assess. 

109 

 
 
 
 
The following is a summary of the key features of the LTI instrument, our ESOP: 

What is the ESOP? 

  An  incentive  plan  under  which  eligible  participants  are  granted  options  over  our  ordinary 

shares. 

Why does our board of directors 
consider the ESOP an appropriate long-
term incentive? 

  The  ESOP  is  designed  to  reward  participants  for  out-performance  and  to  align  long-term 
interests  of  shareholders  and  participants,  by  linking  a  significant  proportion  of  at-risk 
remuneration to our future performance.   

Who participates in the ESOP? 

  All  eligible  participants,  who  are  in  positions  to  influence  achievement  of  our  long-  term 
outcomes and where warranted by market practice for attraction and retention. In FY19 ,the 
CEO  did  not  participate  in  the  LTI  due  to  his  substantial  shareholding  in  Mesoblast.  As 
mentioned in the Executive Summary, the CEO will participate in the ESOP from FY20.       

What are the key features of the ESOP?   Pricing and vesting conditions are determined by a participant’s designation as either an:  

In what circumstances are ESOP 
entitlements forfeited? 

•     executive participant 
•     other participant   

  The  ESOP  will  be  forfeited  upon  cessation  of  employment  prior  to  the  conclusion  of  the 
performance  period  in  circumstances  where  a  participant  is  a  “bad  leaver”.  Bad  leaver  is 
defined as part of the ESOP rules and includes serious misconduct. If the Board designate a 
former  employee  as  a  bad  leaver  they  forfeit  all  rights,  entitlements  and  interests  in  any 
unexercised options, both vested and unvested. Otherwise a leaver may retain vested options 
subject to exercising the option within 60 days of cessation of employment or within a longer 
period if so determined by the Board. Unvested options lapse immediately upon cessation of 
employment. 

What  are  the  performance  conditions 
under the ESOP? 

  Executive LTI grants which vest based on milestones are issued with an exercise price per 
share  that  is  equal  to  the  fair  market  value  at  grant  date  and  vest  with  the  achievement  of 
objectives  relevant  to  each  executive’s  role.  Typically  each  executive  has  two  or  three 
objectives, each of which is assigned to a tranche of options. Milestones from our initial grant 
under this framework relate to achievements such as: progress with patient enrollment for a 
specific program, signing a partnering agreement, and submitting a regulatory filing.   
Time based options are issued with an exercise price per share that is typically 10% higher 
than the five day volume weighted average share price calculated at grant date and vest over 
three years.   
In addition participants have to remain in employment with the Company for the LTIs to vest. 

Why did our board of directors choose 
the above performance 
conditions/hurdles?  

  A  participant’s  designation  as  an  executive  participant  or  other  participant  is  determined 
according to their seniority and the nature of their responsibilities. The objectives selected as 
vesting milestones for our executives are expected to generate positive shareholder returns, 
thereby creating direct alignment between executive and shareholder rewards. 

What is the relationship between our 
performance and allocation of options? 

What is the maximum number of 
options that may be granted to a 
participant in the ESOP? 

  Equity-based remuneration is an integral part of remuneration in the biotechnology industry 
as they reward share price growth and seek to conserve cash. With the executive milestone 
vesting framework, executives must achieve their objectives, to the satisfaction of the Board, 
for the options to vest.  Once vested, the value of the remuneration fluctuates with our share 
price with an exercise price of when the option was issued. The Board believes that share price 
growth  is  an  appropriate  measure  of  success  as  it  is  the  prime  driver  of  investment  in  the 
biotechnology sector, and is simply and clearly rewarded using equity-based remuneration.  

  The maximum number of options that may be granted to each participant is determined by 
the Board, subject to applicable legal thresholds. 

When do the options vest? 

For  executive  participants  with  milestone  vesting  grants,  the  Board  designs  the  relevant 
performance criteria  with reference to objectives  which can be reasonably forecast and  set 

110 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
given the dynamic nature of Mesoblast’s business and which will result in shareholder value 
creation.  The  Board  has  authority  to  designate  that  options  have  vested  when  the  related 
milestone has been met. 
For time based grants, options typically vest in three equal tranches, one year, two years and 
three years after the date of grant, provided performance conditions are met.  

How are the shares provided to 
participants under the ESOP? 

  Shares are issued to the participant upon the holder exercising their option and paying the 
exercise price to us (once all vesting conditions are satisfied). 

Is the benefit of participation in the 
ESOP affected by changes in the share 
prices? 

  Yes, the value participants receive through participation in the ESOP will be reduced if the 
share price falls during the performance period and will increase if the share price rises over 
the performance period. 

Non-Executive Director (“NED”) Remuneration 

Our aim is to establish a board of directors comprised of global experts in the biopharmaceutical industry and capital markets.  As 

at June 30, 2019 the Board comprised of six NEDs; two based in Australia, three in the United States and one in Switzerland. 

Our NED fees are based on the responsibilities and work involved with directing a company of Mesoblast’s technological and 

geographical complexity, our financial position, regulatory and compliance context, and market practice. 

NED Fees and Other Benefits 

NEDs receive fixed fees for their services, as approved by shareholders at the 2018 Annual General Meeting, not to exceed a 

maximum fee pool of A$1,500,000.  

In order to attract and retain directors with the appropriate experience for our global business, in FY19 the board reinstated fees 
of A$10,000 per annum for members of the Audit and Risk Committee and the Nomination and Remuneration Committee and fees of 
A$20,000 per annum for the chair of the Audit and Risk Committee and the Nomination and Remuneration Committee on January 17, 
2019.  

On March 31, 2019 Brian Jamieson resigned as chairman of the board, and Joseph Swedish was appointed chairman of the board 

as his successor. As part of Joseph’s appointment as chairman, it was agreed the Board Chair fee would be US$250,000 per annum.  

Position 
Chair (1) 
Vice Chair 
Member 

As at June 30, 2019 

Audit and 
Risk 
Committee 

A$20,000   
—   
A$10,000   

Nomination 
and 
Remuneration 
Committee 

A$20,000   
—   
A$10,000   

Board of 
Directors 
US$250,000 
A$175,000 
A$128,250 

(1)  Brian  Jamieson  resigned  on  March  31,  2019.  His  fee  was  A$250,000  per  annum.  From  this  point  on,  Joseph  Swedish  was 

appointed as Chair.  

NEDs  do  not  receive  performance-related  remuneration  and  are  not  provided  with  retirement  benefits  other  than  statutory 
superannuation. NEDs are reimbursed for costs directly related to conducting Mesoblast business. The key terms of NED service are 
documented in a letter of appointment to the Board. 

As previously approved by shareholders at the 2018 AGM, to ensure that the Company remains globally competitive in attracting 
and retaining directors of high caliber and experience, an option grant was provided to NEDs in FY19. This option grant was largely 
driven by the board renewal process which occurred during the year, including the appointment to the board of Mr Joseph Swedish and 
Ms Shawn Tomasello. These options are subject to time based vesting and not subject to performance conditions. It should be noted that 
Mesoblast does not intend to provide option grants to its directors on an annual or regular basis. Further detail on the number of options 
and exercise price can be found in section “Terms and conditions of share-based payment arrangements”.     

111 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
 
 
 
Remuneration Details - NEDs 

Details of the remuneration of our NEDs for the year ended June 30, 2019 are set out below:  

2019 

Short-term benefits 

Post- 
employment 
benefits 
Super- 

Long- 
term        

benefits 
Long 
service 
leave       

Share- 
based 
payments 
Options       

Other 
Termi- 
nation 
benefits     
$ 

Non- 
monetary 
benefits       Other      

$ 

$ 

annuation       

Salary & 
fees 
$ 

Cash 
Bonus      
$ 

Annual 
Leave      
$ 
     179,516        —        —        —        —       
—        —        21,748        —        201,264   
     187,500        —        —        —        —        15,399        —        27,185        —        230,084   
     148,465        —        —        —        —        14,104        —        18,124        —        180,693   
     128,250        —        —        —        —       
—        —        21,748        —        149,998   
     148,465        —        —        —        —        14,104        —        18,124        —        180,693   
—        —       134,263        —        324,118   
     189,855        —        —        —        —       
—        —        93,533        —        218,335   
     124,802        —        —        —        —       

Total 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

  Currency   
   A$ 
   A$ 
   A$ 
   A$ 
   A$ 
   A$ 
   A$ 

   A$ 

    1,106,854        —        —        —        —        43,607        —       334,725        —       1,485,185   

   US$ 

     791,732        —        —        —        —        31,192        —       239,429        —       1,062,353   

Name 
William Burns 
Brian Jamieson 
Donal O’Dwyer 
Eric Rose 
Michael Spooner 
Joseph Swedish 
Shawn Tomasello 
Total non-executive 
directors 
Total non-executive 
directors (1) 

(1)  The US$ results has been determined by calculating the average rate of the exchange rates on the last trading day of each month 

during the period, at a rate of 0.7153 for the year ended June 30, 2019. 

Details of the remuneration of our NEDs for the year ended June 30, 2018 are set out below: 

2018 

Short-term benefits 

Post- 
employment 
benefits 
Super- 

Long- 
term        

benefits 
Long 
service 
leave       

Share- 
based 
payments 
Options       

Other 
Termi- 
nation 
benefits      
$ 

Non- 
monetary 
benefits       Other      

$ 

$ 

$ 

annuation       

Cash 
Bonus       

Salary & 
fees 
$ 

Annual 
Leave      
$ 
    175,000        —        —        —        —       
—        —        4,632        —        179,632   
    250,000        —        —        —        —        20,049        —        —        —        270,049   
    134,500        —        —        —        —        12,777        —        —        —        147,277   
    134,500        —        —        —        —        12,777        —        —        —        147,277   
—        —        4,632        —        132,882   
    128,250        —        —        —        —       
—        —        4,632        —        132,882   
    128,250        —        —        —        —       
—   
—        —        —        —       
—        —        —        —        —       

Total 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

  Currency   
   A$ 
   A$ 
   A$ 
   A$ 
   A$ 
   A$ 
   A$ 

   A$ 

    950,500        —        —        —        —        45,603        —        13,896        —       1,009,999   

   US$ 

    737,968        —        —        —        —        35,406        —        10,789        —        784,163   

Name 
William Burns 
Brian Jamieson 
Donal O’Dwyer 
Michael Spooner 
Ben-Zion Weiner 
Eric Rose 
Joseph Swedish(1) 
Total non-executive 
directors 
Total non-executive 
directors(2) 

(1) 

Joseph Swedish was appointed on June 18, 2018. Mr Swedish did not incur any compensation expenses for the year ended June 
30, 2018. 

(2)  The US$ results has been determined by calculating the average rate of the exchange rates on the last trading day of each month 

during the period, at a rate of 0.7736 for the year ended June 30, 2018. 

112 

 
 
  
  
  
    
    
  
         
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
    
    
  
         
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
 
Remuneration Governance 

Role of the Board of Directors and the Nomination and Remuneration Committee 

The  Board  is  responsible  for  Mesoblast’s  remuneration  strategy  and  approach.    The  Board  established  the  Nomination  and 

Remuneration Committee as a committee of the Board.  It is primarily responsible for making recommendations to the Board on: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Board appointments 

Non-executive director fees 

Executive remuneration framework 

Remuneration for executive directors, namely the CEO, and other key executives 

Short-term and long-term incentive awards 

Share ownership plans 

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee’s objective is to ensure remuneration policies are fair and competitive and have 
regard for industry benchmarks whilst being aligned with the objectives of our company. The Nomination and Remuneration Committee 
seeks independent advice from remuneration consultants as and when it deems necessary.  

Performance Review 

The Board conducts periodic performance reviews of the Board and its operations as a whole. A review was last conducted during 
the  financial  year  ended  June  30,  2018.  This  review  encompassed  feedback  on  the  Chairman  and  individual  NEDs  as  well  as 
consideration of Board succession planning, diversity and the breadth and sufficiency of skills represented on the Board.  

Use of Remuneration Consultants 

During the financial year ended June 30, 2019, the Nomination and Remuneration Committee engaged Mercer, a consulting firm 
to  conduct  an  analysis  of  CEO  remuneration  and  benchmarking  with  comparable  companies  to  assist  the  Board  in  making  specific 
changes to the CEO remuneration.    

The advice provided by the Consulting Firm does not constitute a ‘remuneration recommendation’ as a defined in section 9B of 

the Corporations Act.  

Employment Agreements 

The employment of our CEO and CFO are formalized in employment agreements, the key terms of which are as follows: 

Name 
CEO (Silviu Itescu) 

CFO (Josh Muntner) 

Term 

   Notice period 

Termination benefit 

 Initial term of 3 years 
commencing April 1, 2014, and 
continuing subject to a 12 
months’ notice period. 
 An ongoing employment 
agreement until notice is given 
by either party. 

12 months   

12 months base salary 

1 month   

12 months base salary 

On termination of employment our CEO, who is based in Australia, is entitled to receive his statutory entitlements of accrued 

annual and long service leave, together with any superannuation benefits. 

On termination of employment our CFO, who is based in the United States, is entitled to participate in the Company’s healthcare 

plan during the severance period. 

There is no entitlement to a termination payment in the event of resignation (except, in the case of the CFO, if the Company has 

materially reduced his role or benefits or materially moved office location) or removal for misconduct. 

The employment of the executive team is also formalized in employment contracts.  Three members of the executive team have 
employment contracts with initial terms ranging from 15 to 25 months, all of which have been fulfilled, and with notice periods ranging 

113 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
from  six  to  twelve  months.  The  remaining  members  have  continuous  employment  contracts  with  no  fixed  term  and  notice  periods 
ranging from one to six months. 

Additional remuneration disclosures 

The  table  and  chart  below  detail  Company  performance  on  a  market  capitalization  basis,  against  executive  key  management 

personnel short-term at-risk compensation: 

Share price (ASX:MSB) 
  – closing at June 30 
  – high for the year 
  – low for the year 
  – share price volatility (annual) 
Market capitalization at June 30 (in millions) 
  – increase/(decrease) – in $ millions 
  – increase/(decrease) – as % 
Short-term incentives – % of target paid to CEO 
Short-term incentives – as % of base salary paid to CEO 
Short-term incentives – % of target paid to CFO 
Short-term incentives – as % of base salary paid to CFO 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

A$1.48 
A$2.34 
A$1.04 
62% 
A$738 
A$24 
3% 
80% 
80% 
80% 
40% 

A$1.48 
A$2.36 
A$1.19 
53% 
A$714 
(A$177) 
20% 
90% 
90% 
— 
— 

A$2.08 
A$3.44 
A$1.03 
52% 
A$891 
A$479 
116% 
75% 
75% 
70% 
35% 

   A$1.08 
   A$4.06 
   A$1.01 

60% 
A$412 
(A$855) 
(67%) 
— 
— 
— 
— 

   A$3.76 
   A$5.88 
   A$3.17 

46% 

   A$1,267 
(A$170) 
(12%) 
90% 
90% 
100% 
50% 

Relative proportions of fixed versus variable remuneration expenses 

For the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, the following table shows the relative proportions of remuneration for our executive 

KMPs that are linked to performance and those that are fixed based on the amounts disclosed as statutory expense above: 

Name 
Silviu Itescu (CEO) 
Josh Muntner (CFO) 
Paul Hodgkinson (CFO)(1) 

Fixed remuneration 
2018 
% 

2019 
   % 

58     
67     
—     

At risk - STI 

At risk - LTI 

2019 
   % 

2018 
   % 

2019 
   % 

2018 
   % 

55        
—        
59        

42        
24        
—        

45        
—        
—        

—        
9        
—        

—   
—   
41   

(1)  Paul Hodgkinson's LTI was adjusted for the impact of the reversal of previously recognized share based payment compensation 

of non-vested options forfeited upon his resignation in FY18. 

Performance-Based Remuneration 

The proportion of at-risk performance remuneration for our executive KMPs that was awarded and forfeited during the periods 

presented was as follows: 

Name 
For the year ended June 30, 2019 
Silviu Itescu 
Josh Muntner 
For the year ended June 30, 2018 
Silviu Itescu 
Paul  Hodgkinson 

Total 
Opportunity 
A$ 

1,010,000   
267,021   

1,010,000   
212,500   

   At-Risk STI % 

Awarded % 

Forfeited % 

80   
80   

90   
—   

20   
20   

10   
100   

114 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
       
  
       
  
     
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
     
  
  
  
    
    
     
  
  
    
    
     
  
  
  
    
    
     
  
  
  
    
    
     
  
  
  
    
    
     
  
  
  
    
    
     
  
  
  
    
    
     
  
  
 
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
     
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
     
     
  
     
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
 
Share Based Compensation 

Details of options over our ordinary shares provided as remuneration to each director and member of key management personnel 

for the years ended June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018 are set out in the tables below: 

Remuneration Values 

The following table provides the remuneration values:  

Number 
of 
options 
granted      

Remuneration 
consisting of 
options (1) 

Values of options 
granted (2) 

Value of options 
exercised (3) 

Value of options 
lapsed (4) 

For the year ended June 30, 2019 
William Burns 
Brian Jamieson 
Donal O’Dwyer 
Eric Rose 
Michael Spooner 
Joseph Swedish(5) 
Shawn Tomasello 
Josh Muntner 
For the year ended June 30, 2018 
William Burns 
Eric Rose 
Ben-Zion Weiner 
Donal O'Dwyer 
Paul Hodgkinson 

  120,000       
  150,000       
  100,000       
  120,000       
  100,000       
  500,000       
  200,000       
  300,000       

     —       
     —       
     —       
     —       
  200,000       

A$64,584       
10.8 %   
A$80,730       
11.8 %   
A$53,820       
10.0 %   
A$64,584       
14.5 %   
10.0 %   
A$53,820       
41.4 %    A$404,790       
42.8 %    A$155,080       
9.1 %    A$173,010       

—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       

2.6 %     
3.5 %     
3.5 %     
—        

—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
—      A$255,861       
—       

41.3 %    A$117,520       

—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

(1)  The  percentage  of  the  value  of  remuneration  consisting  of  options,  based  on  the  value  of  options  expensed  during  the  year 

presented in accordance with IFRS 2 Share-based Payment. 

(2)  The accounting value at acceptance date of options that were granted during the year presented as part of remuneration, determined 
using Black-Scholes valuation model and in accordance with IFRS 2 Share-based Payment. The acceptance date is the date at 
which the entity and the employee agree to a share-based payment arrangement, being when the entity and the employee have a 
shared understanding of the terms and conditions of the arrangement. 

(3)  The  intrinsic  value  at  exercise  date  of  options  that  were  exercised  during  the  year  presented,  having  been  granted  as  part  of 

remuneration previously. 

(4)  The intrinsic value at lapse date of options that lapsed during the year presented because a performance condition was not met, 

(5) 

however valued as if the performance condition had been met. 
300,000  of  the  options  granted  in  connection  with  Mr  Swedish’s  appointment  as  Chairman  of  Mesoblast  and  are  subject  to 
shareholder approval which will be sought at the upcoming AGM. 

During the year ended June 30, 2018, as a result of a fully underwritten institutional and retail entitlement offer to existing eligible 
shareholders (on a 1 for 12 basis) in September 2017, the exercise price of all outstanding options at the time was reduced by A$0.02 
per option subject to the ESOP plan under clause 7.3. At the date of alteration, September 13, 2017, the market price of the shares was 
A$1.38. The difference between the total fair value of the options affected by the alteration immediately before and after the modification 
was a reduction of A$138,975. There have been no other modifications to any terms and conditions of share-based payment transactions 
during the year ended June 30, 2019. 

115 

 
 
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
        
         
        
        
    
    
        
         
        
        
    
 
Reconciliation of Options held by KMP 

The following table shows a reconciliation of options held by each KMP from July 1, 2018 to June 30, 2019:  

Balance 
at the 
start of 
the year       

Granted 
during 
the year       

Year 

Vested 

      Exercised      

Forfeited 

granted       Number       Number        Number        %        Number        Number        %       

Name 
     — 
Silviu Itescu 
   2019        
Josh Muntner 
   2015         80,000        
William Burns 
   2019        
William Burns 
   2019        
Brian Jamieson 
   2019        
Donal O'Dwyer 
   2015         80,000        
Eric Rose 
Eric Rose 
   2019        
Michael Spooner     2019        
Joseph Swedish 
   2019        
Joseph 
Swedish(1) 
Shawn Tomasello     2019        

   2019        

—        
—        
—        300,000        

—        120,000        
—        150,000        
—        100,000        

—         —        
—         —        
—         80,000        100        
—         —        
—         —        
—         —        
—         80,000        100        
—         —        
—        120,000        
—         —        
—        100,000        
—        200,000         66,667         33        

—        300,000        

—        200,000        

—         —        

—         —        

—        
—        
—        
—        
—        
—        
—        
—        
—        
—        

—        

—        

—         —        
—         —        
—         —        
—         —        
—         —        
—         —        
—         —        
—         —        
—         —        
—         —        

—         —        

—         —        

Balance at the end of the year 
Vested and 

Vested and 
exercisable      

—        
—        
80,000        
—        
—        
—        
80,000        
—        
—        
66,667        

unexercisable       Unvested   
—        
—   
—        300,000   
—        
—   
—        120,000   
—        150,000   
—        100,000   
—        
—   
—        120,000   
—        100,000   
—        133,333   

—        

—        

—        300,000   

—        200,000   

(1) 

300,000  of  the  options  granted  in  connection  with  Mr  Swedish’s  appointment  as  Chairman  of  Mesoblast  and  are  subject  to 
shareholder approval which will be sought at the upcoming AGM. 

Terms and conditions of share-based payment arrangements 

The terms and conditions of each grant of options affecting remuneration in the current or a future reporting period are as follows: 

Grant date 
4/4/2019 

30/11/2018 

15/07/2018 

11/07/2018 

18/06/2018 

Vesting date 

   Expiry date 

   Exercise price 

Value per option 
at acceptance 
date 

   Vested % 

one third - 04/04/2020 
one third - 04/04/2021 
one third - 04/04/2022 
one third - 30/11/2019 
one third - 30/11/2020 
one third - 30/11/2021 
one third - 15/07/2019 
one third - 15/07/2020 
one third - 15/07/2021 
one third - 11/07/2019 
one third - 11/07/2020 
one third - 11/07/2021 
one third - 18/06/2019 
one third - 18/06/2020 
one third - 18/06/2021 

03/04/2026   

A$1.49   

A$0.78      

29/11/2025   

A$1.33   

A$0.54      

—   

—   

14/07/2025   

A$1.72   

A$0.58      

—   

10/07/2025   

A$1.56   

A$0.78      

—   

17/06/2025   

A$1.52   

A$0.85      

33   

116 

 
 
  
    
  
     
     
  
  
      
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Shares provided on exercise of remuneration options: 

For the year ended June 30, 2019 
Nil 
For the year ended June 30, 2018 
Donal O’Dwyer 

Options Granted as Remuneration 

No. of 
options 
exercised 
during the 
period 

No. of 
ordinary 
shares in 
Mesoblast 
Limited 
issued 

Value per 
share at 
exercise date 
(closing 
price) 

Exercise 
price per 
option 

      Exercise Date       

—        

—         

—        

—        

—   

255,912        

255,912      

2017     

A$1.42      US$0.323   

December 15, 

The following table presents options that have been granted over unissued shares during or since the end of the year ended June 

30, 2019, to our Directors and our next 5 most highly remunerated officers.  

Name 
Directors 
Silviu Itescu 
Non-Directors 
Peter Howard 
John McMannis 
Michael Schuster 
Paul Simmons 
Donna Skerrett 

Shareholdings 

Issue Date 

Exercise 
Price 

Number of 
shares, under 
option 

—        

—        

—   

July 18, 2018     
July 18, 2018     
July 18, 2018     
July 18, 2018     
July 18, 2018     

A$1.87        
A$1.87        
A$1.87        
A$1.87        
A$1.87        

350,000   
250,000   
350,000   
350,000   
300,000   

The table below shows a reconciliation of ordinary shares held by each KMP from the beginning to the end of the 2019 financial 

year in accordance with the Corporations Regulations (section 18). 

Name 
Silviu Itescu 
Josh Muntner 
William Burns 
Brian Jamieson 
Donal O'Dwyer 
Eric Rose 
Michael Spooner(1) 
Joseph Swedish 
Shawn Tomasello 

Balance at the start 
of the year 

Received during the 
year upon exercise 
of options 

Other changes 
during the year 

Balance at the end 
of the year 

68,958,928        
—        
30,330        
645,000        
1,149,142        
—        
1,091,335        
—        
—        

—        
—        
—        
—        
—        
—        
—        
—        
—        

—        
—        
—        
—        
—        
—        
—        
—        
—        

68,958,928   
—   
30,330   
645,000   
1,149,142   
—   
1,091,335   
—   
—   

(1)  Of this balance, Mr. Spooner has a relevant interest of 1,069,000 ordinary shares. 

117 

 
 
   
  
     
     
  
     
         
          
         
         
    
     
     
         
          
         
         
    
     
 
 
 
  
     
     
  
    
         
         
    
    
    
         
         
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
     
     
     
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Employee Profile 

As of June 30, 2019, we had 83 (2018: 81) employees globally: 

Employees by Education 

Employees by Experience 

17

31

5

30

14

19

5

30

15

Phd/MD

Masters

Other

Bachelor

Pharma - Big Pharma

Pharma - Specialty Biotech

Corporate/Professional

Academia

Other

Employees by Gender 

Employees by Region

36 

47 

1

23

8

51

Male

Female

AUS

Sing

USA

Swiss

61% of our employees and a majority of our executives are based in the United States where Mesoblast operational activities are 

concentrated. 

Australia is corporate headquarters where 28% of the employees work. This includes the CEO and a portion of the executive team. 
The remaining 11% of employees are located in Singapore (10%) and 1% in Switzerland where research and development activities are 
primarily conducted.  

118 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
As at June 30, 2019, globally the average tenure of our employees is 3.2 years, 5.0 years and 6.7 years for our employees, managers 

and executives respectively.  

 8.0

 7.0

 6.0

 5.0

 4.0

 3.0

 2.0

 1.0

 -

Average Tenure (years)

Mesoblast global workforce

US national data

5.0 

3.2 

6.7 

4.8 

4.2

Employee

Manager

Executive

All Employees

U.S. national
average (1)

(1)  The U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics reported that the median number of years that wage and salary workers had been with their 

current employer was 4.2 years as of January 2018.  

The average tenure of all Mesoblast employees is 4.8 years, which exceeds the U.S. national average of 4.2 years. These results 
indicate  that  Mesoblast  has  been  successful  in  retaining  talented  employees,  which  resulted  in  a  higher  average  workforce  tenure 
compared the US national average, especially with respect to the executive level. 

Non-Executive Director Profile 

As at June 30, 2019, we have six non-executive Directors (“NED”) with diverse industry and regional experience, as the charts 

below illustrate: 

NEDs by Region

NEDs by Experience

2

1

3

1

1

4

Switzerland

USA

Australia

Big Pharma/Medical Tech Australian Capital Markets

Medical Doctor

(End of Remuneration Report) 

119 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Australian Disclosure Requirements 

Shares under option 

Unissued ordinary shares of Mesoblast Limited under option at the date of this Directors’ report are as follows: 

Grant date 
9/10/2014 
25/11/2014 
12/12/2014 
6/01/2015 
12/05/2015 
10/07/2015 
26/08/2015 
27/04/2016 
27/04/2016 
30/06/2016 
31/10/2016 
06/12/2016 
06/12/2016 
13/01/2017 
28/06/2017 
16/09/2017 
16/09/2017 
13/10/2017 
13/10/2017 
24/11/2017 
24/11/2017 
18/6/2018 
11/07/2018 
18/07/2018 
15/07/2018 
30/11/2018 
19/01/2019 
19/01/2019 
4/04/2019 
Sub-total 
07/07/2010 
Sub-total 
Grand Total 

   Exercise price of options 

Expiry date of options 

Number of shares under 
option 

A$4.52   
A$4.00   
A$4.49   
A$4.66   
A$4.28   
A$4.20   
A$4.05   
A$2.80   
A$2.74   
A$2.20   
A$2.80   
A$1.31   
A$1.19   
A$1.65   
A$2.23   
A$1.54   
A$1.40   
A$1.94   
A$1.76   
A$1.41   
A$1.28   
A$1.52   
A$1.56   
A$1.87   
A$1.72   
A$1.33   
A$1.45   
A$1.45   
A$1.48   

8/10/2019   
24/11/2019   
31/10/2019   
16/12/2019   
16/02/2020   
30/06/2022   
16/08/2022   
6/03/2023   
17/04/2023   
18/01/2021   
6/03/2023   
5/12/2023   
5/12/2023   
12/01/2024   
27/06/2024   
15/09/2024   
15/09/2024   
12/10/2024   
12/10/2024   
23/11/2024   
23/11/2024   
17/06/2025   
10/07/2025   
17/07/2025   
14/07/2025   
29/11/2025   
18/01/2026   
18/01/2026   
3/04/2026   

US$0.340   

26/10/2019   

75,000   
240,000   
50,000   
150,000   
200,000   
2,308,334   
75,000   
3,193,334   
200,000   
1,500,000   
200,000   
1,670,000   
4,154,666   
300,000   
150,000   
100,000   
150,000   
1,978,333   
1,900,000   
750,000   
750,000   
200,000   
200,000   
5,845,000   
300,000   
590,000   
5,000   
150,000   
300,000 (1)   
27,684,667   
319,892   
319,892   
28,004,559   

(1) 

300,000  of  the  options  granted  in  connection  with  Mr  Swedish’s  appointment  as  Chairman  of  Mesoblast  and  are  subject  to 
shareholder approval which will be sought at the upcoming AGM. 

No option holder has any right under the options plan to participate in any other of our share issues. 

Shares issued on exercise of options during the year 

Detail of shares or interests issued as a result of the exercise of options during or since the end of the financial year are: 

Grant date 
6/12/2016 
6/12/2016 
7/7/2010 
6/12/2016 
6/12/2016 
Total 

   Number of shares issued 

Issue Price 

A$1.31   
A$1.19   
US$0.310   
A$1.31   
A$1.31   

50,000     
212,000     
26,108     
25,000     
33,334     
346,442     

120 

   Amount unpaid per share    
—   
—   
—   
—   

—   

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
 
Indemnification of Officers 

During the financial year, we paid premiums in respect of a contract insuring our directors and company secretary, and all of our 
executive officers. The liabilities insured are to the extent permitted by the Corporations Act 2001. Further disclosure required under 
section 300(9) of the Corporations Act 2001 is prohibited under the terms of the insurance contract. 

Proceedings on Our Behalf 

The Corporations Act 2001 allows specified persons to bring, or intervene in, proceedings on our behalf. No proceedings have 

been brought or intervened in on our behalf with leave of the Court under section 237 of the Corporations Act 2001. 

Non-Audit Services 

We may decide to employ the auditor on assignments additional to their statutory audit duties where the auditor’s expertise and 

experience are relevant and considered to be important. 

The board of directors has considered the position and in accordance with advice received from the audit committee, is satisfied 
that  the  provision  of  the  non-audit  services  is  compatible  with  the  general  standard  of  independence  for  auditors  imposed  by  the 
Corporations Act 2001. The directors are satisfied that the provision of the non-audit services as set out below, did not compromise the 
auditor  independence  requirements  of  the  Corporations  Act  2001  because  the  services  are  not  deemed  to  undermine  the  general 
principles relating to auditor independence as set out in APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants. 

During both the current and prior financial years, no fees were paid or payable for non-audit services provided by the auditor of 

the parent entity, its related practices and non-related audit firms. 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration under Section 307C of the Corporations Act in relation to the audit for the year 

ended June 30, 2019 is included in Exhibit 99.2 of this annual report on Form 20-F. 

Rounding of Amounts 

Our company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191, 
issued  by  the  Australian  Securities  and  Investments  Commission,  relating  to  the  ‘rounding  off’  of  amounts  in  the  directors’  report. 
Unless mentioned otherwise, amounts within this report have been rounded off in accordance with that Legislative Instrument to the 
nearest thousand dollars, or in certain cases, to the nearest dollar. 

The components of our directors’ report are incorporated in various places within this annual report on the Form 20-F. A table 

charting these components is included within ‘Exhibit 99.1 Appendix 4E’. 

Directors’ Resolution 

This report is made in accordance with a resolution of the directors. 

/s/ Joseph R Swedish 
Joseph R Swedish 
Chairman 

Dated: August 30, 2019 

/s/ Silviu Itescu 
Silviu Itescu 
Chief Executive Officer 

121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
6.C 

Board Practices 

Our board of directors currently consists of seven members, including six non-executive directors and one executive director, our 

Chief Executive Officer. 

Our directors are generally elected to serve three-year terms in a manner similar to a “staggered” board of directors under Delaware 
law. No director, except the Managing Director (currently designated as our Chief Executive Officer, Silviu Itescu), may hold office for 
a period in excess of three years, or beyond the third annual general meeting following the director’s last election, whichever is the 
longer, without submitting himself or herself for re-election. As a result of the staggered terms, not all of our directors will be elected in 
any given year. The current terms of Messrs. Burns and Rose will expire at the annual shareholders’ meeting in 2019. 

Name 
William Burns 
Donal O’Dwyer 
Eric Rose 
Michael Spooner 
Joseph Swedish 
Shawn Cline Tomasello 

First election at 
AGM 
2014 
2004 
2013 
2004 
2018 
2018 

Last election at 
AGM 
2016 
2017 
2016 
2018 
2018 
2018 

End of current 
term 
2019 
2020 
2019 
2021 
2021 
2021 

We believe that each of our directors has relevant industry experience. The membership of our board of directors is directed by 

the following requirements: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

our Constitution specifies that there must be a minimum of 3 directors and a maximum of 10, and our board of directors 
may determine the number of directors within those limits; 

we may appoint or remove any director by resolution passed in the general meeting of shareholders; 

our directors may appoint any person to be a director, and that person only holds office until the next general meeting at 
which time the director may stand for election by shareholders at that meeting; 

it is the intention of our board of directors that its membership consists of a majority of independent directors who satisfy 
the criteria for independence recommended by the ASX’s Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations; 

the  chairperson  of  our  board  of  directors  should  be  an  independent  director  who  satisfies  the  criteria  for  independence 
recommended by the ASX’s Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations;  

Australia's Corporations Act requires that at least two of our directors must be resident Australians; and 

our  board  of  directors  should,  collectively,  have  the  appropriate  level  of  personal  qualities,  skills,  experience,  and  time 
commitment to properly fulfill its responsibilities or have ready access to such skills where they are not available. 

Our board of directors is responsible for, and has the authority to determine, all matters relating to our corporate governance, 

including the policies, practices, management and operation. The principal roles and responsibilities of our board of directors are to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

facilitate board of directors and management accountability to our company and its shareholders; 

ensure timely reporting to shareholders; 

provide strategic guidance to us, including contributing to the development of, and approving, the corporate strategy; 

oversee management and ensure there are effective management processes in place; 

monitor: 

o 
o 
o 

o 
o 

organizational performance and the achievement of our strategic goals and objectives; 

financial performance including approval of the annual and half-year financial reports and liaison with our auditors; 

progress  of  major  capital  expenditures  and  other  significant  corporate  projects  including  any  acquisitions  or 
divestments; 

compliance with our code of conduct; 

progress in relation to our diversity objectives and compliance with its diversity policy; 

122 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

review and approve business plans, the annual budget and financial plans including available resources and major capital 
expenditure initiatives; 

approve major corporate initiatives; 

enhance and protect the reputation of the organization; 

oversee the operation of our system for compliance and risk management reporting to shareholders; and 

ensure appropriate resources are available to senior management. 

Our  non-executive  directors  do  not  have  any  service  contracts  with  Mesoblast  that  provide  for  benefits  upon  termination  of 

employment. 

Committees 

To  assist  our  board  of  directors  with  the  effective  discharge  of  its  duties,  it  has  established  a  Nomination  and  Remuneration 
Committee and an Audit and Risk Management Committee. Each committee operates under a specific charter approved by our board of 
directors.  

Nomination and Remuneration Committee. The members of our Nomination and Remuneration Committee are Messrs. Burns, 
O’Dwyer (Chairman) and Spooner, all of whom are independent, non-executive directors. The remuneration committee is a committee 
of our board of directors, and is primarily responsible for making recommendations to our board of directors on: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

board appointments; 

non-executive director fees; 

the executive remuneration framework; 

remuneration of executive directors, including the CEO and other key executives; 

short-term and long-term incentive awards; and 

share ownership plans. 

The committee’s objective is to ensure remuneration policies are fair and competitive and in line with similar industry benchmarks 
while aligned with our objectives. The remuneration committee seeks independent advice from remuneration consultants as and when 
it deems necessary. See “Management—Remuneration.” 

Audit and Risk Management Committee. The members of our Audit and Risk Management Committee are Messrs. O’Dwyer, 
Spooner (Chairman) and Swedish, all of whom are independent, non-executive directors. This committee oversees, reviews, acts on and 
reports on various auditing and accounting matters to our board of directors, including the selection of our independent accountants, the 
scope of our annual audits, fees to be paid to the independent accountants, the performance of our independent accountants and our 
accounting practices. In addition, the committee oversees, reviews, acts on and reports on various risk management matters to our board 
of directors. 

The effective management of risk is central to our ongoing success. We have adopted a risk management policy to ensure that: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

appropriate  systems  are  in  place  to  identify,  to  the  extent  that  is  reasonably  practical,  all  material  risks  that  we  face  in 
conducting our business; 

the financial impact of those risks is understood and appropriate controls are in place to limit exposures to them; 

appropriate responsibilities are delegated to control the risks; and 

any material changes to our risk profile are disclosed in accordance with our continuous disclosure reporting requirements 
in Australia. 

It is our objective to appropriately balance, protect and enhance the interests of all of our shareholders. Proper behavior by our 

directors, officers, employees and those organizations that we contract to carry out work is essential in achieving this objective. 

123 

 
 
We have established a code of conduct, which sets out the standards of behavior that apply to every aspect of our dealings and 

relationships, both within and outside Mesoblast. The following standards of behavior apply: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

patient well-being; 

comply with all laws that govern us and our operations; 

act honestly and with integrity and fairness in all dealings with others and each other; 

avoid or manage conflicts of interest; 

use our assets properly and efficiently for the benefit of all of our shareholders; and 

seek to be an exemplary corporate citizen. 

6.D 

Employees 

As of June 30, 2019,  we  had 83 employees, 51  of  whom  are based in the United  States, 23 of  whom are based in  Australia, 
including our CEO and certain executive team members, 8 of whom are based in Singapore, and 1 of whom is based in Switzerland. We 
had 81 and 75 employees as of June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.  

The  table  below  sets  forth  the  breakdown  of  the  total  year-end  number  of  our  employees  by  main  category  of  activity  and 

geographic area for the past three years: 

As of June 30, 2019 
USA 
Australia 
Singapore 
Switzerland 
Total 

As of June 30, 2018 
USA 
Australia 
Singapore 
Switzerland 
Total 

As of June 30, 2017 
USA 
Australia 
Singapore 
Switzerland 
Total 

Research & 
Development       Commercial        Manufacturing       Corporate 
1       
—       
—       
—       
1       

3       
—       
2       
—       
5       

37       
7       
5       
—       
49       

10       
16       
1       
1       
28       

Research & 
Development       Commercial        Manufacturing       Corporate 
1       
—       
—       
—       
1       

31       
8       
5       
—       
44       

4       
—       
2       
—       
6       

12       
16       
1       
1       
30       

Research & 
Development       Commercial        Manufacturing       Corporate 
1       
—       
—       
—       
1       

29       
8       
5       
—       
42       

5       
—       
2       
—       
7       

9       
14       
1       
1       
25       

Total 

Total 

Total 

51   
23   
8   
1   
83   

48   
24   
8   
1   
81   

44   
22   
8   
1   
75   

We  have  no  collective  bargaining  agreement  with  our  employees.  We  have  not  experienced  any  work  stoppages  to  date  and 

consider our relations with our employees to be good. 

See “Item 6.A Directors and Senior Management – Employee Profile”. 

124 

 
 
 
  
  
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
  
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
 
  
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
6.E 

Share Ownership 

The table below sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares based on 498,626,208 ordinary 

shares outstanding at June 30, 2019 by each of our directors and key management personnel. 

We  have  determined  beneficial  ownership  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  the  SEC  -  it  generally  means  that  a  person  has  a 
beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, including options 
that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2019. Ordinary shares subject to options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 
days of June 30, 2019 are deemed to be outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of the person holding these options and 
the  percentage  ownership  of  any  group  of  which  the  holder  is  a  member,  however  are  not  deemed  outstanding  for  computing  the 
percentage of any other person. 

Unless otherwise indicated, to our knowledge each shareholder possesses sole voting and investment power over the ordinary 
shares listed. None of our shareholders has different voting rights from other shareholders. Unless otherwise indicated, the principal 
address of each of the shareholders below is c/o Mesoblast Limited, Level 38, 55 Collins Street, Melbourne 3000, Australia.  

Name 
Directors and key management personnel: 
Silviu Itescu(1) 
Josh Muntner (2) 
William Burns(3) 
Brian Jamieson(4) 
Donal O'Dwyer(5) 
Eric Rose(6) 
Michael Spooner 
Joseph Swedish(7) 
Shawn Tomasello(8) 
All directors and key management personnel as a group 
   (9 persons) 

Ordinary Shares 
beneficially owned 
% 

Number 

    68,958,928       

100,000     
110,330     
645,000     
     1,149,142     
80,000     
     1,060,000     
66,667     
66,667     

14.3 % 
*   
*   
*   
*   
*   
*   
*   
*   

    72,236,734       

14.5 % 

* 

Less than 1% of the outstanding ordinary shares. 

(1) 

Includes (a) 67,756,838 ordinary shares owned by Dr. Itescu, (b) 487,804 ordinary shares owned by Josaka Investments Pty Ltd, 
the trustee of Dr. Itescu’s self-managed superannuation fund and (c) 714,286 ordinary shares owned by Tamit Nominees Pty Ltd, 
an Australian corporation owned by Dr. Itescu. 

(2) 

Includes 100,000 ordinary shares subject to options exercisable at a price of A$1.72 per share until July 14, 2025. 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

Includes (a) 30,330 ordinary shares owned by Mr. Burns and (b) 80,000 ordinary shares subject to options exercisable at a price 
of A$4.00 per share until November 24, 2019. 

Includes (a) 150,000 ordinary shares owned by Mr. Jamieson and (b) 495,000 ordinary shares owned by Mr. Jamieson through 
Timaru Close Pty Ltd. 

Includes  (a)  1,149,142  ordinary  shares  owned  by  Dundrum  Investments  Ltd.  as  trustee  for  The  O’Dwyer  Family  Trust.  Mr. 
O’Dwyer and his spouse are the sole shareholders of Dundrum Investments Ltd. 

(6) 

Includes 80,000 ordinary shares subject to options exercisable at a price of A$4.00 per share until November 24, 2019. 

(7) 

Includes 66,667 ordinary shares subject to options exercisable at a price of A$1.52 per share until June 17, 2025. 

(8) 

Includes 66,667 ordinary shares subject to options exercisable at a price of A$1.56 per share until July 10, 2025. 

125 

 
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
        
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
Item 7.  Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions 

7.A 

Major Shareholders 

The following table and accompanying footnotes present certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary 
shares based on 498,626,208 ordinary shares outstanding at June 30, 2019 by each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of 
more than 5% of our ordinary shares. Based upon information known to us, as of June 30, 2019 we had 32 shareholders in the United 
States. These shareholders held an aggregate of 95,585,303 of our ordinary shares, or approximately 19% of our outstanding ordinary 
shares. None of our shareholders has different voting rights from other shareholders. 

Name 

5% or Greater Shareholders: 
Silviu Itescu(1) 
M&G Investment Group(2) 
Capital Research Global Investors(3) 
Thorney Holdings(4) 

Ordinary Shares 
beneficially owned 

Number 

% 

      68,958,928        
      65,636,115        
      30,755,583        
      24,696,000        

13.8 % 
13.2 % 
6.2 % 
5.0 % 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

Includes (a) 67,756,838 ordinary shares owned by Dr. Itescu, (b) 487,804 ordinary shares owned by Josaka Investments Pty Ltd, 
the trustee of Dr. Itescu’s self-managed superannuation fund and (c) 714,286 ordinary shares owned by Tamit Nominees Pty Ltd, 
an Australian corporation owned by Dr. Itescu. 

 Includes ordinary shares owned indirectly through custodial accounts, over which shares M&G Investment Group retains voting 
and  dispositive  power.  The  address  for  M&G  Investment  Group  is  5  Laurence  Pountney  Hill,  London  EC4R  0HH,  United 
Kingdom. 

Includes ordinary shares owned indirectly through custodial accounts, over which shares Capital Research Global Investors retains 
voting and dispositive power. The address for Capital Research Global Investors is 333 South Hope Street, 55th Floor, Los Angeles, 
CA 90071, USA. 

(4) 

Includes ordinary shares owned indirectly through custodial accounts, over which shares Thorney Holdings retains voting and 
dispositive power. The address for Thorney Holdings is 55 Collins Street, Level 39, Melbourne, Victoria 3000, Australia. 

To our knowledge, there have not been any significant changes in the ownership of our ordinary shares by major shareholders 

over the past three years, except as follows (which is based on substantial shareholder notices filed with the ASX and SEC). 

•  M&G Investment Group reported on March 30, 2017 that, after acquiring 7,196,982 ordinary shares between November 
26, 2015 and March 30, 2017,  in total it held 54,026,630 ordinary shares (including 1,543,700 ADSs, each representing 5 
ordinary shares), or 13.4% of the total voting power as of that date. It reported on July 13, 2017 that it disposed of 368,590 
ordinary shares between March 31, 2017 and July 13, 2017, and that in total it held 53,658,040 ordinary shares (including 
1,539,053 ADSs, each representing 5 ordinary shares), or 12.35% of the total voting power as of that date. It reported on 
September 6, 2017 that it acquired 11,794,313 ordinary shares between July 12, 2017 and September 6, 2017, and that in 
total it held 65,452,353 ordinary shares (including 1,537,794 ADSs each representing 5 ordinary shares), or 14.19% of the 
total voting power as of that date. It reported on December 31, 2017 that it acquired 3,845,543 ordinary shares between 
September 7, 2017 and December 31, 2017, and that in total it held 69,297,896 ordinary shares (including 1,532,843 ADSs, 
each representing 5 ordinary shares), or 14.73% of the total voting power as of that date. It reported on October 16, 2018 
that  it  disposed  of  1,348,839  ordinary  shares  (including  42,631  ADSs,  each  representing  5  ordinary  shares)  between 
December 13, 2017 and September 11, 2018, and that in total it held 68,041,831 ordinary shares (including 1,490,212 ADSs, 
each representing 5 ordinary shares), or 13.67% of the total voting power as of that date. It reported on January 30, 2019 
that in total it held 67,993,821 ordinary shares or 13.67% of the total voting power as of December 31, 2018. It reported on 
July  12,  2019  that  in  total  it  held  65,636,115  ordinary  shares  (including  1,491,414  ADSs,  each  representing  5  ordinary 
shares), or 13.15% of the total voting power as of that date. 

• 

The Capital Group Companies, Inc. reported on February 16, 2016 that since March 24, 2015 it had acquired 3,461,051 
ordinary shares. It reported on February 13, 2017 that since February 16, 2016 it had acquired 1,414,762 ordinary shares, 
and it held 30,364,000 ordinary shares (including 452,000 ADSs, each representing 5 ordinary shares), or 7.9% of the total 
voting power as of that date. It reported on December 29, 2017 that since February 14, 2017 it had acquired 7,271,080 
ordinary shares, and it held 37,365,080 ordinary shares (including 452,000 ADSs, each representing 5 ordinary shares), or 
7.9% of the total voting power as of that date. It reported on March 8, 2018 that since December 30, 2017 it had acquired 
5,226,000 ordinary shares, and it held 42,591,080 ordinary shares (including 452,800 ADSs, each representing 5 ordinary 
shares), or 9.0% of the total voting power as of that date. It reported on February 11, 2019 that since March 7, 2018 it had 

126 

 
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
     
         
    
disposed of 2,963,630 ordinary shares (including 48,450 ADSs, each representing 5 ordinary shares) and it held 39,627,450 
ordinary shares (including 404,350 ADSs, each representing 5 ordinary shares), or 7.95% of the total voting power as of 
that date. It reported on March 18, 2019 that since February 7, 2019 it had disposed of 8,871,867 ordinary shares (including 
31,550 ADSs, each representing 5 ordinary shares), and it held 30,755,583 ordinary shares (including 372,800 ADSs, each 
representing 5 ordinary shares), or 6.17% of the total voting power as of that date. 

• 

Thorney  Opportunities  Ltd  reported  on  March  31,  2017  that,  between  April  17,  2015  to  March  31,  2017,  it  acquired 
5,845,000 ordinary shares, and in total it held 24,696,000 ordinary shares, or 5.8% of the total voting power as of that date. 

7.B 

Related Party Transactions 

The Company has not entered into any related party transactions during the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 other than 

compensation made to Directors and other members of key management personnel, see “Item 6.B Compensation”. 

7.C 

Interests of Experts and Counsel 

Not applicable. 

Item 8. 

Financial Information 

8.A 

Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information 

See “Item 18. Financial Statements.” 

Legal Proceedings 

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our 
business. We are not presently party to any legal proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, would reasonably be expected to 
have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  operating  results  or  cash  flows  if  determined  adversely  to  us. 
Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management 
resources and other factors. 

Dividend policy 

Since our inception, we have not declared or paid any dividends on our shares. We intend to retain any earnings for use in our 
business and do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on our ordinary shares. Dividends, if any, on our outstanding ordinary shares 
will be declared by and subject to the discretion of our board of directors, and subject to Australian law. 

Any dividend we declare will be paid to the holders of ADSs, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, to the same extent as 
holders of our ordinary shares, to the extent permitted by applicable law and regulations, less the fees and expenses payable under the 
deposit agreement. Any dividend we declare will be distributed by the depositary bank to the holders of our ADSs, subject to the terms 
of the deposit agreement. See “Item 12.D. Description of American Depositary Shares.” 

8.B 

Significant Changes 

There were no events that have arisen subsequent to June 30, 2019 and prior to the signing of this report that would likely have a 

material impact on the financial results presented.  

Item 9. 

The Offer and Listing 

9.A 

Offer and Listing Details 

Our ordinary shares have been listed in Australia on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) since December 2004. Our ordinary 

shares have been trading under the symbol “MSB”. 

American  Depositary  Shares  (“ADSs”),  each  representing  five  ordinary  shares,  are  available  in  the  US  through  an  American 
Depositary  Receipts  (“ADR”)  program.  This  program  was  established  under  the  deposit  agreement  which  we  entered  into  with  JP 
Morgan Chase Bank N.A. as depositary and our ADR holders. Our ADRs have been listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market since 
August 2015 and are traded under the symbol “MESO”. 

127 

 
 
 
9.B 

Plan of Distribution 

Not applicable. 

9.C 

Markets 

See “Item 9.A Offer and Listing Details.” 

9.D 

Selling Shareholders 

Not applicable. 

9.E 

Dilution 

Not applicable. 

9.F 

Expenses of the Issue 

Not applicable. 

Item 10.  Additional Information 

10.A 

Share Capital 

Not applicable. 

10.B 

Memorandum and Articles of Association 

Our Constitution is similar in nature to the bylaws of a U.S. corporation. It does not provide for or prescribe any specific objectives 
or purposes of Mesoblast. Our Constitution is subject to the terms of the ASX Listing Rules and the Australian Corporations Act. It may 
be modified or repealed and replaced by special resolution passed at a meeting of shareholders, which a resolution is passed by at least 
75% of the votes cast by shareholders (including proxies and representatives of shareholders) entitled to vote on the resolution. 

Under  Australian  law,  a  company  has  the  legal  capacity  and  powers  of  an  individual  both  within  and  outside  Australia.  The 
material provisions of our Constitution are summarized below. This summary is not intended to be complete nor to constitute a definitive 
statement  of  the  rights  and  liabilities  of  our  shareholders,  and  is  qualified  in  its  entirety  by  reference  to  the  complete  text  of  our 
Constitution, a copy of which is on file with the SEC. 

Directors 

Interested Directors 

Except as permitted by the Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules, a director must not vote in respect of  a matter that is 
being considered at a directors' meeting in which the director has a material personal interest according to our Constitution. Such director 
must not be counted in a quorum, must not vote on the matter and must not be present at the meeting while the matter is being considered. 

Pursuant to our Constitution, the fact that a director holds office as a director, and has fiduciary obligations arising out of that 
office will not require the director to account to us for any profit realized by or under any contract or arrangement entered into by or on 
behalf of Mesoblast and in which the director may have an interest. 

Unless  a  relevant  exception  applies,  the  Corporations  Act  requires  our  directors  to provide  disclosure  of  certain  interests  and 
prohibits directors of companies listed on the ASX from voting on matters in which they have a material personal interest and from 
being present at the meeting while the matter is being considered. In addition, unless a relevant exception applies, the Corporations Act 
and the ASX Listing Rules require shareholder approval of any provision of financial benefits (including the issue by us of ordinary 
shares and other securities) to our directors, including entities controlled by them and certain members of their families. 

128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Borrowing Powers Exercisable by Directors 

Pursuant to our Constitution, our business is managed by our board of directors. Our board of directors has the power to raise or 
borrow money, and charge any of our property or business or all or any of our uncalled capital, and may issue debentures or give any 
other security for any of our debts, liabilities or obligations or of any other person, and may guarantee or become liable for the payment 
of money or the performance of any obligation by or of any other person. 

Election, Removal and Retirement of Directors 

We may appoint or remove any director by resolution passed in a general meeting of shareholders. Additionally, our directors are 
elected to serve three-year terms in a manner similar to a “staggered” board of directors under Delaware law. No director except the 
Managing Director (currently designated as our chief executive officer, Silviu Itescu) may hold office for a period in excess of three 
years, or beyond the third annual general meeting following the director’s last election, whichever is the longer, without submitting 
himself or herself for re-election. 

A director who is appointed during the year by the other directors only holds office until the next general meeting at which time 

the director may stand for election by shareholders at that meeting. 

In addition, provisions of the Corporations Act apply where at least 25% of the votes cast on a resolution to adopt our remuneration 
report  (which  resolution  must  be  proposed  each  year  at  our  annual  general  meeting)  are  against  the  adoption  of  the  report  at  two 
successive  annual  general  meetings.  Where  these  provisions  apply,  a  resolution  must  be  put  to  a  vote  at  the  second  annual  general 
meeting to the effect that a further meeting, or a spill meeting, take place within 90 days. At the spill meeting, the directors in office 
when the remuneration report was considered at the second annual general meeting (other than the Managing Director) cease to hold 
office and resolutions to appoint directors (which may involve re-appointing the former directors) are put to a vote. 

Voting restrictions apply in relation to the resolutions to adopt our remuneration report and to propose a spill meeting. These 
restrictions apply to our key management personnel and their closely related parties. See “Rights and Restrictions on Classes of Shares—
Voting Rights” below. 

Pursuant to our Constitution, a person is eligible to be elected as a director at a general meeting only if: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the person is in office as a director immediately before the meeting, in respect of an election of directors at a general meeting 
that is a spill meeting as defined in section 250V(1) of the Corporations Act; 

the person has been nominated by the directors before the meeting; 

where the person is a shareholder, the person has, at least 35 business days but no more than 90 business days before the 
meeting, given to us a notice signed by the person stating the person's desire to be a candidate for election at the meeting; 
or 

where the person is not a shareholder, a shareholder intending to nominate the person for election at that meeting has, at 
least 35 business days but no more than 90 business days before the meeting, given to us a notice signed by the shareholder 
stating the shareholder's intention to nominate the person for election, and a notice signed by the person stating the person's 
consent to the nomination. 

Share Qualifications 

There are currently no requirements for directors to own our ordinary shares in order to qualify as directors. 

Rights and Restrictions on Classes of Shares 

Subject  to  the  Corporations  Act  and  the  ASX  Listing  Rules,  the  rights  attaching  to  our  ordinary  shares  are  detailed  in  our 
Constitution.  Our  Constitution  provides  that  any  of  our  ordinary  shares  may  be  issued  with  preferential,  deferred  or  special  rights, 
privileges or conditions, with any restrictions in regard to dividends, voting, return of share capital or otherwise as our board of directors 
may determine from time to time. Subject to the Corporations Act, the ASX Listing Rules and any rights and restrictions attached to a 
class of shares, we may issue further ordinary shares on such terms and conditions as our board of directors resolve. Currently, our 
outstanding ordinary share capital consists of only one class of ordinary shares. 

129 

 
Dividend Rights 

Our board of directors may from time to time determine to pay dividends to shareholders; however, no dividend is payable except 

in accordance with the thresholds set out in the Corporations Act.  

Voting Rights 

Under our Constitution, the general conduct and procedures of each general meeting of shareholders will be determined by the 
chairperson, including any procedures for casting or recording votes at the meeting whether on a show of hands or on a poll. A poll may 
be demanded by the chairman of the meeting; by at least five shareholders present and having the right to vote on at the meeting; or any 
shareholder or shareholders representing at least 5% of the votes that may be cast on the resolution on a poll. On a show of hands, each 
shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting has one vote regardless of the number of ordinary shares held by such shareholder. If voting 
takes place on a poll, rather than a show of hands, each shareholder entitled to vote has one vote for each ordinary share held and a 
fractional vote for each ordinary share that is not fully paid, such fraction being equivalent to the proportion of the amount that has been 
paid  (not  credited)  of  the  total  amounts  paid  and  payable, whether  or  not called  (excluding  amounts  credited),  to  such  date  on  that 
ordinary share. 

Under Australian law, an ordinary resolution is passed on a show of hands if it is approved by a simple majority (more than 50%) 
of the votes cast by shareholders present (in person or by proxy) and entitled to vote. If a poll is demanded, an ordinary resolution is 
passed if it is approved by holders representing a simple  majority of the total voting rights of shareholders present (in person or by 
proxy) who (being entitled to vote) vote on the resolution. Special resolutions require the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the 
votes cast by shareholders present (in person or by proxy) and entitled to vote at the meeting. 

Pursuant to our Constitution, each shareholder entitled to attend and vote at a meeting may attend and vote: 

• 

• 

• 

in person physically or by electronic means; 

by proxy, attorney or by representative; or 

other than in relation to any clause which specifies a quorum, a member who has duly lodged a valid vote delivered to us 
by post, fax or other electronic means approved by the directors in accordance with the Constitution.  

Under Australian law, shareholders of a public listed company are generally not permitted to approve corporate matters by written 

consent. Our Constitution does not specifically provide for cumulative voting. 

Note that ADS holders may not directly vote at a meeting of the shareholders but may instruct the depositary to vote the number 
of deposited ordinary shares their ADSs represent. Under voting by a show of hands, multiple “yes” votes by ADS holders will only 
count as one “yes” vote and will be negated by a single “no” vote, unless a poll is demanded. 

There are a number of circumstances where the Corporations Act or the ASX Listing Rules prohibit or restrict certain shareholders 
or  certain  classes  of  shareholders  from  voting.  For  example,  key  management  personnel  whose  remuneration  details  are  included 
elsewhere in this prospectus are prohibited from voting on the resolution that must be proposed at each annual general meeting to adopt 
our remuneration report, as well as any resolution to propose a spill meeting. An exception applies to exercising a directed proxy which 
indicates how the proxy is to vote on the proposed resolution on behalf of someone other than the key management personnel or their 
closely related parties; or that person is chair of the meeting and votes an undirected proxy where the shareholder expressly authorizes 
the chair to exercise that power. Key management personnel and their closely related parties are also prohibited from voting undirected 
proxies on remuneration related resolutions. A similar exception to that described above applies if the proxy is the chair of the meeting. 

Right to Share in Our Profits 

Subject to the Corporations Act and pursuant to our Constitution, our shareholders are entitled to participate in our profits by 
payment of dividends. The directors may by resolution declare a dividend or determine a dividend is payable, and may fix the amount, 
the time for and method of payment.  

Rights to Share in the Surplus in the Event of Winding Up 

Our Constitution provides for the right of shareholders to participate in a surplus in the event of our winding up. 

130 

 
Redemption Provisions 

Under our Constitution and subject to the Corporations Act, the directors have power to issue and allot shares with any preferential, 
deferred or special rights, privileges or conditions; with any restrictions in regard to the dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise; 
and preference shares which are liable to be redeemed or converted.  

Sinking Fund Provisions 

Our Constitution allows our directors to set aside any amount available for distribution as a dividend such amounts by way of 
reserves as they think appropriate before declaring or determining to pay a dividend, and may apply the reserves for any purpose for 
which an amount available for distribution as a dividend may be properly applied. Pending application or appropriation of the reserves, 
the directors may invest or use the reserves in our business or in other investments as they think fit. 

Liability for Further Capital Calls 

According to our Constitution, our board of directors may make any calls from time to time upon shareholders in respect of all 
monies unpaid on partly paid shares respectively held by them, subject to the terms upon which any of the partly paid shares have been 
issued. Each shareholder is liable to pay the amount of each call in the manner, at the time and at the place specified by our board of 
directors. Calls may be made payable by instalment. 

Provisions Discriminating Against Holders of a Substantial Number of Shares 

There are no provisions under our Constitution discriminating against any existing or prospective holders of a substantial number 

of our ordinary shares. 

Variation or Cancellation of Share Rights 

The rights attached to shares in a class of shares may only be varied or cancelled by a special resolution of shareholders, together 

with either: 

• 

• 

a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of members holding shares in the class; or 

the written consent of members with at least 75% of the votes in the class. 

General Meetings of Shareholders 

General meetings of shareholders may be called by our board of directors or, under the Corporations Act, by a single director. 
Except as permitted under the Corporations Act, shareholders may not convene a meeting. Under the Corporations Act, shareholders 
with at least 5% of the votes that may be cast at a general meeting may call and arrange to hold a general meeting. The Corporations 
Act requires the directors to call and arrange to hold a general meeting on the request of shareholders with at least 5% of the votes that 
may be cast at a general meeting. Notice of the proposed meeting of our shareholders is required at least 28 days prior to such meeting 
under the Corporations Act. 

No  business  shall  be  transacted  at  any  general  meeting  unless  a  quorum  is  present  at  the  time  when  the  meeting  proceeds  to 
business.  Under  our  Constitution,  the  presence,  in  person  or  by  proxy,  attorney  or  representative,  of  two  shareholders  constitutes  a 
quorum, or if we have less than two shareholders, then those shareholders constitute a quorum. If a quorum is not present within 30 
minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, the meeting must be either dissolved if it was requested or called by shareholders or 
adjourned in any other case. A meeting adjourned for lack of a quorum is adjourned to the same day in the following week at the same 
time and place, unless otherwise decided by our directors. The reconvened meeting is dissolved if a quorum is not present within 30 
minutes after the time appointed for the meeting. 

Change of Control 

Takeovers of listed Australian public companies, such as Mesoblast, are regulated by the Corporations Act, which prohibits the 
acquisition of a “relevant interest” in issued voting shares in a listed company if the acquisition will lead to that person’s or someone 
else’s voting power in Mesoblast increasing from 20% or below to more than 20% or increasing from a starting point that is above 20% 
and below 90% (“Takeovers Prohibition”), subject to a range of exceptions. 

131 

 
Generally, a person will have a relevant interest in securities if the person: 

• 

• 

• 

is the holder of the securities or the holder of an ADS over the shares; 

has power to exercise, or control the exercise of, a right to vote attached to the securities; or 

has the power to dispose of, or control the exercise of a power to dispose of, the securities (including any indirect or direct 
power or control) 

If, at a particular time:- 

• 

• 

• 

a person has a relevant interest in issued securities; and  

the person has: 

o 
o 

o 

entered or enters into an agreement with another person with respect to the securities; 

given or gives another person an enforceable right, or has been or is given an enforceable right by another person, in 
relation to the securities; or 

granted or grants an option to, or has been or is granted an option by, another person with respect to the securities; 
and  

the other person would have a relevant interest in the securities if the agreement were performed, the right enforced or the 
option exercised, 

then, the other person is taken to already have a relevant interest in the securities. 

There are a number of exceptions to the above Takeovers Prohibition on acquiring a relevant interest in issued voting shares above 

20%. In general terms, some of the more significant exceptions include: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

when the acquisition results from the acceptance of an offer under a formal takeover bid; 

when the acquisition is conducted on market by or on behalf of the bidder during the bid period for a full takeover bid that 
is unconditional or only conditional on certain 'prescribed' matters set out in the Corporations Act; 

when the acquisition has been previously approved by resolution passed at general meeting by shareholders of Mesoblast; 

an acquisition by a person if, throughout the six months before the acquisition, that person or any other person has had 
voting power in Mesoblast of at least 19% and, as a result of the acquisition, none of the relevant persons would have voting 
power in Mesoblast more than three percentage points higher than they had six months before the acquisition; 

when the acquisition results from the issue of securities under a pro rata rights issue; 

when the acquisition results from the issue of securities under a dividend reinvestment plan or bonus share plan; 

when the acquisition results from the issue of securities under certain underwriting arrangements; 

when the acquisition results from the issue of securities through a will or through operation of law; 

an  acquisition  that  arises  through  the  acquisition  of  a  relevant  interest  in  another  company  listed  on  the  ASX  or  other 
Australian financial market or a foreign stock exchange approved in writing by ASIC; 

an acquisition arising from an auction of forfeited shares; or 

an acquisition arising through a compromise, arrangement, liquidation or buy-back. 

A formal takeover bid may either be a bid for all securities in the bid class or a fixed proportion of such securities, with each 
holder of bid class securities receiving a bid for that proportion of their holding. Under our Constitution, a proportionate takeover bid 
must first be approved by resolution of our shareholders in a general meeting before it may proceed. 

Breaches of the takeovers provisions of the Corporations Act are criminal offenses. In addition, ASIC and, on application by ASIC 
or an interested party, such as a shareholder, the Australian Takeovers Panel have a wide range of powers relating to breaches of takeover 
provisions, including the ability to make orders cancelling contracts, freezing transfers of, and rights (including voting rights) attached 
to, securities, and forcing a party to dispose of securities including by vesting the securities in ASIC for sale. There are certain defenses 
to breaches of the takeover provisions provided in the Corporations Act. 

132 

 
Ownership Threshold 

There  are  no  provisions  in  our  Constitution  that  require  a  shareholder  to  disclose  ownership  above  a  certain  threshold.  The 
Corporations Act, however, requires a substantial shareholder to notify us and the ASX once a 5% interest in our ordinary shares is 
obtained. Further, once a shareholder has (alone or together with associates) a 5% or greater interest in us, such shareholder must notify 
us and the ASX of any increase or decrease of 1% or more in its interest in our ordinary shares. In addition, the Constitution requires a 
shareholder to provide information to the Company in relation to its entry into any arrangement restricting the transfer or other disposal 
of shares, which are of the nature of arrangements that Mesoblast is required to disclose under the ASX Listing Rules. Following our 
initial public offering in the United States, our shareholders are also subject to disclosure requirements under U.S. securities laws. 

Issues of Shares and Change in Capital 

Subject to our Constitution, the Corporations Act, the ASX Listing Rules and any other applicable law, we may at any time grant 
options over unissued shares and issue shares on any terms, with any preferential, deferred or special rights, privileges or conditions; 
with any restrictions in regard to dividend, voting, return  of capital or otherwise,  and for the consideration and other terms that the 
directors  determine.  Our  power  to  issue  shares  includes  the  power  to  issue  bonus  shares  (for  which  no  consideration  is  payable  to 
Mesoblast), preference shares and partly paid shares. 

Subject  to  the  requirements  of  our  Constitution,  the  Corporations  Act,  the  ASX  Listing  Rules  and  any  other  applicable  law, 
including relevant shareholder approvals, we may  reduce our share capital (provided that the reduction is fair and reasonable to our 
shareholders as a whole, does not materially prejudice our ability to pay creditors and obtains the necessary shareholder approval) or 
buy back our ordinary shares including under an equal access buy-back or on a selective basis. Under the Constitution, the directors may 
do anything required to give effect to any resolution altering or approving the reduction of our share capital. 

Access to and Inspection of Documents 

Inspection of our records is governed by the Corporations Act. Any member of the public has the right to inspect or obtain copies 
of our share registers on the payment of a prescribed fee. Shareholders are not required to pay a fee for inspection of our share registers 
or minute books of the meetings of shareholders. Other corporate records, including minutes of directors’ meetings, financial records 
and other documents, are not open for inspection by shareholders. Where a shareholder is acting in  good faith and an inspection is 
deemed to be made for a proper purpose, a shareholder may apply to the court to make an order for inspection of our books. 

10.C 

Material Contracts 

Loan Agreement with Hercules 

In March 2018, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Hercules for a $75.0 million non-dilutive, secured four-year 
credit facility with an initial interest rate of 9.45%. We drew the first tranche of $35.0 million on closing and a further tranche of $15.0 
million was drawn in January 2019. An additional $25.0 million may be drawn as certain milestones are met. The loan matures in March 
2022 with principal repayments commencing in October 2019 with the ability to defer the commencement of principal repayments to 
October 2020 if certain milestones are met. Interest on the loan is payable monthly in arrears on the 1st day of the month. The interest 
rate is floating. It is computed daily based on the actual number of days elapsed and it is the greater of either 9.45% or the prime rate as 
reported in the Wall Street Journal plus a certain margin. On March 22, 2018, June 14, 2018, September 27, 2018 and December 20, 
2018, in line with the increases in the U.S. prime rate, the interest rate on the loan increased to 9.70%, 9.95%, 10.20% and 10.45%, 
respectively. The loan agreement contains certain covenants, see “Item 5.B Liquidity and Capital Resource – Borrowings.” 

Loan Agreement with NovaQuest  

In June 2018, we entered into a non-dilutive secured loan with NovaQuest for $40.0 million. There is a four-year interest only 
period, until July 2022,  with  the principal repayable in equal quarterly instalments over the remaining period of the loan. The loan 
matures in July 2026. Interest on the loan will accrue at a fixed rate of 15% per annum. The loan agreement contains certain covenants, 
see “Item 5.B Liquidity and Capital Resource – Borrowings.” 

All interest and principal payments will be deferred until after the first commercial sale of our allogeneic product candidate MSC-
100-IV  in  pediatric  patients  with  steroid  refractory  aGVHD,  in  the  United  States  and  other  geographies  excluding  Asia  (“pediatric 
aGVHD”). We can elect to prepay all outstanding amounts owing at any time prior to maturity, subject to a prepayment charge, and 
may decide to do so if net sales of pediatric aGVHD are significantly higher than current forecasts.  

133 

 
If there are no net sales of pediatric aGVHD, the loan is only repayable on maturity in 2026.  If in any annual period 25% of net 
sales  of  pediatric  aGVHD  exceed  the  amount  of  accrued  interest  owing  and  from  2022,  principal  and  accrued  interest  owing  (“the 
payment cap”), Mesoblast will pay the payment cap and an additional portion of excess sales which may be used for early prepayment 
of the loan.  If in any annual period 25% of net sales of pediatric aGVHD is less than the payment cap, then the payment is limited to 
25% of net sales of pediatric aGVHD. Any unpaid interest will be added to the principal amounts owing and will accrue further interest. 
At maturity date, any unpaid loan balances are repaid. 

Agreements with Tasly Pharmaceutical Group 

In July 2018, we entered into a Development and Commercialization Agreement with Tasly.  

The  Development  and  Commercialization  Agreement  provides  Tasly  with  exclusive  rights  to  develop,  manufacture  and 
commercialize  in  China  MPC-150-IM  for  the  treatment  or  prevention  of  chronic  heart  failure  and  MPC-25-IC  for  the  treatment  or 
prevention of acute myocardial infarction. Tasly will fund all development, manufacturing and commercialization activities in China 
for MPC-150-IM and MPC-25-IC. On closing, we received a $20.0 million upfront technology access fee. Further, we will receive $25.0 
million  on  product  regulatory  approvals  in  China.  Mesoblast  will  receive  double-digit  escalating  royalties  on  net  product  sales. 
Mesoblast is eligible to receive six escalating milestone payments upon the product candidates reaching certain sales thresholds in China. 

The Development and Commercialization Agreement provides that Tasly can terminate this agreement with a specified amount 
of notice, on the later of (a) third anniversary of the agreement coming into effect and (b) receipt of marketing approval in China for 
each of MPC-150-IM or MPC-25-IC. Mesoblast has termination rights with respect to certain patent challenges by Tasly and if certain 
competing activities are undertaken by Tasly. Either party may terminate the agreement on material breach of the agreement if such 
breach in not cured within the specified cure period or if certain events related to bankruptcy of the other party occurs.  

TiGenix NV – patent license for treatment of fistulae  

In December 2017, we entered into a Patent License Agreement with TiGenix NV, now a wholly owned subsidiary of Takeda, 
which  granted  Takeda  exclusive  access  to  certain  of  our  patents  to  support  global  commercialization  of  the  adipose-derived 
mesenchymal stem cell product Alofisel®, previously known as Cx601, a product candidate of Takeda, for the local treatment of fistulae. 
The agreement includes the right for Takeda to grant sub-licenses to affiliates and third parties. 

As part of the agreement, we received $5.9 million (€5.0 million) before withholding tax as a non-refundable up-front payment 
and a further payment of $5.9 million (€5.0 million) before withholding tax 12 months after the patent license agreement date. We are 
entitled to further payments up to €10.0 million when Takeda reaches certain product regulatory milestones. Additionally, we receive 
single digit royalties on net sales of Alofisel®. 

The agreement will continue in full force in each country (other than the United States) until the date upon which the last issued 
claim of any licensed patent covering Alofisel® expires in such country (currently expected to be 2029) or, with respect to the United 
States, until the later of (i) the date upon which the last issued claim of any licensed patent covering Alofisel® in the United States 
expires (currently expected to be around 2031) or (ii) the expiration of the regulatory exclusivity period in the United States with an 
agreed maximum term.  

Either we or Takeda may terminate the agreement for any material breach that is not cured within 90 days after notice. We also 
have the right to terminate the agreement with a written notice in the event that Takeda file a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or 
Takeda makes an assignment of substantially all of its assets for the benefit of its creditors. 

Takeda has the right to terminate its obligation to pay royalties for net sales in a specific country if it is of the opinion that there 
is  no  issued  claim  of  any  licensed  patent  covering  Alofisel®  in  such  country,  subject  to  referral  of  the  matter  to  the  joint 
oversight/cooperation committee established under the agreement if we disagree. 

10.D 

Exchange Controls  

The  Australian  dollar  is  freely  convertible  into  U.S.  dollars.  In  addition,  there  are  currently  no  specific  rules  or  limitations 
regarding the export from Australia of profits, dividends, capital or similar funds belonging to foreign investors, except that certain 
payments to non-residents must be reported to the Australian Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre (“AUSTRAC”), which monitors 
such transaction, and amounts on account of potential Australian tax liabilities may be required to be withheld unless a relevant taxation 
treaty can be shown to apply. 

134 

 
Regulation of acquisition by foreign entities 

Under Australian law, in certain circumstances foreign persons are prohibited from acquiring more than a limited percentage of 
the shares in an Australian company without approval from the Australian Treasurer. These limitations are set forth in the Australian 
Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975. These limitations are in addition to the more general overarching Takeovers Prohibition 
of an acquisition of  more than a 20% interest in a public  company (in the absence of an applicable exception)  under the takeovers 
provisions of Australia's Corporations Act by any person whether foreign or otherwise. 

Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act, as currently in effect, any foreign person, together with associates, or parties 
acting in concert, is prohibited from acquiring 20% or more of the shares in any company having consolidated total assets of or that is 
valued at A$266 million or more (or A$1,154 million or more in case of U.S. investors or investors from certain other countries). No 
asset  threshold  applies  in  the  case  of  foreign  government  investors.    Different  rules  apply  to  sensitive  industries  (such  as  media, 
telecommunications, and encryption and security technologies), companies owning land or that are agribusinesses. “Associates” is a 
broadly defined term under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act and includes in relation to any person: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

any relative of the person; 

any person with whom the person is acting or proposes to act in concert; 

any person with whom the person carries on a business in partnership; 

any entity of which the person is a 'senior officer' (such as a director or executive); 

if the person is an entity, any holding entity or any senior officer of the entity; 

any entity whose senior officers are accustomed or obliged to act in accordance with the directions, instructions or wishes 
of the person or if the person is an entity, its senior officers or vice versa; 

any corporation in which the person holds a 'substantial interest' (i.e., 20%) or any person holding a substantial interest in 
the person if a corporation; 

a trustee of a trust in which the person holds a substantial interest or if the person is the trustee of a trust, a person who holds 
a substantial interest in the trust; 

if the person is a foreign government, a separate government entity or a foreign government investor in relation to a foreign 
country, any other person that is a foreign government, a separate government entity or foreign government investor, in 
relation to that country. 

The  Australian  Treasurer  also  has  power  in  certain  circumstances  to  make  an  order  specifying  that  two  or  more  persons  are 

associates. 

In addition, a foreign person may not acquire shares in a company having consolidated total assets of or that is valued at A$266 
million or more (or A$1,154 million or more in case of U.S. investors or investors from certain other countries) if, as a result of that 
acquisition,  the  total  holdings  of  all  foreign  persons  and  their  associates  will  exceed  40%  in  aggregate  without  the  approval  of  the 
Australian Treasurer. If the necessary approvals are not obtained, the Treasurer may make an order requiring the acquirer to dispose of 
the shares it has acquired within a specified period of time. The same rule applies if the total holdings of all foreign persons and their 
associates already exceeds 40% and a foreign person (or its associate) acquires any further shares, including in the course of trading in 
the secondary market of the ADSs. Different rules apply to government investors, and acquisitions of interests in sensitive business 
acquisitions, agribusiness and land owning entities. 

Each foreign person seeking to acquire holdings in excess of the above caps (including their associates, as the case may be) would 
need to complete an application form setting out the proposal and relevant particulars of the acquisition/shareholding and pay the relevant 
application fees. The Australian Treasurer then has 30 days to consider the application and make a decision. However, the Australian 
Treasurer may extend the period by up to a further 90 days by publishing an interim order. The Australian Foreign Investment Review 
Board,  an  Australian  advisory  board  to  the  Australian  Treasurer  has  provided  a  guideline  titled Australia’s  Foreign  Investment 
Policy which provides an outline of the policy. As for the risk associated with seeking approval, the policy provides, among other things, 
that the Treasurer will reject an application if it is contrary to the national interest. 

135 

 
If the  level of  foreign ownership  in Mesoblast exceeds 40% at any time,  we  would be considered a foreign person  under the 
Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act. In such event, we would be required to obtain the approval of the Australian Treasurer for our 
company, together with our associates, to acquire (i) more than 20% of an Australian company or business having total assets of, or that 
is  valued  at,  A$266  million  or  more;  or  (ii) any  direct  or  indirect  ownership  in  Australian  land;  or  (iii)  any  ‘direct  interest’  in  any 
agribusiness. 

The percentage of foreign ownership in our company may also be included in determining the foreign ownership of any Australian 
company or business in which we may choose to invest. Since we have no current plans for any such acquisition and do not own any 
property, any such approvals required to be obtained by us as a foreign person under the Takeovers Act will not affect our current or 
future ownership or lease of property in Australia. 

Our Constitution does not contain any additional limitations on the right to hold or vote our securities by reason of being a non-

resident. 

Australian law requires the transfer of shares in our company to be made in writing or electronically through the Clearing House 

Electronic Sub-register System.  

10.E 

Taxation 

The following summary of the material Australian and U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our ADSs or 
ordinary shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this Form 20-F, all of which are subject 
to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in 
our ADSs or ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under U.S. state, local and other tax laws other than Australian and U.S. 
federal income tax laws.  

Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations to U.S. Holders 

The following summary describes certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders (as defined below) of 
the ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares and ADSs as of the date hereof. Except where noted, this summary deals only with 
our ordinary shares or ADSs acquired and held as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 
1986, as amended, or the Code. This section does not discuss the tax consequences to any particular holder, nor any tax considerations 
that may apply to holders subject to special tax rules, such as: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

banks, insurance companies, regulated investment companies and real estate investment trusts; 

financial institutions; 

individual retirement and other tax-deferred accounts; 

certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents; 

brokers or dealers in securities or currencies; 

traders that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting; 

partnerships  and  other  entities  treated  as  partnership  or  pass  through  entities  for  U.S.  federal  income  tax  purposes,  and 
partners or investors in such entities; 

tax-exempt organizations (including private foundations); 

persons that may have been subject to the alternative minimum tax; 

persons that hold or dispose of ordinary shares or ADSs as a position in a straddle or as part of a hedging, constructive sale, 
conversion or other integrated transaction; 

persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar; 

persons that own (directly, indirectly or constructively) 10% or more of the vote or value of our equity;  

persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to ordinary shares or 
ADSs being taken into account in an applicable financial statement;  

136 

 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

persons  who  acquire  ordinary  shares  or  ADSs  pursuant  to  the  exercise  of  any  employee  share  option  or  otherwise  as 
compensation; or 

persons that are not U.S. holders (as defined below). 

In this section, a “U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs, other than a partnership or other entity 

treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States (for U.S. federal income tax purposes); 

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under 
the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia; 

an estate the income of which is includable in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; 
or 

a trust (i) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a court in the United States and for which one 
or  more  U.S.  persons  have  the  authority  to  control  all  substantial  decisions  or  (ii)  that  has  an  election  in  effect  under 
applicable U.S. income tax regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. 

The discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, and the U.S. Treasury regulations, rulings and judicial decisions 
thereunder as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be replaced, revoked or modified, possibly with retroactive effect, so as to 
result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. In addition, this summary is based, in part, upon 
the  terms  of  the  deposit  agreement  and  assumes  that  the  deposit  agreement,  and  all  other  related  agreements,  will  be  performed  in 
accordance with their terms. 

If a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes acquires, owns or disposes 
of ordinary shares or ADSs, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the 
activities of the partnership. Partners of partnerships that acquire, own or dispose of ordinary shares or ADSs should consult their tax 
advisors. 

You  are  urged  to  consult  your  own  tax  advisor  with  respect  to  the  U.S.  federal,  as  well  as  state,  local  and  non-U.S.,  tax 
consequences  to  you  of  acquiring,  owning  and  disposing  of  ordinary  shares  or  ADSs  in  light  of  your  particular  circumstances, 
including the possible effects of changes in U.S. federal income and other tax laws and the effects of any tax treaties. 

ADSs 

Assuming the deposit agreement and all other related agreements will be performed in accordance with their terms, a U.S. holder 
of ADSs will be treated as the beneficial owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes of the underlying shares represented by the ADSs. 
The U.S. Treasury has expressed concerns that parties to whom American depositary shares are released before shares are delivered to 
the depositary, or intermediaries in the chain of ownership between holders of American depositary shares and the issuer of the security 
underlying the American depositary shares, may be taking actions that are inconsistent with claiming foreign tax credits by holders of 
American depositary shares. These actions would also be inconsistent with claiming the reduced rate of tax, described below, applicable 
to dividends received by certain non-corporate holders. Accordingly, the creditability of any foreign taxes and the availability of the 
reduced tax rate for dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. holders, each described below, could be affected by actions taken 
by such parties or intermediaries. 

Distributions 

Subject to the passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, rules discussed below, U.S. holders generally will include as dividend 
income the U.S. dollar value of the gross amount of any distributions of cash or property (without deduction for any withholding tax), 
other than certain pro rata distributions of ordinary shares, with respect to ordinary shares or ADSs to the extent the distributions are 
made from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. holder will 
include the dividend income on the day actually or constructively received: (i) by the holder, in the case of ordinary shares, or (ii) by 
the depositary, in the case of ADSs. To the extent, if any, that the amount of any distribution by us exceeds our current and accumulated 
earnings and profits, as so determined, the excess will be treated first as a tax-free return of the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the ordinary 
shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we do not intend to determine our earnings and profits on 
the basis of U.S. federal income tax principles. Consequently, any distributions generally will be reported as dividend income for U.S. 
information reporting purposes. See “—Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting Requirements” below. Dividends paid by 
us will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporate shareholders. 

137 

 
The U.S. dollar amount of dividends received by an individual, trust or estate with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs will be 
subject to taxation at preferential rates if the dividends are “qualified dividends.” Dividends paid on ordinary shares or ADSs will be 
treated as qualified dividends if (i)(a) we are eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States that 
the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States determines is satisfactory for this purpose and includes an exchange of information 
program or (b) the dividends are with respect to ordinary shares (or ADSs in respect of such shares) which are readily tradable on a U.S. 
securities market; (ii) certain holding period requirements are met; and (iii) we are not classified as a PFIC for the taxable year in which 
the dividend is paid or for the preceding taxable year. The Agreement between the Government of the United States of America and the 
Government of Australia for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income, 
or the Treaty, has been approved for the purposes of the qualified dividend rules, and we expect to qualify for benefits under the Treaty. 
In addition, our ADSs are listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, and as such U.S. Treasury Department guidance indicates that our 
ADSs will be readily tradable on an established U.S. securities market. Thus, we believe that as long as we are not a PFIC, dividends 
we  pay  generally  should  be  eligible  for  the  preferential  tax  rates  on  qualified  dividends.  However,  the  determination  of  whether  a 
dividend qualifies for the preferential tax rates must be made at the time the dividend is paid. U.S. holders should consult their own tax 
advisors regarding the availability of the preferential tax rates on dividends. 

Includible distributions paid in Australian dollars, including any Australian withholding taxes, will be included in the gross income 
of a U.S. holder in a U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the spot exchange rate in effect on the date of actual or constructive 
receipt, regardless of whether the Australian dollars are converted into U.S. dollars at that time. If Australian dollars are converted into 
U.S. dollars on the date of actual or constructive receipt, the tax basis of the U.S. holder in those Australian dollars will be equal to their 
U.S. dollar value on that date and, as a result, a U.S. holder generally should not be required to recognize any foreign currency exchange 
gain or loss. If Australian dollars so received are not converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, the U.S. holder will have a basis 
in  the  Australian  dollars  equal  to  their  U.S.  dollar  value  on  the  date  of  receipt.  Any  foreign  currency  exchange  gain  or  loss  on  a 
subsequent conversion or other disposition of the Australian dollars generally will be treated as ordinary income or loss to such U.S. 
holder and generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. 

Dividends received by a U.S. holder with respect to ordinary shares (or ADSs in respect of such shares) will be treated as foreign 
source income, which may be relevant in calculating the holder’s foreign tax credit limitation. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible 
for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us with respect 
to ADSs or ordinary shares will generally constitute “passive category income” but could, in the case of certain U.S. holders, constitute 
“general category income.” 

Subject to certain complex limitations, including the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. holder generally will be entitled, at such 
holder's option, to claim either a credit against such holder's U.S. federal income tax liability or a deduction in computing such holder's 
U.S. federal taxable income in respect of any Australian taxes withheld. If a U.S. holder elects to claim a deduction, rather than a foreign 
tax credit, for Australian taxes withheld for a particular taxable year, the election will apply to all foreign taxes paid or accrued by or on 
behalf of the U.S. holder in the particular taxable year. 

The availability of the foreign tax credit and the application of the limitations on its availability are fact specific and are subject 
to  complex  rules.  You  are  urged  to  consult  your  own  tax  advisor  as  to  the  consequences  of  Australian  withholding  taxes  and  the 
availability  of  a  foreign  tax  credit  or  deduction.  See  “—Australian  Tax  Considerations  Australian—Income  Tax—Taxation  of 
Dividends” below. 

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs 

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. holder generally will, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, recognize capital 
gain or loss, if any, on a sale, exchange or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs equal to the difference between the amount 
realized on the disposition and the U.S. holder’s tax basis (in U.S. dollars) in the ordinary shares or ADSs. This recognized gain or loss 
will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder has held the ordinary shares or ADSs for more than one year. Generally, 
for U.S. holders who are individuals (as well as certain trusts and estates), long-term capital gains are subject to U.S. federal income tax 
at preferential rates. For foreign tax credit limitation purposes, gain or loss recognized upon a disposition generally will be treated as 
from sources within the United States. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. 

You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences if a foreign tax is imposed on a disposition of ADSs or 
ordinary shares, including availability of a foreign tax credit or deduction in respect of any Australian tax imposed on a sale or other 
disposition  of  ordinary  shares  or  ADSs.  See  “—Australian  Tax  Considerations—Australian  Income  Tax—Tax  on  Sales  or  Other 
Dispositions of Shares—Capital Gains Tax.” 

138 

 
Passive Foreign Investment Company 

As a non-U.S. corporation, we will be a PFIC for any taxable year if either: (i) 75% or more of our gross income for the taxable 
year is passive income (such as certain dividends, interest, rents or royalties and certain gains from the sale of shares and securities or 
commodities transactions, including amounts derived by reason of the temporary investment of funds raised in offerings of our ordinary 
shares or ADSs); or (ii) the average quarterly value of our gross assets during the taxable year that produce passive income or are held 
for the production of passive income is at least 50% of the value of our total assets. For purposes of the PFIC asset test, passive assets 
generally include any cash, cash equivalents and cash invested in short-term, interest bearing debt instruments or bank deposits that are 
readily convertible into cash. If we own at least 25% (by value) of the stock of another corporation, we will be treated, for purposes of 
the PFIC income and asset tests, as owning our proportionate share of the other corporation’s assets and receiving our proportionate 
share of the other corporation’s income. 

We do not believe that we were a PFIC for the taxable year ending June 30, 2019. However, if there is a change in the type or 
composition of our gross income, or our actual business results do not match our projections, it is possible that we may become a PFIC 
in future taxable years. Investors should be aware that our gross income for purposes of the PFIC income test depends on the receipt of 
Australian research and development tax incentive credits and other revenue, and there can be no assurances that such tax incentive 
credit programs will not be revoked or modified, that we will continue to conduct our operations in the manner necessary to be eligible 
for such incentives or that we will receive other gross income that is not considered passive for purposes of the PFIC income test. The 
value of our assets for purposes of the PFIC asset test will generally be determined by reference to our market capitalization, which may 
fluctuate. The composition of our income and assets will also be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend the cash raised in offerings 
of our ordinary shares or ADSs. Under circumstances where our gross income from activities that produce passive income significantly 
increases relative to our gross income from activities that produce non-passive income or where we decide not to deploy significant 
amounts of cash  for active purposes, our risk of becoming  classified as a PFIC  may substantially increase. Since a separate factual 
determination as to whether we are or have become a PFIC must be made each year (after the close of such year), we cannot assure you 
that we will not be or become a PFIC in the current year or any future taxable year. There can be no assurance that we will not be a 
PFIC for any taxable year, as PFIC status is determined each year and depends on the composition of our income and assets and the 
value  of  our  assets  in  such  year.  If  we  are  a  PFIC  for  any  taxable  year,  upon  request,  we  intend  to  provide  U.S.  holders  with  the 
information necessary to make and maintain a “Qualified Electing Fund” election, as described below. 

Default PFIC Rules 

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you own our ordinary shares or ADSs, unless you make the mark-to-market 
election or the Qualified Electing Fund election described below, you will generally be (and remain) subject to additional taxes and 
interest charges, regardless of whether we remain a PFIC in any subsequent taxable year, (i) on certain “excess distributions” we may 
make; and (ii) on any gain realized on the disposition or deemed disposition of your ordinary shares or ADSs. Distributions in respect 
of your ordinary shares (or ADSs in respect of such shares) during the taxable year will generally constitute “excess” distributions if, in 
the aggregate, they exceed 125% of the average amount of distributions in respect of your ordinary shares (or ADSs) over the three 
preceding taxable years or, if shorter, the portion of your holding period before such taxable year. 

To compute the tax on “excess” distributions or any gain: (i) the “excess” distribution or the gain will be allocated ratably to each 
day in your holding period for the ADSs or the ordinary shares; (ii) the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable year 
before we became a PFIC will be taxed as ordinary income in the current year; (iii) the amount allocated to other taxable years will be 
taxable at the highest applicable marginal rate in effect for that year; and (iv) an interest charge at the rate for underpayment of taxes 
will be imposed with respect to any portion of the “excess” distribution or gain described under (iii) above that is allocated to such other 
taxable years. In addition, if we are a PFIC or, with respect to a particular U.S. holder, we are treated as a PFIC for the taxable year in 
which  the  distribution  was  paid  or  the  prior  taxable  year,  no  distribution  that  you  receive  from  us  will  qualify  for  taxation  at  the 
preferential rate for non-corporate holders discussed in “—Distributions” above. You should consult with your own tax advisor regarding 
the application of the default PFIC rules based on your particular circumstances. 

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. holder holds our ADSs or ordinary shares and any of our non-U.S. 
subsidiaries is also a PFIC (i.e., a lower-tier PFIC), such U.S. holder would be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of 
the shares of the lower-tier PFIC and would be subject to the rules described above on certain distributions by the lower-tier PFIC and 
our disposition of shares of the lower-tier PFIC, even though such U.S. holder would not receive the proceeds of those distributions or 
dispositions. You should consult with your own tax advisor regarding the application to you of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries 
if we are a PFIC. 

139 

 
Mark-to-Market Election 

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you own our ADSs or ordinary shares, you will be able to avoid the rules 
applicable to “excess” distributions or gains described above if the ordinary shares or ADSs are “marketable” and you make a timely 
“mark-to-market” election with respect to your ordinary shares or ADSs. The ordinary shares or ADSs will be “marketable” stock as 
long as they remain regularly traded on a national securities exchange, such as the Nasdaq Global Select Market, or a foreign securities 
exchange regulated by a governmental authority of the country in which the market is located and which meets certain requirements, 
including that the rules of the exchange effectively promote active trading of listed stocks. If such stock is traded on such a qualified 
exchange or other market, such stock generally will be “regularly traded” for any calendar year during which such stock is traded, other 
than in de minimis quantities, on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter, but no assurances can be given in this regard. Our ordinary 
shares are traded on the ASX, which may qualify as an eligible foreign securities exchange for this purpose. 

If you are eligible to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our ordinary shares or ADSs and you make this election 
in a timely fashion, you will generally recognize as ordinary income or ordinary loss the difference between the fair market value of 
your ordinary shares or ADSs on the last day of any taxable year and  your adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares  or ADSs.  Any 
ordinary income resulting from this election will generally be taxed at ordinary income rates. Any ordinary losses will be deductible 
only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election, if any. Your adjusted tax 
basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs  will be adjusted to reflect any such  income or loss. Any gain recognized on the sale or other 
disposition of your ordinary shares or ADSs in a year when we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income, and any loss will be treated 
as an ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the net amount previously included as ordinary income as a result of the mark-to-market 
election). 

Because a mark-to-market election cannot be made for any lower-tier PFICs that we may own, a U.S. holder may continue to be 
subject to the PFIC rules with respect to such holder's indirect interest in any investments held by us that are treated as an equity interest 
in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, including shares in any of our subsidiaries that are treated as PFICs. 

You should consult with your own tax advisor regarding the applicability and potential advantages and disadvantages to you of 
making a “mark-to-market” election with respect to your ordinary shares or ADSs if we are or become a PFIC, including the tax issues 
raised by lower-tier PFICs that we may own and the procedures for making such an election. 

QEF Election 

Alternative rules to those set forth under “Default PFIC Rules” above apply if an election is  made to treat us as a “Qualified 
Electing Fund,” or QEF, under Section 1295 of the Code. A QEF election is available only if a U.S. holder receives an annual information 
statement from us setting forth such holder's pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gains, as calculated for U.S. federal 
income tax purposes. 

Upon  request  from  a  U.S.  holder,  we  will  endeavor  to  provide  to  the  U.S.  holder  within  90  days  after  the  request  an  annual 
information statement, in order to enable the U.S. holder to make and maintain a QEF election for us or for any of our subsidiaries that 
is or becomes a PFIC. However, there is no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of our or our subsidiaries’ status as a PFIC 
in the future or of the required information to be provided. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the availability and tax 
consequences of a QEF election with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs or with respect to any lower-tier PFIC that we may own 
under your particular circumstances. 

Reporting 

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you own our ordinary shares or ADSs, as a U.S. holder, you will generally be 
required to file IRS Form 8621 on an annual basis, and other reporting requirements may apply. The PFIC rules are complex and you 
should consult with your own tax advisor regarding whether we or any of our subsidiaries are a PFIC, the tax consequences of any 
elections that may be available to you, and how the PFIC rules may affect the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the receipt, 
ownership, and disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs. 

Tax on Net Investment Income 

Certain non-corporate U.S. holders will be subject to a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (i) the U.S. holder’s “net investment income” for 
the relevant taxable year; and (ii) the excess of the U.S. holder’s modified adjusted gross income for the taxable year over a certain 
threshold. A U.S. holder’s net investment income will generally include dividends received on the ordinary shares or ADSs and net 
gains from the disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs, unless such dividend income or net gains are derived in the ordinary course of 

140 

 
the conduct of a trade or business (other than a trade or business that consists of certain passive or trading activities). A U.S. holder that 
is an individual, estate or trust should consult the holder’s tax advisor regarding the applicability of the tax on net investment income to 
the holder’s dividend income and gains in respect of the holder’s investment in the ordinary shares or ADSs. 

Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting Requirements 

U.S. backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements generally apply to payments to non-corporate holders of 
ordinary shares or ADSs. Information reporting will apply to payments of dividends on, and to proceeds from the disposition of, ordinary 
shares or ADSs by a paying agent within the United States to a U.S. holder, other than U.S. holders that are exempt from information 
reporting and properly certify their exemption. A paying agent within the United States will be required to withhold at the applicable 
statutory rate, currently 24%, in respect of any payments of dividends on, and the proceeds from the disposition of, ordinary shares or 
ADSs within the United States to a U.S. holder (other than U.S. holders that are exempt from backup withholding and properly certify 
their exemption) if the holder fails to furnish its correct taxpayer identification number or otherwise fails to comply with applicable 
backup  withholding requirements. U.S. holders  who are required to establish their exempt status generally  must provide a properly 
completed IRS Form W-9. 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against a U.S. holder’s 
U.S. federal income tax liability. A U.S. holder generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under the backup withholding 
rules in excess of such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS in a timely 
manner and furnishing any required information. 

Certain U.S. holders may be required to report (on IRS Form 8938) information with respect to such holder’s interest in “specified 
foreign financial assets” (as defined in Section 6038D of the Code), including stock of a non-U.S. corporation that is not held in an 
account maintained by a U.S. “financial institution”. Persons who are required to report specified foreign financial assets and fail to do 
so may be subject to substantial penalties. U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding foreign financial asset 
reporting obligations and their possible application to the holding of ordinary shares or ADSs. 

The discussion above is a general summary only. It is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of all tax considerations 
applicable  to  an  investment  in  our  ADSs  or  ordinary  shares.  You  should  consult  with  your  own  tax  advisor  concerning  the  tax 
consequences to you of an investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares in light of your particular circumstances. 

Australian Tax Considerations 

In this section, we discuss the material Australian income tax, stamp duty and goods and services tax considerations related to the 
acquisition, ownership and disposal by the absolute beneficial owners of the ordinary shares or ADSs. It is based upon existing Australian 
tax law as of the date of this annual report, which is subject to change, possibly retrospectively. This discussion does not address all 
aspects of Australian tax law which may be important to particular investors in light of their individual investment circumstances, such 
as  shares  held  by  investors  subject  to  special  tax  rules  (for  example,  financial  institutions,  insurance  companies  or  tax  exempt 
organizations). In addition, this summary does not discuss any foreign or state tax considerations, other than stamp duty and goods and 
services tax. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the Australian and foreign income and other tax 
considerations of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the shares. This summary is based upon the premise that the holder is 
not an Australian tax resident and is not carrying on business in Australia through a permanent establishment (referred to as a “Foreign 
Shareholder” in this summary). 

Australian Income Tax 

Nature of ADSs for Australian Taxation Purposes 

Ordinary shares represented by ADSs held by a U.S. holder will be treated for Australian taxation purposes as held under a “bare 
trust” for such holder. Consequently, the underlying ordinary shares will be regarded as owned by the ADS holder for Australian income 
tax and capital gains tax purposes. Dividends paid on the underlying ordinary shares will also be treated as dividends paid to the ADS 
holder, as the person beneficially entitled to those dividends. Therefore, in the following analysis we discuss the tax consequences to 
non-Australian resident holders of ordinary shares which, for Australian taxation purposes, will be the same as to U.S. holders of ADSs. 

141 

 
Taxation of Dividends 

Australia operates a dividend imputation system under which dividends may be declared to be “franked” to the extent of tax paid 
on company profits. Fully franked dividends are not subject to dividend withholding tax. Dividends payable to non-Australian resident 
shareholders that are not operating from an Australian permanent establishment, or Foreign Shareholders, will be subject to dividend 
withholding tax, to the extent the dividends are not foreign (i.e., non-Australian) sourced and declared to be conduit foreign income, or 
CFI, and are unfranked. Dividend withholding tax will be imposed at 30%, unless a shareholder is a resident of a country with which 
Australia has a double taxation agreement and qualifies for the benefits of the treaty. Under the provisions of the current Double Taxation 
Convention between Australia and the United States, the Australian tax withheld on unfranked dividends that are not CFI paid by us to 
which a resident of the United States is beneficially entitled is limited to 15%. 

If a company that is a non-Australian resident shareholder directly owns a 10% or more interest, the Australian tax withheld on 
unfranked dividends (that are not CFI) paid by us to which a resident of the United States is beneficially entitled is limited to 5%. In 
limited circumstances the rate of withholding can be reduced to zero. 

Tax on Sales or Other Dispositions of Shares—Capital Gains Tax 

Foreign Shareholders will not be subject to Australian capital gains tax on the gain made on a sale or other disposal of our ordinary 
shares, unless they, together with associates, hold 10% or more of our issued capital, at the time of disposal or for 12 months of the last 
2 years prior to disposal. 

Foreign Shareholders who own a 10% or more interest would be subject to Australian capital gains tax if more than 50% of our 
assets held directly or indirectly, determined by reference to market value, consists of Australian real property (which includes land and 
leasehold interests) or Australian mining, quarrying or prospecting rights. The Double Taxation Convention between the United States 
and Australia is unlikely to limit the amount of this taxable gain. Australian capital gains tax applies to net capital gains of Foreign 
Shareholders  at  the  Australian  tax  rates  for  non-Australian  residents,  which  start  at  a  marginal  rate  of  32.5%.  Net  capital  gains  are 
calculated after reduction for capital losses, which may only be offset against capital gains. 

The 50% capital gains tax discount is not available to non-Australian residents on gains accrued after May 8, 2012. Companies 

are not entitled to a capital gains tax discount. 

Broadly, where there is a disposal of certain taxable Australian property, the purchaser will be required to withhold and remit to 
the  Australian  Taxation  Office  (“ATO”)  12.50%  of  the  proceeds  from  the  sale.  A  transaction  is  excluded  from  the  withholding 
requirements  in  certain  circumstances,  including  where  the  value  of  the  taxable  Australian  property  is  less  than  A$750,000,  the 
transaction is an on-market transaction conducted on an approved stock exchange, a securities lending, or the transaction is conducted 
using a broker operated crossing system.  There is also an exception to the requirement to withhold where the Commissioner issues a 
clearance certificate which broadly certifies that the vendor is not a foreign person. The Foreign Shareholder may be entitled to receive 
a tax credit for the tax withheld by the purchaser which they may claim in their Australian income tax return. 

Tax on Sales or Other Dispositions of Shares—Shareholders Holding Shares on Revenue Account 

Some Foreign Shareholders may hold ordinary shares on revenue rather than on capital account for example, share traders. These 
shareholders may have the gains made on the sale or other disposal of the ordinary shares included in their assessable income under the 
ordinary income provisions of the income tax law, if the gains are sourced in Australia. 

Foreign  Shareholders assessable under these ordinary income provisions  in respect of  gains  made on ordinary  shares held on 
revenue account would be assessed for such gains at the Australian tax rates for non-Australian residents, which start at a marginal rate 
of 32.5%. Some relief from  Australian income tax  may be available to such non-Australian resident shareholders under the Double 
Taxation Convention between the United States and Australia. 

To  the  extent  an  amount  would  be  included  in  a  Foreign  Shareholder’s  assessable  income  under  both  the  capital  gains  tax 
provisions and the ordinary income provisions, the capital gain amount would generally be reduced, so that the shareholder would not 
be subject to double tax on any part of the income gain or capital gain. 

The comments above in “Tax on Sales or Other Dispositions of Shares—Capital Gains Tax” regarding a purchaser being required 
to withhold 12.5% tax on the acquisition of certain taxable Australian property equally applies where the disposal of the Australian real 
property asset by a foreign resident is likely to generate gains on revenue account, rather than a capital gain. 

142 

 
Dual Residency 

If  a  shareholder  were  a  resident  of  both  Australia  and  the  United  States  under  those  countries’  domestic  taxation  laws,  that 
shareholder may be subject to tax as an Australian resident. If, however, the shareholder is determined to be a U.S. resident for the 
purposes of the Double Taxation Convention between the United States and Australia, the Australian tax may be subject to limitation 
by the Double Taxation Convention. Shareholders should obtain specialist taxation advice in these circumstances. 

Australian Death Duty 

Australia does not have estate or death duties. As a general rule, no capital gains tax liability is realized upon the inheritance of a 
deceased person’s ordinary shares. The disposal of inherited ordinary shares by beneficiaries may, however, give rise to a capital gains 
tax liability if the gain falls within the scope of Australia’s jurisdiction to tax (as discussed above). 

Stamp Duty 

No Australian stamp duty is payable by Australian residents or non-Australian residents on the issue, transfer and/or surrender of 
the ADSs or the ordinary shares in Mesoblast, provided that all of the ADSs and ordinary shares in Mesoblast are listed on Nasdaq and 
ASX and the shares issued, transferred and/or surrendered do not represent 90% or more of the issued shares in Mesoblast. 

Goods and Services Tax 

The supply of ADSs and/or ordinary shares in Mesoblast will not be subject to Australian goods and services tax. 

10.F 

Dividends and Paying Agents 

Not applicable. 

10.G 

Statement by Experts 

Not applicable. 

10.H 

Documents on Display 

Any statement in this Form 20-F about any of our contracts or other documents is not necessarily complete. If the contract or 
document is filed as an exhibit to the Form 20-F the contract or document is deemed to modify the description contained in this Form 
20-F. You must review the exhibits themselves for a complete description of the contract or document. 

You may review a copy of our filings with the SEC, as well as other information furnished to the SEC, including exhibits and 
schedules filed with it, at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the 
SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information. In addition, the SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports 
and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. These SEC filings are also available to the public from 
commercial document retrieval services. 

We are required to file or furnish reports and other information with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and 
regulations under that act. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing the form and 
content of proxy statements and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short swing profit 
recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. 

10.I 

Subsidiary Information 

For information about our subsidiaries, see “Item 18. Financial Statements – Note 12.” 

Item 11.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

For information about our exposure to market risk and how we manage this risk, see “Item 18. Financial Statements – Note 10.” 

143 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 12.  Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities 

12.A 

Debt Securities 

Not applicable. 

12.B 

Warrants and Rights 

Not applicable. 

12.C 

Other Securities 

Not applicable. 

12.D 

American Depositary Shares 

Fees Payable by ADR Holders 

Holders of our ADRs may have to pay our ADS depositary, JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. (JPMorgan), fees or charges up to the 

amounts described in the following table: 

Persons  depositing  or  withdrawing  ordinary  shares  or  ADS 
holders must pay: 
$5.00  (or  less)  per  100  ADSs  (or  portion  of  100 
ADSs) 

Description of service 
  •  Issuance  of  ADSs,  including  issuances  pursuant  to  a 
deposits of shares, share or rights distributions, stock 
dividend, stock split, merger or any other transactions 
affecting the issuance of ADSs 

$0.05 (or less) per ADS 
$1.50 per ADR 
$0.05 (or less) per ADS per calendar year 

  •  Cash distribution to ADS holders 
  •  Transfers of ADRs 
  •  Administrative services performed by the depositary 

•  Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal of 

deposited securities 

Fees Payable by the Depositary to the Issuer 

From time to time, the depositary may make payments to us to reimburse and/or share revenue from the fees collected from ADS 
holders, or waive fees and expenses for services provided, generally relating to costs and expenses arising out of establishment and 
maintenance of the ADS program. In performing its duties under the deposit agreement, the depositary may use brokers, dealers or other 
service providers that are affiliates of the depositary and that may earn or share fees or commissions. 

144 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 13.  Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies 

Not applicable. 

PART II 

Item 14.  Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds 

Not applicable. 

Item 15.  Controls and Procedures 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Our  management,  with  the  participation  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  our  Chief  Financial  Officer,  evaluated  the 
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of June 30, 2019. “Disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the 
reports that it files or submits under the Exchange  Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the  time periods 
specified  in  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission’s  rules  and  forms  and  (ii)  accumulated  and  communicated  to  the  company's 
management, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding 
required disclosure. 

Based  on  the  evaluation  of  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer 

concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of June 30, 2019.  

Management’s Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in 
Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal 
control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2019 based on the criteria set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) 
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on the assessment, our management has 
concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 30, 2019.  

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

There were no changes to our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this Form 20-F 

that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.  

Limitations on Controls  

Our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance 
of achieving the desired control objectives. Our  management recognizes  that any control system,  no  matter  how  well designed and 
operated,  is  based  upon  certain  judgments  and  assumptions  and  cannot  provide  absolute  assurance  that  its  objectives  will  be  met. 
Similarly, an evaluation of controls cannot provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all 
control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. 

Item 16A.  Audit Committee Financial Expert 

The  Board  of  Directors  of  Mesoblast  Ltd  has  determined  that  Michael  Spooner  possesses  specific  accounting  and  financial 
management expertise and is an Audit Committee Financial Expert as defined by the SEC. The Board of Directors has also determined 
that Donal O’Dwyer and Joseph Swedish,  members of the  Audit and Risk Management  Committee,  have sufficient experience and 
ability in finance and compliance matters to enable them to adequately discharge their responsibilities. All members of the Audit and 
Risk Management Committee are “independent” according to the listing standards of the Nasdaq Global Select Market. 

145 

 
 
 
 
Item 16B.  Code of Ethics 

Our Code of Conduct covers conflicts of interest, confidentiality, fair dealing, protection of assets, compliance  with laws and 
regulations,  whistle  blowing,  security  trading  and  commitments  to  stakeholders.  In  summary,  the  code  requires  that  at  all  times  all 
Company personnel act with the utmost integrity, objectivity and in compliance with the letter and the spirit of the law and Company 
policies. This document is accessible on our internet  website at: http://www.mesoblast.com/company/corporate-governance/code-of-
conduct. 

Item 16C.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Pre-Approval of Audit and Non-Audit Services 

The Audit and Risk Management Committee’s pre-approval is required for all services provided by PwC. These services may 
include audit services, audit-related services, tax services and permissible non-audit services, and are subject to a specific budget. The 
Audit and Risk Management Committee uses a combination of two approaches – general pre-approval and specific pre-approval – in 
considering whether particular services or categories of services are consistent with the SEC’s rules on auditor independence. Under 
general pre-approval proposed services may be pre-approved without consideration of specific case-by-case services. 

Audit and Non-Audit Services Fees 

See “Item 18. Financial Statements – Note 18”. For the purpose of SEC classification, there were no audit-related, tax or other 
fees that were paid or payable to PwC that were not pre-approved by the Audit and Risk Management Committee during the years ended 
June 30, 2019 and 2018. 

Item 16D.  Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees 

Not applicable. 

Item 16E.  Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers 

Not applicable. 

Item 16F.  Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant 

Not applicable. 

Item 16G.  Corporate Governance 

Under Nasdaq Stock Market Rule 5615(a)(3), foreign private issuers, such as our company, are permitted to follow certain home 
country corporate governance practices instead of certain provisions of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules. For example, we may follow 
home country practice with regard to certain corporate governance requirements, such as the composition of the board of directors and 
quorum requirements applicable to shareholders’ meetings. In addition, we may follow home country practice instead of the Nasdaq 
Stock Market Rules requirement to hold executive sessions and to obtain shareholder approval prior to the issuance of securities in 
connection with certain acquisitions or private placements of securities. Further, we may follow home country practice instead of the 
Nasdaq Stock Market Rules requirement to obtain shareholder approval prior to the establishment or amendment of certain share option, 
purchase or other compensation plans. A foreign private issuer that elects to follow a home country practice instead of any Nasdaq rule 
must submit to Nasdaq, in advance, a written statement from an independent counsel in such issuer’s home country certifying that the 
issuer’s practices are not prohibited by the home country’s laws. We submitted such a written statement to Nasdaq.  

Other than as set forth below, we currently intend to comply with the corporate governance listing standards in the Nasdaq Stock 
Market Rules to the extent possible under Australian law. However, we may choose to change such practices to follow home country 
practice in the future. 

The Nasdaq Stock Market Rules require that a listed company specify that the quorum for any meeting of the holders of share 
capital be at least 33 1/3% of the outstanding shares of the company’s common voting stock. We follow our home country practice, 
rather than complying with this rule. Consistent with Australian law, our bylaws do not require a quorum of at least 33 1/3% of the 
issued voting shares of Mesoblast for any general meeting of its shareholders. Our constitution provides that a quorum for a general 
meeting of our shareholders constitutes five shareholders present in person, by proxy, by attorney, or, where the shareholders is a body 
corporate, by representative. This provision and our practice of holding meetings with this quorum are not prohibited by the ASX Listing 
Rules or any other Australian law. 

146 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 16H.  Mine Safety Disclosure 

Not applicable. 

Item 17.  Financial Statements 

See “Item 18. Financial Statements”. 

Item 18.  Financial Statements 

PART III 

The following financial statements are filed as part of this annual report on Form 20-F. 

Australian Disclosure Requirements 

The financial statements cover Mesoblast Limited and its subsidiaries. The financial statements were authorized for issue by the 

board of directors on August 30, 2019. The directors have the power to amend and reissue the financial statements. 

All press releases, financial reports and other information are available on our website: www.mesoblast.com 

147 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Auditor’s Independence Declaration 
As lead auditor for the audit of Mesoblast Limited for the year ended 30 June 2019, I declare that to the 
best of my knowledge and belief, there have been:  

(a)

no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in
relation to the audit; and

(b)

no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

This declaration is in respect of Mesoblast Limited and the entities it controlled during the period.

Sam Lobley 
Partner 
PricewaterhouseCoopers 

Melbourne 
30 August 2019 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757  
2 Riverside Quay, SOUTHBANK VIC 3006, GPO Box 1331 MELBOURNE VIC 3001 
T: +61 3 8603 1000, F: +61 3 8603 1999, www.pwc.com.au  

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

148 

This page is intentionally left blank. 

149 

 
Index to Financial Statements 

Consolidated Income Statement.......................................................................................................................................................  
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income ........................................................................................................................  
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity .................................................................................................................................  
Consolidated Balance Sheet .............................................................................................................................................................  
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows ...........................................................................................................................................  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ....................................................................................................................................  

151 
152 
153 
154 
155 
156 

150 

 
 
 
Mesoblast Limited 
Consolidated Income Statement 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands, except per share amount) 
Revenue 
Research & development 
Manufacturing commercialization 
Management and administration 
Fair value remeasurement of contingent consideration 
Other operating income and expenses 
Finance costs 
Loss before income tax 
Income tax benefit 
Loss attributable to the owners of Mesoblast Limited 

Losses per share from continuing operations attributable 
   to the ordinary equity holders of the Group: 
Basic - losses per share 
Diluted - losses per share 

Note 
3 

3 
3 
3 
3 
4 

2019 

Year Ended June 30, 
2018 

2017 

16,722   
(59,815 ) 
(15,358 ) 
(21,625 ) 
(6,264 ) 
(1,086 ) 
(11,328 ) 
(98,754 ) 
8,955   
(89,799 ) 

17,341   
(65,927 ) 
(5,508 ) 
(21,907 ) 
10,541   
1,312   
(1,829 ) 
(65,977 ) 
30,687   
(35,290 ) 

2,412   
(58,914 ) 
(12,065 ) 
(23,007 ) 
(130 ) 
1,489   
—   
(90,215 ) 
13,400   
(76,815 ) 

Cents 

Cents 

Cents 

(18.16 ) 
(18.16 ) 

(7.58 ) 
(7.58 ) 

(19.25 ) 
(19.25 ) 

The above consolidated income statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying Notes. 

151 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
    
    
  
  
     
    
    
  
  
     
    
    
  
  
     
    
    
  
     
    
    
  
     
    
    
  
    
    
    
  
     
    
    
  
     
    
    
  
  
     
    
    
  
  
  
       
         
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
    
    
  
  
     
    
    
 
 
Mesoblast Limited 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Loss for the period 
Other comprehensive (loss)/income 
Items that may be reclassified to profit and loss 
Changes in the fair value of financial assets 
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations 
Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the period, 
   net of tax 
Total comprehensive losses attributable to the 
   owners of Mesoblast Limited 

Note 

7(b) 
7(b) 

Year Ended June 30, 

2019 
(89,799 )      

2018 
(35,290 )      

2017 
(76,815 ) 

(4 )      
(137 )      

324        
(903 )      

(141 )      

(579 )      

31   
316   

347   

(89,940 )      

(35,869 )      

(76,468 ) 

The above consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying Notes. 

152 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
         
         
    
  
  
     
         
         
    
  
     
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
     
 
 
Mesoblast Limited 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

 (in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Balance as of July 1, 2016 
Loss for the period 
Other comprehensive income/(loss) 
Total comprehensive profit/(loss) for the period 
Transactions with owners in their 
   capacity as owners: 
Contributions of equity net of transaction costs 

Transfer exercised options 
Fair value of share-based payments 
Reclassification of modified options to liability 

Balance as of June 30, 2017 

Balance as of 1 July 2017 
Loss for the period 
Other comprehensive income/(loss) 
Total comprehensive profit/(loss) for the period 
Transactions with owners in their 
   capacity as owners: 
Contributions of equity net of transaction costs 
Contributions of equity for unissued ordinary shares, 
net of transaction costs 

Transfer exercised options 
Fair value of share-based payments 
Reclassification of modified options from liability 

Balance as of June 30, 2018 

Balance as of July 1, 2018 
Loss for the period 
Other comprehensive income/(loss) 
Total comprehensive profit/(loss) for the period 
Transactions with owners in their 
   capacity as owners: 
Contributions of equity net of transaction costs 

Transfer of services rendered in shares 
Transfer of exercised options 
Fair value of share-based payments 
Reclassification of modified options to liability 

Balance as of June 30, 2019 

   Note 

  Issued Capital     
770,272       
—       
—       
—       

60,140       
60,140       
13       
—       
—       
13       
830,425       

   17 

   7(a) 

Investment 
Revaluation 
Reserve 

Foreign 
Currency 
Translation 

Reserve      

Retained 
Earnings/ 
(accumulated 
losses) 

     Total 

Share Option 
Reserve 

64,999       
—       
—       
—       

—       
—       
(13 )     
5,036       
(103 )     
4,920       
69,919       

(334 )      (38,689 )      (268,087 )     528,161   
(76,815 )     (76,815 ) 
347   
(76,815 )     (76,468 ) 

—       
316       
316       

—       
31       
31       

—       

—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       

—        60,140   
—        60,140   
—        —   
—        5,036   
—       
(103 ) 
—        4,933   
(303 )      (38,373 )      (344,902 )     516,766   

—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       

830,425       
—       
—       
—       

69,919       
—       
—       
—       

(303 )      (38,373 )      (344,902 )     516,766   
(35,290 )     (35,290 ) 
(579 ) 
(35,290 )     (35,869 ) 

—       
(903 )     
(903 )     

—       
324       
324       

—       

49,358       

—       

—       

—       

—        49,358   

9,660   
59,018       
38       
—       
—       
38       
889,481       

—   
—       
(38 )     
5,959       
134       
6,055       
75,974       

889,481       
—       
—       
—       

75,974       
—       
—       
—       

19,441       
19,441       
1,170       
313       
—       
—       
1,483       
910,405       

—       
—       
(1,170 )     
(313 )     
5,533       
10       
4,060       
80,034       

   17 

   7(a) 

   17 

   7(a) 

—   
   9,660   
—   
—        59,018   
—       
—        —   
—       
—        5,959   
—       
—       
134   
—       
—       
—        6,093   
21        (39,276 )      (380,192 )     546,008   

—   
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       

21        (39,276 )      (380,192 )     546,008   
(89,799 )     (89,799 ) 
—       
(4 )     
(141 ) 
(89,799 )     (89,940 ) 
(4 )     

—       
(137 )     
(137 )     

—       

—        19,441   
—       
—        19,441   
—       
—        —   
—       
—        —   
—       
—        5,533   
—       
10   
—       
—       
—       
—        5,543   
17        (39,413 )      (469,991 )     481,052   

—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       

The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying Notes. 

153 

 
 
    
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
        
        
        
        
        
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
        
        
        
        
        
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
        
        
        
        
        
    
 
 
Mesoblast Limited 
Consolidated Balance Sheet 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Assets 
Current Assets 
Cash & cash equivalents 
Trade & other receivables 
Prepayments 
Total Current Assets 

Non-Current Assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 
Other non-current assets 
Intangible assets 
Total Non-Current Assets 
Total Assets 

Liabilities 
Current Liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Provisions 
Borrowings 
Deferred consideration 
Total Current Liabilities 

Non-Current Liabilities 
Deferred tax liability 
Provisions 
Borrowings 
Total Non-Current Liabilities 
Total Liabilities 
Net Assets 

Equity 
Issued Capital 
Reserves 
(Accumulated losses)/retained earnings 
Total Equity 

Note 

2019 

2018 

As of June 30, 

5(a) 
5(b) 
5(b) 

6(a) 
5(c) 
5(d) 
6(b) 

5(e) 
6(c) 
5(f) 
6(e) 

6(d) 
6(c) 
5(f) 

7(a) 
7(b) 

50,426   
4,060   
8,036   
62,522   

826   
2,317   
3,324   
583,126   
589,593   
652,115   

13,060   
7,264   
14,007   
10,000   
44,331   

11,124   
48,329   
67,279   
126,732   
171,063   
481,052   

37,763   
50,366   
12,942   
101,071   

1,084   
2,321   
3,361   
584,606   
591,372   
692,443   

18,921   
5,082   
—   
—   
24,003   

20,079   
42,956   
59,397   
122,432   
146,435   
546,008   

910,405   
40,638   
(469,991 ) 
481,052   

889,481   
36,719   
(380,192 ) 
546,008   

The above consolidated balance sheet should be read in conjunction with the accompanying Notes. 

154 

 
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
         
  
      
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
         
  
      
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
         
  
      
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
 
 
Mesoblast Limited 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Cash flows from operating activities 
Commercialization revenue received 
Milestone payment received 
Research and development tax incentive received 
Payments to suppliers and employees (inclusive of goods and 
   services tax) 
Interest received 
Interest and other costs of finance paid 
Income taxes (paid) 
Net cash (outflows) in operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 
Investment in fixed assets 
Payments for contingent consideration 
Rental deposits received 
Net cash inflows/(outflows) in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 
Proceeds from borrowings 
Payments of transaction costs from borrowings 
Proceeds from issue of shares 
Payments for share issue costs 
Net cash inflows by financing activities 

Note 

2019 

Year ended 
June 30, 
2018 

4,359   
26,409   
1,654   

3,019   
7,125   
—   

2017 

1,332   
500   
2,813   

(86,294 ) 

(84,682 ) 

(100,598 ) 

726   
(4,641 ) 
(3 ) 
(57,790 ) 

367   
(816 ) 
(25 ) 
(75,012 ) 

483   
—   
(1 ) 
(95,471 ) 

8(b) 

(279 ) 
(721 ) 
—   
(1,000 ) 

43,572   
(1,614 ) 
30,258   
(608 ) 
71,608   

12,818   
37,763   
(155 ) 
50,426   

(201 ) 
(952 ) 
—   
(1,153 ) 

31,704   
(392 ) 
40,566   
(3,265 ) 
68,613   

(7,552 ) 
45,761   
(446 ) 
37,763   

(311 ) 
—   
453   
142   

—   
—   
61,932   
(1,927 ) 
60,005   

(35,324 ) 
80,937   
148   
45,761   

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 
FX gain/(losses) on the translation of foreign bank accounts 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 

8(a) 

The above consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying Notes. 

155 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
 
 
 
Mesoblast Limited 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Mesoblast Limited (“the Company”) and its subsidiaries (“the Group”) are primarily engaged in the development of regenerative 
medicine products. The Group’s primary proprietary regenerative medicine technology platform is based on specialized cells known as 
mesenchymal lineage adult stem cells. The Company was formed in 2004 as an Australian company and has been listed on the Australian 
Securities Exchange (the “ASX”) since 2004. In November 2015, the Company listed in the United States of America (“U.S.”) on the 
Nasdaq Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”) and from this date has been dual-listed in Australia and the U.S. 

These financial statements and notes are presented in U.S. dollars (“$” or “USD” or “US$”), unless otherwise noted, including 

certain amounts that are presented in Australian dollars (“AUD” or “A$”). 

1. Basis of preparation 

The  general  purpose  financial  statements  of  Mesoblast  Limited  and  its  subsidiaries  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with 
International  Financial  Reporting  Standards,  as  issued  by  the  International  Accounting  Standards  Board  and  Australian  equivalent 
International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board. Mesoblast Limited is a for-profit 
entity for the purpose of preparing the financial statements. 

(i)  Going concern 

For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Group incurred a total comprehensive loss after income tax of $89.9 
million, $35.9 million and $76.5 million, respectively, and had net cash outflows from operations of $57.8 million, $75.0 million and 
$95.5 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2019, the Group held total cash and cash equivalents of $50.4 million.  

The  Group  has  an  overarching  strategy  to  fund  operations  predominately  through  non-dilutive  strategic  and  commercial 
transactions.  In line  with this strategy  in 2018 the Group entered into a strategic partnership  with Tasly and into loan and security 
agreements  with Hercules and NovaQuest. Under the agreements  with Hercules and NovaQuest, the Group  has  up to an additional 
US$35.0 million available subject to achievement of certain milestones.  

The Group will also consider equity-based financing to fund operational requirements. Mesoblast has entered into a Subscription 
Commitment Letter with its largest institutional shareholder, M&G Investment Management, for US$15.0 million in Mesoblast ordinary 
shares, exercisable by the Company on or before 31 December 2019, subject to customary diligence and with pricing to be agreed at the 
time Mesoblast gives notice. In addition, in July 2019 the Group extended its fully discretionary equity facility with Kentgrove Capital 
from which it can raise capital of up to A$120 million (approximately US$ 82 million) over the next 24 months, the quantum and timing 
of capital raised will be subject to the market price and trading volumes of Mesoblast’s ordinary shares during the period and the Group’s 
obligations under ASX Listing Rule 7.1. 

There is uncertainty related to the Group’s ability to raise funds through entering strategic and commercial transactions, equity-
based or debt-based financings to meet the Group’s requirements.  The continuing viability of the Group and its ability to continue as a 
going concern and meet its debts and commitments as they fall due are dependent upon non-dilutive funding in the form of strategic and 
commercial transactions, equity-based or debt-based financing to fund future operations.  

Management and the directors believe that the Group will be successful in the above matters and, accordingly, have prepared the 
financial report on a going concern basis, notwithstanding that there is a material uncertainty that may cast significant doubt on the 
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern and that it may be unable to realize its assets and liabilities in the normal course of 
business. 

References to matters that may cast significant doubt about the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern also raise substantial 

doubt as contemplated by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) standards. 

(ii) 

Historical cost convention 

These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of financial 
assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, financial assets and liabilities (including derivative instruments) at fair value 
through profit or loss, certain classes of property, plant and equipment and investment property. 

156 

 
(iii)  New and amended standards adopted by the Group 

Revenue recognition 

The Group adopted IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers on July 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective approach. 
Revenue from contracts with customers is measured and recognized in accordance with the five step model prescribed by the standard.   

First, contracts with customers within the scope of IFRS 15 are identified. Distinct promises within the contract are identified as 
performance obligations. The transaction price of the contract is measured based on the amount of consideration the Group expects to 
be entitled from the customer in exchange for goods or services. Factors such as requirements around variable consideration, significant 
financing components, noncash consideration, or amounts payable to customers also determine the transaction price. The transaction is 
then allocated to separate performance obligations in the contract based on relative standalone selling prices. Revenue is recognized 
when, or as, performance obligations are satisfied, which is when control of the promised good or service is transferred to the customer. 
Revenues comprise commercialization and milestone revenue, research and development tax incentives and interest revenue.  

There was no cumulative impact of the adoption of IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers on July 1, 2018. 

Revenues from contracts with customers comprise commercialization and milestone revenue. The Group also has revenue from 

research and development tax incentives and interest revenue. 

Commercialization and milestone revenue 

Commercialization and milestone revenue generally includes non-refundable up-front license and collaboration fees; milestone 
payments, the receipt of which is dependent on certain clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones; as well as royalties on product 
sales of licensed products, if and when such product sales occur; and revenue from the supply of products. Payment is generally due on 
standard terms of 30 to 60 days. 

Amounts received prior to satisfying the revenue recognition criteria are recorded as deferred revenue or deferred consideration 
in our consolidated balance sheet, depending on the nature of the arrangement. Amounts expected to be recognized as revenue within 
the 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified within current liabilities. Amounts not expected to be recognized as revenue 
within 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified within non-current liabilities.  

Milestone revenue 

The Group applies the five-step method under the standard to measure and recognize milestone revenue.  

The  receipt  of  milestone  payments  is  often  contingent  on  meeting  certain  clinical,  regulatory  or  commercial  targets,  and  is 
therefore considered variable consideration. The Group estimate the transaction price of the contingent milestone using the most likely 
amount method. The Group includes in the transaction price some or all of the amount of the contingent milestone only to the extent 
that it is highly probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty 
associated with the contingent milestone is subsequently resolved. Milestone payments that are not within the control of the Group, such 
as regulatory approvals, are not considered highly probable of being achieved until those approvals are received. Any changes in the 
transaction price are allocated to all performance obligations in the contract unless the variable consideration relates only to one or more, 
but not all, of the performance obligations. 

When consideration for milestones is a sale-based or usage-based royalty that arises from licenses of IP (such as cumulative net 
sales targets), revenue is recognized at the later of when (or as) the subsequent sale or usage occurs, or when the performance obligation 
to which some or all of the royalty has been allocated has been satisfied (or partially satisfied). 

Licenses of intellectual property  

When licenses of IP are distinct from other goods or services promised in the contract, the Group recognizes the transaction price 
allocated to the license as revenue upon transfer of control of the license to the customer. The Group evaluates all other promised goods 
or services in the license agreement to determine if they are distinct. If they are not distinct, they are combined with other promised 
goods or services to create a bundle of promised goods or services that is distinct.  

157 

 
The transaction price allocated to the license performance obligation is recognized based on the nature of the license arrangement. 
The transaction price is recognized over time if the nature of the license is a “right to access” license. This is when the Group undertakes 
activities that significantly affect the IP to which the customer has rights, the rights granted by the license directly expose the customer 
to any positive or negative effects of the Group’s activities, and those activities do not result in the transfer of a good or service to the 
customer as those activities occur. When licenses do not meet the criteria to be a right to access license, the license is a “right to use” 
license, and the transaction price is recognized at the point in time when the customer obtains control over the license. 

Sales-based or usage-based royalties 

Licenses of IP can include royalties that are based on the customer’s usage of the IP or sale of products that contain the IP. The 
Group applies the specific exception to the general requirements of variable consideration and the constraint on variable consideration 
for sales-based or usage-based royalties promised in a license of IP. The exception requires such revenue to be recognized at the later 
of when (or as) the subsequent sale or usage occurs and the performance obligation to which some or all of the sales-based or usage-
based royalty has been allocated has been satisfied (or partially satisfied). 

Tasly arrangement  

In  July  2018,  the  Group  entered  into  a  strategic  alliance  with  Tasly  Pharmaceutical  Group  (“Tasly”)  for  the  development, 
manufacture and commercialization in China of the Group’s allogeneic mesenchymal precursor cell (“MPC”) products, MPC-150-IM 
and MPC-25-IC. Tasly received all exclusive rights for MPC-150-IM and MPC-25-IC in China and Tasly will fund all development, 
manufacturing and commercialization activities in China. 

The Group received a $20.0 million up-front technology access fee from Tasly upon closing of this strategic alliance in October 
2018. The Group is also entitled to receive $25.0 million on product regulatory approvals in China, double-digit escalating royalties on 
net product sales and up to six escalating milestone payments when the product candidates reach certain sales thresholds in China. 

Under IFRS 15, upon completion of this strategic alliance on September 14, 2018, the Group recognized $10.0 million in milestone 
revenue from the $20.0 million up-front technology access fee received from Tasly in October 2018 as this is the portion of revenue that 
control has been transferred to Tasly. The Group recognized the remaining $10.0 million from the $20.0 million up-front payment as 
deferred consideration on the consolidated balance sheet. The deferred consideration amount will be recognized in revenue when and if 
control transfers to Tasly based on the Group’s decision regarding the exercise of the Group’s rights in the terms and conditions of the 
agreement. 

For the comparative period, being the year ended June 30, 2018 no milestone revenue was recognized in relation to this strategic 

alliance with Tasly. 

TiGenix arrangement  

In  December  2017,  the  Group  entered  into  a  patent  license  agreement  with  TiGenix  NV  (“TiGenix”),  now  a  wholly  owned 
subsidiary of Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited (“Takeda”), which granted Takeda exclusive access to certain of our patents to 
support global commercialization of the adipose-derived mesenchymal stem cell (“MSC") product, Alofisel® a registered trademark of 
TiGenix, previously known as Cx601, a product candidate of Takeda, for the local treatment of fistulae. The agreement includes the 
right for Takeda to grant sub-licenses to affiliates and third parties.  

As  part  of  the  license  agreement,  the  Group  received  €5.0  million  ($5.9  million)  as  a  non-refundable  up-front  payment  and 
recognized this amount in revenue in December 2017 upon receipt. In December 2018, the Group received a milestone payment of €5.0 
million, the Group recognized revenue of €5.0 million ($5.9 million) pertaining to this milestone in December 2017 as all performance 
obligations had been satisfied at that time. The Group is entitled to further payments up to €10.0 million when Takeda reaches certain 
product regulatory milestones. Additionally, the Group receives single digit royalties on net sales of Alofisel®.   

No milestone revenue was recognized in relation to the patent license agreement with Takeda in the year ended June 30, 2019.   

In the year ended June 30, 2018, we recognized $11.8 million in milestone revenue in relation to our patent license agreement 
with Takeda. Within this $11.8 million, €5.0 million ($5.9 million) was recognized in relation to the non-refundable up-front payment 
received upon execution of the Group’s patent license agreement with Takeda in December 2017 and €5.0 million ($5.9 million) was 
recognized in December 2017 in relation to further payments received in December 2018 for product Alofisel®, as all performance 
obligations had been satisfied at that time. These amounts were recorded in revenue as there were no further performance obligations 
required in regards to these milestones.  

158 

 
JCR arrangement 

In October 2013, the Group acquired all of the culture-expanded, MSC-based assets, from Osiris Therapeutics, Inc. (“Osiris”). 
These assets included assumption of a collaboration agreement (the “JCR Agreement”) with JCR Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. (“JCR”), a 
pharmaceutical company in Japan. Revenue recognized under this model is limited to the amount of cash received or for which the 
Group are entitled, as JCR has the right to terminate the agreement at any time. 

Under  the  JCR  Agreement,  JCR  is  responsible  for  all  development  and  manufacturing  costs  including  sales  and  marketing 
expenses.  Under  the  JCR  Agreement,  JCR  has  the  right  to  develop  our  MSCs  in  two  fields  for  the  Japanese  market:  exclusive  in 
conjunction with the treatment of hematological malignancies by the use of hematopoietic stem cells derived from peripheral blood, 
cord blood or bone marrow, or the First JCR Field; and non-exclusive for developing assays that use liver cells for non-clinical drug 
screening and evaluation, or the Second JCR Field. With respect to the First JCR Field, the Group are entitled to payments when JCR 
reaches certain commercial  milestones and to escalating double-digit royalties. These royalties are subject to possible renegotiation 
downward in the event of competition from non-infringing products in Japan. With respect to the Second JCR Field, the Group are 
entitled to a double digit profit share. In October 2018, the Group expanded its partnership with JCR in Japan for wound healing in 
patients with Epidermolysis Bullosa (“EB”). The Group will receive royalties on TEMCELL® Hs. Inj. (“TEMCELL”), a registered 
trademark of JCR product sales for EB. The Group applies the sales-based and usage-based royalty exception for licenses of intellectual 
property and therefore recognizes royalty revenue at the later of when the subsequent sale or usage occurs and the associated performance 
obligation has been satisfied.  

In the  year ended June 30, 2019, the Group recognized $5.0 million in commercialization revenue relating to royalty income 
earned  on  sales  of  TEMCELL  in  Japan  by  our  licensee  JCR,  compared  with  $2.5  million  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2018. These 
amounts were recorded in revenue as there are no further performance obligations required in regards to these items.  

In  the  year  ended  June  30,  2019,  the  Group  recognized  $1.0  million  in  milestone  revenue  upon  our  licensee,  JCR,  reaching 
cumulative net sales milestones for sales of TEMCELL in Japan, compared with $1.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2018. These 
amounts were recorded in revenue as there are no further performance obligations required in regards to these items.  

Financial Instruments 

The  Group  adopted  IFRS  9  Financial  Instruments  on  July  1,  2018.  IFRS  9  introduced  revisions  in  the  classification  and 
measurement of financial instruments with a principle-based approach which is driven by cash flow characteristics and business model. 

The Group has had following impacts on its financial assets and liabilities from the adoption of the new standard on July 1, 2018: 

• 

• 

Accounting for non-trading equity investments – IFRS 9 requires investments in equity instruments to be recorded at fair 
value  with  changes  recognized  through  profit  or  loss  (FVTPL).  There  is  an  allowance  for  management  to  make  an 
irrevocable election on initial recognition for fair value changes in non-trading equity investments to be recorded in other 
comprehensive income (FVOCI). On transition to IFRS 9, the Group has made an election to record its financial assets 
measured at FVOCI in an equity instrument at FVOCI. Therefore, there has been no impact on the measurement of the 
financial asset on transition.  

Accounting for financial liabilities – Under IFRS 9 there is an allowance for management to make an irrevocable election 
on initial recognition for financial liabilities that are measured at amortized cost to be measured at FVTPL. The Group has 
not designated any of its financial liabilities carried at amortized cost as FVTPL using the fair value option upon adoption 
of IFRS 9 on July 1, 2018. Therefore, there has been no impact on the transition to IFRS 9 from July 1, 2018. 

In the opinion of management, the final financial data includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, 
necessary to a fair statement of the results for the interim periods. Other than the new and amended standards adopted by the Group 
above these final  financial statements  follow the same accounting policies as compared to the June 30, 2018 consolidated financial 
statements and related notes as filed with the Australian Securities Exchange and the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

(iv)  New accounting standards and interpretations not yet adopted 

Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for the June 30, 2019 reporting 
period. The Group has not elected to apply any pronouncements before their operative date in the annual reporting period beginning 
July 1, 2018. 

159 

 
 
Initial application of the following Standards is not expected to materially impact the amounts recognized or disclosures made in 
the  current  financial  report  and  management  do  not  consider  these  new  accounting  standards  to  have  a  material  impact  on  future 
transactions made in relation to the Group. The Group is in the process of assessing the impact of these new standards on its accounting 
policy. 

The following standards applicable to the Group but are not yet adopted are summarized below: 

Title of standard 

IFRS 16 Leases 

Key requirements 

Impact 

IFRS 16 eliminates the classification of leases as either operating leases or finance leases for a lessee; they 
are recognized on the balance sheet as they are treated in a similar way to finance leases applying IAS 17. 
Leases are ‘capitalized’ by recognizing the present value of the lease payments and showing them either as 
lease assets (right-of-use assets) or together with property, plant and equipment. If lease payments are made 
over time, a financial liability is required to be recognized to represent the obligation to make  future lease 
payments. 

There is little change for the accounting for a lessor. 

Alternative methods of calculating the ROU asset are permitted under IFRS 16 which impacts the size of the 
transition adjustment. The Group  will apply the modified retrospective approach as permitted by IFRS 16. 
Under the modified retrospective transition approach, prior period comparative financial statements are not 
restated and the Group can choose between two alternate methods of measuring the lease assets on a lease by 
lease basis. The Group will measure the ROU for operating leases of office space from which it conducts its 
business as if IFRS 16 had always been applied. The resulting transition adjustment will be recognized as an 
adjustment to the Group’s retained earnings as at 1 July 2019. Based on the elected transition method, the 
Group will recognize lease liabilities of approximately $5.6 million and ROU assets of approximately $4.7 
million.  After  adjusting  for  amounts  currently  recorded  on  the  balance  sheet  (representing  the  difference 
between the cumulative lease expense recognized and cash paid on these leases), this results in a reduction to 
retained earnings of approximately $0.9 million. The transition adjustment has, as permitted by IFRS 16, been 
determined by the Group by electing practical expedients to not recognize short-term or low value leases on 
its  statement  of  financial  position  at  the  transition  date.  Judgement  has  been  applied  by  the  Group  in 
determining  the  transition adjustment  which  includes  the determination of  which contractual arrangements 
represent a lease, the period over which the lease exists, the incremental borrowing rate of the Group, and the 
variability of future cash flows. 

Refer to Note 14(b) for the lease commitments the Group holds as a lessee.  

Effective Date 

IFRS 16 must be applied for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. The Group does 
not intend to adopt IFRS 16 before its mandatory date. 

2. Significant changes in the current reporting period 

(i) 

Significant events 

The financial position and performance of the Group was affected by the following events during the year ended June 30, 2019: 

• 

• 

On  July  17,  2018,  the  Group  announced  that  it  had  entered  into  a  strategic  alliance  with  Tasly  for  the  development, 
manufacture  and  commercialization  in  China  of  the  Group’s  allogeneic  MPC  products,  MPC-150-IM  and  MPC-25-IC, 
subject to governmental approvals from the PRC.  

In September 2018, the Group announced that Tasly had received all necessary approvals for the transaction. On September 
14, 2018, the Group recognized revenue of $10.0 million from the $20.0 million up-front payment received in October 2018 
as this is the portion of revenue that control has been transferred to Tasly. The Group recognized the remaining $10.0 million 
from the $20.0 million up-front payment receivable from Tasly as deferred consideration on the consolidated balance sheet. 
The deferred consideration amount will be recognized in revenue when and if control transfers to Tasly based on the Group’s 
decision regarding the exercise of the Group’s rights in the terms and conditions of the agreement.  

160 

 
 
 
 
 
3. Loss before income tax 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Revenue 
Commercialization revenue 
Milestone revenue 
Interest revenue 
Total Revenue 

Clinical trial and research & development 
Manufacturing production & development 

Employee benefits 
Salaries and employee benefits 
Defined contribution superannuation expenses 
Equity settled share-based payment transactions(1) 
Total Employee benefits 

Depreciation and amortization of non-current assets 
Plant and equipment depreciation 
Intellectual property amortization 
Total Depreciation and amortization of non-current assets 

Other Management & administration expenses 
Overheads & administration 
Consultancy 
Legal, patent and other professional fees 
Intellectual property expenses (excluding the amount 
   amortized above) 
Total Other Management & administration expenses 

Fair value remeasurement of contingent consideration 
Remeasurement of contingent consideration 
Total Fair value remeasurement of contingent 
   consideration 

Other operating income and expenses 
Remeasurement of borrowing arrangements 
Research & development tax incentive(2) 
Foreign exchange gains/(losses) 
Foreign withholding tax paid 
Total Other operating income and expenses 

Finance (costs)/gains 
Remeasurement of borrowing arrangements 
Interest expense 
Total Finance costs 

   Note 

2019 

Year Ended June 30, 
2018 

2017 

5,003   
11,000   
719   
16,722   

3,641   
13,334   
366   
17,341   

1,444   
500   
468   
2,412   

(37,927 )      
(10,912 )      

(42,863 )      
(3,640 )      

(38,141 ) 
(8,313 ) 

(19,504 )      
(339 )      
(4,368 )      
(24,211 )      

(19,343 )      
(374 )      
(6,199 )      
(25,916 )      

(20,039 ) 
(362 ) 
(5,276 ) 
(25,677 ) 

(562 )      
(1,577 )      
(2,139 )      

(909 )      
(1,741 )      
(2,650 )      

(1,578 ) 
(1,479 ) 
(3,057 ) 

(11,356 )      
(3,360 )      
(4,098 )      

(8,477 )      
(3,295 )      
(3,436 )      

(8,128 ) 
(3,329 ) 
(4,452 ) 

(2,795 )      
(21,609 )      

(3,065 )      
(18,273 )      

(2,889 ) 
(18,798 ) 

  5(g)(iii) 

(6,264 )      

10,541   

(6,264 )      

10,541   

(752 )      
(74 )      
(208 )      
(52 )      
(1,086 )      

—   
1,807   
161   
(656 )      
1,312   

376   
(11,704 )      
(11,328 )      

—   
(1,829 )      
(1,829 )      

(130 ) 

(130 ) 

—   
1,532   
(43 ) 
—   
1,489   

—   
—   
—   

Total loss before income tax 

(98,754 )      

(65,977 )      

(90,215 ) 

(1)  Share-based payment transactions 

161 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
 
For the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, share-based payment transactions have been reflected in the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income functional expense categories as follows:  

Year Ended  June 30, 

(in U.S. dollars) 
Research and development 
Manufacturing and commercialization 
Management and administration 
Equity settled share-based payment transactions 
Legal, patent and other professional fees 
Total equity settled share-based payment 
transactions in the profit and loss 

(2)  Research and development tax incentive 

2017 

2019 

2018 
    2,283,646        3,638,310        2,837,231   
     329,718         558,928         420,762   
    1,755,027        2,001,349        2,017,172   
    4,368,391        6,198,588        5,275,165   
     620,000        
—   

—        

    4,988,391        6,198,588        5,275,165   

The Group’s research and development activities are not eligible from July 1, 2018 to June 30, 2019 for the refundable tax offset, 
under an Australian Government tax incentive as a result of the Group earning taxable revenues in excess of A$20.0 million for 
the year ended June 30, 2019. At each period end management estimates the refundable tax offset available to the Group based 
on available information at the time. The Group engages tax specialists to review, on an annual basis, the quantum of our previous 
research and development tax claim and our on-going eligibility to claim this tax incentive in Australia. For the year ended June 
30, 2019, the Group has recognized loss of $0.1 million due to an adjustment of management’s estimate of revenue for the year 
ended June 30, 2018. For years ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, the Group recognized income of $1.8 million and $1.5 million, 
respectively. 

Of the $0.1 million loss from research and development tax incentive recorded in other income for the year ended June 30, 2019, 
$0.1 million relates to a change in the original estimate of the research and development tax incentive income the Group estimated 
it would receive from the Australian Government for the year ended June 30, 2018. 

Of the $1.8 million research  and development tax incentive recorded in other income  for the  year ended June 30, 2018, $0.1 
million relates to a change in the original estimate of the research and development tax incentive income the Group estimated it 
would receive from the Australian Government for the year ended June 30, 2017. 

Of the $1.5 million research  and development tax incentive recorded in other income  for the  year ended June 30,  2017, $0.1 
million relates to a change in the original estimate of the research and development tax incentive income the Group estimated it 
would receive from the Australian Government for the year ended June 30, 2016. 

162 

 
 
 
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
4. Income tax benefit/(expense) 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 

(a) Reconciliation of income tax to prima facie tax payable 
   Loss from continuing operations before income tax 
   Tax benefit at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2018: 30%) 
   Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible/(exempt) 

   in calculating taxable income: 

   Share-based payments expense 
   Research and development tax concessions 
   Foreign exchange translation gains/(losses) 
   Contingent consideration 
   Other sundry items 
   Current year tax expense/(benefit) 
   Adjustments for current tax of prior periods 
   Differences in overseas tax rates 
   Tax benefit not recognized 
   Change in tax rate on Deferred tax assets 
   Change in tax rate on Deferred tax liability 
   Previously unrecognized tax losses now recouped to reduce 

2019 

Year Ended June 30, 
2018 

2017 

(98,754 )      
(29,626 )      

(65,977 )      
(19,793 )      

(90,215 ) 
(27,065 ) 

1,221        
(1,486 )      
(15 )      
1,880        
91        
(27,935 )      
(18,412 )      
24,458        
12,934        
—        
—        

1,544        
537        
(242 )      
(3,162 )      
1,011        
(20,105 )      
(3,616 )      
5,259        
11,065        
27,471        
(50,761 )      

1,488   
2,442   
—   
39   
497   
(22,599 ) 
(5,870 ) 
7,797   
7,272   
—   
—   

deferred tax expense/(benefit) 

—        

—        

—   

   Income tax expense/(benefit) attributable to loss before 

income tax 

(8,955 ) 

(30,687 ) 

(13,400 ) 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 

(b) Income tax expense 
   Current tax 
   Current tax 
   Total current tax expense 

   Deferred tax 

(Increase)/decrease in deferred tax assets 
(Decrease)/increase in deferred tax liabilities 

   Total deferred tax (benefit) 

Income tax (benefit) 

2019 

Year Ended June 30, 
2018 

2017 

—        
—        

—        
—        

—   
—   

(8,856 )      
(99 )      
(8,955 )      
(8,955 )      

20,183        
(50,870 )      
(30,687 )      
(30,687 )      

(13,204 ) 
(196 ) 
(13,400 ) 
(13,400 ) 

Deferred tax assets have been brought to account only to the extent that it is foreseeable that they are recoverable against future 

tax liabilities. 

Deferred tax assets are recognized for unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available 
against which the unused tax losses can be utilized. Deferred tax assets are offset against taxable temporary differences (deferred tax 
liabilities) when the deferred tax balances relate to the same tax jurisdiction in accordance with our accounting policy. 

In the year ended June 30, 2019, the adjustments for current tax of prior periods includes a benefit of $18.2 million relating to a 
change  in  estimate  in  our  current  tax  provision  arising  from  a  tax  ruling  obtained  from  Inland  Revenue  Authority  of  Singapore  on 
November  15,  2018. This  ruling  allows  the  Group  to  claim  additional  deductions  in  relation  to  earn-out  payments  arising  from  the 
acquired MSC assets from Osiris.  The Group expects to settle the related tax losses within the tax jurisdiction of Singapore at a future 
date. The difference in the Australian tax rate of 30% and the tax rate we expect to settle these deferred tax assets at in Singapore, under 
the tax incentives granted to the Group by the Singapore Economic Development Board, resulted in $14.0 million being recorded in 
differences in overseas tax rates for the year.   

163 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
         
         
    
    
    
    
         
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
       
         
    
    
         
         
    
    
    
  
  
    
         
         
    
    
         
         
    
  
    
  
    
    
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred taxes are measured at the rate in which they are expected to settle within the respective jurisdictions, which can change 
based on factors such as new legislation or timing of utilization and reversal of associated assets and liabilities. On December 22, 2017, 
the United States signed into law the Tax Act, which changed many aspects of U.S. corporate income taxation, including a reduction in 
the corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%. The Group recognized the tax effects of the Tax Act in the year ended June 30, 2018, 
the most significant of which was a tax benefit resulting from the remeasurement of deferred tax balances to 21%. 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 

(c) Amounts that would be recognized directly in equity if 

   brought to account 

   Aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the reporting 

   period and not recognized in net loss or other 
   comprehensive income but which would have been 
   directly applied to equity had it been brought to account: 

   Current tax recorded in equity (if brought to account) 
   Deferred tax recorded in equity (if brought to account) 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 

(d) Amounts recognized directly in equity 
   Aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the reporting 

   period and not recognized in net loss or other 
   comprehensive income but debited/credited to equity 

   Current tax recorded in equity 
   Deferred tax recorded in equity 

2019 

Year Ended June 30, 
2018 

2017 

(390 )     
879        
489        

(1,059 )     
877        
(182 )      

(764 ) 
960   
196   

2019 

Year Ended June 30, 
2018 

2017 

—        
—        

—        
—        

—   
—   

As of June 30, 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 

2019 

2018 

2017 

(e) Deferred tax assets not brought to account 
   Unused tax losses 
   Potential tax benefit at local tax rates 
   Other temporary differences 
   Potential tax benefit at local tax rates 
   Other tax credits 
   Potential tax benefit at local tax rates 

51,807        

41,501        

34,896   

3,130        

3,704        

3,908   

3,220        
58,157        

3,220        
48,425        

—   
38,804   

As of June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Group has deferred tax assets not brought to account of $58.2 million, $48.4 million and 
$38.8  million,  respectively.  Deferred  tax  assets  have  been  brought  to  account  only  to  the  extent  that  it  is  foreseeable  that  they  are 
recoverable against future tax liabilities.  

5. Financial assets and liabilities 

This note provides information about the Group's financial instruments, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

an overview of all financial instruments held by the Group; 

specific information about each type of financial instrument; 

accounting policies; and 

information used to determine the fair value of the instruments, including judgments and estimation uncertainty involved. 

164 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
       
         
    
  
  
         
         
    
    
    
  
  
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
       
         
    
  
  
         
         
    
    
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
         
  
       
  
  
    
         
  
       
  
  
    
    
         
         
    
    
    
         
         
    
    
  
  
    
 
 
The Group holds the following financial instruments: 

Financial assets 
(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
As of June 30, 2019 
Cash & cash equivalents 
Trade & other receivables 
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive 
income 
Other non-current assets 

As of June 30, 2018 
Cash & cash equivalents 
Trade & other receivables 
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive 
income 
Other non-current assets 

(1)  Fair value through other comprehensive income 

(2)  Fair value through profit or loss 

Financial liabilities 
(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
As of June 30, 2019 
Trade and other payables 
Borrowings 
Contingent consideration 

As of June 30, 2018 
Trade and other payables 
Borrowings 
Contingent consideration 

Notes 

5(a) 
5(b) 

5(c) 
5(d) 

5(a) 
5(b) 

5(c) 
5(d) 

Notes 

5(e) 
5(f) 
5(g)(iii) 

5(e) 
5(f) 
5(g)(iii) 

Assets at 
FVOCI(1) 

Assets at 
FVTPL(2) 

Assets at 
amortized 
cost 

Total 

—   
—   

2,317   
—   
2,317   

—   
—   

2,321   
—   
2,321   

—   
—   

—   
—   
—   

—   
—   

—   
—   
—   

50,426   
4,060   

—   
3,324   
57,810   

37,763   
50,366   

—   
3,361   
91,490   

50,426   
4,060   

2,317   
3,324   
60,127   

37,763   
50,366   

2,321   
3,361   
93,811   

Liabilities at 
FVOCI(1) 

Liabilities at 
FVTPL(2) 

Liabilities at 
amortized cost      

Total 

—   
—   
—   
—   

—   
—   
—   
—   

—   
—   
47,534   
47,534   

—   
—   
42,070   
42,070   

13,060   
81,286   
—   
94,346   

13,060   
81,286   
47,534   
     141,880   

18,921   
59,397   
—   
78,318   

18,921   
59,397   
42,070   
120,388   

(1)  Fair value through other comprehensive income 

(2)  Fair value through profit or loss 

The Group’s exposure to various risks associated with the financial instruments is discussed in Note 10. The maximum exposure 

to credit risk at the end of the reporting period is the carrying amount of each class of financial assets mentioned above. 

a. 

Cash and cash equivalents 

 (in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Cash at bank 
Deposits at call(1) 

2019 

2018 

50,005        
421        
50,426        

37,221   
542   
37,763   

(1)  As  of  June  30,  2019  and  June  30,  2018,  interest-bearing  deposits  at  call  include  amounts  of  $0.4  million  and  $0.4  million, 

respectively, held as security and are restricted for use. 

165 

 
 
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
    
        
        
        
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
 
 
  
     
  
     
     
  
     
 
(i)  Classification as cash equivalents 

Term deposits are presented as cash equivalents if they have a maturity of three months or less from the date of acquisition. 

b. 

Trade and other receivables and prepayments 

(i)  Trade receivables 

 (in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Trade debtors 
Funds receivable from debt financing and unissued capital(1) 
Income tax and tax incentives recoverable 
Other receivables 
Foreign withholding tax recoverable 
Security deposit 
Sundry debtors 
Other recoverable taxes (Goods and services tax and 
   value-added tax) 
Interest receivables 
Trade and other receivables 

2019 

2018 

1,739        
—        
1,511        
—        
471        
250        
2        

86   
1        
4,060        

6,630   
38,950   
3,305   
615   
471   
250   
81   

53   
11   
50,366   

(1)  On July 2, 2018, the Group announced it had entered into a financing agreement with NovaQuest on June 29, 2018 to develop and 
commercialize  its  allogeneic  product  candidate  MSC-100-IV  for  pediatric  patients  with  acute  Graft  versus  Host  Disease 
("aGVHD”). The contractual  terms  of  the  agreement  pertaining  to  the  receipt  of  funds  were  binding  and  therefore  the  Group 
recognized a receivable of $39.0 million at June 30, 2018. On July 10, 2018 the net proceeds from the financing facility of $39.0 
million were received and recognized in cash and cash equivalents. 

(ii) Prepayments 

 (in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Clinical trial research and development expenditure 
Prepaid insurance and subscriptions 
Other 
Prepayments 

2019 

2018 

6,042        
1,095        
899        
8,036        

12,042   
141   
759   
12,942   

(iii) Classification as trade and other receivables 

Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. They 
are generally due for settlement within 30 to 60 days and therefore are all classified as current. Trade receivables are recognized initially 
at the amount of consideration that is unconditional unless they contain significant financing components, when they are recognized at 
fair value. The group holds the trade receivables with the objective to collect the contractual cash flows and therefore measures them 
subsequently at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Interest receivables are amounts due at maturity of term deposits. 
Income tax and tax incentives recoverable relates to the Group’s claim for the Australian Government tax incentive.    

(iv) Other receivables  

These amounts generally arise from transactions outside the usual operating activities of the Group. 

(v) Fair values of trade and other receivables 

Due to the short-term nature of the current receivables, their carrying amount is assumed to be the same as their fair value. 

(vi) Impairment and risk exposure 

Information  about  the  impairment  of  trade  and  other  receivables,  their  credit  quality  and  the  Group’s  exposure  to  credit  risk, 

foreign currency risk and interest rate risk can be found in Note 10(a) and (b). 

166 

 
 
  
     
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
     
     
 
  
    
  
     
     
     
     
 
c. 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income include the following classes of financial assets: 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Unlisted securities: 
Equity securities 

As of June 30, 

2019 

2018 

2,317     
2,317     

2,321   
2,321   

(i) Classification of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income comprises equity securities which are not held for trading, and 
which the Group has irrevocably elected at initial recognition to recognize in this category. These are strategic investments and the 
Group considers this classification to be more relevant. 

The financial assets are presented as non-current assets unless they mature, or management intends to dispose of them within 

12 months of the end of the reporting period. 

(ii) Impairment indicators for financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 

Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments measured at FVOCI are not reported separately from 

other changes in fair value. See Note 22(l)(v) for further details about the Group’s impairment policies for financial assets. 

(iii) Amounts recognized in other comprehensive income 

For the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Group recognized in statement of comprehensive income a loss of $4 
thousand, a gain of $0.3 million and a gain of $31 thousand respectively, for change in fair value of the financial assets through other 
comprehensive income.   

(iv) Fair value, impairment and risk exposure 

Information about the methods and assumptions used in determining fair value is provided in Note 5(g). None of the financial 

assets through other comprehensive income are either past due or impaired. 

All financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income are denominated in USD. 

d.  Other non-current assets 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Bank Guarantee 
Letter of Credit 
U.S. Tax credits 

As of June 30, 

2019 

2018 

673        
1,178        
1,473        
3,324        

710   
1,178   
1,473   
3,361   

(i) Classification of financial assets as other non-current assets 

Bank guarantee 

These  funds  are  held  in  an  account  named  Mesoblast  Limited  at  National  Australia  Bank  according  to  the  terms  of  a  Bank 
Guarantee which is security for the sublease agreement for our occupancy of Level 38, 55 Collins Street, Melbourne, Victoria, Australia. 
The  Bank  Guarantee  is  security  for  the  full  and  faithful  performance  and  observance  by  the  subtenant  of  the  terms,  covenants  and 
conditions of the sublease. The Bank Guarantee continues in force until it is released by the lessor. 

167 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
      
    
     
  
     
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
     
     
  
     
 
Letter of credit 

These funds held in an account named Mesoblast, Inc. at the Bank of America according to the terms of an irrevocable standby 
letter of credit which is security for the sublease agreement for our occupancy of 505 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York, United States 
of America. The letter of credit is security for the full and faithful performance and observance by the subtenant of the terms, covenants 
and conditions of the sublease. The letter of credit is deemed to automatically extend without amendment for a period of one year at 
each anniversary but will not automatically extend beyond the final expiration of July 31, 2021. 

U.S. Tax credits  

These funds are receivable from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) as a result of the changes in the U.S. corporate income tax 

legislation with the Tax Act. Tax credits arising from the Alternative Minimum Tax (“AMT”) regime become refundable in 2021.  

(ii) Impairment and risk exposure 

No other non-current assets are either past due or impaired. 

e. 

Trade and other payables 

 (in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Trade payables and other payables 
Trade and other payables 

2019 

2018 

13,060     
13,060     

18,921   
18,921   

The carrying amounts of trade and other payables are assumed to be the same as their fair values, due to their short-term nature. 

f. 

Borrowings 

 (in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Current 
Secured liabilities: 
Borrowing arrangements 

Non-current 
Secured liabilities: 
Borrowing arrangements 
Less: transaction costs 
Amortization of carrying amount, net of payments made 

(i) Borrowing arrangements  

Hercules Capital, Inc. 

2019 

2018 

14,007     
14,007     

65,601     
(6,738 )   
8,416     
67,279   

—   
—   

65,000   
(6,328 ) 
725   
59,397   

On March 6, 2018, the Group drew the first tranche of $35.0 million of the principal amount from the $75.0 million floating rate 
loan with Hercules. An additional tranche of $15.0 million was drawn by the Group on January 14, 2019, which resulted in an adjustment 
of  the  carrying  amount  of  the  financial  liability  to  reflect  the  revised  estimated  cash  flows.  The  carrying  amount  adjustment  is 
recalculated by computing the present value of the revised estimated future cash flows at the financial instrument’s original effective 
interest  rate.  For  the  year  ended  June  30,  2019, a  $0.4  million  gain  has  been  recognized  by  the  Group  in  the  Income  Statement  as 
remeasurement of borrowing arrangements within finance costs.  

An additional $25.0 million may be drawn by the Group as certain conditions and milestones are met. The loan matures in March 
2022 with principal repayments commencing in October 2019, as a result we have recognized $13.6 million of the borrowings as a 
current liability. If certain milestones are met before September 30, 2019 the requirement to commence principal repayments will be 
deferred, potentially until October 2020. Interest on the loan is payable monthly in arrears on the 1st day of the month. At closing date, 
the interest rate was 9.45%. On March 22, 2018, June 14, 2018, September 27, 2018 and December 20, 2018, in line with the increases 
in the U.S. prime rate, the interest rate on the loan increased to 9.70%, 9.95%, 10.20% and 10.45%, respectively. 

168 

 
  
  
  
  
     
     
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
The carrying amount of the loan is secured by a first charge over the assets of the Group, excluding $0.7 million of bank guarantees 
and $1.2 million of letters of credit included in other non-current assets (refer to Note 5(d)), $0.4 million of interest-bearing deposits at 
call included in cash and cash equivalents (refer to Note 5(a)) and $0.3 million of cash held as security included in trade and other 
receivables (refer to Note 5(b)). These items have been used to secure liabilities other than the non-current loan.  

NovaQuest Capital Management, L.L.C. 

On June 29, 2018, we drew the first tranche of $30.0 million of the principal amount from the $40.0 million secured loan with 
NovaQuest. There is a four-year interest only period, until July 2022, with the principal repayable in equal quarterly instalments over 
the remaining period of the loan. A $0.4  million loan administration  fee is payable annually in June and is recognized as a current 
liability. The loan matures in July 2026. Interest on the loan accrues at a fixed rate of 15% per annum. 

All interest and principal payments will be deferred until after the first commercial sale of our allogeneic product candidate MSC-
100-IV  in  pediatric  patients  with  steroid  refractory  aGVHD,  in  the  United  States  and  other  geographies  excluding  Asia  (“pediatric 
aGVHD”). We can elect to prepay all outstanding amounts owing at any time prior to maturity, subject to a prepayment charge, and 
may decide to do so if net sales of pediatric aGVHD are significantly higher than current forecasts.  

If there are no net sales of pediatric aGVHD, the loan is only repayable on maturity in 2026. If in any annual period 25% of net 
sales of pediatric aGVHD exceed the amount of accrued interest owing and, from 2022, principal and accrued interest owing (“the 
payment cap”), Mesoblast will pay the payment cap and an additional portion of excess sales which may be used for early prepayment 
of the loan. If in any annual period 25% of net sales of pediatric aGVHD is less than the payment cap, then the payment is limited to 
25% of net sales of pediatric aGVHD. Any unpaid interest will be added to the principal amounts owing and shall accrue further interest. 
At maturity date, any unpaid loan balances are repaid. 

Because of this relationship of net sales and repayments, changes in our estimated net sales  may trigger an adjustment of the 
carrying amount of the financial liability to reflect the revised estimated cash flows. The carrying amount adjustment is recalculated by 
computing the present value of the revised estimated future cash flows at the financial instrument’s original effective interest rate. For 
the  year ended June 30, 2019, a $0.7 million loss  has been recognized by the Group in the Income Statement as remeasurement of 
borrowing arrangements within other operating income and expenses.  

The carrying amount of the loan and security agreement with NovaQuest is subordinated to the Group’s floating rate loan with 

the senior creditor, Hercules. 

(ii) Compliance with loan covenants 

Our loan facilities with Hercules and NovaQuest contain a number of covenants that impose operating restrictions on us, which 
may restrict our ability to respond to changes in our business or take specified actions. In addition, under our loan and security agreement 
with Hercules we are obliged to maintain certain levels of cash in the United States, and a minimum unrestricted cash balance across 
the Group. 

The Group has complied with the financial and other restrictive covenants of its borrowing facilities during the year ended June 

30, 2019. 

169 

 
(iii) Net debt reconciliation 

 (in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Carrying value - as of June 30, 2018 
Changes from financing cash flows 
Proceeds from debt 
Payment of transaction costs 
Repayment of loans 
Movement in short-term borrowings 
Total changes in liabilities arising on financing cash flows 
Other changes 
Accrued transaction costs 
Amortization of carrying amount, net of payments made 
Carrying value - as of June 30, 2019 

(iv) Fair values of borrowing arrangements 

Current 
borrowings 

Non-current 
borrowings 

Total 

3,095        

28,217        

31,312   

10,912        
—        
—        
—        
10,912        

—        
—        

14,007   

32,660        
(2,015 )      
—        
—        

30,645   

—        
8,417        
67,279   

43,572   
(2,015 ) 
—   
—   
41,557   

—   
8,417   
81,286   

The carrying amount of the borrowings at amortized cost in accordance with our accounting policy is a reasonable approximation 

of fair value.  

g. 

Recognized fair value measurements 

(i) Fair value hierarchy 

The following table presents the Group's financial assets and financial liabilities measured and recognized at fair value as of June 
30, 2019 and June 30, 2018 on a recurring basis, categorized by level according to the significance of the inputs used in making the 
measurements: 

As of June 30, 2019 
(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Financial Assets 
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive 
income: 

Equity securities - biotech sector 

Total Financial Assets 

Financial Liabilities 
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss: 

Contingent consideration 
Total Financial Liabilities 

As of June 30, 2018 
(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Financial Assets 
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive 
income: 

Equity securities - biotech sector 

Total Financial Assets 

Financial Liabilities 
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss: 

Contingent consideration 
Total Financial Liabilities 

Notes 

   Level 1 

      Level 2 

      Level 3 

Total 

5(c) 

—       
—       

—       
—       

2,317       
2,317       

2,317   
2,317   

5(g)(iii) 

—       
—       

—       
—       

47,534       
47,534       

47,534   
47,534   

Notes 

   Level 1 

      Level 2 

      Level 3 

Total 

5(c) 

—       
—       

—       
—       

2,321       
2,321       

2,321   
2,321   

5(g)(iii) 

—       
—       

—       
—       

42,070       
42,070       

42,070   
42,070   

There were no transfers between any of the levels for recurring fair value measurements during the period. 

170 

 
 
  
     
  
  
  
     
     
         
         
    
     
     
     
     
     
    
     
         
         
    
     
     
     
    
    
 
 
     
     
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
  
  
     
  
    
      
        
        
        
  
    
      
        
        
        
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
  
    
      
        
        
        
  
    
      
        
        
        
  
  
    
    
    
  
     
        
           
           
           
  
  
     
  
    
      
        
        
        
  
    
      
        
        
        
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
  
    
      
        
        
        
  
    
      
        
        
        
  
  
    
    
    
 
The Group’s policy is to recognize transfers into and transfers out of fair value hierarchy levels as at the end of the reporting 

period. 

Level 1: The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets (such as publicly traded derivatives, and trading and 
financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income) is based on quoted market prices at the end of the reporting period. 
The quoted market price used for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid price. These instruments are included in level 1. 

Level 2: The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example, foreign exchange contracts) 
is determined using valuation techniques which maximize the use of observable market  data and rely as little as possible on entity-
specific estimates. If all significant inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, the instrument is included in level 2. 

Level 3: If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in level 3. This 

is the case for provisions (contingent consideration) and equity securities (unlisted). 

(ii) Valuation techniques used. 

The Group used the discounted cash flow analysis to determine the fair value measurements of level 3 instruments. 

(iii) Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (level 3) 

The following table presents the changes in level 3 instruments for the years ended June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018: 

 (in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Opening balance - July 1, 2017 
Amount used during the year 
Charged/(credited) to consolidated income statement: 

Remeasurement(1) 

Closing balance - June 30, 2018 

Opening balance - July 1, 2018 
Amount used during the period 
Charged/(credited) to consolidated income statement: 

Remeasurement(2) 

Closing balance - June 30, 2019 

Contingent 
consideration 
provision 

63,595   
(10,984 ) 

(10,541 ) 
42,070   

42,070   
(800 ) 

6,264   
47,534   

(1) 

(2) 

In  the  year  ended  June  30,  2018  a  gain  of  $10.5  million  was  recognized  on  the  remeasurement  of  contingent  consideration 
pertaining to the acquisition of assets from Osiris. This gain is a net result of changes to the key assumptions of the contingent 
consideration valuation such as developmental timelines, product pricing, market population, market penetration and the increase 
in valuation as the time period shortens between the valuation date and the potential settlement dates of contingent consideration.   

In the year ended June 30, 2019 a loss of $6.3 million was recognized on the remeasurement of contingent consideration pertaining 
to the acquisition of assets from Osiris. This loss is a net result of changes to the key assumptions of the contingent consideration 
valuation such as probability of success, market penetration, developmental timelines, product pricing and the increase in valuation 
as the time period shortens between the valuation date and the potential settlement dates of contingent consideration. 

171 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
(iv) Valuation inputs and relationship to fair value 

The following table summarizes the quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used in level 3 fair value 

measurements: 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands, 
except percent data) 
Description 
Contingent consideration provision 

Fair value as of 
June 30, 

   2019 
  47,534   

     2018 
  42,070   

     Valuation 
     technique 
Discounted 
cash flows 

   Unobservable 
inputs(1) 
Risk adjusted 
discount rate 

Range of inputs 
(weighted average) 

   Year Ended June 30, 

2019 
11%-13% 
(12.5%) 

2018 
11%-13% 
(12.5%) 

Expected unit 
revenues 

n/a 

n/a 

Expected sales 
volumes 

n/a 

n/a 

Relationship of 
unobservable inputs to 
fair value 
Year ended June 30, 2019: A 
change in the discount rate by 
0.5% would increase/decrease 
the fair value by 1%. 

Year ended June 30, 2018: A 
change in the discount rate by 
0.5% would increase/decrease 
the fair value by 1%. 
Year ended June 30, 2019: A 
10% increase/decrease in the 
price assumptions adopted 
would increase/decrease the 
fair value by 4%. 

Year ended June 30, 2018: A 
10% increase/decrease in the 
price assumptions adopted 
would increase/decrease the 
fair value by 4%. 
Year ended June 30, 2019: A 
10% increase/decrease in sales 
volume assumptions adopted 
would increase/decrease the 
fair value by 4%. 

Year ended June 30, 2018: A 
10% increase/decrease in sales 
volume assumptions adopted 
would increase/decrease the 
fair value by 4%. 

(1)  There were no significant inter-relationships between unobservable inputs that materially affect fair values. 

(v) Valuation processes 

In connection with the Osiris acquisition, on October 11, 2013 (the “acquisition date”), an independent valuation of the contingent 

consideration was carried out by an independent valuer. 

For the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, the Group has adopted a process to value contingent consideration internally. This 
valuation has been completed by the Group’s internal valuation team and reviewed by the Chief Financial Officer (the "CFO"). The 
valuation  team  is  responsible  for  the  valuation  model.  The  valuation  team  also  manages  a  process  to  continually  refine  the  key 
assumptions within the model. This is done with input from the relevant business units. The key assumptions in the model have been 
clearly  defined  and  the  responsibility  for  refining  those  assumptions  has  been  assigned  to  the  most  relevant  business  units.  The 
remeasurement charged to the consolidated income statement was a net result of changes to key assumptions such as developmental 
timelines, product pricing, market population, market penetration, probability of success and the increase in valuation as the time period 
shortens between the valuation date and the potential settlement dates of contingent consideration.  

172 

 
 
  
    
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
The fair value of contingent consideration 
(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Fair value of cash or stock payable, dependent on 
   achievement of future late-stage clinical or regulatory 
   targets 
Fair value of royalty payments from commercialization 
   of the intellectual property acquired 

As of June 30, 

2019 

2018 

28,005        

23,674   

19,529        
47,534        

18,396   
42,070   

The main level 3 inputs used by the Group are evaluated as follows: 

Risk adjusted discount rate:   The discount rate used in the valuation has been determined based on required rates of returns of listed 
companies  in  the  biotechnology  industry  (having  regards  to  their  stage  of  development,  their  size  and 
number  of  projects)  and  the  indicative  rates  of  return  required  by  suppliers  of  venture  capital  for 
investments  with  similar  technical  and  commercial  risks.  This  assumption  is  reviewed  as  part  of  the 
valuation process outlined above. 

Expected unit revenues: 

Expected market sale price of the most comparable products currently available in the market place. This 
assumption is reviewed as part of the valuation process outlined above. 

Expected sales volumes:       Expected sales volumes of the  most comparable products  currently available in the  market place. This 

assumption is reviewed as part of the valuation process outlined above. 

173 

 
 
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
     
  
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6. Non-financial assets and liabilities 

a. 

Property, plant and equipment 

 (in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Year Ended June 30, 2018 
Opening net book amount 
Additions 
Exchange differences 
Disposals 
Depreciation charge 
Closing net book value 

As of June 30, 2018 
Cost 
Accumulated depreciation 
Net book value 

Year Ended June 30, 2019 
Opening net book amount 
Additions 
Exchange differences 
Disposals 
Depreciation charge 
Closing net book value 

As of June 30, 2019 
Cost 
Accumulated depreciation 
Net book value 

Plant and 
Equipment      

Office Furniture 
and Equipment      

Computer 
Hardware 
and 
Software 

Total 

751       
16       
(1 )      
—       
(460 )     
306       

547       
2       
(1 )      
—       
(134 )     
414       

516       
176       
(12 )     
(1 )     
(315 )     
364       

1,814   
194   
(14 ) 
(1 ) 
(909 ) 
1,084   

4,152       
(3,846 )     
306       

1,249       
(835 )     
414       

3,199       
(2,835 )     
364       

8,600   
(7,516 ) 
1,084   

306       
114       
1        
—       
(217 )     
204       

414       
102       
(5 )      
(2 )     
(133 )     
376       

364       
107       
(13 )     
—       
(212 )     
246       

1,084   
323   
(17 ) 
(2 ) 
(562 ) 
826   

4,207       
(4,003 )     
204       

1,304       
(928 )     
376       

3,023       
(2,777 )     
246       

8,534   
(7,708 ) 
826   

(i) Depreciation methods and useful lives 

Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost or revalued amounts, net of their residual values, 

over the estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives are: 

• 

• 

• 

Plant and equipment 3 – 15 years 

Office furniture and equipment 3 – 10 years 

Computer hardware and software 3 – 4 years 

See Note 22(n) for other accounting policies relevant to property, plant and equipment. 

174 

 
 
  
     
  
    
        
        
        
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
        
        
        
    
    
        
        
        
    
    
    
    
  
    
         
        
        
    
    
        
        
        
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
        
        
        
    
    
        
        
        
    
    
    
    
 
b. 

Intangible assets 

 (in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Year Ended June 30, 2018 
Opening net book amount 
Exchange differences 
Amortization charge 
Closing net book amount 

As of June 30, 2018 
Cost 
Accumulated amortization 
Accumulated impairment 
Net book amount 

Year Ended June 30, 2019 
Opening net book amount 
Additions 
Exchange differences 
Amortization charge 
Closing net book amount 

As of June 30, 2019 
Cost 
Accumulated amortization 
Accumulated impairment 
Net book amount 

   Goodwill 

Acquired licenses 
to patents 

In-process 
research and 
development 
acquired 

Current marketed 
products 

Total 

     134,453       
—        
—       
     134,453       

1,898        427,779       
—        
(3 )      
(125 )     
—       
1,770        427,779       

22,220        586,350   
(3 ) 
—        
(1,616 )     
(1,741 ) 
20,604         584,606   

     134,453       
—       
—       
     134,453        

2,749        489,698       
—       
(979 )     
(61,919 )     
—       
1,770         427,779        

23,999        650,899   
(4,374 ) 
(3,395 )     
(61,919 ) 
—       
20,604         584,606   

     134,453       
—       
—        
—       
     134,453       

1,770        427,779       
—        
100       
—        
(4 )      
(122 )     
—       
1,744        427,779       

20,604        584,606   
100   
—       
(3 ) 
1        
(1,455 )     
(1,577 ) 
19,150         583,126   

     134,453       
—       
—       
     134,453        

2,822        489,698       
—       
(1,078 )     
(61,919 )     
—       
1,744         427,779        

23,999        650,972   
(5,927 ) 
(4,849 )     
(61,919 ) 
—       
19,150         583,126   

(i) Carrying value of in-process research and development acquired by product 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Cardiovascular products 
Intravenous products for metabolic diseases and 
   inflammatory/immunologic conditions 
Osiris MSC products 

As of June 30, 

2019 

2018 

      254,351        254,351   

70,730       

70,730   
      102,698        102,698   
      427,779        427,779   

For all products included within the above balances, the underlying currency of each item recorded is USD. 

(ii) Amortization methods and useful lives 

The Group amortizes intangible assets with a finite useful life using the straight-line method over the following periods: 

• 

• 

Acquired licenses to patents 7 – 16 years 

Current marketed products 15 – 20 years 

See Note 22(o) for the other accounting policies relevant to intangible assets and Note 22(i) for the Group’s policy regarding 

impairments. 

175 

 
 
    
    
    
    
  
    
        
        
        
        
    
    
    
  
    
        
        
        
        
    
    
        
        
        
        
    
    
    
  
      
         
        
         
        
  
    
        
        
        
        
    
    
    
    
  
    
        
        
        
        
    
    
        
        
        
        
    
    
    
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
    
    
     
    
  
    
 
(iii) Significant estimate: Impairment of goodwill and assets with an indefinite useful life 

The Group tests annually whether goodwill and its assets with indefinite useful lives have suffered any impairment in accordance 
with its accounting policy stated in Note 22(i). The recoverable amounts of these assets and cash-generating units have been determined 
based on fair value less costs to dispose calculations, which require the use of certain assumptions. During the year ended June 30, 2019, 
we elected to change the annual impairment testing date from the fourth quarter to the third quarter of each year to align with industry 
best practice. A full assessment was performed at March 31, 2019 and no impairment of the in-process research and development and 
goodwill was identified. 

(iv) Impairment tests for goodwill and intangible assets with and indefinite useful life 

In-process research and development acquired is considered to be an indefinite life intangible asset on the basis that it is incomplete 
and  cannot  be  used  in  its  current  form  (see  Note  22(o)(iii)).  The  intangible  asset’s  life  will  remain  indefinite  until  such  time  it  is 
completed and commercialized or impaired. The carrying value of in-process research and development is a separate asset which has 
been subject to impairment testing at the cash generating unit level, which has been determined to be at the product level. 

On acquisition, goodwill was not able to be allocated to the cash generating unit (“CGU”) level or to a group of CGU given the 
synergies of the underlying research and development. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is monitored by management at 
the operating segment level. The Group is managed as one operating segment, being the development of adult stem cell technology 
platform for commercialization. The carrying value of goodwill has been allocated to the appropriate operating segment for the purpose 
of impairment testing. 

The recoverable amount of both goodwill and in-process research and development was assessed as of June 30, 2019 based on 

the fair value less costs to dispose. 

(v) Key assumptions used for fair value less costs to dispose calculations 

In determining the fair value less costs to dispose we have given consideration to the following internal and external indicators: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

discounted expected future cash flows of programs valued by the Group’s internal valuation team and reviewed by the CFO. 
The valuation team is responsible for the valuation model. The valuation team also manages a process to continually refine 
the key assumptions within the model. This is done with input from the relevant business units. The key assumptions in the 
model have been clearly defined and the responsibility for refining those assumptions has been assigned to the most relevant 
business units. When determining key assumptions, the business units refer to both external sources and past experience as 
appropriate. The valuation is considered to be level 3 in the fair value hierarchy due to unobservable inputs used in the 
valuation;  

the scientific results and progress of the trials since acquisition; 

the valuation of the Group that was applicable to the July 10, 2018 equity placement undertaken with NovaQuest through 
issuing of the Group’s securities on the ASX;  

the market capitalization of the Group on the ASX (ASX:MSB) on the impairment testing date of March 31, 2019; and 

the valuation of the Group’s assets from an independent valuation as of June 30, 2017. 

Costs of disposal were assumed to be immaterial at June 30, 2019. 

Discounted cash-flows used a real post-tax discount rate range of 13.8% to 15.5%, and include estimated real cash inflows and 

outflows for each program through to patent expiry.  

In relation to cash outflows consideration has been given to cost of goods sold, selling costs and clinical trial schedules including 
estimates of numbers of patients and per patient costs. Associated expenses such as regulatory fees and patent maintenance have been 
included as well as any further preclinical development if applicable. 

The assessment of goodwill showed the recoverable amount of the Group’s operating segment, including goodwill and remaining 
in-process research and development, exceeds the carrying amounts, and therefore there is no impairment. Additionally, the recoverable 
amount of remaining in-process research and development also exceeds the carrying amounts, and therefore there is no impairment. 

176 

 
There are no standard growth rates applied, other than our estimates of market penetration which increase initially, plateau and 

then decline. 

The  assessment  of  the  recoverable  amount  of  each  product  has  been  made  in  accordance  with  the  discounted  cash-flow 
assumptions outlined above. The assessment showed that the recoverable amount of each product exceeds the carrying amount and 
therefore there is no impairment. 

(vi) Impact of possible changes in key assumptions 

The Group has considered and assessed reasonably possible changes in the key assumptions and has not identified any instances 

that could cause the carrying amount of our intangible assets at June 30, 2019 to exceed its recoverable amount. 

Whilst there is no impairment, the key sensitivities in the valuation remain the continued successful development of our technology 

platform. 

c. 

Provisions 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Contingent consideration 
Employee benefits 
Provision for license agreements 

As of 

As of 

Current 

June 30, 2019 
      Non-current       
46,501       
86       
1,742       
48,329   

1,033       
4,231       
2,000       
7,264   

47,534       
4,317       
3,742       
55,593   

June 30, 2018 
      Non-current       
41,346       
101       
1,509       
42,956   

724       
4,358       
—       

5,082   

Total 

42,070   
4,459   
1,509   
48,038   

Total 

      Current 

(i) Information about individual provisions and significant estimates 

Contingent consideration 

The contingent consideration provision relates to the Group’s liability for certain milestones and royalty achievements pertaining 

to the acquired MSC assets from Osiris. Further disclosures can be found in Note 5(g)(iii). 

Employee benefits 

The provision for employee benefits relates to the Group’s liability for annual leave, short term incentives and long service leave. 

Employee benefits include accrued annual leave. As of June 30, 2019 and 2018, the entire amount of the accrual was $0.7 million 
and $0.7 million respectively, and is presented as current, since the Group does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement for 
any of these obligations. 

(ii) Movements 

The contingent consideration provision relates to the Group’s liability for certain milestones and royalty achievements.  Refer to 

Note 5(g)(iii) for movements in contingent consideration for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018. 

177 

 
 
 
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
    
    
    
      
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
d.  Deferred tax balances 

(i) Deferred tax balances 

 (in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Deferred tax assets 
The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to: 

2019 

2018 

Tax losses 
Other temporary differences 

Total deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities 
The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to: 

Intangible assets 

Total deferred tax liabilities 
Net deferred tax liabilities 

Deferred tax assets expected to be settled within 12 months 
Deferred tax assets expected to be settled after 12 months 

Deferred tax liabilities expected to be settled within 12 months       
Deferred tax liabilities expected to be settled after 12 months 

55,904   
669   
56,573   

76,652   
76,652   
20,079   

—   
56,573   

147   
76,505   

61,742        
3,687        
65,429        

76,553        
76,553        
11,124        

—        
65,429        

99        
76,454        

Intangible 

assets (DTL)        Total (DTL)    
49,293   
1,473   

127,519        
—        

(ii) Movements 

 (in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
As of June 30, 2017 
Reclassifications 
Charged/(credited) to: 
- profit or loss 
As of June 30, 2018 
Charged/(credited) to: 
- profit or loss 
As of June 30, 2019 

Tax losses(1) 
(DTA) 

Other 
temporary 
differences(1) 
(DTA) 

(74,660 )      
1,473        

(3,566 )      
—        

17,283        
(55,904 )      

2,897        
(669 )      

(50,867 )      
76,652        

(30,687 ) 
20,079   

(5,838 )      
(61,742 )      

(3,018 )      
(3,687 )      

(99 )      
76,553        

(8,955 ) 
11,124   

(1)  Deferred tax assets are netted against deferred tax liabilities. 

e. 

Deferred consideration 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Opening balance 
Up-front milestone receivable recognized during the period       
Amount recognized as revenue in the period 
Balance as of the end of the period 

2019 

2018 

—        
20,000        
(10,000 )      
10,000        

—   
—   
—   
—   

Deferred  consideration  represents  the  portion  of  the  up-front  technology  access  fee  receivable  from  Tasly  that  has  not  been 
recognized as revenue. In accordance with the Group’s accounting policy, revenue related to the licensing of intellectual property is 
only recognized to the extent that control has been transferred to the customer. The deferred consideration amount will be recognized in 
revenue when and if control transfers to Tasly based on the Group’s decision regarding the exercise of the Group’s rights in the terms 
and conditions of the agreement. 

178 

 
 
  
    
  
     
         
    
     
         
    
     
     
     
  
     
         
    
     
         
    
     
         
    
     
     
     
  
       
         
  
     
     
  
     
         
    
     
 
 
  
    
     
     
     
     
         
         
         
    
     
     
       
       
           
         
  
     
    
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
    
    
    
 
 
7. Equity 

a. 

Contributed equity 

(i) Share capital 

Contributed equity 
(i)     Share capital 
Ordinary shares 
Less: Treasury Shares 
Total Contributed Equity 

(ii) Movements in ordinary share capital 

Opening balance 
Issues of ordinary shares during the period 
Exercise of share options(1) 
Share based compensation for services rendered 
Payment for contingent consideration 
Entitlement offer to existing eligible shareholders 
Placement of shares under an equity facility 
   agreement 
Placement of shares under a share placement 
agreement(2) 
Placement of shares under a license 
   agreement 
Transaction costs arising on share issue 

Unissued ordinary shares during the period 
Placement of shares under a share placement 
   agreement 
Transaction costs arising on share issue 

Total contributions of equity during the period 

Share options reserve transferred to equity on 
   exercise of options 
Ending balance 

2019 

2018 
Shares No. 

As of June 30, 

2017 

2019 

2018 
(U.S. dollars, in thousands) 

2017 

  498,626,208       482,639,654       428,221,398        910,405        889,481        830,425   
   (3,500,000 )      (3,500,000 )      (3,500,000 )     
—   
  495,126,208       479,139,654       424,721,398        910,405        889,481        830,425   

—       

—       

2019 

As of June 30, 
2018 
Shares No. 

2017 

     2019 

As of June 30, 
2018 
(U.S. dollars, in thousands) 

2017 

    482,639,654       428,221,398       381,373,137       889,481        830,425        770,272   

313,108       
     1,209,187       

289,245       
540,051       
—        6,029,545       
—        36,191,982       

272,579       
280,911       
—       
—       

258       
1,170       

116       
662       
—        10,000       
—        40,449       

149   
240   
—   
—   

—        2,000,000       

—       

—       

—       

—   

     14,464,259       

—        46,294,771        20,000       

—        61,710   

—   
(1,959 ) 
     15,986,554        45,943,680        46,848,261        20,611        49,358        60,140   

892,857       
—       

1,000       
(2,869 )     

—       
(817 )     

—       
—       

—       
—       

—   
—   
—   
     15,986,554        54,418,256        46,848,261        20,611        59,018        60,140   

—        8,474,576       
—       
—       
—        8,474,576       

—        10,000       
(340 )     
—       
9,660       
—       

—       
—       
—       

13   
    498,626,208       482,639,654       428,221,398       910,405        889,481        830,425   

313       

38       

—       

—       

—       

(1)  Options  are  issued  to  employees,  directors  and  consultants  in  accordance  with  the  Mesoblast  Employee  Share  Options  Plan 

(“ESOP”). The shares issued and share capital received upon the exercise of options are recorded above. 

(2)  During the year ended June 30, 2019, a $20.0 million equity purchase of Mesoblast Limited at A$1.86 per share, representing a 

20% premium to a blended volume weighted average price calculated over three months, one month and one day.  

(iii) Ordinary shares 

Ordinary shares participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding up of the Group in equal proportion to the number of shares 
held. At shareholders meetings each ordinary share is entitled to one vote when a poll is called, otherwise each shareholder has one vote 
on a show of hands. Ordinary shares have no par value and the Company does not have a limited amount of authorized capital. 

179 

 
 
  
  
  
    
    
     
    
    
  
  
     
  
    
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
        
        
         
        
        
    
  
 
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
     
     
  
  
  
    
  
    
        
        
        
        
        
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
        
        
        
        
        
    
    
    
  
    
  
    
        
        
        
        
        
    
    
 
 
 
 
(iv) Employee share options 

Information relating to the Group’s employee share option plan, including details of shares issued under the scheme, is set out in 

Note 17. 

b.  Reserves 

(i) Reserves 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Share-based payments reserve 
Investment revaluation reserve 
Foreign currency translation reserve 

(ii) Reconciliation of reserves 

 (in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Share-based payments reserve 
Opening balance 
Transfer to ordinary shares on exercise of options 
Share option expense for the year 
Reclassification of modified options to/(from) liability 
Closing Balance 

Investment revaluation reserve 
Opening balance 
Changes in the fair value of financial assets through other 
comprehensive income 
Closing Balance 

Foreign currency translation reserve 
Opening balance 
Currency (loss)/gain on translation of foreign operations 
   net assets 
Closing Balance 

(iii) Nature and purpose of reserves 

Share-based payment reserve 

The share-based payments reserve is used to recognize: 

• 

• 

the fair value(1) of options issued but not exercised; and 

the fair value(1) of deferred shares granted but not yet vested. 

As at June 30, 

2019 

2018 

80,034        
17        
(39,413 )      
40,638        

75,974   
21   
(39,276 ) 
36,719   

As at June 30, 

2019 

2018 

75,974        
(313 )      
4,363        
10        
80,034        

69,919   
(38 ) 
5,959   
134   
75,974   

21        

(303 ) 

(4 ) 

17        

324   

21   

(39,276 )      

(38,373 ) 

(137 ) 

(903 ) 

(39,413 )      

(39,276 ) 

(1)  The fair value recognized is determined at the acceptance date, which is the date at which the entity and the employee agree to a 
share-based  payment  arrangement,  being  when  the  entity  and  the  employee  have  a  shared  understanding  of  the  terms  and 
conditions of the arrangement. 

Foreign currency translation reserve 

Exchange  differences  arising  on  translation  of  a  foreign  controlled  entity  are  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  and 
accumulated in a  separate reserve  within equity. The cumulative amount is reclassified to profit or loss  when the  net  investment is 
disposed of. 

180 

 
 
 
 
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
       
    
    
       
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
         
    
  
         
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
8. Cash flow information 

 (in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
(a) Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents 
Cash at bank 
Deposits at call 

 (in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
(b) Reconciliation of net cash flows used in operations 
         with loss after income tax 
Loss for the period 
Add/(deduct) net loss for non-cash items as follows: 
Depreciation and amortization 
Foreign exchange (gains)/losses 
Finance costs 
Remeasurement of borrowing arrangements 
Remeasurement of contingent consideration 
Payment under a license agreement paid in shares 
Payment for services rendered in shares 
Equity settled share-based payment 
Deferred tax benefit 
Change in operating assets and liabilities: 
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables 
(Increase)/decrease in prepayments 
Decrease/(increase) in tax assets 
Increase/(decrease) in trade creditors and accruals 
Increase/(decrease) in provisions 
Increase/(decrease) in deferred consideration 
Net cash outflows used in operations 

2019 
50,005       
421       
50,426       

As of June 30, 
2018 
37,221     
542     
37,763     

2017 

7,722   
38,039   
45,761   

Year Ended June 30, 

2019 
(89,799 )     

2018 
(35,290 )   

2017 
(76,815 ) 

2,139       
(154 )     
6,914       
376       
6,264       
—       
620       
4,368       
(8,955 )     

4,974       
5,237       
1,729       
(3,972 )     
2,469       
10,000       
(57,790 )     

2,650     
(160 )   
725     
—     
(10,541 )   
1,000     
—     
6,199     
(30,664 )   

(6,093 )   
1,503     
(1,807 )   
(4,464 )   
1,930     
—     
(75,012 )   

3,057   
38   
—   
—   
130   
—   
—   
5,276   
(13,400 ) 

(859 ) 
(10,201 ) 
1,282   
(5,740 ) 
1,761   
—   
(95,471 ) 

9. Significant estimates, judgments and errors 

The preparation of financial statements requires the use of accounting estimates which, by definition, will seldom equal the actual 

results. Management also needs to exercise judgment in applying the Group’s accounting policies. 

This note provides an overview of the areas that involved a higher degree of judgment or complexity, and of items which are more 
likely to be materially adjusted due to estimates and assumptions turning out to be wrong. Detailed information about each of these 
estimates and judgments is included in Notes 1 to 8 together with information about the basis of calculation for each affected line item 
in the financial statements. In addition, this note also explains where there have been actual adjustments this year as a result of an error 
and of changes to previous estimates. 

Significant estimates and judgments 

The areas involving significant estimates or judgments are: 

• 

• 

• 

recognition of revenue (Note 3); 

fair value of contingent liabilities and contingent purchase consideration in a business combination (Note 5(g) and 12); 

fair value of goodwill and other intangible assets including in-process research and development (Note 6(b)); 

181 

 
 
 
 
  
  
     
  
  
    
    
  
    
 
  
  
  
     
  
  
    
    
        
      
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
        
      
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

useful life of intangible assets (Note 6(b)); 

recognition of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities (Note 4(b)); 

accrued research and development and manufacturing commercialization expenses (Note 5(e)); and 

fair value of share-based payments (Note 17); 

fair value of borrowings (Note 5(f)). 

Estimates  and  judgments  are  continually  evaluated.  They  are  based  on  historical  experience  and  other  factors,  including 
expectations  of  future  events  that  may  have  a  financial  impact  on  the  entity  and  that  are  believed  to  be  reasonable  under  the 
circumstances. 

10. Financial risk management 

This  note  explains  the  Group’s  exposure  to  financial  risks  and  how  these  risks  could  affect  the  Group’s  future  financial 

performance. Current year profit and loss information has been included where relevant to add further context. 

Risk 
Market risk – currency risk 

  Exposure arising from 
  Future commercial transactions 

  Measurement 
  Cash flow forecasting 
Sensitivity analysis 

Recognized financial assets and 
liabilities not denominated in the 
functional currency of each entity 
within the Group 

  Management 
  The future cash flows of each 
currency are forecast and the 
quantum of cash reserves held 
for each currency are managed in 
line with future forecasted 
requirements. Cross currency 
swaps are undertaken as 
required. 

Market risk – interest rate 
risk 

  Long-term borrowings at floating 

  Sensitivity analysis 

  The facility can be refinanced 

rates 

and/or repaid. Interest rate swaps 
can be entered into to convert the 
floating interest rate to a fixed 
interest rate as required. 

  Term deposits at fixed rates 

  Sensitivity analysis 

  Vary length of term deposits, 

utilize interest bearing accounts 
and periodically review interest 
rates available to ensure we earn 
interest at market rates. 

Market risk – price risk 

  Long-term borrowings 

  Sensitivity analysis 

  Forecasts of net sales of the 

Credit risk 

  Cash and cash equivalents, and 

trade and other receivables 

  Aging analysis 
Credit ratings 

product underlying the 
NovaQuest borrowing 
arrangement are updated on a 
quarterly basis to evaluate the 
impact on the carrying amount of 
the financial liability.  

  Only transact with the best risk 
rated banks available in each 
region giving consideration to 
the products required. 

Liquidity risk 

  Cash and cash equivalents 

  Rolling cash flow forecasts 

  Future cash flows requirements 

Borrowings 

182 

are forecasted and capital raising 
strategies are planned to ensure 
sufficient cash balances are 
maintained to meet the Group’s 
future commitments. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
a.  Market risk 

(i) Currency risk 

The Group has foreign currency amounts owing primarily in the Group’s Australian based entity, whose functional currency is 
the A$ relating to clinical, regulatory and overhead activities. The Group also has foreign currency amounts owing in the Group’s Swiss 
and Singapore based entities, whose functional currencies are the US$. The Group also has foreign currency amounts owing in various 
other non-US$ currencies in A$ and US$ functional currency entities in the Group relating to clinical, regulatory and overhead activities. 
These foreign currency balances give rise to a currency risk, which is the risk of the exchange rate moving, in either direction, and the 
impact it may have on the Group’s financial performance.  

Currency risk is minimized by ensuring the proportion of cash reserves held in each currency matches the expected rate of spend 

of each currency. 

As of June 30, 2019, the Group held 97% of its cash in USD, and 3% in AUD. As of June 30, 2018 the Group held 92% of its 

cash in USD, and 8% in AUD. 

The balances held at the end of the year that give rise to currency risk exposure are presented in USD in the following table, 
together with a sensitivity analysis which assesses the impact that a change of +/-20% in the exchange rate as of June 30, 2019 and June 
30, 2018 would have had on the Group’s reported net profits/(losses) and/or equity balance. 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
As of June 30, 2019 
Bank accounts - USD 
Bank accounts - CHF 
Bank accounts - SGD 
Bank accounts - EUR 
Trade and other receivables - SGD 
Trade and other receivables - CHF 
Trade and other receivables - EUR 
Trade payables and accruals - USD 
Trade payables and accruals - AUD 
Trade payables and accruals - SGD 
Trade payables and accruals - GBP 
Trade payables and accruals - EUR 
Trade payables and accruals - CHF 
Provisions - SGD 

Foreign 
currency 
balance held 

+20% 

-20% 

Profit/(Loss) 
USD 

Profit/(Loss) 
USD 

USD 383   $ 
CHF 49   $ 
SGD 83   $ 
EUR 4   $ 
SGD 30   $ 
CHF 2   $ 
EUR 8   $ 
(USD 490)   $ 
(AUD 280)   $ 
(SGD 193)   $ 
(GBP 30)   $ 
(EUR 86)   $ 
(CHF 55)   $ 
(SGD 70)   $ 
    $ 

77     $ 
10     $ 
12     $ 
1     $ 
4     $ 
0     $ 
2     $ 
(98 )   $ 
(39 )   $ 
(28 )   $ 
(8 )   $ 
(19 )   $ 
(11 )   $ 
(10 )   $ 
(107 )   $ 

(77 ) 
(10 ) 
(12 ) 
(1 ) 
(4 ) 
(0 ) 
(2 ) 
98   
39   
28   
8   
19   
11   
10   
107   

183 

 
 
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
As of June 30, 2018 
Bank accounts - USD 
Bank accounts - CHF 
Bank accounts - SGD 
Bank accounts - EUR 
Trade and other receivables - SGD 
Trade and other receivables - USD 
Trade and other receivables - CHF 
Trade and other receivables - EUR 
Trade payables and accruals - USD 
Trade payables and accruals - AUD 
Trade payables and accruals - SGD 
Trade payables and accruals - GBP 
Trade payables and accruals - EUR 
Trade payables and accruals - CHF 
Trade payables and accruals - SEK 
Provisions - SGD 
Provisions - CHF 

Foreign 
currency 
balance held 

+20% 

-20% 

Profit/(Loss) 
USD 

Profit/(Loss) 
USD 

USD 81   $ 
CHF 157   $ 
SGD 178   $ 
EUR 2   $ 
SGD 29   $ 
   USD 10,000   $ 
CHF 6   $ 
EUR 4,750   $ 
   (USD 1,797)   $ 
(AUD 446)   $ 
(SGD 176)   $ 
(GBP 52)   $ 
(EUR 1)   $ 
(CHF 50)   $ 
(SEK 118)   $ 
(SGD 74)   $ 
(CHF 2)   $ 
    $ 

(14 )   $ 
31     $ 
49     $ 
0     $ 
8     $ 
(1,667 )   $ 
1     $ 
815     $ 
300     $ 
(121 )   $ 
(48 )   $ 
(0 )   $ 
(0 )   $ 
(10 )   $ 
2     $ 
(20 )   $ 
(0 )   $ 
(674 )   $ 

20   
(31 ) 
(49 ) 
(0 ) 
(8 ) 
2,500   
(1 ) 
(815 ) 
(449 ) 
121   
48   
(2 ) 
0   
10   
(3 ) 
20   
0   
1,361   

184 

 
 
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
(ii) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk 

The Group’s main interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings with a floating interest rate, which exposes the Group to 
cash flow interest rate risk. As interest rates fluctuate, the amount of interest payable on financing where the interest rate is not fixed 
will also fluctuate. This interest rate risk can be managed by interest rate swaps which can be entered into to convert the floating interest 
rate to a fixed interest rate as required. Additionally, the Group can repay its loan facility at its discretion and can also refinance if the 
terms are suitable in the marketplace or from the existing lender.   

We completed a cost benefit analysis of entering an interest rate swap arrangement in the period. The Group did not enter into any 

interest rate swaps during the year ended June 30, 2019.  

The exposure of the Group’s borrowing to interest rate changes are as follows: 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands, except percent data) 

Total 

% of total 
loans 

Total 

% of total 
loans 

As of 
June 30, 2019 

As of 
June 30, 2018 

Financial liabilities 
Current borrowings 
Variable rate borrowings - Hercules 
Non-current borrowings 
Variable rate borrowings - Hercules 

13,607        

17 %      

—        

0 % 

34,619        
48,226        

43 %      
60 %      

31,966        
31,966        

54 % 
54 % 

An analysis by maturities is provided in Note 10(c) below. The percentage of total loans shows the proportion of loans that are 

currently at variable rates in relation to the total amount of borrowings.   

The borrowings which expose the Group to interest rate risk are described in the table below, together with the maximum and 
minimum interest rates being earned as of June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018.  The effect on profit is shown if interest rates change by 
5%, in either direction, is as follows: 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands, except percent data) 
Borrowings - USD 
Rate increase by 5% 
Rate decrease by 5% 

As of 
June 30, 2019 
   High 

Low 
10.45 %     
10.97 %     
9.93 %     

   USD 
10.45 %    48,226(1)       
261       
10.97 %     
(261 )     
9.93 %     

As of 
June 30, 2018 
   High 

USD 

Low 

9.95 %      
10.45 %      
9.45 %      

9.95 %     31,966(1)   
159   
10.45 %      
(159 ) 
9.45 %      

(1)  Effect on profit/loss of interest rate changes is based on the loan principal amount of $50.0 million as of June 30, 2019, and loan 

principal amount of $35.0 million as of June 30, 2018, with principal payments commencing in October 2019.  

The Group is also exposed to interest rate movements which impacts interest income earned on its deposits and at call accounts. 
The  interest  income  derived  from  these  balances  can  fluctuate  due  to  interest  rate  changes.  This  interest  rate  risk  is  managed  by 
periodically reviewing interest rates available for suitable interest bearing accounts to ensure we earn interest at market rates. The Group 
ensures that sufficient funds are available, in at call accounts, to meet the working capital requirements of the Group. 

185 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
     
         
    
    
         
    
     
         
    
    
         
    
     
     
         
    
    
         
    
     
  
     
 
 
 
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
 
 
The deposits held which derive interest revenue are described in the table below, together with the maximum and minimum interest 
rates being earned as of June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018. The effect on profit is shown if interest rates change by 10%, in either direction, 
is as follows: 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands, except percent data) 
Funds invested - USD 
Rate increase by 10% 
Rate decrease by 10% 

AUD 
Funds invested - AUD 
Rate increase by 10% 
Rate decrease by 10% 

(iii) Price risk 

As of 
June 30, 2019 
   High 

Low 

1.76 %     
1.94 %     
1.58 %     

   USD 
1.76 %      46,051       
81       
1.94 %     
(81 )     
1.58 %     

As of 
June 30, 2018 
   High 

Low 

0.80 %     
0.88 %     
0.72 %     

0.80 %     
0.88 %     
0.72 %     

USD 

99   
0   
0   

Low 

   High 

   AUD 

Low 

   High 

AUD 

2.23 %     
2.45 %     
2.01 %     

2.23 %     
2.45 %     
2.01 %     

600       
1       
(1 )     

2.72 %     
2.99 %     
2.45 %     

2.72 %     
2.99 %     
2.45 %     

600   
2   
(2 ) 

Price risk is the risk that future cash flows derived from financial instruments will be altered as a result of a market price movement, 
which is defined as movements other than foreign currency rates and interest rates. The Group is exposed to price risk which arises from 
long-term borrowings under its facility with NovaQuest, where the timing and amounts of principal and interest payments is dependent 
on net sales of product candidate MSC-100-IV for the treatment of aGVHD in pediatric patients in the United States and other territories 
excluding Asia. As net sales of MSC-100-IV for the treatment of aGVHD in pediatric patients in these territories increase/decrease, the 
timing and amount of principal and interest payments relating to the financing arrangement will also fluctuate, resulting in an adjustment 
to the carrying amount of financial liability. The adjustment is recognized in the Income Statement as remeasurement of borrowing 
arrangements within other operating income and expenses in the period the revision is made.       

The exposure of the Group’s borrowing to price rate changes are as follows: 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands, except percent data) 

Total 

% of total 
loans 

Total 

% of total 
loans 

As of 
June 30, 2019 

As of 
June 30, 2018 

Financial liabilities 
Current borrowings 
Borrowings - NovaQuest 
Non-current borrowings 
Borrowings - NovaQuest 

400        

0 %      

—        

0 % 

32,660        
33,060   

40 %      
40 %      

27,431        
27,431   

46 % 
46 % 

As at June 30, 2019, all other factors held constant, a 20% increase in the forecast net sales of MSC-100-IV for the treatment of 
aGVHD in pediatric patients in the United States and other territories excluding Asia would increase non-current borrowing and decrease 
profit by $3.5 million, whereas a 20% decrease in the net sales of MSC-100-IV for the treatment of aGVHD in pediatric patients in the 
United States and other territories excluding Asia would decrease non-current borrowings and increase profit by $1.6 million.       

The Group does not consider it has any exposure to price risk other than those already described above.  

186 

 
 
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
        
    
    
    
    
    
  
      
  
      
         
        
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
     
         
    
    
         
    
     
         
    
    
         
    
     
     
         
    
    
         
    
     
  
     
    
    
 
b.  Credit risk 

Credit risk is the risk that one party to a financial instrument will fail to discharge its obligation and cause financial loss to the 

other party. The Group does not generally have trade receivables. The Group’s receivables are tabled below. 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Deposits at call (Note 5(a)) - minimum A rated 
Cash at bank (Note 5(a)) - minimum A rated 
Trade and other receivables 
Receivable from other parties (non-rated) 
Receivable from the Australian Government (Income Tax) 
Receivable from the Australian Government (Foreign Withholding Tax)      
Receivable from minimum A rated bank deposits (interest) 
Receivable from the Australian Government (Goods and Services Tax) 
Receivable from the United States Government (Income Tax) 
Receivable from the Swiss Government (Value-Added Tax) 
Other non-current assets 
Receivable from the United States Government (U.S. tax 
   credits) 

As of June 30, 

2019 

2018 

421       
50,005       

542     
37,221     

1,740       
1,511       
400       
252       
84       
71       
2       

45,745     
3,305     
400     
262     
48     
24     
6     

1,467       

1,473     

c. 

Liquidity risk 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to pay its debts as and when they fall due. Liquidity risk has been assessed 

in Note 1(i).  

All financial liabilities, excluding contingent consideration, held by the Group as of June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018 are non-
interest bearing and mature within 6 months. The total contractual cash flows associated with these liabilities equate to the carrying 
amount disclosed within the financial statements. 

As  of  June  30,  2019,  the  maturity  profile  of  the  anticipated  future  contractual  cash  flows  including  interest  in  relation  to  the 

Group’s borrowings, on an undiscounted basis and which, therefore differs from the carrying value, is as follows: 

 (in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Borrowings(1)(2) 

   Within 
1 year 

Between 
1-2 years       

Between 
2-5 years       

Over 
5 years 

Total 
contractual 
cash flows       

Carrying 
amount 

     (18,845 )       (29,790 )       (57,634 )      (34,728 )      (140,997 )       (81,286 ) 
     (18,845 )       (29,790 )       (57,634 )      (34,728 )      (140,997 )       (81,286 ) 

(1)  Contractual cash flows include payments of principal, interest and other charges. Interest is calculated based on debt held at June 

(2) 

30, 2019 without taking account drawdowns of further tranches. 
In relation to the contractual maturities of the NovaQuest borrowings, there is variability in the maturity profile of the anticipated 
future contractual cash flows given the timing and amount of payments are calculated based on our estimated net sales of pediatric 
aGVHD. 

11. Capital management 

The Group’s objective when managing capital is to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern, so that it can provide 
returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. See Note 5(a) for the cash reserves of the Group as at the end of the financial 
reporting period. 

187 

 
 
  
  
    
  
     
    
    
        
      
    
    
    
        
      
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
        
      
    
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
  
 
 
 
12. Interests in other entities 

The  Group’s  subsidiaries  as  of  June  30,  2019  and  2018  are  set  out  below.  Unless  otherwise  stated,  they  have  share  capital 
consisting solely of ordinary shares that are held directly by the Group, and the proportion of ownership interests held equals the voting 
rights held by the Group. The country of incorporation or registration is also their principal place of business, aside from BeiCell Ltd, 
which was incorporated on November 15, 2018 in the Cayman Islands however operates in Hong Kong. 

Country of 
incorporation 

Class of 
shares 

Equity holding 
As of June 30, 

2019 
% 

2018 
% 

Mesoblast, Inc. 
Mesoblast International Sàrl (includes Mesoblast 
   International Sàrl Singapore Branch) 
Mesoblast Australia Pty Ltd 
Mesoblast UK Ltd 
Mesoblast International (UK) Ltd 
BeiCell Ltd 

USA   

Ordinary      

Switzerland   
Australia   
   United Kingdom   
   United Kingdom   
   Cayman Islands   

Ordinary 
Ordinary      
Ordinary      
Ordinary      
Ordinary      

100   

100   

100   
100   
100   
100   

100   

100   

100   
100   
100   
N/A   

13. Contingent assets and liabilities 

a. 

Contingent assets 

The Group did not have any contingent assets outstanding as of June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018. 

b.  Contingent liabilities 

(i) Central Adelaide Local Health Network Incorporated (“CALHNI”) (formerly Medvet) 

The  Group  acquired  certain  intellectual  property  relating  to  our  MPCs,  or  Medvet  IP,  pursuant  to  an  Intellectual  Property 
Assignment Deed, or IP Deed, with Medvet Science Pty Ltd, or Medvet. Medvet’s rights under the IP Deed were transferred to Central 
Adelaide  Local  Health  Network  Incorporated,  or  CALHNI,  in  November  2011.  In  connection  with  its  use  of  the  Medvet  IP,  on 
completion of certain milestones the Group will be obligated to pay CALHNI, as successor in interest to Medvet, (i) certain aggregated 
milestone payments of up to $2.2 million and single-digit royalties on net sales of products covered by the Medvet IP, for cardiac muscle 
and blood vessel applications and bone and cartilage regeneration and repair applications, subject to minimum annual royalties beginning 
in the first year of commercial sale of those products and (ii) single-digit royalties on net sales of the specified products for applications 
outside the specified fields.  

(ii) Other contingent liabilities 

The Group has entered into a number of other agreements with other third parties pertaining to intellectual property. Contingent 
liabilities may arise in the future if certain events or developments occur in relation to these agreements. As of June 30, 2019 the Group 
has assessed these contingent liabilities to be remote and specific disclosure is not required. 

14. Commitments 

a. 

Capital commitments 

The Group did not have any commitments for future capital expenditure outstanding as of June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018. 

188 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
    
  
       
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
     
  
  
  
    
     
  
  
  
  
  
    
     
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
b. 

Lease commitments: Group as lessee 

The Group leases various offices under non-cancellable operating leases. The leases have varying terms, escalation clauses and 

renewal rights. On renewal, the terms of the leases are renegotiated. 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Operating leases 
Total commitments 

     Later than one       
year but no 
later than 
three years 

Later than 

three years 

but no later 
than five 
years 

   Later than 
five years 

Total 

   Within one 

year 

7,460        
7,460        

2,100        
2,100        

2,763        
2,763        

1,341        
1,341        

1,256   
1,256   

Lease commitments include amounts in  AUD and Singapore dollars  which have been translated to USD as of  June 30, 2019 

foreign exchange rates published by the Reserve Bank of Australia. 

c. 

Purchase commitments 

The Group did not have any purchase commitments as of June 30, 2019.  

15. Events occurring after the reporting period 

There were no other events that have occurred after June 30, 2019 and prior to the signing of this financial report that would likely 

have a material impact on the financial results presented. 

16. Related party transactions 

a. 

Parent entity 

The parent entity within the Group is Mesoblast Limited. 

b. 

Subsidiaries 

Details of interests in subsidiaries are disclosed in Note 12 to the financial statements. 

c.  Key management personnel compensation 

The aggregate compensation made to Directors and other members of key management personnel of the Group is set out below 

(in U.S. dollars) 
Short-term employee benefits 
Long-term employee benefits 
Post-employment benefits 
Share based payments 

Year Ended June 30, 
2019 

2018 

      2,723,902        2,577,166   
5,648   
66,539   
(60,858 ) 
      3,079,277        2,588,495   

12,074       
45,878       
297,423       

d. 

Transactions with other related parties 

Accounts receivable from revenues, accounts payable to expenses and loans from subsidiaries as at the end of the fiscal year have 

been eliminated on consolidation of the Group. 

e. 

Terms and conditions 

All other transactions were made on normal commercial terms and conditions and at market rates, except that there are no fixed 

terms for the repayment of loans between the parties. 

189 

 
 
  
       
         
         
    
          
  
  
       
         
          
  
  
       
         
    
     
          
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
     
     
  
  
Outstanding balances are unsecured and are repayable in cash. 

17. Share-based payments 

The Company has adopted an Employee Share Option Plan (“ESOP”) and a Loan Funded Share Plan (“LFSP”) (together, “the 
Plans”) to foster an ownership culture within the Company and to motivate senior management and consultants to achieve performance 
targets. Selected directors, employees and consultants may be eligible to participate in the Plans at the absolute discretion of the board 
of directors, and in the case of directors, upon approval by shareholders. Due to changes in the Australian taxation regime, the Company 
no longer issues new LFSP since July 1, 2015. 

Grant policy 

In accordance with the Company’s policy, options and loan funded shares are typically issued in three equal tranches. For issues 
granted prior to July 1, 2015 the length of time from grant date to expiry date was typically 5 years. Grants since July 1, 2015, are issued 
with a seven year term.  

Options issued to employees generally vest based on service or time conditions. In the year ended June 30, 2019, senior executives 
were issued options that vest based on performance conditions. For time based vesting options, the first tranche typically vests 12 months 
after grant date, the second tranche 24 months after grant date, and the third tranche 36 months after grant date. 

The exercise price is determined by reference to the Company policy which is generally the volume weighted market price of a 
share sold on the ASX on the 5 trading days immediately before the Board approval date. In the case of options that have time based 
vesting conditions, the board of directors adds a 10% premium. Options with performance based vesting conditions are issued with no 
premium. The board of directors’ policy is not to issue options at a discount to the market price. The same approach is used to determine 
the purchase price to acquire a loan-funded share for the purposes of the LFSP. 

The aggregate number of options which may be issued pursuant to the ESOP must not exceed 10,000,000 with respect to US 
incentive  stock options, and  with respect to Australian residents, the limit imposed under the Australian Securities and Investments 
Commission Class Order 14/1000. 

In addition, the LFSP which has not been issued since July 1, 2015, has the following characteristics: 

On grant date, the Company issues new equity (rather than purchasing shares on market), and the loan funded shares are placed 
in a trust which holds the shares on behalf of the employee. The trustee issues a limited recourse, interest free, loan to the employee 
which is equal to the number of shares multiplied by the price. A limited-recourse loan means that the repayment amount will be the 
lesser of the outstanding loan value (the loan value less any amounts that may have already been repaid) and the market value of the 
shares that are subject to the loan. The price is the amount the employee must pay for each loan funded share if exercised. 

The trustee continues to hold the shares on behalf of the employee until the employee chooses to settle the loan pertaining to the 

shares and all vesting conditions have been satisfied, at which point ownership of the shares is fully transferred to the employee. 

Any dividends paid by the Company, while the shares are held by the trustee, are applied as a repayment of the loan at the after-

tax value of the dividend. 

190 

 
a. 

Reconciliation of outstanding share based payments 

Series 

Grant Date 

Expiry Date 

Exercise 
Price 

Opening 
Balance 

Granted No. 
(during the 
year) 

Exercised No. 
(during the 
year) 

Lapsed/Forfeited* 
No. (during the 
year) 

Closing 
Balance 

Vested and 
exercisable 
No (end of 
year) 

7/12/2010 
7/12/2010 
9/07/2012 
4/09/2013 
1/01/2014 
12/12/2014 
5/09/2014 
5/09/2014 
9/10/2014 
25/11/2014 
25/03/2015 
25/03/2015 
25/03/2015 
25/03/2015 
25/03/2015 
6/01/2015 
12/05/2015 
10/07/2015 
26/08/2015 
27/04/2016 
27/04/2016 
31/10/2016 
30/06/2016 
6/12/2016 
6/12/2016 
13/01/2017 
28/06/2017 
16/09/2017 
16/09/2017 
13/10/2017 
13/10/2017 
24/11/2017 
24/11/2017 
18/06/2018 
11/07/2018 
18/07/2018 
15/07/2018 
30/11/2018 
19/01/2019 
19/01/2019 

INC 
INC 
17/LF3 
22/LF8 
25a (i&ii) 
25b 
27/LF12 
27/LF12 
28/LF13 
29 
30c(1) 
30d(1) 
30f(1) 
30h(1) 
30i(1) 
LF14 
31b 
32 
33 
34 
34a 
34b 
35 
36 
36a 
36b 
37 
38 
38a 
39 
39a 
40 
40a 
41 
42 
43 
44 
45 
46 
47 
June 30, 2019 
Weighted average share purchase price 

26,108     
26/10/2018   USD 0.305     
319,892     
26/10/2019   USD 0.340     
150,000     
8/07/2018    AUD 6.67     
225,000     
27/08/2018    AUD 6.26     
650,000     
31/12/2018    AUD 6.36     
31/10/2019    AUD 4.49     
50,000     
30/06/2019    AUD 4.71      2,045,000     
30/06/2019    AUD 4.71     
75,000     
8/10/2019    AUD 4.52     
240,000     
24/11/2019    AUD 4.00     
135,000     
20/01/2019    AUD 4.98     
300,000     
25/01/2019    AUD 4.98     
200,000     
25/01/2019    AUD 4.98     
400,000     
30/06/2019    AUD 4.69     
600,000     
30/06/2019    AUD 4.44     
150,000     
16/12/2019    AUD 4.66     
200,000     
16/02/2020    AUD 4.28     
30/06/2022    AUD 4.20      2,458,334     
75,000     
16/08/2022    AUD 4.05     
6/03/2023    AUD 2.80      3,380,000     
200,000     
200,000     
18/01/2021    AUD 2.20      1,500,000     
5/12/2023    AUD 1.31      1,885,000     
5/12/2023    AUD 1.19      4,400,000     
300,000     
12/01/2024    AUD 1.65     
300,000     
27/06/2024    AUD 2.23     
100,000     
15/09/2024    AUD 1.54     
15/09/2024    AUD 1.40     
150,000     
12/10/2024    AUD 1.94      2,215,000     
12/10/2024    AUD 1.76      1,900,000     
750,000     
23/11/2024    AUD 1.41     
23/11/2024    AUD 1.28     
750,000     
17/06/2025    AUD 1.52     
10/07/2025    AUD 1.56     
17/07/2025    AUD 1.87     
14/07/2025    AUD 1.72     
29/11/2025    AUD 1.33     
18/01/2026    AUD 1.45     
18/01/2026    AUD 1.45     

(26,108 )   
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—   
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—   
—     
—     
—     
—   
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
(75,000 ) 
—     
(212,000 )   
—     
—     
—     
—   
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—   
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
200,000     
—     
200,000     
—   
       5,970,000     
—     
300,000     
—     
590,000     
—     
5,000     
—     
150,000     
       26,329,334      7,415,000     
(313,108 )   
       AUD 2.68      AUD 1.79      AUD 1.16     

17/04/2023    AUD 2.74     
6/03/2023    AUD 2.80     

—     
319,892     
—     
—     
—     
50,000     

—   
319,892   
—   
—   
—   
50,000   

—     
—     
(150,000 )   
(225,000 )   
(650,000 )   
—     
(1,790,000 )   
(255,000)*     
—     

—     

75,000     

200,000     
200,000     

(135,000 )   
(300,000 )   
(200,000 )   
(400,000 )   
(600,000 )   
—     
—     

—     
75,000     
240,000     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
150,000     
200,000     

—   
75,000   
240,000   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
150,000   
200,000   
(150,000)*      2,308,334      2,308,334   
75,000   
(186,666)*      3,193,334      3,193,334   
—     
200,000   
200,000   
—     
—      1,500,000      1,500,000   
(140,000)*      1,670,000      1,116,666   
—      4,188,000      3,000,502   
300,000   
—     
100,000   
(150,000)*     
33,334   
—     
150,000   
—     
668,330   
—      1,900,000      1,300,000   
250,000   
—     
—     
—   
66,667   
—     
—   
—     
—   
—   
—   
—   
75,000   
(5,693,333 )    27,737,893      15,572,059   
AUD 4.58      AUD 2.06      AUD 2.35   

750,000     
750,000     
200,000     
200,000     
(125,000)*      5,845,000     
300,000     
590,000     
5,000     
150,000     

300,000     
150,000     
100,000     
150,000     
(236,667)*      1,978,333     

—     
—     
—     
—     

(1) 

30a to 30i were granted as remuneration for the repurchase and cancellation of 2,985,000 LFSP during the year ended 30 June 
2015 (see Note 17(b)). 

191 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
    
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
    
  
 
 
Exercised No. 
(during the 
year) 
(127,956 )   
(127,956 )   
—     

Lapsed/Forfeited* 
No. (during the 
year) 

Vested and 
exercisable 
No (end of 
year) 

Closing 
Balance 

—     
—     
—     

26,108     
319,892     
150,000     

26,108   
319,892   
150,000   

Series 

Grant Date 

Expiry Date 

Exercise 
Price 

Opening 
Balance 

Granted No. 
(during the 
year) 

—     
—     
—     

50,000     
425,000     

INC 
INC 
17/LF3 

26/10/2018   USD 0.305     
26/10/2019   USD 0.340     
8/07/2018    AUD 6.69     

154,064     
447,848     
150,000     

7/12/2010 
7/12/2010 
9/07/2012 
25/01/2013-
29/01/2013 
24/05/2013 
24/05/2013 
3/09/2013 
4/09/2013 
1/01/2014 
12/12/2014 
5/09/2014 
25/08/2014 
9/10/2014 
25/11/2014 
25/03/2015 
25/03/2015 
25/03/2015 
25/03/2015 
25/03/2015 
25/03/2015 
25/03/2015 
25/03/2015 
25/03/2015 
25/03/2015 
6/01/2015 
12/05/2015 
10/07/2015 
26/08/2015 
27/04/2016 
27/04/2016 
31/10/2016 
30/06/2016 
6/12/2016 
6/12/2016 
13/01/2017 
28/06/2017 
16/09/2017 
16/09/2017 
13/10/2017 
13/10/2017 
24/11/2017 
24/11/2017 

19/LF5 
20/LF6 
20/LF6 
21/LF7 
22/LF8 
25a (i&ii) 
25b 
27/LF12 
27(iv) 
28/LF13 
29 
30a 
30b 
30c 
30d 
30e 
30f 
30g 
30h 
30i 
30j 
LF14 
31b 
32 
33 
34 
34a 
34b 
35 
36 
36a 
36b 
37 
38 
38a 
39 
39a 
40 
40a 
June 30, 2018 
Weighted average share purchase price 

24/01/2018-
—     
—     
28/01/2018    AUD 6.29     
—     
—     
23/05/2018    AUD 6.36     
—   
—     
23/05/2018    AUD 6.36     
—     
—     
30/06/2018    AUD 5.92      1,865,000     
—     
—     
225,000     
27/08/2018    AUD 6.28     
—     
—     
650,000     
31/12/2018    AUD 6.38     
—     
—     
31/10/2019    AUD 4.51     
50,000     
—   
—     
30/06/2019    AUD 4.71      2,070,000     
—   
—     
75,000     
24/08/2019    AUD 4.67     
—   
—     
85,000     
8/10/2019    AUD 4.54     
—     
—     
240,000     
24/11/2019    AUD 4.02     
—     
—     
650,000     
30/06/2018    AUD 5.00     
—     
—     
235,000     
25/01/2018    AUD 5.00     
—     
—     
135,000     
25/01/2019    AUD 5.00     
—     
—     
300,000     
30/06/2019    AUD 5.00     
—     
—     
165,000     
23/07/2019    AUD 5.00     
—     
—     
200,000     
23/07/2019    AUD 5.00     
—   
—     
300,000     
20/01/2019    AUD 4.71     
—     
—     
400,000     
25/01/2018    AUD 4.71     
—     
—     
600,000     
25/01/2019    AUD 4.46     
—   
—     
150,000     
30/06/2019    AUD 4.71     
—     
—     
150,000     
16/12/2019    AUD 4.66     
—     
—     
200,000     
16/02/2020    AUD 4.30     
—   
—     
30/06/2022    AUD 4.22      2,620,000     
—   
—     
91,667     
16/08/2022    AUD 4.07     
—   
—     
6/03/2023    AUD 2.82      3,621,667     
—     
—     
200,000     
—     
—     
200,000     
—     
—     
30/06/2019    AUD 2.20      1,500,000     
(33,333 ) 
—     
5/12/2023    AUD 1.33      2,045,000     
—     
—     
5/12/2023    AUD 1.21      4,400,000     
—   
—     
450,000     
—     
300,000     
—     
—     
100,000     
—     
—     
—     
150,000     
—   
—      2,310,000     
—   
—      2,000,000     
—     
750,000     
—     
—     
750,000     
—     
       25,100,246      6,360,000     
(289,245 )   
       AUD 3.35      AUD 1.74      AUD 0.52     

12/01/2024    AUD 1.67     
27/06/2024    AUD 2.23     
15/09/2024    AUD 1.54     
15/09/2024    AUD 1.40     
12/10/2024    AUD 1.94     
12/10/2024    AUD 1.76     
23/11/2024    AUD 1.41     
23/11/2024    AUD 1.28     

17/04/2023    AUD 2.76     
6/03/2023    AUD 2.82     

—     

—     

—   

—   

(50,000 )   
(325,000 )   
(100,000)*     
(1,615,000 )   
—     
—     
—     

225,000     
650,000     
50,000     

—     
75,000     
240,000     
—     
—     
135,000     
300,000     
—     
200,000     
—     
400,000     
600,000     
—     
150,000     
200,000     

225,000   
650,000   
50,000   
(25,000)*      2,045,000      2,045,000   
(75,000)*     
—   
75,000   
(10,000)*     
240,000   
—     
—   
(650,000 )   
(235,000 )   
—   
135,000   
—     
300,000   
—     
(165,000 )   
—   
200,000   
—     
(300,000)*     
—   
400,000   
—     
600,000   
—     
(150,000)*     
—   
150,000   
—     
200,000   
—     
(161,666)*      2,458,334      1,683,336   
(16,667)*     
50,000   
(241,667)*      3,380,000      2,299,982   
—     
133,334   
200,000   
—     
—      1,500,000      1,500,000   
611,666   
—      4,400,000      1,495,002   
300,000   
100,000   
—   
—   
—   
200,000   
—   
—   
(4,841,667 )    26,329,334      14,339,320   
AUD 4.97      AUD 2.68      AUD 3.39   

300,000     
300,000     
100,000     
150,000     
(95,000)*      2,215,000     
(100,000)*      1,900,000     
750,000     
750,000     

(150,000)*     
—     
—     
—     

(126,667)*      1,885,000     

200,000     
200,000     

—     
—     

75,000     

(1) 

30a to 30i were granted as remuneration for the repurchase and cancellation of 2,985,000 LFSP during the year ended 30 June 
2015 (see Note 17(b)). 

192 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
    
      
      
    
  
    
  
 
7/12/2010 
7/12/2010 
7/12/2010 
7/12/2010 
24/02/2012 
24/02/2012 
9/07/2012 
21/09/2012-
29/10/2012 
21/09/2012-
29/10/2012 
25/01/2013-
29/01/2013 
24/05/2013 
3/09/2013 
4/09/2013 
26/11/2013 
17/12/2013 
1/01/2014 
12/12/2014 
1/07/2014 
24/07/2014 
5/09/2014 
4/08/2014 
25/08/2014 
9/10/2014 
25/11/2014 
25/03/2015 
25/03/2015 
25/03/2015 
25/03/2015 
25/03/2015 
25/03/2015 
25/03/2015 
25/03/2015 
25/03/2015 
25/03/2015 
6/01/2015 
27/04/2015 
12/05/2015 
10/07/2015 
26/08/2015 
27/04/2016 
27/04/2016 
31/10/2016 
30/06/2016 
6/12/2016 
6/12/2016 
13/01/2017 

Series 

Grant Date 

Expiry Date 

Exercise 
Price 

Opening 
Balance 

Granted No. 
(during the 
year) 

Exercised No. 
(during the 
year) 

Lapsed/Forfeited* 
No. (during the 
year) 

Closing 
Balance 

INC 
INC 
INC 
INC 
16/LF2 
16/LF2 
17/LF3 

18/LF4 

18/LF4 

26/10/2018   USD 0.305     
26/10/2019   USD 0.340     
25/04/2017   USD 0.444     
2/05/2017   USD 0.444     
23/02/2017   USD 8.480     
23/02/2017    AUD 8.48     
8/07/2018    AUD 6.69     

154,064     
447,848     
127,956     
127,956     
340,000     

250,000     

30/06/2017    AUD 6.70      1,948,333     

Vested and 
exercisable 
No (end of 
year) 
154,064   
447,848   
—   
—   
—   
—   
150,000   

—     
—     
(127,956 )   
(127,956 )   
—     
—   
—   

—     
—     
—     
—     
(170,000 )   
(170,000)*     
(100,000)*     

154,064     
447,848     
—     
—     

150,000     

—     

(1,673,333 )   

—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     

—     

—     

—   

(275,000)*     

—     

—   

19/LF5 
20/LF6 
21/LF7 
22/LF8 
23a 
24 
25a (i&ii) 
25b 
25 
26/LF11 
27/LF12 
27(ii) 
27(iv) 
28/LF13 
29 
30a 
30b 
30c 
30d 
30e 
30f 
30g 
30h 
30i 
30j 
LF14 
31a 
31b 
32 
33 
34 
34a 
34b 
35 
36 
36a 
36b 
June 30, 2017 
Weighted average share purchase price 

30/06/2017    AUD 6.70     
24/01/2018-
28/01/2018    AUD 6.29     
100,000     
595,000     
23/05/2018    AUD 6.36     
30/06/2018    AUD 5.92      2,430,000     
225,000     
27/08/2018    AUD 6.28     
33,333     
10/10/2018    AUD 6.20     
25,000     
16/12/2018    AUD 6.25     
650,000     
31/12/2018    AUD 6.38     
50,000     
31/10/2019    AUD 4.51     
10,000     
6/04/2019    AUD 5.80     
23/07/2019    AUD 4.71     
125,000     
30/06/2019    AUD 4.71      2,865,000     
50,000     
3/08/2019    AUD 4.60     
75,000     
24/08/2019    AUD 4.67     
235,000     
8/10/2019    AUD 4.54     
240,000     
24/11/2019    AUD 4.02     
650,000     
30/06/2018    AUD 5.00     
235,000     
25/01/2018    AUD 5.00     
135,000     
25/01/2019    AUD 5.00     
300,000     
30/06/2019    AUD 5.00     
165,000     
23/07/2019    AUD 5.00     
200,000     
23/07/2019    AUD 5.00     
300,000     
20/01/2019    AUD 4.71     
400,000     
25/01/2018    AUD 4.71     
600,000     
25/01/2019    AUD 4.46     
150,000     
30/06/2019    AUD 4.71     
150,000     
16/12/2019    AUD 4.66     
20,000     
16/02/2020    AUD 4.73     
16/02/2020    AUD 4.30     
200,000     
30/06/2022    AUD 4.22      3,840,000     
125,000     
16/08/2022    AUD 4.07     
6/03/2023    AUD 2.82      5,140,000     
200,000     
—     
30/06/2019    AUD 2.22      1,500,000     

—     
—   
—     
—   
—     
—   
—     
—     
—     
—   
—     
—   
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—   
—     
—   
—     
—   
—     
—   
—     
—     
—     
—   
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—   
—     
—     
—     
—   
—     
—   
—     
(16,667 ) 
—     
—     
200,000     
—     
—     
—     
—      2,095,000     
—   
—      4,400,000     
—     
450,000     
—     
—     
(272,579 )   
       25,414,490      7,145,000     
       AUD 4.39      AUD 1.32      AUD 0.72     

5/12/2023    AUD 1.33     
5/12/2023    AUD 1.21     
12/01/2024    AUD 1.67     

17/04/2023    AUD 2.76     
6/03/2023    AUD 2.82     

50,000     
425,000     

225,000     
—     
—     
650,000     
50,000     
—     
—     

(50,000)*     
50,000   
425,000   
(170,000)*     
(565,000)*      1,865,000      1,865,000   
225,000   
—   
—   
650,000   
33,334   
—   

—     
75,000     
85,000     
240,000     
650,000     
235,000     
135,000     
300,000     
165,000     
200,000     
300,000     
400,000     
600,000     
150,000     
150,000     
—     
200,000     
(1,220,000)*      2,620,000     
91,667     

—     
(33,333)*     
(25,000)*     
—     
—     
(10,000)*     
(125,000)*     
(795,000)*      2,070,000      1,380,004   
(50,000)*     
—   
50,000   
—     
56,666   
(150,000)*     
160,002   
—     
650,000   
—     
235,000   
—     
135,000   
—     
300,000   
—     
165,000   
—     
200,000   
—     
200,000   
—     
266,668   
—     
600,000   
—     
100,000   
—     
100,000   
—     
(20,000)*     
—   
200,000   
—     
873,334   
41,667   
(1,501,666)*      3,621,667      1,218,324   
66,667   
200,000   
—   
—   
816,667   
150,000   
(1,843,333 )    25,100,246      12,165,245   
AUD 5.10      AUD 3.35      AUD 4.36   

200,000     
—     
200,000     
—     
—      1,500,000     
(50,000)*      2,045,000     
—      4,400,000     
450,000     
—     

(33,333)*     

(1) 

30a to 30i were granted as remuneration for the repurchase and cancellation of 2,985,000 LFSP during the year ended 30 June 
2015 (see Note 17(b)). 

193 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
      
      
      
    
      
    
  
    
  
 
 
 
The weighted average share price at the date of exercise of options exercised during the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 
were AUD 2.06, AUD 1.46 and AUD 3.28 respectively. The weighted average remaining contractual life of share options and loan 
funded shares outstanding as of June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were 4.53 years, 4.24 years and 4.09 years, respectively. 

b. 

Existing share-based payment arrangements 

General terms and conditions attached to share based payments 

Share options pursuant to the employee share option plan and shares pursuant to loan funded share plan are generally granted in 
three equal tranches. For issues granted prior to July 1, 2015 the length of time from grant date to expiry date was typically 5 years.  
Grants since July 1, 2015, are issued with a seven year term. Vesting occurs either based on achievement of performance conditions or 
progressively over the life of the option/share with the first tranche vesting one year from grant date, the second tranche two years from 
grant date, and the third tranche three years from grant date. On cessation of employment the Company’s board of directors determines 
if a leaver is a bad leaver or not. If a participant is deemed a bad leaver, all rights, entitlements and interests in any unexercised options 
or shares (pursuant to the loan funded share plan) held by the participant will be forfeited and will lapse immediately. If a leaver is not 
a bad leaver they may retain vested options and shares (pursuant to the loan funded share plan), however, they must be exercised within 
60 days of cessation of employment (or within a longer period if so determined by the Company’s board of directors), after which time 
they will lapse. Unvested options will normally be forfeited and lapse.  

This policy applies to all issues shown in the above table with the exception of the following: 

25a(i&ii) 

INC. 

31b 

35 

36 (a&b) 

38a & 40a 

39a 

  Options were granted in two equal tranches and vested on the date that the option holder had direct involvement (to 
the  reasonable  satisfaction  of  the  Company’s  board  of  directors)  in  the  Company  achieving  certain  confidential 
commercial objectives. 

  As part of the acquisition of Mesoblast, Inc., Mesoblast, Inc. options were converted to options of the Company at a 
conversion  ratio  of  63.978.  The  Mesoblast,  Inc.  option  exercise  price  per  option  was  adjusted  using  the  same 
conversion  ratio.  All  options  vested  on  acquisition  date  (December  7,  2010),  and  will  expire  according  to  their 
original  expiry  dates  (with  the  exception  of  options  held  by  directors  which  were  limited  to  an  expiry  date  not 
exceeding four years from acquisition).  

  Options were granted in two equal tranches and will vest on the date that the option holder has direct involvement 
(to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company’s board of directors) in the Company achieving certain confidential 
commercial objectives. 

Incentive rights granted pursuant to the Equity Facility Agreement with Kentgrove Capital, dated June 30, 2016, had 
fully vested on the agreement date and will expire thirty six months after the date of the issue of the incentive right.   

  Options  were  granted  in  two  or  three  equal  tranches  and  will  vest  on  the  date  that  the  option  holder  has  direct 
involvement (to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company’s board of directors) in the Company achieving certain 
confidential commercial objectives. 

Options were granted in one tranche and will vest on the date that the option holder has direct involvement (to the 
reasonable  satisfaction  of  the  Company’s  board  of  directors)  in  the  Company  achieving  certain  confidential 
commercial objectives. 

Options  were  granted  in  one  or  two  equal  tranches  and  will  vest  on  the  date  that  the  option  holder  has  direct 
involvement (to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company’s board of directors) in the Company achieving certain 
confidential commercial objectives. 

194 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Modifications to share-based payment arrangements 

During the year ended June 30, 2015, the Company repurchased an aggregate amount of $13.9 million (AUD 17.7 million) of 
loans under LFSP and correspondingly cancelled 2,985,000 of the Company’s ordinary shares held in trust for certain employees of the 
Company. As remuneration for the repurchase of loans and cancellation of these ordinary shares under LFSP, the Company granted 
options to purchase 2,985,000 of the Company’s ordinary shares at exercise prices ranging from AUD 4.44 to AUD 4.98 under ESOP 
30a to 30i. As of March 25, 2015 (the “modification date”), the total incremental fair value granted as a result of these modifications 
was $0.6 million. During the year ended June 30, 2018, as a result of a fully underwritten institutional and retail entitlement offer to 
existing eligible shareholders (on a 1 for 12 basis) in September 2017, the exercise price of all outstanding options at the time  was 
reduced by A$0.02 per option subject to the ESOP plan under clause 7.3. There were no modifications made to share-based payment 
arrangements during the year ended June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2019. 

c. 

Fair values of share based payments 

The weighted average fair value of share options granted during the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were AUD 0.95, 

AUD 0.61 and AUD 1.46, respectively. 

The fair value of all shared-based payments made has been calculated using the Black-Scholes model. This model requires the 

following inputs: 

Share price at acceptance date 

The share price used in valuation is the share price at the date at which the entity and the employee agree to a share-based payment 
arrangement, being when the entity and the employee have a shared understanding of the terms and conditions of the arrangement. This 
price is generally the volume weighted average share price for the five trading days leading up to the date. 

Exercise price 

The exercise price is a known value that is contained in the agreements. 

Share price volatility 

The model requires the Company’s share price volatility to be measured. In estimating the expected volatility of the underlying 
shares our objective is to approximate the expectations that would be reflected in a current market or negotiated exchange price for the 
option or loan funded share. Historical volatility data is considered in determining expected future volatility. 

Life of the option/share 

The life is generally the time period from grant date through to expiry. Certain assumptions have been made regarding “early 
exercise” i.e. options exercised ahead of the expiry date, with respect to option series 14 and later. These assumptions have been based 
on historical trends for option exercises within the Company and take into consideration exercise trends that are also evident as a result 
of local taxation laws. 

Dividend yield 

The Company has yet to pay a dividend so it has been assumed the dividend yield on the shares underlying the options will be 

0%. 

195 

 
Risk free interest rate 

This has been sourced from the Reserve Bank of Australia historical interest rate tables for government bonds. 

Model inputs 

The model inputs for the valuations of options approved and granted during the year ended June 30, 2019 are as follows: 

Series 
41 
42 
43 
44 
45 
46 
47 

Financial 
year of 
grant 
2019 
2019 
2019 
2019 
2019 
2019 
2019 

Exercise/Loan 
price per share 
AUD 
1.52 
1.56 
1.87 
1.72 
1.33 
1.45 
1.45 

Share price at 
acceptance date 
AUD 
1.52 
1.56 
1.70 
1.59 
1.33 
1.33 
1.33 

Expected share 
price volatility       

52.31% 
52.40% 
52.78% 
54.40% 
54.11% 
53.92% 
53.95% 

Life(1) 
5.8 yrs 
6.1 yrs 
5.9 yrs 
5.6 yrs 
6.1 yrs 
5.8 yrs 
5.8 yrs 

   Dividend yield    
0% 
0% 
0% 
0% 
0% 
0% 
0% 

Risk-free 
interest rate 
2.16% 
2.36% 
2.27% 
1.91% 
2.01% 
1.14% 
1.19% 

(1)  Expected life after factoring likely early exercise. 

The closing share market price of an ordinary share of Mesoblast Limited on the ASX as of June 30, 2019 was AUD 1.48. 

The model inputs for the valuations of options approved and granted during the year ended June 30, 2018 are as follows: 

Series 
37 
38 
38a 
39 
39a 
40 
40a 

Financial 
year of 
grant 
2018 
2018 
2018 
2018 
2018 
2018 
2018 

Exercise/Loan 
price per share 
AUD 
2.23 
1.54 
1.40 
1.94 
1.76 
1.41 
1.28 

Share price at 
acceptance date 
AUD 
2.02 
1.37 
1.37 
1.34 
1.34 
1.32 
1.32 

Expected share 
price volatility       

52.21% 
52.04% 
52.56% 
52.49% 
52.49% 
52.35% 
52.35% 

Life(1) 
5.8 yrs 
5.8 yrs 
5.8 yrs 
5.9 yrs 
5.9 yrs 
5.8 yrs 
5.8 yrs 

   Dividend yield    
0% 
0% 
0% 
0% 
0% 
0% 
0% 

Risk-free 
interest rate 
2.22% 
2.41% 
2.27% 
2.16% 
2.16% 
2.43% 
2.43% 

(1)  Expected life after factoring likely early exercise. 

The closing share market price of an ordinary share of Mesoblast Limited on the ASX as of June 30, 2018 was AUD 2.08. 

The model inputs for the valuations of options approved and granted during the year ended June 30, 2017 are as follows: 

Series 
34b 
36 
36a 
36b 

Financial 
year of 
grant 
2017 
2017 
2017 
2017 

Exercise/Loan 
price per share 
AUD 
2.82 
1.33 
1.21 
1.67 

Share price at 
acceptance date 
AUD 
1.24 
2.32 
2.32 
2.32 

Expected share 
price volatility       

51.13% 
51.63% 
51.63% 
51.63% 

Life(1) 
4.6 yrs 
5.5 yrs 
5.5 yrs 
5.6 yrs 

   Dividend yield    
0% 
0% 
0% 
0% 

Risk-free 
interest rate 
2.16% 
2.15% 
2.15% 
2.15% 

(1)  Expected life after factoring likely early exercise. 

The closing share market price of an ordinary share of Mesoblast Limited on the ASX as of June 30, 2017 was AUD 1.08. 

196 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
       
    
    
  
    
  
  
     
       
    
    
  
    
  
  
     
       
    
    
  
    
  
  
     
       
    
    
  
    
  
  
     
       
    
    
  
    
  
  
     
       
    
    
  
    
  
  
     
       
    
    
  
    
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
       
    
    
  
    
  
  
     
       
    
    
  
    
  
  
     
       
    
    
  
    
  
  
     
       
    
    
  
    
  
  
     
       
    
    
  
    
  
  
     
       
    
    
  
    
  
  
     
       
    
    
  
    
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
       
    
    
  
    
  
  
     
       
    
    
  
    
  
  
     
       
    
    
  
    
  
  
     
       
    
    
  
    
  
 
 
18. Remuneration of auditors 

During  the  year  the  following  fees  were  paid  or  payable  for  services  provided  by  the  auditor  of  the  parent  entity,  its  related 

practices and non-related audit firms: 

(in U.S. dollars) 
a. PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia 
Audit and other assurance services 
Audit and review of financial reports 
Other audit services(1) 
Total remuneration of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia 

b. Network firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia 
Audit and other assurance services 
Audit and review of financial reports 
Total remuneration of Network firms of 
   PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia 
Total auditors' remuneration(2) 

2019 

Year Ended June 30, 
2018 

2017 

690,245        
—        
690,245        

620,837        
92,403        
713,240        

729,598   
42,306   
771,904   

89,038        

93,839        

77,723   

89,038        
779,283        

93,839        
807,079        

77,723   
849,627   

(1)  Audit and review of financial reports and registration statements in connection with the filings on Form S-8 and F-3.  
(2)  All services provided are considered audit services for the purpose of SEC classification. 

197 

 
 
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
     
         
         
    
     
         
         
    
     
     
     
  
     
         
         
    
     
         
         
    
     
         
         
    
     
     
     
 
 
19. Losses per share 

(Losses) per share 
(in cents) 
(a) Basic (losses) per share 
From continuing operations attributable to the ordinary 
equity holders of the company 
Total basic (losses) per share attributable to the ordinary 
equity holders of the company 

(b) Diluted (losses) per share 
From continuing operations attributable to the ordinary 
equity holders of the company 
Total basic (losses) per share attributable to the ordinary 
equity holders of the company 

(c) Reconciliation of (losses) used in calculating (losses) 
per share 
(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Basic (losses) per share 
(Losses) attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the 
company used in calculating basic (losses) per share: 
From continuing operations 

Diluted (losses) per share 
(Losses) from continuing operations attributable to the 
ordinary equity holders of the company: 
Used in calculating basic (losses) per share 
(Losses) attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the 
company used in calculating diluted losses per share 

2019 

Year Ended June 30, 
2018 

2017 

(18.16 )     

(7.58 )     

(19.25 ) 

(18.16 ) 

(7.58 )     

(19.25 ) 

(18.16 )     

(7.58 )     

(19.25 ) 

(18.16 ) 

(7.58 )     

(19.25 ) 

(89,799 )      

(35,290 )     

(76,815 ) 

(89,799 )      

(35,290 )     

(76,815 ) 

(89,799 ) 

(35,290 )     

(76,815 ) 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used as the 
denominator in calculating basic losses per share 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares and potential 
ordinary shares used in calculating diluted losses per share 

  494,381,490   

  465,688,997       399,042,172   

  494,381,490   

  465,688,997       399,042,172   

2019 
Number 

2018 
Number 

2017 
Number 

Options granted to employees (see Note 17) are considered to be potential ordinary shares. These securities have been excluded 
from the determination of basic losses per shares. They have also been excluded from the calculation of diluted losses per share because 
they are anti-dilutive for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017. Shares that may be paid as contingent consideration have also 
been excluded from basic losses per share. They have also been excluded from the calculation of diluted losses per share because they 
are anti-dilutive for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017. 

The calculations for the years ended June 30, 2018 and 2017 have been adjusted to reflect the bonus element in the entitlement 

offer to existing eligible shareholders which occurred during September 2018. 

198 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
    
         
        
    
    
         
        
    
    
         
        
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
         
        
    
    
         
        
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
         
        
    
  
  
    
  
  
        
    
    
         
        
    
    
         
        
    
  
  
    
  
  
        
    
    
  
    
         
        
    
    
         
        
    
  
  
    
  
  
        
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
         
        
    
  
    
         
        
    
  
    
         
        
    
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
20. Parent entity financial information 

a. 

Summary financial information 

The  parent  entity  financial  information  disclosure  is  an  Australian  Disclosure  Requirement  as  required  by  Corporations 

Regulations 2001. The individual financial statements for the parent entity show the following aggregate amounts: 

(in U.S. dollars, in thousands) 
Balance Sheet 
Current Assets 
Total Assets 

Current Liabilities 
Total Liabilities 

Shareholders' Equity 
Issued Capital 
Reserves 
    Foreign Currency Translation Reserve 
    Share Options Reserve 
(Accumulated losses) 

Loss for the period 
Total comprehensive loss for the period 

As of June 30, 

2019 

2018 

6,723        
643,708        

19,499   
676,385   

5,792        
5,878        

6,086   
6,186   

910,405        

889,480   

(209,207 )      
65,379        
(128,747 )      
637,830        

(174,948 ) 
61,320   
(105,653 ) 
670,199   

(23,094 )      
(23,094 )      

(26,346 ) 
(26,346 ) 

b.  Contingent liabilities of the parent entity  

(i) Central Adelaide Local Health Network Incorporated (“CALHNI”) (formerly Medvet) 

Mesoblast Limited acquired certain intellectual property relating to our MPCs, or Medvet IP, pursuant to an Intellectual Property 
Assignment Deed, or IP Deed, with Medvet Science Pty Ltd, or Medvet. Medvet’s rights under the IP Deed were transferred to Central 
Adelaide  Local  Health  Network  Incorporated,  or  CALHNI,  in  November  2011.  In  connection  with  its  use  of  the  Medvet  IP,  on 
completion of certain milestones Mesoblast Limited will be obligated to pay CALHNI, as successor in interest to Medvet, (i) certain 
aggregated milestone payments of up to $2.2 million and single-digit royalties on net sales of products covered by the Medvet IP, for 
cardiac muscle and blood vessel applications and bone and cartilage regeneration and repair applications, subject to minimum annual 
royalties beginning in the  first  year of commercial  sale of  those products and (ii) single-digit royalties on  net sales of the specified 
products for applications outside the specified fields.   

21. Segment information 

Operating segments are identified on the basis of whether the allocation of resources and/or the assessment of performance of a 
particular component of the Company’s activities are regularly reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision maker as a separate 
operating segment. By these criteria, the activities of the Company are considered to be one segment being the development of adult 
stem cell technology platform for commercialization, and the segmental analysis is the same as the analysis for the Company as a whole. 
The chief operating decision maker (Chief Executive Officer) reviews the consolidated income statement, balance sheet, and statement 
of cash flows regularly to make decisions about the Company’s resources and to assess overall performance. 

199 

 
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
       
         
  
     
     
  
       
         
  
     
     
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
     
       
         
  
     
     
     
  
     
  
       
         
  
     
     
 
 
22. Summary of significant accounting policies 

This note provides the principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements as set 
out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. The financial statements are 
for the consolidated entity consisting of Mesoblast Limited and its subsidiaries. 

a. 

i. 

Principles of consolidation 

Subsidiaries 

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all subsidiaries of Mesoblast Limited (“Company” 
or “Parent Entity”) as of June 30, 2019 and the results of all subsidiaries for the year then ended. Mesoblast Limited and its subsidiaries 
together are referred to in this financial report as the Group or the consolidated entity. 

Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when 
the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns 
through its power to direct the activities of the entity. 

Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the 

date that control ceases. 

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations by the Group. 

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealized gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealized 
losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of the impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of 
subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. 

ii. 

Employee share trust 

The Group has formed a trust to administer the Group’s employee share scheme. This trust is consolidated, as the substance of 

the relationship is that the trust is controlled by the Group. 

b. 

Segment reporting 

The Group predominately operates in one segment as set out in Note 21. 

c. 

Foreign currency translation 

(i)  Functional and presentation currency 

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates (the “functional currency”). The functional currency of Mesoblast Limited is the AUD. The 
consolidated financial statements are presented in USD, which is the Group’s presentation currency. 

(ii)  Translations and balances 

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the 
transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the transaction at period end 
exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in net loss, except when they are 
deferred in equity as qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges or attributable to part of the net investment in a 
foreign operation. 

Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when 
the fair value was determined. Translation differences on assets and liabilities carried at fair value are reported as part of the fair value 
gain or loss. For example, translation differences on non-monetary assets and liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit 
or loss are recognized in net loss as part of the fair value gain or loss and translation differences on non-monetary assets such as equities 
classified as financial assets at fair value are recognized in other comprehensive income. 

200 

 
 
 
 
(iii)  Group companies 

The results and financial position of all the Group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyperinflationary economy) that 

have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows: 

• 

• 

assets and liabilities for the balance sheets presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheets; 

income and expenses for the statements of comprehensive income are translated at average exchange rates (unless this is 
not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income 
and expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions); and all resulting exchange differences are recognized in other 
comprehensive income. 

(iv)  Other 

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of any net investment in foreign entities, and of borrowings 
and  other  financial  instruments  designated  as  hedges  of  such  investments,  are  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income.  When  a 
foreign  operation  is  sold  or  any  borrowings  forming  part  of  the  net  investment  are  repaid,  the  associated  exchange  differences  are 
reclassified to net loss, as part of the gain or loss on sale. 

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign 

entities and translated at the closing rate. 

d.  Revenue recognition 

We adopted IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers on July 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective approach. Revenue 

from contracts with customers is measured and recognized in accordance with the five step model prescribed by the standard. 

First, contracts with customers within the scope of IFRS 15 are identified. Distinct promises within the contract are identified as 
performance obligations. The transaction price of the contract is measured based on the amount of consideration we expect to be entitled 
from the customer in exchange for goods or services. Factors such as requirements around variable consideration, significant financing 
components,  noncash  consideration,  or  amounts  payable  to  customers  also  determine  the  transaction  price.  The  transaction  is  then 
allocated to separate performance obligations in the contract based on relative standalone selling prices. Revenue is recognized when, 
or as, performance obligations are satisfied, which is when control of the promised good or service is transferred to the customer.  

There was no cumulative impact of the adoption of IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers on July 1, 2018. 

Revenues from contracts with customers comprise commercialization and milestone revenue. We also have revenue from research 

and development tax incentives and interest revenue. 

(i)  Commercialization and milestone revenue 

Commercialization and milestone revenue generally includes non-refundable up-front license and collaboration fees; milestone 
payments, the receipt of which is dependent upon the achievement of certain clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones; as well as 
royalties on product sales of licensed products, if and when such product sales occur; and revenue from the supply of products. 

Where such arrangements can be divided into separately identifiable components (each component constituting a separate earnings 
process), the arrangement consideration is allocated to the different components based on their relative fair values and recognized over 
the respective performance period in accordance with IAS 18 Revenue. Where the components of the arrangement cannot be divided 
into separate units, the individual deliverables are combined as a single unit of accounting and the total arrangement consideration is 
recognized over the estimated collaboration period. Such analysis requires considerable estimates and judgments to be made by us, 
including  the  relative  fair  values  of  the  various  elements  included  in  such  agreements  and  the  estimated  length  of  the  respective 
performance periods. 

Amounts received prior to satisfying the revenue recognition criteria are recorded as deferred revenue in our consolidated balance 
sheets. Amounts expected to be recognized as revenue within the 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified as deferred 
revenue, within current liabilities. Amounts not expected to be recognized as revenue within the 12 months following the balance sheet 
date are classified as deferred revenue, within non-current liabilities. 

201 

 
TiGenix arrangement  

In December 2017, the Group entered into a patent license agreement with TiGenix NV, now a wholly owned subsidiary of Takeda 
Pharmaceutical  Company  Limited  (“Takeda”),  which  granted  Takeda  exclusive  access  to  certain  of  our  patents  to  support  global 
commercialization of the adipose-derived mesenchymal stem cell product, Alofisel®, a registered trademark of TiGenix, previously 
known as Cx601, a product candidate of Takeda, for the local treatment of fistulae. The agreement includes the right for Takeda to grant 
sub-licenses to affiliates and third parties.  

As part of the agreement, the Group received €5.0 million ($5.9 million)  before withholding tax as a non-refundable up-front 
payment and recognized this amount in revenue in December 2017 upon receipt. In December 2018, we received a milestone payment 
of €5.0 million ($5.9 million)  before withholding tax, and recognized this amount in revenue in December 2017 as all performance 
obligations had been satisfied at that time. We are entitled to further payments up to €10.0 million when Takeda reaches certain product 
regulatory milestones. Additionally, we receive single digit royalties on net sales of Alofisel®.   

No milestone revenue was recognized in relation to the patent license agreement with Takeda in the year ended June 30, 2019. 

In the year ended June 30, 2018, the Group recognized $11.8 million in milestone revenue in relation to the Group’s patent license 
agreement with Takeda. Within this $11.8 million, €5.0 million ($5.9 million)  was recognized in relation to the non-refundable up-front 
payment  received  upon  execution  of  the  Group’s  patent  license  agreement  with  Takeda  in  December  2017  and  €5.0  million  ($5.9 
million)  was recognized in relation to further payments due within 12 months of the patent license agreement date for product Alofisel®. 
These amounts were recorded in revenue as there are no further performance obligations required in regards to these milestones.    

JCR arrangement 

In October 2013, the Group acquired all of Osiris’ culture-expanded, MSC-based assets. These assets included assumption of a 
collaboration agreement with JCR, a research and development oriented pharmaceutical company in Japan. Revenue recognized under 
this model is limited to the amount of cash received or for which the Group is entitled to, as JCR has the right to terminate the agreement 
at any time. 

Under  the  JCR  Agreement,  JCR  is  responsible  for  all  development  and  manufacturing  costs  including  sales  and  marketing 
expenses.  Under  the  JCR  Agreement,  JCR  has  the  right  to  develop  our  MSCs  in  two  fields  for  the  Japanese  market:  exclusive  in 
conjunction with the treatment of hematological malignancies by the use of hematopoietic stem cells derived from peripheral blood, 
cord blood or bone marrow, or the First JCR Field; and non-exclusive for developing assays that use liver cells for non-clinical drug 
screening and evaluation, or the Second JCR Field. With respect to the First JCR Field, we are entitled to payments when JCR reaches 
certain commercial milestones and to escalating double-digit royalties. These royalties are subject to possible renegotiation downward 
in the event of competition from non-infringing products in Japan. With respect to the Second JCR Field, we are entitled to a double 
digit profit share. In October 2018, we expanded our partnership with JCR in Japan for wound healing in patients with Epidermolysis 
Bullosa  (“EB”).  We  will  receive  royalties  on  TEMCELL  product  sales  for  EB.  We  apply  the  sales-based  and  usage-based  royalty 
exception for licenses of intellectual property and therefore recognize royalty revenue at the later of when the subsequent sale or usage 
occurs and the associated performance obligation has been satisfied.  

For the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, we recognized $5.0 million and $3.6 million, respectively, in commercialization 
revenue relating to royalty income earned on sales of TEMCELL in Japan, by our licensee JCR. These amounts were recorded in revenue 
as there are no further performance obligations required in regards to these items. 

For the year ended June 30, 2019, we recognized $1.0 million in cumulative net sales milestone revenue upon licensee, JCR, 
reaching milestones for sales of TEMCELL in Japan. For the year ended June 30, 2018, the Group recognized $1.5 million of milestone 
revenue from JCR. These amounts were recorded in revenue as there are no further performance obligations required in regards to these 
items. 

(ii) 

Interest revenue 

Interest revenue is accrued on a time basis by reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate applicable, 
which is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial asset to that asset’s net 
carrying amount. 

202 

 
(iii)  Research and development tax incentive 

The  Australian  Government  replaced  the  research  and  development  tax  concession  with  the  research  and  development  tax 

incentive from July 1, 2011. The provisions provide refundable or non-refundable tax offsets. 

The research and development tax incentive applies to expenditure incurred and the use of depreciating assets in an income year 
commencing on or after July 1, 2011. The research and development tax incentive credit is available for our research and development 
activities  in  Australia  as  well  as  research  and  development  activities  outside  of  Australia  to  the  extent  such  non-Australian  based 
activities  relate  to  intellectual  property  owned  by  our  Australian  resident  entities  do  not  exceed  half  the  expenses  for  the  relevant 
activities and are approved by the Australian government. A refundable tax offset is available to eligible companies with an annual 
aggregate turnover of less than A$20.0 million. Eligible companies can receive a refundable tax offset for a percentage of their research 
and development spending. For the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, the rate of the refundable tax offset is 43.5%. For the year 
ended June 30, 2019, the Group has recognized loss of $0.1  million due to an adjustment of management’s estimate of revenue for the 
year ended June 30, 2018. For years ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, the Group recognized income of $1.8 million and $1.5 million, 
respectively years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018. 

The Group’s research and development activities are eligible under an Australian government tax incentive for eligible expenditure 
from July 1, 2011. Management has assessed these activities and expenditure to determine which are likely to be eligible under the 
incentive scheme. At each period end management estimates and recognizes the refundable tax offset available to the Group based on 
available information at the time. 

The receivable for reimbursable amounts that have not been collected is reflected in trade and other receivables in the Group’s 
consolidated  balance  sheets.  Income  associated  with  the  research  and  development  tax  incentive  is  recorded  in  the  Group’s  other 
operating income and expenses in the Group’s consolidated income statement. 

e. 

Research and development undertaken internally 

The  Group  currently  does  not  have  any  capitalized  development  costs.  Research  expenditure  is  recognized  as  an  expense  as 
incurred.  Costs  incurred  on  development  projects,  which  consist  of  preclinical  and  clinical  trials,  manufacturing  development,  and 
general  research,  are  recognized  as  intangible  assets  when  it  is  probable  that  the  project  will,  after  considering  its  commercial  and 
technical feasibility, be completed and generate future economic benefits and its costs can be measured reliably. 

The expenditure capitalized comprises all directly attributable costs, including costs of materials, services, direct labor and an 
appropriate proportion of overheads. Other development costs that do not meet these criteria are expensed as incurred. Development 
costs previously recognized as expenses, are not recognized as an asset in a subsequent period and will remain expensed. Capitalized 
development costs are recorded as intangible assets and amortized from the point at which the asset is ready for use on a straight-line 
basis over its useful life. 

f. 

Income tax 

The income tax expense or benefit for the period is the tax payable on the current period’s taxable income based on the applicable 
income tax rate for each jurisdiction adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences and 
to unused tax losses. 

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting 
period in the countries where the Group’s subsidiaries and associates operate and generate taxable income. Management periodically 
evaluates  positions  taken  in  tax  returns  with  respect  to  situations  in  which  applicable  tax  regulation  is  subject  to  interpretation.  It 
establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities. 

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of 
assets  and  liabilities  and  their  carrying  amounts  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  However,  the  deferred  income  tax  is  not 
accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time 
of the transaction affects neither accounting, nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that 
have been enacted or substantially enacted by the end of the reporting period and are expected to apply when the related deferred income 
tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled. 

Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future 
taxable amounts will be available to utilize those temporary differences and losses. Deferred tax assets are only recognized to the extent 
that there are sufficient deferred tax liabilities unwinding. 

203 

 
Deferred tax liabilities and assets are not recognized for temporary differences between the carrying amount and tax bases of 
investments in controlled entities where the parent entity is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it 
is probable that the differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and 
when the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority. Current tax assets and tax liabilities are offset where the entity has 
a legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. 

Current and deferred tax is recognized in net loss, except to the extent that it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive 

income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively. 

g. 

Leases 

Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are not transferred to the Group as lessee are classified 
as operating leases (Note 14). Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to 
profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.  

h. 

Business combinations 

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations, regardless of whether equity instruments 
or other assets are acquired. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises the fair values of the assets 
transferred, the liabilities incurred and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred also includes the fair value 
of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement and the fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in 
the subsidiary. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities 
assumed in a business combination are, with limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an 
acquisition-by-acquisition  basis,  the  Group  recognizes  any  noncontrolling  interest  in  the  acquiree  either  at  fair  value  or  at  the  non-
controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net identifiable assets. 

The excess of the consideration transferred and the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree over the fair value of 
the net identifiable assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If those amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable assets of 
the subsidiary acquired and the measurement of all amounts has been reviewed, the difference is recognized directly in net loss as a 
bargain purchase. 

Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to their present 
value as at the date of exchange. The discount rate used is the entity’s incremental borrowing rate, being the rate at which a similar 
borrowing could be obtained from an independent financier under comparable terms and conditions. 

Contingent  consideration  is  classified  either  as  equity  or  a  financial  liability.  Amounts  classified  as  a  financial  liability  are 

subsequently remeasured to fair value with changes in fair value recognized in profit or loss. 

i. 

Impairment of assets 

Goodwill  and  intangible  assets  that  have  an  indefinite  useful  life  are  not  subject  to  amortization  and  are  tested  annually  for 
impairment or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. Other assets are tested for 
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. 

An  impairment  loss  is  recognized  for  the  amount  by  which  the  asset’s  carrying  amount  exceeds  its  recoverable  amount.  The 
recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to dispose and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, 
assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows which are largely independent of the cash 
inflows  from  other  assets  or  groups  of  assets  (cash-generating  units).  Non-financial  assets  (other  than  goodwill)  that  have  suffered 
impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at the end of each reporting period. 

204 

 
j. 

Cash and cash equivalents 

For the purpose of presentation in the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits held at 
call with financial institutions, other short-term and highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are 
readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. 

k. 

Trade and other receivables 

Trade receivables and other receivables represent the principal amounts due at balance date less, where applicable, any provision 
for expected credit losses. The Group uses the simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses, which uses a lifetime expected 
credit  loss  allowance.  Debts  which  are  known  to  be  uncollectible  are  written  off  in  the  consolidated  income  statement.  All  trade 
receivables and other receivables are recognized at the value of the amounts receivable, as they are due for settlement within 60 days 
and therefore do not require remeasurement. 

l. 

Investments and other financial assets 

(i)  Classification 

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories: 

• 

• 

those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through OCI or through profit or loss); and 

those to be measured at amortized cost 

The classification depends on the Group’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash 
flow. For assets  measured at  fair value, gains and losses  will either be recorded in profit or loss or OCI. For investments in equity 
instruments that are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the group has made an irrevocable election at the time of initial 
recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). See Note 5 for details 
about each type of financial asset. 

(ii)  Recognition and derecognition 

Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on trade-date, the date on which the Group commits to purchase 
or sell the asset. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have 
been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. 

(iii)  Measurement 

At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value 
through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs 
of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss. Financial assets with embedded derivatives are considered in their 
entirety when determining whether their cash flows are solely payment of principal and interest. 

Details on how the fair value of financial instruments is determined are disclosed in Note 5(g). 

Equity instruments 

The group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. Where the Group has elected to present fair value gains and 
losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss following the 
derecognition of the investment. Dividends from such investments continue to be recognized in profit or loss as other income when the 
group’s right to receive payments is established. 

Changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVPL are recognized in other gains/(losses) in the statement of profit or loss as 
applicable. Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments measured at FVOCI are not reported separately 
from other changes in fair value. 

205 

 
 
(iv) 

Impairment 

For trade receivables, the group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to 

be recognized from initial recognition of the receivables, see note 5(b) for further details. 

m.  Derivatives 

Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured 

to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. 

Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting 

Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instrument that 
does not qualify for hedge accounting are recognized immediately in profit or loss and are included in other income or other expenses. 

n. 

Property, plant and equipment 

Plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Cost includes expenditure that is 

directly attributable to the acquisition of the item. 

Subsequent cost are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only  when it is 
probable that future economic benefits associates with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.  
All other repairs and maintenance are charged to profit and loss during the reporting period in which they are incurred. 

Property, plant and equipment, other than freehold land, are depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight line 

method (see Note 6(a)). 

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period. 

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than 

its estimated recoverable amount. 

Gains and losses on disposal of plant and equipment are taken into account in determining the profit for the year. 

o. 

Intangible assets 

(i)  Goodwill 

Goodwill is measured as described in Note 22(h). Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets (Note 
6(b)). Goodwill is not amortized but it is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that it might be impaired, and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include 
the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. 

Goodwill  is  allocated  to  cash  generating  units  for  the  purpose  of  impairment  testing.  The  allocation  is  made  to  those  cash 
generating units or groups of cash generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill 
arose, identified according to operating segments (Note 21). 

(ii)  Trademarks and licenses 

Trademarks and licenses have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment losses. 

(iii)  In-process research and development acquired 

In-process research and development that has been acquired as part of a business acquisition is considered to be an indefinite life 
intangible asset on the basis that it is incomplete and cannot be used in its current form. Indefinite life intangible assets are not amortized 
but rather are tested for impairment annually in the third quarter of each year, or whenever events or circumstances present an indication 
of impairment. 

206 

 
In-process research and development will continue to be tested for impairment until the related research and development efforts 
are  either  completed  or  abandoned.  Upon  completion  of  the  related  research  and  development  efforts,  management  determines  the 
remaining useful life of the intangible assets and amortizes them accordingly. In order for  management to determine the remaining 
useful life of the asset, management would consider the expected flow of future economic benefits to the entity with reference to the 
product life cycle, competitive landscape, obsolescence, market demand, any remaining patent useful life and various other relevant 
factors. 

In the case of abandonment, the related research and development efforts are considered impaired and the asset is fully expensed. 

(iv)  Current marketed products 

Current marketed products contain products that are currently being marketed. The assets are recognized on our balance sheet as 
a  result  of  business  acquisitions  or  reclassifications  from  In-process  research  and  development  upon  completion.  Upon  completion, 
when assets become available for use, assets are reclassified from in-process research and development to current marketed products at 
the historical value that they were recognized at within the in-process research and development category. 

Upon reclassification to the current market products category management determines the remaining useful life of the intangible 
assets and amortizes them from the date they become available for use. In order for management to determine the remaining useful life 
of the asset, management would consider the expected flow of future economic benefits to the entity with reference to the product life 
cycle, competitive landscape, obsolescence, market demand, any remaining patent useful life and any other relevant factors. 

Management have chosen to amortize all intangible assets with a finite useful life on a straight-line basis over the useful life of 
the asset. Current marketed products are tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 Impairment of Assets which requires testing 
whenever there is an indication that an asset may be impaired.  

p. 

Trade and other payables 

Payables represent the principal amounts outstanding at balance date plus, where applicable, any accrued interest. Liabilities for 
payables and other amounts are carried at cost which approximates fair value of the consideration to be paid in the future for goods and 
services received, whether or not billed. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 to 60 days of recognition. 

q. 

Borrowings 

Borrowings  are  initially  recognized  at  fair  value,  net  of  transaction  costs  incurred.  Borrowings  are  subsequently  measured  at 
amortized cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognized in profit or loss 
over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognized as 
transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. If it is not probable, the 
fee is deferred until the draw down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be 
drawn down, the fee is capitalized as a prepayment for liquidity services and amortized over the period of the facility to which it relates.  

Borrowings are removed from the balance sheet when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expired. 
The difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability that has been extinguished or transferred to another party and the 
consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred of liabilities assumed, is recognized in profit or loss as other income or 
finance costs.  

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for 

at least 12 months after the reporting period. 

Hercules  

On March 6, 2018, the Group entered into a loan and security agreement with Hercules, for a $75.0 million non-dilutive, four-
year credit facility. We drew the first tranche of $35.0 million on closing and a further tranche of $15.0 million was drawn in January 
2019, which resulted in an adjustment of the carrying amount of the financial liability to reflect the revised estimated cash flows. The 
carrying amount adjustment is recalculated by computing the present value of the revised estimated future cash flows at the financial 
instrument’s original effective interest rate. In the year ended June 30, 2019, we recognized a $0.4 million gain in the Income Statement 
as remeasurement of borrowing arrangements within finance costs. An additional $25.0 million may be drawn as certain conditions and 
milestones are met. The loan matures in March 2022 with principal repayments commencing in October 2019 with the ability to defer 
the commencement of principal repayments up to 30 months to October 2020 if certain conditions and milestones are met. Interest on 

207 

 
the loan is payable monthly in arrears on the 1st day of the month. At closing date, the interest rate was 9.45%. On March 22, 2018, June 
14, 2018, September 27, 2018 and December 20, 2018, in line with the increase in the U.S. prime rate, the interest rate on the loan 
increased to 9.70%, 9.95%, 10.20% and 10.45%, respectively. 

NovaQuest  

On June 29, 2018, we drew the first tranche of $30.0 million of the principal amount from the $40.0 million secured loan with 
NovaQuest. There is a four-year interest only period, until July 2022, with the principal repayable in equal quarterly instalments over 
the remaining period of the loan. A $0.4  million loan administration  fee is payable annually  in June and is recognized as a current 
liability. The loan matures in July 2026. Interest on the loan will accrue at a fixed rate of 15% per annum. 

All interest and principal payments will be deferred until after the first commercial sale of our allogeneic product candidate MSC-
100-IV  in  pediatric  patients  with  steroid  refractory  aGVHD,  in  the  United  States  and  other  geographies  excluding  Asia  (“pediatric 
aGVHD”). We can elect to prepay all outstanding amounts owing at any time prior to maturity, subject to a prepayment charge, and 
may decide to do so if net sales of pediatric aGVHD are significantly higher than current forecasts.  

If there are no net sales of pediatric aGVHD, the loan is only repayable on maturity in 2026.  If in any annual period 25% of net 
sales of pediatric aGVHD exceed the amount of accrued interest owing and, from 2022, principal and accrued interest owing (“the 
payment cap”), Mesoblast will pay the payment cap and an additional portion of excess sales which may be used for early prepayment 
of the loan. If in any annual period 25% of net sales of pediatric aGVHD is less than the payment cap, then the payment is limited to 
25% of net sales of pediatric aGVHD. Any unpaid interest will be added to the principal amounts owing and shall accrue further interest. 
At maturity date, any unpaid loan balances are repaid. 

Because of this relationship of net sales and repayments, changes in our estimated net sales  may trigger an adjustment of the 
carrying amount of the financial liability to reflect the revised estimated cash flows. The carrying amount adjustment is recalculated by 
computing the present value of the revised estimated future cash flows at the financial instrument’s original effective interest rate. The 
adjustment is recognized in the Income Statement in the period the revision is made. For the year ended June 30, 2019, a $0.7 million 
loss has been recognized by the Group in the Income Statement as remeasurement of borrowing arrangements within other operating 
income and expenses.  

The carrying amount of the loan and security agreement with NovaQuest is subordinated to the Group’s floating rate loan with 

the senior creditor, Hercules. 

r. 

Provisions 

Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present legal obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that the Group 

will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. 

Provisions  are  measured  at  the  present  value  of  management’s  best  estimate  of  the  expenditure  required  to  settle  the  present 
obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is a pre-tax rate that reflects current 
market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to the passage of 
time is recognized as interest expense. 

Provisions are recorded on acquisition of a subsidiary, to the extent they relate to a subsidiary’s contingent liabilities, if it relates 

to a past event, regardless of whether it is probable the amount will be paid. 

s. 

Employee benefits 

A  liability  is  recognized  for benefits  accruing  to  employees  in  respect  of  wages  and  salaries,  bonuses,  annual  leave  and  long 

service leave. 

Liabilities recognized in respect of employee benefits which are expected to be settled within 12 months after the end of the period 
in which the employees render the related services are measured at their nominal values using the remuneration rates expected to apply 
at the time of settlement. 

208 

 
Liabilities recognized in respect of employee benefits which are not expected to be settled within 12 months after the end of the 
period in which the employees render the related services are measured as the present value of the estimated future cash outflows to be 
made by the Group in respect of services provided by employees up to reporting date. 

The obligations are presented as current liabilities in the balance sheet if the entity does not have an unconditional right to defer 

settlement for at least twelve months after the reporting period, regardless of when the actual settlement is expected to occur. 

Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or when an 
employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits.  The Group recognizes termination benefits at the earlier of the 
following  dates:  when  the  Group  can  no  longer  withdraw  the  offer  of  those  benefits  and  when  the  entity  recognizes  costs  for  a 
restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 and involves the payment of termination benefits. 

t. 

Share-based payments 

Share-based  payments  are  provided  to  eligible  employees,  directors  and  consultants  via  the  Employee  Share  Option  Plan 
(“ESOP”) and the Australian Loan Funded Share Plan (“LFSP”). The terms and conditions of the LFSP are in substance the same as the 
employee share options and therefore they are accounted for on the same basis. 

Equity-settled share-based payments with employees and others providing similar services are measured at the fair value of the 
equity instrument at acceptance date. Fair value is measured using the Black-Scholes model. The expected life used in the model has 
been  adjusted,  based  on  management’s  best  estimate,  for  the  effects  of  non-transferability,  exercise  restrictions,  and  behavioral 
considerations. It does not make any allowance for the impact of any service and non-market performance vesting conditions. Further 
details on how the fair value of equity-settled share-based transactions has been determined can be found in Note 17. 

The fair value determined at the acceptance date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis 
over the vesting period, based on management’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest, with a corresponding increase in equity. At 
the end of each period, the entity revises its estimates of the number of shared-based payments that are expected to vest based on the 
non-market vesting conditions. It recognizes the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in profit or loss, with a corresponding 
adjustment to equity. 

u.  Contributed equity 

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. 

Transaction costs arising on the issue of equity instruments are recognized separately in equity. Transaction costs are the costs 
that are incurred directly in connection with the issue of those equity instruments and which would not have been incurred had those 
instruments not been issued. 

v. 

Loss per share 

(i)  Basic losses per share 

Basic losses per share is calculated by dividing: 

• 

• 

the loss attributable to equity holders of the Group, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares; 

by  the  weighted  average  number  of  ordinary  shares  outstanding  during  the  fiscal  year,  adjusted  for  bonus  elements  in 
ordinary shares issued during the year. 

(ii)  Diluted losses per share 

Diluted losses per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account 

• 

• 

the after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares; and 

the weighted average number of shares assumed to have been issued for no consideration in relation to dilutive potential 
ordinary shares. 

209 

 
w.  Goods and services tax (“GST”) 

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognized net of the amount of GST except where the GST incurred on a purchase of goods 
and services is not recoverable from the taxation authority, in which case the GST is recognized as part of the cost of acquisition of the 
asset or as part of the expense. 

Receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included. The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, 

the taxation authority is included as part of receivables or payables in the Balance Sheet. 

Cash flows are included in the statement of cash flow on a gross basis. The GST component of cash flows arising from investing 

and financing activities, which is recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority, are classified as operating cash flows. 

x. 

Rounding of amounts 

Our company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191, 
issued by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, relating to the ‘rounding off’ of amounts in the financial report. Unless 
mentioned otherwise, amounts within this report have been rounded off in accordance with that Legislative Instrument to the nearest 
thousand dollars, or in certain cases, to the nearest dollar. 

210 

 
  
 
 
Australian Disclosure Requirements 

Directors’ Declaration 

In the directors’ opinion: 

(a) 

the financial statements and Notes set out on pages 150 to 210 are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 

(i)  Complying  with  Accounting  Standards,  the  Corporations  Regulations  2001  and  other  mandatory  professional 

reporting requirements, and 

(ii)  Giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as at June 30, 2019 and of its performance 

for the fiscal year ended on that date, and 

(b)  There are reasonable grounds to believe that the Group  will be able to pay its debts as and  when they become due and 

payable. 

Note 1 ‘Basis of preparation’ confirms that the financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as 
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. 

The directors have been given the declarations by the chief executive officer and chief financial officer required by section 295A of the 
Corporations Act 2001. 

This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the directors. 

/s/ Joseph Swedish 
Joseph Swedish 
Chairman 

Melbourne, August 30, 2019 

/s/ Silviu Itescu 
Silviu Itescu 
Chief Executive Officer 

211 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent auditor’s report 
To the members of Mesoblast Limited 

Report on the audit of the financial report 

Our opinion 

In our opinion: 

The accompanying financial report of Mesoblast Limited (the Company) and its controlled entities 
(together the Group) is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 

(a)  giving a true and fair view of the Group's financial position as at 30 June 2019 and of its financial performance for 

the year then ended  

(b)  complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001. 

What we have audited 
The Group financial report comprises: 

the consolidated balance sheet as at 30 June 2019 

the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended 

the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended 

the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended 

the consolidated income statement for the year then ended 

the notes to the consolidated financial statements, which include a summary of significant accounting 
policies 

the directors’ declaration. 

Basis for opinion 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under those standards 
are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial report section of our report. 
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 

Independence 
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations 
Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 
Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (the Code) that are relevant to our audit of the financial report in 
Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757  
2 Riverside Quay, SOUTHBANK VIC 3006, GPO Box 1331 MELBOURNE VIC 3001 
T: +61 3 8603 1000, F: +61 3 8603 1999, www.pwc.com.au  

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

212 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Material uncertainty related to going concern 

We draw attention to Note 1(i) in the financial report, which indicates that the Group incurred net cash outflows from 
operations during the year ended 30 June 2019 of $57.8 million. As a result, the Group is dependent on raising funds 
through entering strategic and commercial transactions, equity-based or debt-based financings.  These conditions, 
along with other matters set forth in Note 1(i), indicate that a material uncertainty exists that may cast significant 
doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. Our opinion is not modified in respect of this matter. 

Our audit approach 

An audit is designed to provide reasonable assurance about whether the financial report is free from material 
misstatement. Misstatements may arise due to fraud or error. They are considered material if individually or in 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the 
financial report. 

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the 
financial report as a whole, taking into account the geographic and management structure of the Group, its accounting 
processes and controls and the industry in which it operates. 

The Group is a biopharmaceutical entity headquartered in Melbourne, Australia and is in the process of developing 
and commercialising innovative cell-based regenerative medicine products. The Group has operations in Australia, 
the United States, and Singapore with key management functions, including finance, performed in Melbourne, 
Australia. 

Materiality 

Audit scope 

• 

For the purpose of our audit we used overall 
Group materiality of $5.3 million, which 
represents approximately 5% of the Group’s 
adjusted loss before tax of continuing 
operations. 

•  We applied this threshold, together with 

qualitative considerations, to determine the 
scope of our audit and the nature, timing and 
extent of our audit procedures and to evaluate 
the effect of misstatements on the financial 
report as a whole. 

•  We chose Group adjusted loss before tax of 

continuing operations because, in our view, it 
is the benchmark against which the 
performance of  

•  Our audit focused on where the Group made 

subjective judgements; for example, 
significant accounting estimates involving 
assumptions and inherently uncertain future 
events.  

•  Audit procedures were performed over the 
Australian, United States and Singaporean 
operations to enable us to give an opinion on 
the financial report as a whole. Under 
instruction and supervision by PwC Australia, 
local component auditors in the United States 
assisted with the procedures.  

213 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the Group is most commonly measured.  We 
adjusted for the fair value re-measurement of 
contingent consideration as it is a volatile 
item. We also adjusted for the impact of 
milestone revenue generated from licensing 
certain intellectual property as it is an 
infrequently occurring item for the current 
development stage of the Group. 

•  We utilised a 5% threshold based on our 

professional judgement, noting it is within the 
range of commonly acceptable thresholds.  

Key audit matters 

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the 
financial report for the current period. The key audit matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial 
report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 
Further, any commentary on the outcomes of a particular audit procedure is made in that context. We communicated 
the key audit matters to the Audit and Risk Committee. 

In addition to the matter described in the Material uncertainty related to going concern section, we have 
determined the matters described below to be the key audit matters to be communicated in our report. 

Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

Carrying value of in-process research and 
development (IPRD) acquired and goodwill 
(Refer to note 6b in the financial report) 

The Group recognised an IPRD asset of $427.8 million at 
30 June 2019, which is considered to be an intangible 
asset subject to annual impairment testing at the product 
level.  

We evaluated the design and tested the operating 
effectiveness of selected controls assessing the carrying 
amount of IPRD and goodwill. We determined that we 
could rely on these controls for the purpose of our audit. 

The Group also recognised goodwill of $134.5 million at 
30 June 2019. Goodwill arose from the acquisition of 
Angioblast Systems, Inc., in the year ended 30 June 2011 
and the acquisition of Osiris Therapeutics, Inc.’s stem cell 
business in the year ended 30 June 2014. Goodwill is 
tested annually for impairment on 31 March 2019 at the 
operating segment level.  

The recoverable amount of the IPRD assets is derived by 
the Group from its discounted risk-adjusted future cash 
flows (the impairment models) and there is a risk that if 
these cash flows do not meet the Group’s  

For the IPRD assets, we obtained the Group’s 
impairment models and performed the following 
procedures, amongst others: 

• 

• 

tested the mathematical accuracy of each 
model; 
assessed the reasonableness of key 
assumptions,  including target populations, 
expected selling prices, and timelines of clinical 
development and patent exclusivity, including 
benchmarking to third party  

214 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

expectations the assets may be impaired. There are a 
number of significant judgements and estimates in 
determining the recoverable amount of the IPRD assets 
using each product’s cash flows, including expected cost of 
goods sold, anticipated selling costs, clinical trial 
schedules including estimates of patients and per patient 
posts, discount rates, and other associated preclinical 
development expenses. 

• 

• 

sources, clinical trial results and comparable 
company benchmarks;  
obtained and assessed the Group’s sensitivities, 
which focused on reasonably possible changes 
in key assumptions and; 
assessed the historical accuracy of key 
assumptions from prior periods to assess the 
Group’s forecasting ability. 

The Group also focuses on whether the estimated cash 
flows of the IPRD assets support the goodwill balance and 
considers implied valuations of the Group as a secondary 
cross check. 

PwC internal valuation experts assisted in our 
assessment of the reasonableness of the discount rates 
through a benchmarking analysis of comparable 
companies.  

The recoverable amount of the IPRD assets and goodwill 
is dependent on the continued successful development of 
the underlying technology platform and late stage product 
candidates. 

We focused on this area due to the significant carrying 
amount of IPRD assets and goodwill relative to the total 
assets of the Group along with the significant and complex 
judgements and estimates by the Group in the underlying 
impairment assessment. 

For goodwill, we performed the following procedures, 
amongst others:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

evaluated the Group’s assessment of the 
allocation of goodwill to the CGU equivalent to 
the consolidated group level; 
compared the carrying amount of the CGU to 
the recoverable amount of the IPRD assets; 
obtained and assessed the reports of securities 
analysts who publish estimates of the fair value 
of the Group by comparing the average analyst 
fair value with the net assets of the Group; and 
obtained and evaluated the Group’s assessment 
of impairment indicators, including clinical trial 
results, changes in product development plans, 
and historical share price trends to determine if 
further testing was required subsequent to the 
annual measurement date. 

We evaluated the adequacy of the disclosures made in 
the financial report, including those regarding the key 
assumptions and sensitivities to changes in such 
assumptions, in light of the requirements of Australian 
Accounting Standards.  

215 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

Accounting for the commercialization agreement 
with Tasly Pharmaceutical Group 
(Refer to notes 2 and 6e in the financial report)  

In September 2018, the Group announced that Tasly had 
received all necessary approvals for the transaction. On 
September 14, 2018, the Group recognized revenue of 
$10.0 million from the $20.0 million up-front payment 
received in October 2018 as the Group determined that 
this is the portion of revenue that control has been 
transferred to Tasly.  

Deferred consideration represents the portion of the up-front 
technology access fee receivable from Tasly that has not been 
recognised as revenue. In accordance with the Group’s 
accounting policy, revenue related to the licensing of 
intellectual property is only recognised to the extent that control 
has been transferred to the customer. The deferred consideration 
amount will be recognised in revenue when and if control 
transfers to Tasly based on the Group’s decision regarding the 
exercise of the Group’s rights in the terms and conditions of the 
agreement. 

The accounting for the agreement with Tasly is considered 
a key audit matter due to the complexity of the terms and 
conditions in the agreement and the significance of their 
impact on revenue recognition as well as the size of the 
transaction compared to overall Group materiality.  

We evaluated the design and tested the operating 
effectiveness of selected controls in place over evaluating 
significant contracts and revenue recognition. We 
determined that we could rely on these controls for the 
purpose of our audit. 

We obtained and read the agreement with Tasly to obtain 
an understanding of the key terms and conditions and 
commercial substance of the agreement, in order to 
evaluate the application of the Australian Accounting 
Standards.  

We, in conjunction with our technical team performed 
the following procedures, amongst others: 

• 

• 

• 

assessed the Group’s evaluation of the nature of 
the license of intellectual property transferred;   
considered the impact of the Group’s rights in 
the terms and conditions of the arrangement 
and therefore the extent of control transferred 
to Tasly; and 
evaluated the amount of the transaction price 
recognised as revenue in the period.  

We agreed the receipt of cash associated with the up-
front technology access fee to bank statements.  

Other information 

The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in 
the annual report for the year ended 30 June 2019, but does not include the financial report and our auditor’s report 
thereon. Prior to the date of this auditor's report, the other information we obtained included the Part I and Part II of 
the Form 20-F. We expect the remaining other information to be made available to us after the date of this auditor's 
report.  

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and we do not and will not express an opinion 
or any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

216 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial report or our knowledge obtained 
in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. 

If, based on the work we have performed on the other information that we obtained prior to the date of this auditor’s 
report, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. 
We have nothing to report in this regard. 

When we read the other information not yet received, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we 
are required to communicate the matter to the directors and use our professional judgement to determine the 
appropriate action to take. 

Responsibilities of the directors for the financial report 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view 
in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 and for such internal control as 
the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view and 
is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the ability of the Group to continue as a 
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial report 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable 
assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with the Australian 
Auditing Standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or 
error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence 
the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial report. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial report is located at the Auditing and 
Assurance Standards Board website at: http://www.auasb.gov.au/auditors_responsibilities/ar1.pdf. This description 
forms part of our auditor's report. 

217 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report on the remuneration report 

Our opinion on the remuneration report 

We have audited the remuneration report included in Item 6 (Directors, Senior Management and Employees) identified 
by title ‘Start of the Remuneration Report for Australian Disclosure Requirements’ to ‘End of Remuneration Report’ 
in the directors’ report for the year ended 30 June 2019. 

In our opinion, the remuneration report of Mesoblast Limited for the year ended 30 June 2019 complies with section 
300A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

Responsibilities 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the remuneration report in 
accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
remuneration report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.  

PricewaterhouseCoopers 

Sam Lobley 
Partner 

Melbourne 
30 August 2019 

218 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 19.  Exhibits 

Item 

1.1* 
1.2 

4.1 

4.2 
4.3 

4.4† 

4.5 

4.6 

4.7† 

4.8† 

4.9 

4.10 

4.11 

4.12 

4.13 

4.14# 

4.15# 

4.16# 

4.17 

  Constitution of Mesoblast Limited adopted on November 22, 2018.  

Certificate of Registration of Mesoblast Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on November 2, 2015). 
Form of Deposit Agreement between Mesoblast Limited and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as depositary, and 
Holders of the American Depositary Receipts (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on November 2, 2015). 

  Form of American Depositary Receipt evidencing American Depositary Shares (included in Exhibit 4.1). 

Clinical Trial Agreement by and between The National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute and Mesoblast, Inc. 
dated July 28, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on 
Form F-1 filed with the SEC on November 2, 2015). 
Manufacturing Services Agreement by and between Mesoblast Limited and Lonza Walkersville, Inc. and Lonza 
Bioscience Singapore Pte. Ltd., dated September 20, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the 
Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on November 2, 2015). 
Purchase Agreement by and between Mesoblast International Sàrl and Osiris Therapeutics, Inc., dated October 
10, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed 
with the SEC on November 2, 2015). 
Amendment #1 to Purchase Agreement by and between Mesoblast International Sàrl and Osiris Therapeutics, 
Inc., dated December 17, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Registration 
Statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on November 2, 2015). 
License Agreement by and between Osiris Acquisition II, Inc. and JCR Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd., dated August 
26, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed 
with the SEC on November 2, 2015). 
Amendment 1 to License Agreement by and between Osiris Acquisition II, Inc. and JCR Pharmaceuticals Co., 
Ltd., dated June 27, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement 
on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on November 2, 2015). 
Technology Transfer and License Agreement by and between Case Western Reserve University and Osiris 
Therapeutics, Inc., dated January 1, 1993 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on November 2, 2015). 
Amendment Number 1 to Technology Transfer and License Agreement by and between Case Western Reserve 
University and Osiris Therapeutics, Inc., dated November 3, 1993 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to 
the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on November 2, 2015). 
Amendment to the Technology Transfer and License Agreement by and between Case Western Reserve 
University and Osiris Therapeutics, Inc., dated October 18, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to 
the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on November 2, 2015). 
Third Amendment to Technology Transfer and License Agreement by and between Case Western Reserve 
University and Osiris Therapeutics, Inc., dated October 27, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to 
the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on November 2, 2015). 
Intellectual Property Assignment Deed by and between Mesoblast Limited and Medvet Science Pty Ltd, dated 
October 4, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 
F-1 filed with the SEC on November 2, 2015). 
Loan Funded Share Plan Rules, as amended, and form of loan agreement thereunder (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on November 2, 
2015). 
Employee Share Option Plan Rules, and form of option agreement thereunder (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on November 2, 2015). 
Employment Agreement, dated August 8, 2014, by and between Mesoblast Limited and Silviu Itescu 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the 
SEC on November 2, 2015). 
Sublease, by and between Mesoblast Limited and CIT Group Inc., dated September 27, 2011 (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on 
November 2, 2015).   

219 

 
 
     
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.18 

4.19 

4.20 

4.21† 

4.22† 

4.23† 

4.24† 

4.25* 

4.26* 

4.27* 

8.1 
10  
12.1  

12.2  

13.1  

13.2  

99.1   
99.2 

# 
* 
† 

 

Sublease, by and between Mesoblast Limited and Collins Place Pty Ltd, AMP Capital Investors Limited, and 
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited, dated April 21, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.22 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on November 2, 2015). 
Form of 2012 Deed of Indemnity, Insurance and Access (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the 
Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on November 2, 2015). 
Form of 2014 Deed of Indemnity, Insurance and Access (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the 
Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on November 2, 2015). 
Patent License and Settlement Agreement with TiGenix S.A.U., dated December 14, 2017 (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 4.21 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on August 31, 
2018). 
Loan and Security Agreement by and among Mesoblast Limited, Mesoblast UK Limited, Mesoblast 
International (UK) Limited, Mesoblast, Inc., Mesoblast International Sarl and Hercules Capital, Inc., dated 
March 6, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.22 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 20-F filed 
with the SEC on August 31, 2018).  
Loan and Security Agreement by and between Mesoblast Limited, Mesoblast UK Limited, Mesoblast, Inc., 
Mesoblast International (UK) Limited, Mesoblast International Sàrl and NQP SPV II, L.P., dated June 29, 2018 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.23 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on 
August 31, 2018).  
Development and Commercialization Agreement by and between Mesoblast Inc., Mesoblast International Sàrl 
and Tasly Pharmaceutical Group Co., Ltd. dated July 17, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.24 to the 
Company's Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on August 31, 2018).  
Supplementary Agreement for Additional License by and between Mesoblast International Sarl and JCR 
Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd., dated October 12, 2018. 
First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement by and among Mesoblast Limited, Mesoblast UK Limited, 
Mesoblast International (UK) Limited, Mesoblast, Inc., Mesoblast International Sarl and Hercules Capital, Inc., 
dated January 11, 2019 
Second Supplementary Agreement for Additional License by and between Mesoblast International Sarl and JCR 
Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd., dated June 5, 2019. 

  List of Significant Subsidiaries of Mesoblast Limited.  
   Consent of independent registered public accounting firm. 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

   Appendix 4E preliminary final report for the twelve months to June 30, 2019. 
  Auditor’s independence declaration, dated August 30, 2019. 

  Indicates management contract or compensatory plan. 
  Filed herewith. 

Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted and 
have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
Certain confidential portions of this exhibit were omitted by means of marking such portions with brackets 
(“[***]”) because the identified confidential portions are not material and would be competitively harmful if 
publicly disclosed. 

220 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

The  registrant  hereby  certifies  that  it  meets  all  of  the  requirements  for  filing  on  Form  20-F  and  that  it  has  duly  caused  and 

authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf. 

Mesoblast Limited 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

/s/ Joseph R Swedish 
Joseph R Swedish 
Chairman 

/s/ Silviu Itescu 
Silviu Itescu 
Chief Executive Officer 

Dated: August 30, 2019 

221 

 
 
 
 
 
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

A.  Substantial Shareholders

Holders of substantial holdings of ordinary shares in the Company and the numbers of shares in which they and their associates have a relevant 
interest as of 15 October 2019:

Shareholder 

M&G Investment Group 

Professor Silviu Itescu 

Capital Research Global Investors 

Thorney Holdings  

Number of ordinary shares held

70,636,115

68,958,928

30,755,583

24,696,000

B.  Distribution of Equity Securities and Voting Rights

Distribution of holders of equity securities as of 15 October 2019:

Range 

1 – 1,000 

1,001 – 5,000 

5,001 – 10,000 

10,001 – 100,000 

100,001 and Over 

Total number of holders of equity securities 

Number of holders of less than a marketable parcel  
of 140 shares ($1.785 per share) 

Ordinary shares (i) 

Options (ii)(1) 

Incentive Rights (iii)(2)

0 

0 

0 

40 

51 

91 

0

0

0

0

1

1

4,036 

5,013 

1,840 

2,104 

206 

13,199 

969 

(1) There are 25,349,668 options on issue as of 15 October 2019.
(2) 1,500,000 Incentive Rights are on issue, and these are held by Kentgrove Capital Pty Ltd. 

The voting rights attaching to each class of equity securities are:

i. Ordinary shares

On a show of hands, every member present at a meeting, in person or by proxy, shall have one vote and upon a poll each share shall have 
one vote.

ii. Options

No voting rights.

ii. Incentive Rights

No voting rights.

222  MESOBLAST LIMITED 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

C.  Twenty Largest Holders of Quoted Securities

The names of the 20 largest shareholders of each class of quoted equity security as of 15 October 2019 are listed below.

Rank  Name 

No. of shares held 

% of total shares

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 

Professor Silviu Itescu 

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited 

Lalp Pty Ltd 

Tasly (Hong Kong) Pharmaceutical Investment Limited 

National Nominees Limited 

UBS Nominees Pty Ltd 

NQP SPV II, L.P. 

Independent Asset Management Pty Limited 

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 

Dalit Pty Ltd 

Mr Gregory John Matthews & Mrs Janine Marie Matthews 

Warbont Nominees Pty Ltd 

Mesoblast Australia Pty Ltd(1) 

CS Third Nominees Pty Limited 

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 

BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd 

Kentgrove Capital Pty Ltd 

BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd 

162,467,017 

67,751,838 

59,160,534 

14,934,000 

14,464,259 

9,633,478 

8,809,521 

8,474,576 

7,900,558 

7,304,485 

6,294,728 

4,468,839 

4,022,219 

3,852,553 

3,500,000 

3,216,539 

2,121,435 

2,087,436 

2,000,100 

1,973,695 

30.27

12.62

11.02

2.78

2.70

1.80

1.64

1.58

1.47

1.36

1.17

0.83

0.75

0.72

0.65

0.60

0.40

0.39

0.37

0.37

(1) As trustee for the Mesoblast Limited Employee Share Trust, held on behalf of employees who participate in the Company’s loan funded share plan.

394,437,810 

73.50

D.  Securities under escrow

As of 15 October 2019, there are no ordinary shares in the Company subject to escrow.

E.  On-Market Buy-Back

There is no current on-market buy-back of the Company’s ordinary shares.

F.  Stock Exchanges

The Company’s ordinary shares are listed on the Australian Securities Exchange and are traded under the symbol ‘MSB’. The Company’s 
American Depositary Shares, each representing five ordinary shares, are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market and are traded under  
the symbol ‘MESO’.

MESOBLAST LIMITED 2019 ANNUAL REPORT 223

 
 
Share Registry

Link Market Services Limited
Tower 4
727 Collins Street
Melbourne 
Victoria 3008
Australia
Telephone +61 1300 554 474
Facsimile +61 2 9287 0303
www.linkmarketservices.com.au

Auditors

PricewaterhouseCoopers
Level 19, 2 Riverside Quay
Southbank 
Victoria 3006
Australia
Telephone +61 3 8603 1000
Facsimile +61 3 8603 1999

CORPORATE DIRECTORY

Directors

Joseph Swedish (appointed Chairman from 31 March 2019)
Brian Jamieson (Chairman, retired on 31 March 2019)
Silviu Itescu
William Burns
Donal O’Dwyer
Eric Rose
Michael Spooner
Shawn Cline Tomasello 

Company Secretary

Charles Harrison

Registered Office

Level 38
55 Collins Street
Melbourne  
Victoria 3000
Australia
Telephone +61 3 9639 6036
Facsimile +61 3 9639 6030

Country of Incorporation

Australia

Listing

Australian Securities Exchange
(ASX Code: MSB)

NASDAQ Global Select Market
(NASDAQ Code: MESO)

Website

www.mesoblast.com

224  MESOBLAST LIMITED 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

www.mesoblast.com